The medieval Latin planctus as a genre [1]

The problem of defining a genre is the central issue addressed in this thesis. I aim to establlsh through empirical inve

888 82 33MB

English Pages 373 Year 1983

Report DMCA / Copyright

DOWNLOAD FILE

Polecaj historie

The medieval Latin planctus as a genre [1]

Citation preview

LATIN

THE MEDIEVAL

IN

PLANCTUS AS A GENRE

THREE VOLUMES

VOLUME ONE

by Janthia

submitted requirement

in

Yearley

part-satisfaction for the degree

UNIVERSITY

DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH

of

of the D. Phil.

OF YORK

AND RELATED LITERATURE

JANUARY 1983

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Volume

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS DECLARATION

One

Y

......................................... vii

..............................................

ABSTRACT .................................................

viii ix

PREFACE .................................................. GENERAL ABBREVIATIONS BIBLIOGRAPHICAL "SIGLA

USED FOR MANUSCRIPT'CITATIONS

CHAPTER ONE:

INTRODUCTION

1.

The

2.

Previous

Subject

of

The

(b)

The

(c)

The planctus

(a)

planctus

and funeral

forms of

of

(b)

The meaning

verse

(c)

Method of

study

..............

20

................

34

musical

Planctus

......................

41

the

44

for

.......................

the word planctus and, outline

of

.............. the thesis

45

.....

47

THE MANUSCRIPTS

1.

Introduction

2.

Planctus

Composed

before

3.

Planctus

Composed

950-1130

4.

Planctus

Composed

1131-1300

5.

P1anctus

Composed

1301-ca.

6.

Conclusion

CHAPTER THREE:

3

............................

a planctus of

2

...............

drama

prescriptions

writing

1

Planctus

and European

Rhetorical

CHAPTER TWO:

on the

and religious

The Definition

xvii

......................

............................

planctus

and poetic

xv

>-"

Study

Research

(a)

3.

xiii

.................................... ABBREVIATIONS ............................

50

.................................... 950

...................... ..................... 1405

......................................

POETIC

FORM AND METRE

I\%,

....................

..................

53 65 73 82 85

1.

Introduction

2.

Planctus

.................................... 950 .................... Composed before

3.

Planctus

Composed

950-1130

4.

Planctus

Composed

1131-1300

5.

Planctus

Composed

1301-ca.

6.

Conclusion

106

..................... 1405 ........

....

122 128

..................................

.....

Introduction

2.

Planctus

Composed

before

3.

Planctus

Composed

950-1130

4.

Planctus

Composed

1131-1300

5.

Planctus

Composed

1301-ca.

6.

Conclusion

131

....................................

......

950

133

....................

143

......................

148

..................... 1405 ..................

176 180

................................

.............

182

................................

MATTER AND STYLE

LITERARY

1.

Introduction

2.

Planctus

.................................... Personage about an Historical

3.

Planctus

about

a Biblical

4.

Planctus

about

a Classical

5.

Planctus

about

the

6.

Conclusion

CHAPTER SIX:

"

96

......................

1.

CHAPTER FIVE:

}

89

MELODIC MODE, FORM AND STYLE

CHAPTER FOUR:

EXCURSUS ONE

87

Personage

of

..........

.............

Personage

Destruction

201

............

a City

........

1.

Introduction

2.

Responsories

3.

Strophic

4.

Sequences

5.

Through-Composed

6.

Conclusion

and Antiphons

245

......................

252 269

.............................. Songs

289

..........................

298

......................................

300

EXCURSUS TWO .............................................

CHAPTER SEVEN:

THE LATIN

237

243

..................................

and Lais

233

BETWEEN WORDS AND MUSIC

....................................

Songs

217

240

......................................

THE RELATIONSHIP

202

PLANCTUS AS A MEDIEVAL

ii

GENRE

1.

The Generic

Unity

2.

The Planctus

3.

Epilogue

the

of

Latin

Planctus

and Scholarship

311

.........

319

....................

323

........................................

Volume

"

Two

ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS APPENDIX A:

OF PLANCTUS

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Introduction Abbreviations

................... A ................

Abbreviations

B ................

Bibliography

of

Planctus:

.....................

2

.....................

7

.....................

9

I:

Latin

II:

III: IV:

49

French

.............

60

.............

70

English

VI:

Italian Catalan

VII: VIII:

............

80

............

83 91

............

Gallego-Portuguese

IX:

APPENDIX B:

.............. Provencal ..........

German

V:

18

Poly-lingual

NOTES ON MANUSCRIPTS CONTAINING

.

.......

92

94

PLANCTUS COMPOSED

BEFORE ca. 1405

Introduction Notes:

o/

A:

....................................... Austria ................................

96

B:

Belgium

99

................................

CH:

Switzerland

CS:

CzecI) lovakia

D: DK:

E:

Germany

EIRE: F: GB:

Great

H:

Hungary

I:

Italy

LUX:

101 105 106

...............................

116

..................................

116

Ireland France

.........................

................................

Denmark

Spain

...........................

97

.............................

117

.................................

118

Britain

131

.........................

................................

141

.............................

141

....

Luxemburg

............................ iii

151

NL:

The Netherlands

PL:

Poland

S:

Sweden United

US: USSR:

APPENDIX C:

......................

151

.................................

152

.................................. States of America

Union

Private

151

of

Ownership

Soviet

................

Socialist

Republics

..

153 153

...........................

TEXTS AND TRANSLATIONS

153

OF PLANCTUS COMPOSED BEFORE

ca. 1405 Introduction Texts

........................................

and Translations

TABLE OF CONTENTS

D:

157

..............................

Volume

APPENDIX

155

Three

ii

........................................

MUSICAL TRANSCRIPTIONS

OF PLANCTUS C(d`4POSED BEFORE

ca. 1405 Introduction Musical Notes

........................................ Transcriptions

to

2

the

Musical

6

.............................. Transcriptions

................

239

NOTES TO VOLUME ONE Chapter

one

Chapter

Two

Chapter

Three

Chapter

Four

Chapter

Five

Chapter

Six

Chapter

.....................

...............

253 267

.........................................

274

....................................... ........................................

281

........................................

286 294

......................................... Seven .......................................

299

iv

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

like

I would Stevens,

Faculty

of

help

advice

over

and

song

medieval like

to

for

her

chapters

York,

her

of

Cambridge,

read the

about the

which

chapters

four,

six

French

dating

of

Carolingian

Jacques

to

in

Appendix

the

form

of

Solesmes;

Dr. Peter

Languages,

Cambridge;,

Studies,

University

College,

photographs,

and,

not

see

come and

bibliothek,

Berne;

USSR, Universitni Badische

in

some cases,

Landesbibliothek,

the

spared four

first

verse

Music,

Cambridge,

read

chapters

helpful

particularly liturgical

drama. in

Music,

Cambridge;

of

Johnson,

concerning

appreciated

College,

Holloway

following

Faculty Salmons,

libraries details

of

the

compilaDr.

London; Modern

Dom and

Department

the

Prague; Karlsruhe;

provided of

of

Zurich; the

Stadtarchiv,

the

me with

manuscripts

Stiftsbibliothek,

Zentralbibliothek,

Knihovna,

Dronke of

by

titles

Romance

Swansea.

the

the

the

Latin

and Dr. June

of

personally:

help-

on medieval

Faculty Royal

History,

works

from

Berry,

on

especially

Dr. Peter

was much

Music,

Medieval

The curators

of

and was

following

Dr. Mary

Department

Hourlier,

Faculty

Paris.

about

a draft

by

we met

of

and

of

advice

and was

detail

important

and planctus

of A:

in

when

Faculty

chapter

late

the

four

specialist

given

called;

were

first

Nationale,

manuscripts

discuss

Rankin, draft

each

of

me about

notations

expertise

Hiley,

David

advise

kindness

to

University

the

of

for

patience,

indebted

a draft

also

would Centre

Studies,

McKitterick,

period

time

seven

musical

of

that

Dr. Susan and

The tion

draft

I

on

encouragement,

Medieval

have

research

Pearsall,

Bibliotheque

disciplines

first

to

and prosody;

the

the

valuable

and

to

visit

of

his

and personal

and invaluable

planctus.

Derek

of

Dr. Rosamond

nobility

his

much of

guidance

the

for

for

Centre

was his

It

John

Professor

unceasing

am furthermore

criticisms

related

subjects:

I

my work.

of

Salter,

particular

ful

study

of

my first

Scholars

me to

University

for

during

chance

years.

Professor

many useful

and

five

to

Elizabeth

Professor

last

his

for

Cambridge,

inspired

scrutiny

and careful

York,

the

thanking

of

opportunity

my gratitude

Studies,

Medieval

this

English,

which

express

take

to

Bayrische

microfilm, I

which Admont;

the

the

Stätni

could BUrger-

Knihovna

Hildesheim; Staatsbibliothek,

the

Munich;

the

bibliothek, Staatsarchiv,

Bibliotek,

and

I

the

Christi,

or

University

Library,

Library,

the

staff

help);

of

the

the

the

Zentralbibliothek, Bayrische the

of

Music

Departments

books,

Royal

University

bought

Graham my work

Northern

for

Robertson on the

me to

to

and Rouen;

the

Bibliotheque

Bibliotheque

Nationale,

Bürgerbibliothek,

Berne;

St. Gall;

the

Karlsruhe;

the

Munich;

Library,

Abbaye

to

the

Fellows

Research

the

Centre

and

and

to

the

Department de

de St. Pierre,

in

my parents

and personally

Solesmes.

College order

of for

that

who very

conveyed

of

la

Department

Downing

Fellowship,

collecand The

Nationale

Photography of

special

Palaeography

London;

and the due

their

The

the

planctus;

grateful

invaluable

consult

London;

typewriter

although

my husband, his

Bodleian

it

the

electing I

could

thoughtfully to

me from

Ireland.

Finally, thank

also

York;

me an electric

the

Landesbibliothek,

photographs:

Paris; are

Library,

the

continue

thanks

the

Stuttgart.

University

College,

Scientifique,

Special

me to

the

or

Corpus

of

their

Stiftsbibliothek,

Badische

permitted

microfilms,

Holloway

for

the

consulted:

and the Universitatsbibliothek,

kindly

of

have

libraries

am especially

and the

Landesbibliothek,

The following tions

the

following

libraries

(I

Evreux

Mazarine,

the

Staatsbibliothek

Recherche

Scheme

Basle;

Zurich;

Würitembergische

Music,

Loan

Engelberg;

Augusta,

Comunale

London;

York

Universitgtsbibliothek,

the Stiftsbibliothek,

the

and Trinity;

Library,

of

I

College

St. John's

Municipales

Bibliotheque

books

Library,

Inter-Library

the

of

Cambridge

British

University

Bibliotheques

de l'Arsenal, Paris;

the

the

Arras,

of

Paris;

Biblioteca

staff

printed

and Caius,

Leeds;

Oxford;

the

the

Gonville

the

of

Library;

Downing,

Brotherton

collections

Municipales

the

Stockholm.

to

grateful

manuscripts

Niedersgchsisches

Nationale, the

Biblioteket,

am particularly

Cambridge

I

Bibliotheque

Stadt-

Würzburg;

Bibliotheques

Florence;

Kungliga

the

and the

Bibliothek

the

the

and Rouen;

Stuttgart;

Universitdtsbibliothek,

Medicea-Laurenziana,

Perugia;

to

the

Copenhagen;

Grenoble

Biblioteca

August

Herzog

Wolfenbüttel;

Kongelige

whose

the

Trier;

Evreux,

Landesbibliothek,

Württembergische

logical,

Steven, practical

forbidden

expressly for

his

to

generous,

disposition,

and

vi

do

so,

I

good-humoured for

his

would

like

support,

numeracy.

to

DECLARATION

An earlier in

Latin,

version Provencal,

Galician-Portuguese century'

is

included

of

Appendix French,

from in

the

'A bibliography

A entitled German,

English,

time

Bede

JPNMS,

of

4 (1981)

(in

to

Italian, the the

early press).

of Catalan fifteenth

planctus and

ABSTRACT

The problem in

this

thesis. the

whether

defining

of I

death

of

important

the

terms

of

its

be found

personages,

to

taxonomic.

be purely

an underlying

possess

predominantly

in

Passion

play,

and

forms.

However,

Hitherto,

funeral

of

interrelation

the its

European

of

have

a genre,

it

the

will

term have

planctus

the

verse,

features

general

the

origins

verse

occurred

the

of

and musical

been

never

isolate

to

and

otherwise to

at

composed

a genre,

unity,

references

discussions

normally

be designated

to

order

addressed

investigation

empirical

constitutes

In

issue

central

a lament

planctus,

definition.

the

through

establish

Latin

medieval

the

must

to

aim

is

a genre

studied

systemat-

ically. Initially planctus

when

theoretical at

the

the

death

its

between

ship public

this,

can of

is

grief,

different

be described common features, I

thus

illustrate the

of

it

intended

aesthetic

as

a collectivity

diversity of

musical

nevertheless

but

a genre

to

its

matter,

language

to

changes

that

the its

which

survived

the

be

sung.

It

is

forms, distinct,

family

which

can

for

also and

retains

characterised social

over

six

purposes.

genre a nucleus

time.

be designated

and musical

a exclamatory

since

through

gradually

at

relation-

represents

and formal

planctus literary

and

it

or

environment,

eulogy

generically or

social

that

poetic

composed

My analyses

by

styles,

also

of

respect

indicate

planctus

song.

as

of

For

personages,

or

typified

is

demonstrate the

They

and music.

words

of

with

subject

and was normally

a number

Despite

style,

musical

to

myself

inverse

a corpus

lacking.

and classical

written a genre

is

restrict

biblical

cities, as

status

statement

language, by

of

I

together

gathering

of

definition

reasons

historical,

of

problem

accepted

and pragmatic

form,

poetic

the

a generally

destruction

consider

discuss

I

style, centuries.

a genre, and discuss

PREFACE

between

The relationship subject scholars

style

and

gical

music

when

but

problem

training

becomes of

on the

rhythm

which,

while

in

composed

the

have have

twelfth

been

conceived

been

That

as to

ultimately

depend

like

to

recently view; take

has

There

rhythmic

objective on a greater has

the

by way of this

both

opportunity

been

explanation

later

of

describing

both not to

applied

nevertheless of

rhythm

could

and indeed

they amount

melody is

unmusical

considered

this

might

often

question

medieval from

approach

selfwill

musical

style.

a different

acknowledgement

this

inter-

ligatures

a considerable

of

poly-

on the

style

idiom,

judging

of

for

system,

their

modes,

and

must

manuscripts,

their

simply

editor's

The problem

is

were

understanding

problem

system

modal

song,

been

for

criteria

the

for

mode a particular are

words

notational

century

this

also

the

unsatisfactory

rhythmic in

some interpretations

However,

of

the

originally

which

if

the

music

depending of

and music, or

song.

thirteenth-century

Even

musical

designed

were

the

polyphonic

by

metrical.

evident.

Only

of

or

or

thirteenth

century.

influenced

disagreement

belong.

sections

Either

outcome

been

of

and polyphonic

monophonic

one hand,

in

written

were

performance hardly

to

close

the

until

often

on the

Frequently

reasons.

words

monophonic

the

often

both

interest

modes

to

on the

can

contended,

rhythmic

one,

have

The results

been

applied

prosodic

expounded

sometimes

point

often

and musical

has

the

be attributed

This

one field

rhythm.

pave

extra-litur-

in

both

a

the.

questions

with

of

of

their

the

technical

theoretically

could

are

much to

invariably focus

it

though

and did

monophonic,

justly

almost

determine

a purely

other.

historical

songs

Even

some previous

consideration

medieval

dealing

notation

rhythm,

they

music,

pretation

to

musical

modes.

phonic

the

Although

unexplored.

inevitable

the

order

the

rhythmic

is

interpreting in

provide

to

of

of

song

and musicologists,

relatively

difficulty

also

of

melodies,

of

remained

a scholar's

other,

then

the

and music,

particularly

have

to

words

is

medieval

into

took

scrupulously

scholars

aesthetic,

only

Spanke

literary

future

investigated.

be fully

between

relationship

way for

to

yet

as Hans

such

formal

not

has

which

in

and music

words

I

briefly.

would

The

of

Stevens.

Adam de la

Adam de la

demonstrated

French

and Movement',

Speech

be

rhythm

can

In

the

former

of

a text

'number'

The possibility

lai

by

precluded

each

and

the

to

is

conclusion

problem

may be through the

course

the

melodies

there

be

a song study

about

1405,

s. vii-ca.

Apart

genre. literary

on

also

closely its

at

Latin

extant, treatment.

that

many with I

also

relationship

on the

expression

poetically,

which

its

for

their to

most

as well

Latin

in

to present

had

of

was

thus that

between

words

and music,

as on the

in

the

give

might Ages,

of

what

4 X

to

planctus them

Peter

are

separate

particularly

shed both

of planctus bibliographical

my investigations,

Middle

development

Latin

musical

lai.

study

of

these

of

proportion

twelfth-century

necessary

hopes

different

another

my preliminary

high

emotion

narrative,

number

the

The majority

a comparative

large

a surprisingly it

the

however,

languages;

music;

for

composed

music

musical

a significant

while

organisation,

my

period

several

composed.

are

melodies

of

of

of

and identifying

isolate

I

planctus,

and music

the

idea

context

social

that

The results

his

as the

is

expect

covering of

planctus

this

words

case.

planctus,

sophisticated

intended

the

of

of

and European

revealed

the

the

rhythmic

frequently

are

the

genre.

emerged

one might

not

as an extension

or

Latin

of

however,

between

Latin

divisions.

gradually

though

normally

the

style.

relationship

of

seen

related

I originally

work

be

the

types;

Even

Latin

style

Planctus

various

investigating

'number'

seen

genre,

in

is

rhythmic

chronological

have

articles

of

and music

in

into

phenomenon.

might

styles

depend are

of

characteristics

musical

these

and the

through

than

rather

paper

second

to

art.

and music

refrain,

approach

my own approach.

this

from

hopeful

most

poet

another's

words the

the

and

one

between

French

structure

musician

In

of

problem

considerations.

to

a different

of

the

an expressive

words

the

of

syllabic

responding

my investigations

sorrow,

the

of

features

of

the

composition.

of

patterning

a musical

both

the

aesthetic the

relationship

chanson,

conclusions

essentially would

not

genre

of

by melodic

typified

pattern,

that

assumptions

necessary

behind

effect

method

the

general

In

concept

in

trouvere

the

conform

and

Song:

that

1979),

of

trouvere

the

Conference

the

at

stylistic

an expressive

of

that

the

that

a numerical

realising

he argues

that

he argues

is

thus

through

approached

chansons

The Chansons

('Medieval

given

Cambridge,

the

of

and of

lai

Latin

a paper

Music,

and Renaissance

Medieval

is

refrain,

11-30),

Professor

of

Courtoise":

Chanson

and the

that

discussions

through

(1977-78),

104

is

my thesis

to

Grande

PRMA,

Halle',

"Number",

were

("'La

Halle

the

chanson,

He has

of

research

John

central

importance

positive

musically Dronke

light and has

termed

His

(Oxford, is

in

individuality'

'poetic

1970).

almost

However,

Nevertheless,

personal of

writers

the

quite

and worthy

of

high

of

contrary

to

previous

typified

by

'impersonality'

I

dealt

they

are

prosodically depend

large

editors,

corpus

examples

Marian

her

of

is

thus

of

destruction

reveal

The

existence

I

develop have,

Although origins

of

each

have at

composed This

is

types

related

are

texts

More

a death, by

preceded arrangement.

by

Bruno

Mention

that

not

it

to

the

included

introduction is

their

planctus

at

importantly,

made in

which the

in

detail

of

the

Xl

history

the and the

or

and musical literary

or

time

family.

distant

more

manuscript a death, been

rubrics. their

precise

associated

stylistic in

characteristics to

relation

melody

in

found

melodies

planctus

Schwanenklage.

planctus

cygni.

Zum Problem

(Regensburg,

1962),

lai.

Table

of

or

Contents

their

explains text

from

a death

at

literary

the

twelfth-century the

Passion.

planctus

song

K. G. Fellerer

in

on the

the

have

('Die

the

descriptive

term

of

conceivably

Stgblein

the

own.

in

exception

mostly

those

only

primarily

in

of

Of

since

a genre,

their

of

before

Festschrift

appendixes a short

the

with

who relates four

indicates

considered

Lai-Planctus-Sequenz',

The

are

lamentation. been

it

since

frame

death.

included

in

designate

planctus

and could

discussed

491-502),

called

to

as

or

work,

planctus,

Virgin,

some discussion

unknown

not

verse

identity

included

extant

remain

to

one

called

the

consistency

a distinct

their

in

written

uniformly.

narrative

their

justified:

be

can

not

the

of

meditation of

this

a significant

however,

stimulate

is

for

are

predefinition

retrospect

lament

which

funeral

of

the

of

unusual

Thus,

verse

rest

have

dolorosa', to

to

a response

laments

both

'convention'..

often

I

devotional

or are

Latin

context

verse

mater

in

the

represent

person

permits of

sequentiaries

with

the

which

branches

complaints,

designed

in

development

treatment

included

an element

However,

outset.

from

narrative

they

planctus

belong

which

crucifixion

grief

achievement.

on their

'Stabat

as

literary

distinct

first

are

such

accounts

I

planctus

unless

of

which

remainder,

There

have

Nor

reference. by modern

with

the

of

a didactic

serve

to

a

individuality',

'poetic

adherence

betray

ambitions

of

the

and music

words

planctus

the

planctus

Ages

Middle

non-expressive.

a number

the

and

not

inevitably

they

their

contentions,

have

unless

for

to

devices

However,

of

that

extend

conventional

praise

normally

texts

doubt

would

adequately.

is;

the

of

One might

planctus

employment

purpose

it

the

between

relationship

number

note.

in

Individuality

the

since

a significant

distinctly

when

Poetic

'number'-based,

consistently

monastic

his

in

the

are

purpose notes

each and

when it

is

necessary ment listed the

of

for the below.

the

argument. The

recommendations

to

reader

Manuscript system outlined

of

them

consult

citations

references in

the

in

connection are

given

and general

MHRA Style

xii

Book.

with in

the

the

presentation

develop-

sigla follows

GENERAL ABBREVIATIONS

A

Antiphon

a.

anno

ca.

circa

col.,

cols

columns

column,

ex.

exeunte

f.

folio

ff.

following

facs.

facsimile

fig.

figure

in.

ineunte

L

Latin

(see

line,

lines

1.,

11.

pages

Appendix

mid.

mid-century

Mo

motetus

MS, MSS

manuscript,

MT

Musical Transcription Introduction)

n.

note

n. d.

no date

no.

number

P

Provencal

p.,

pp.

page,

(see

r

recto

ref.

reference

s.

saeculo

stanza,

STC

Short

T

tenor

Tr

triplum

V

Verse

v

verso

vol.,

vols

volume,

Appendix

pages

responsory

sts.

Introduction)

manuscripts

R

st.,

A:

stanzas Title

Catalogue

(in

a responsory)

volumes

(see

A:

Appendix

D:

Introduction)

Note

A:

to

references

musical

notes

are

indicated

as

follows:

+

i-

"__. ýý

-a-

All-

_ ---

0

b'

ABCDEFGAbcdefga

Note

B:

the

±

following

signs

+ (J) ja

are

employed:

died an unheighted heighted

xiv

musical musical

notation notation

c'

ABBREVIATIONS

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL

AfMw:

für

Archiv

AH:

Analecta

Hymnica

Antiphonale

BEC:

Bibliotheque

BJb:

Basler

C:

Hesb.:

IMSCR:

2 vols

(Heidel-

Editiones

Heidelbergenses,

Society:

Text

English

Officii, 7-12,6

fontes,

major

litteraire

Histoire

de la

Rerum vols

ecclesiasticarum

(Rome,

1963-79)

France

Vierteljahrschrift

of

the

JEGP:

Journal

of

English

Journal

the

of

usualis

with

American

Congress

Society

Musicological

Journal

Liber

by W. Bulst,

antiphonalium

series

JAMS:

LU:

1892-1920)

Review

International

JPMMS:

and O. Schumann,

A. Hilka

Early

Corpus

Historische

:

(Louvain,

6 vols

medievale

the

of

documenta,

HVj

Musikpraxis

edited

Historical

litt.:

Geschichtskunde

1950)

R. J. Hesbert,

Hist.

by

de civilisation

English

1934)

)

Publications

EHR:

deutsche

ältere

Hymnologicum,

Cantabrigiensia,

Cahiers

EETS:

für

historische

edited

(Heidelberg,

17

(Tournai,

horis

des Chartes

Repertorium

1930ff.

Carmine

CCM:

für

Burana,

berg, CC:

Gesellschaft

Jahrbuch

Carmina

diurnis

pro

de 1'Ecole

U. Chevalier,

CB:

and C. Blume

musicologiques der

Archiv

Archiv:

by G. M. Dreves

edited

1886-1922)

monasticum

Annales

An. Mus.:

Aevi,

Medii

(Leipzig,

55 vols AM:

Musikwissenschaft

Society

Musicological

and Germanic Plainsong

Philology

and Mediaeval

Introduction

Reports

Music

and Rubrics

in

Societ English

(Tournai,

1950) Medieval

MARS: MD:

Musica

Med. et

Melanges

Studies

Disciplina Mediaevalia

Hum.:

Med. Stud.:

and Renaissance

Mediaeval d'Arch.:

et

Humanistica

Studies

Melanges frangaise

d'Archeologie de Rome

et

d'histoire

de l'ecole

Die

MGG:

in

Musik

(Kassel, MGH AA: MGH SS:

MLN:

1949-). Auctores

Monumenta

Germaniae

Historica:

Scriptores

Philology

Musical

Quarterly

MT:

Musical

Times

NA:

Neues

NG:

The New Grove

der

Archiv

Dictionary

History

Patrologia

RB:

Revue Revue

RES:

Review

RISM:

Revue

SR:

CC:

Stud. Med.:

Die

K. Young, Zeitschrift Zeitschrift

ZfrP:

Zeitschrift

Note:

Additional before

Literatur

und

221 vols

(Paris,

Latini

Medii

Poetae

1844-66) Aevi

Association

Musical

this

des

der

(Munich-Duisburg)

Musicales

G. Raynauds

Osterspiele

Osterfeiern,

(Kassel,

und

Sources

romanes

Musik

K. Strecker,

und

Passionen

1951) des

Bibliographie (Leiden,

ergänzt

altfranzösischen

neu

1955) Cantabrigiensia

Carmina

Liedes,

(Berlin,

1926)

I:

Initia_carminum

Medievali

Carmina

ac versuum

ZfFSL:

Sprache

deutschen

Studies

langues

Studi

H. Walther,

ZfdA:

J. A. Westrup

)

Historica:

Royal

by E. Wellesz,

edited

by J. P. Migne,

International

des

H. Spänke,

Young:

the

English

of

bearbeitet

W:

der

Germaniae

Mittelalters

Strecker,

by S. Sadie,

edited

de Musicologie

E. A. Schuler, des

Music,

edited

of

Repertoire

Rlr:

of

Geschichtskunde

Ben4dictine

RdM:

S:

Latina,

Proceedings

Music

1954ff.

Geschichte

Monumenta

and Musicians,

of

(London,

and G. Abraha-n zur

deutsche

ältere

1980)

The New Oxford

Beiträge

für

Gesellschaft

(London,

20 vols

PRMA:

folio)

Notes

Language

MQ:

Poetae:

(in

Jahrbuch

Mittellateinisches

Modern

PL:

Antiquissimi

Historica:

MP:

PBB:

und

14 vols

by F. Blume,

edited

Germaniae

Modern

NOHM:

Gegenwart,

Monumenta

Jb.:

Mlat.

Geschichte

medii

aevi

The Drama für

für

the

deutsches

für

latinorum\(Göttingen,

posterioris of

abbreviations

Church,

Medieval

1959)

2 vols

(Oxford,

Altertum

franzosische romanische

latina

posterioris

aevi

medii

Sprache

und

Literatur

Philologie

employed

appendix.

xvi

in

Appendix

A are provided

1933)

SIGLA

AUSTRIA

A:

Stiftsbibliothek

As

Admont,

Imf

Innsbruck,

Museum Ferdinandeum

Isa

Statthaltereiarchiv

,

IU

Universitdtsbibliothek

,

KLA

Klagenfurt,

FIN

Klosterneuburg,

SI

Seitenstetten,

Ssp

Salzburg,

VO

Vorau,

Wn

Vienna,

Universitätsbibliothek Augustiner-Chorherrenstift Stiftsbibliothek St. Peter

Osterreichische

Brussels,

Louvain,

M

Mons,

N

Namur,

Nationalbibliothek

BELGIUM

Bibliotheque

Bibliotheek LVu

Benediktiner-Erzabtei

Chorherrenstift

B:

Br

USED FOR MANUSCRIPT CITATIONS

Albert

Musee

de l'Universite publique

la

Ville

SWITZERLAND

Bu

Basle,

Offentliche

BEsu

Berne,

Bürgerbibliothek

E

Einsiedeln,

EN

Engelberg,

Lz

Lucerne,

Zentralbibliothek

SGs

St. Gall,

Stiftsbibliothek

Zz

Zurich,

Bibliothek

der

Universitat

Benediktinerkloster Stiftsbibliothek

Zentralbibliothek

CS:

Prague,

de

Archaeologique

CH:

Pu

/ Koninkliijke

I

Bibliotheque Bibliotheque

ter

Albert

Royale

Stätn-
s. viii

& Jonathan

David's for

L67

lament for

David's

Rex gutem David A

L139

No. of MS sources

PERSONAGE

Saul

J

of earliest latest MSS

for

& Jonathan

I

L27

Doleo

I

L89

Montes

I

L28

Doleo

I

L142

Saul

J

L128a

Planxit

autem R

?

s. xi

I

L128

Planxit

autem A

7

s. xii

I

L134

to

super Gelboe

^

A to

super et

A

R

Jonathas

Quid tu Virgo (Notker Babulus + 912)

A

"f

lament Rachel's her sons.

for

ca. 880

in.

ff..

x

If..

s. x2 - s. xvi

x in.

x

PLANCTUS AT THE DESTRUCTION OF A CITY L7

Ad flendos

(Paulinus + 802)

Destruction

of Aquileia

PLANCTUS ABOUT AN HISTORICAL

(I)

L86

(I)

L1

A solis

(Columbanus

L127

(I)

St. Trond

Plangite quaeso (Radbert of Corbie + ca. 865)

L66

Hug dulce

L87

Mente tristamur (Sedulius Scottus (1.848-858)

L33

L100

nomen

Ecce Judas

2

s. x

3

814

s. ix - s. xii

6

Abbot of

826

s. x - s. xviii

3

Hugh, Abbot of St. Quentin

844

S. x

I

Hartgar, LiAge

854

s. xii

I

s. x

1

900

no MS extant

-

918

s. xi mid.

I

942"

s. lx

2

Count of Friuli

f1.785-815)

Adalhard, Corbie.

Adelhard, Paris

0 Fulco (Sigloard of Rheims fl. s. ix'ex. - s. x in. )

Bishop

of

Count of

Fulk, Archbishop Rheims

L19

Cordas tange

William, Aquitaine

L80

Laxis

William Longsword, Count of Normandy

fibris

s. x

in 454

Emperor Charlemagne

ortu of

-

799

Eric,

Aquileia)

of

s. ix

PERSONAGE

Mecum Timavi (Paulinus

Aquileia

ex.

s. viii

of

TABLE ONE;

Earl

of

of

s. ix

ex.

PLANCTUS COMPOSED BEFORE 950

- s. xi

(b)

the

chronicle

(L100:

(c)

the

miscellany

no MS extant)

religious

of

writings:

7569 (s. xvii B-Br ex. F-AM 461 (s. xiv ex. ) F-Pn lat. 18296 (s. x)

in

or, they

the

are

case of

not

(d)

items

belong

number which

a significant

related,

(L127) (L127) (L127)

s. xviii)

on flyleaves:

fillers

space

(L86)

either

a marginal I-F1

Planctus

30 (s. ix-s.

discuss

s. x)

(L7) (L33) (L1) (L7)

xi)

(L80)

the manuscripts

on a biblical

in

planctus

found

from

the

eleventh

century

were

initially

in

'Montes formed

part

and contained

Saul the

and from on the

the

differing the

that

in

to the

eighth

and because

evidence

how long

and when they

use

today.

first

his

fact

that

it

these

is

included

this

the period

planctus

were originally

in

possible

the

6

were not deduce

composed.

this lament

As is

evident

from it

conforms

this

period.

although for

compiled

the

always from

liturgy,

One, at

the

until

of the Carolingian

had been in

54

for

each antiphoner7

liturgy

were not

to

Pentecost,

after

sung

Office,

of

Regum

David's

amount of variance of

While

reading

Absalom).

necessarily

antiphoners

not

Gospel

or

antiphon

Sundays)

(including

for

of chants

the Historiae

of

(or

the

lament

structure

during

the Ages only 5 The Historia

Kings

of

be compiled)

Regum.

Historia

Sunday with

Book

organisation

chants

antiphoners,

Middle

was a certain

century, the

the

breviaries

responsories

either

are

the

to

began

book

of

to

in

subsequently

they

were not

conventional

earliest

where

they

the

Owing to the of the

the

combinations

fact

type

correspond

and also

same days there

generally

on the

from

and Jonathan

in

still

which

taken

to place

place

is

Office

chants day,

particular

throughout

(L89)

of

this

belonged

which

usage

Gelboe'

(and

compositions:

ex evangelio

remained

from

on a

planctus

containing

antiphoners when

monastic

antiphons

for

a book:

end of

theme

The nine

they

the

at

theme first.

biblical

(a)

or

addition:

Libri

therefore

I will

beginning

the

at

A-Wn 891 (s. x) F-Pn lat. 2683 (s. ix-F-Pn lat. 10440 (s. ix) NL-DHk 830 (s. ix) (f)

to which

as:

CH-BEsu 394 (s. x) (e)

to books

end

Renaissance,

included

in

the

manuscript

let least,

alone the responsory,

'Montes

(L90),

Gelboe' 9

liber,

indicating

tury,

before

other

examples

picture

it

the

the

of

the

earliest

in

in

was already

advent

in

by Bede

to

alluded

that

their

of

is

his by

use

the

quaestionum

early

antiphoners

cen-

eighth

The distribution

antiphoner. extant

Aliquot

this

of

and

an incomplete

presents

history: L90 L139 L67 L27 L89

MS (unnotated) the Bald's Charles antiphoner F-Pn lat. 17436 (ca. 860-80) from St. de Compiegne: (earliest Corneille complete antiphoner):

xx

Codex CH-SGs 390-91 (ca. 980-1011) The Hartker (the earliest antiphoner): east Frankish

xxx

The gradual-antiphoner of Mont-Renaud, (s. x), in Private Collection from St. Denis (second Paris Frankish test earliest antiphoner): -xxx 2961 (s. xi) GB-Lbl Harley English early of source

Collectar' 'Leofric (an from Exeter Office chants):

'Portiforium

breviary

geographical

sources that

these

the of

the

of

sung

Worcester:

of'these

and of manuscript

manuscripts (L28,

examples

and responsories

L142,

L128a and L128)

in

early

antiphoner

services

Mass.

While

the

grouped

into

Offices

the

contained the

of

Office

and

for

the

according

to

chants

and

antiphons

period

between

Advent

liturgical

the

the

also

sometimes

choir

other

the months

from

were read;

the

corresponding ex evangelio

tion.

from

separately

July

the

were however

the Gospel

were not

may not therefore 12 Nevertheless,

belong

the

although

may, relatively

speaking,

seems more than

likely

the their

tenth

century.

manuscript

sources

the

they

some of

formed

case of

indicate

in

the

these

the

part nine

unambiguously 55

of

the

planctus that

normally

books

to Sundays, that

composidiscussion

under to

antiphons and that

of chant

antiphons

additions

also

and sapiential

antiphoner,

layers

were

to

according

may suggest

earliest

have been later

that In

the

were

the

responsories

when

according

This

included to

prophetic

grouped

readings.

originally

groups,

for

chants

calendar

five

when the

to November,

antiphons with

in

antiphons

chants

and Easter

for the sequence Pentecost, antiphons after of Sundays 11 included, differently: the responsories were arranged

they

of

houses

the main religious

and

copied

indicates

have been part

must already

time

some considerable

xxx

M

the

at

remaining

for

Europe. The

from

range

antiphons

Office

GB-Ccc 391 (1065-66)

of St. Wulstan'

a monastic

The wide

X

the chant,

Office it their

by at is

it least

evident

function

that was

liturgical. The one

other

sequence

'Quid

tu

Notker's

Liber

hymnorum to

an appendage textless in

by

is

wear

was usually

a solo

in

is

about

rhythmic

The texts

or

item

immediately

That

Notker

his

later

the

These

little

a short and its

the. Mass. verses

distributed

Moreover,

postdate

the

In

Notker's that

the

time

'Quid

of

the their

to the

versicles? pupils

to make a fair earliest

(ca. 880)

are assigned

tu Virgo'

(L134)

However,

(the

late

there

is

to the tenth

whether

uncertainty.

to

) onto

which

to the explains

his

his

teacher.

Bishop of his

by almost

of sequences

a century.

liturgical

Mass de uno martere,

that

sequences

(rotulas).

rolls

the

sources

century)

the

how he first

to particular

no evidence 56

neither

copy for

liturgical

longissimae

of Marcellus,

manuscript

composition

of

Preface

he relates

Interestingly,

the

attached

indicates

nor

were,

of

melismas

Notker

However,

verse.

his

extended

and

the Mass as the

traditionally

sequences

by this-time

Mass.

the

the

though this

melodiae in

in

particular

a matter

attested

melisma

(versiculos,

was he requested l7

is

probably

were

to those

fit

troper

include

with

sung in

to

sequences

the

centre:

associated

of

signs

written

which

remains

being

concerning

manuscripts

alleluia

and

a sequentiary.

that is

troper

given

was first

memory

longissimae

in

These were then

during

484

probably

and

suggest

corresponding

sequence

singer's

alleluia

were performed

probably

the

jubilus,

what the melodiae

occasions

found

Proper

presentation

religious

are

those

the

of

generally

this

are normally

composed

the 16

aid

the

end of the

these

The

CH-SGs

capitals

St. Gall

of

days,

following

hymnorum.

grew from

proser

originally

to

order

the

of

in

saints'

When, however,

Vercelli.

occasionally

and

leaves

of

some suggestions

the

of

feasts,

seasons,

corners

interpretation 15 letters.

significative

Only

or

a proser

the

of

characteristic

indicated

not

nature

The music

notation

pitch

and initial

the

at

used.

adiastematic

copied

of

14

a tonary,

functional

and discoloration

Liber

copies

x 105-170mm)

tropes

contained

rubrics

The

red.

was frequently

in

or

example,

(230-265mm

book

a small

antiphons,

decorated,

rarely

year.

the

period,

(ca. 1040-61). 13 is plorans,

for

tropers,

to

and normally

singer

processional

written

virgo

entitled

belong

also

prosers

A-Wn 1845

example,

this

a troper,

of

part

planctus,

which

troper

Ordinary, It

for

in

found

from

).

in. The

used

is form

which

this

of

sequentiaries

(s. xi

(L134),

Virgo'

a gradual,

melody

theme

on a biblical

planctus

they

indicating

were performed

Notker's

sequences

initially

were

is

It been

intended

sung

have

formed

until

the

an important Council

abolished.

it

about

is

monastic

that

clear

of

each

this

is

not

the

example the

by monks

in

of

books

nor

in in

formity

be

cannot

the

manuscripts they

icant

number often

There

must

far

the

(that

nothing

and written belonged

they

were

were

subsequently

to

circulated

on bound

unrelated

to

therefore

no guarantee

them,

source

or

social

environment

sources

the

of

or

are

places

is,

in

leaves

into

posited

through

wear

original

nor

is

purposes

and

the

of to

points

the

there of

they

which

on subjects There

is

of

its

or

original

any means

of

were

enhanced

that

or

bifolia,

tear.

planctus

and

transmitted

that

works

and they

time

were

purpose

a signif-

monasteries).

of

or

invariable

are furthermore 57

Belgian

destroyed,

parchment

planctus

which

either

been

the

provenance,

planctus

containing

a knowledge

a planctus;

These uncertainties

of

of

secondly,

or

of

firstly,

discrepancies

since

manuscripts

destroyed

Norman

this

history

planctus

some cases,

have

which

necessarily of

in

or,

the

that

suggest

was no uni-

Swiss

or

where

these

about

years;

German

French,

or

composition

fifty

of

the

single

that

least

preserved

suggested

manuscript

date

at

are

However,

probable

later,

books

there

consideration:

strongly

down

the

and

a distinct

examples. of

rubrics),

normally

are

survive,

into

unusual

they

they

specific in

always

copied

be taken

by

from

(the

to

that

these

period

a city

particular

patrons

belong

which

features

-

to

they

or

suggest of

this

unambiguously

were in

of

self-evident

do not

why they

manuscripts

composed

orally

whether

the

removed

is

they

factors

also

belonged

leaders

manuscript

normally

of

- However,

or varied.

were

destruction

from

Although

remainder.

Two further

and the

-

indicated

environment

postdate

place.

initially

of

social

contain

were

the

These

planctus

which

ing

use

sequences

theme

is

which

being

reasons

types

assumed.

the

of

provenance

are

the

early

contain

all

personages

ecclesiastical

rubrics.

the

thus

would

liturgical

nearly

provenance

purpose

about

particular

specified

monastic

with

monastic

repertory; the

in

at it

that

probable

on a biblical

normally

case

composed

deceased

planctus of

repertory,

of

role

by

when

have

would

am concerned

remaining

(1545-63),

recently

compositions

types

I

is

devices.

Virgo'

which it

950

constituent,

Trent

of

with

after

tu

'Quid

period

teaching

--

Planctus

While

the

some time

However,

that

certain

during

Mass

at

present,

(b)

therefore

not

than

other

as anything

manuscript

establishsimilar

by the

fact

that

there the

all

so few

are

planctus to

difficult

more

this

from

extant

it

period:

generalisations

make meaningful

is

thus their

about

role. Since, or

which

those

are

the

survived

as an item

Historia

Remensis

life

a copy

of

after

the

it

In the

other

copies

hands 19

of

Fulk.

in

described

composed

the

reported

the

first

place

the

funeral

other,

as is

is

it

with

a means of

the

a local it

planctus

ecclesiastical

was possibly

recited

seems is

funeral

seems

likely

that

is

the

or

sung

the

whom he

as a form

58

of

it of

in in

use

on it

was the

syllabically

may have poem,

such

Poet Laureate;

not

but

where

it

the moral

On might

informal

are it

in

written

virtues,

can be expounded.

with

for

a

one way or

type

of the

murder,

which

whether

that

possible

deceased's

a treacherous

dignitary,

is

in

unlikely,

funeral;

it

was

as a moral

composing

highly

a conventional

the

represents

for

is it

well-placed on events

seems

verse

a

authority

While,

of of

contemporary

be established

quite

occasional

attribution

was intended

Since

evidence.

chronicle

Fulk's

reason

cannot

as

own work

his

place.

the

was

Flodhoard's

a gloss

of

account

precedes

of

planctus

it

Fulk's

of

Since

taken

Sigloard's

extolling

be punished

this

had

by

was described

greater

it

the

of

his

Rheims

of

written

doubting

for

planctus

Fulk

it

inserting

cited.

this

planctus

evildoers that

version

been

burial

it

to recount

fore,

where

provides

of

an opportunity will

problematic

manuscript

who was a direct

Masses

lack

the

associated

belong, writings,

and Ratfrid

destroyed

illuminated. That 21 suggested, as Cohen

stanzas,

To Sigloard

least

account

Ewerard

own creation

this

detailed

the

four-line

sung.

not

commemorative to

his

laconically,

Sigloard's in

religious

destroyed)

a brief

himself,

effectively

is

it

this

this

of

history,

recent

liturgy,

owing

regular

only

after

it

otherwise

performed

could

until

where

of

Rheims,

of

planctus,

have in

chronicle,

anthologies they

which

Archbishop (now

seems no basis

some detail

of

of

in

Only

to give

poet

interpretation

account

of

a canon of Rheims,

auspicious

for

Winemar,

planctus

there

Had he wanted

more

not

the

composed

epitaph,

verse

to

the

are

version an abridged 18 Ecclesiae, a chronicle

epitaph.

to Sigloard,

(L100)

planctus

by Sigloard's followed 20 the copyist While rhythmus. have

filler,

as a space

epitaph

might

miscellany

in

at

Fulk's

the

book

the

of

contents

in

contained

first.

(+ 966).

and murder

are

which

and in

acts

Rheims,

of

the

chronicle

these

Sigloard

Flodhoard

to

which

example

discuss

I will

planctus

unrelated in

found

and one

to

compared

tribute worked

entertainment

speculate,

is

been

also

that there-

a monk to

of closely;

and

instruction

in

included

in

a copy

Radbert follows religious

of

to

allegorical

sophistication

not

immediately

it

represents

time

is

a local

saint

in

the

debate

or

a quantitative not

metre

likely

it

would

composed

by

monastic

books,

survives it

its

the

idiom

have

been

Sigloard's

and

of

It

be regarded

could have

also

or

it

Since

leader

both

for

performance

it

form

is

this

of

in does

as an

it

seems more

was clearly

planctus

as an item

belonging

to

and Radbert

Adalhard

then

the

Although

and remained

source

and

takes

eclogue

this

been

death

his reading

This

planctus leader,

unlikely.

spoken.

was

ecclesiastical

silent

a pastoral

it

Vita

notation musical 24 Nevertheless, sung.

extant

where

Like

length

without

a monastic

earliest

place

not

was not

the

a monk for

Corbie,

their

and

the

rubrics. is

latter

in

debate that

manuscript

the

with

after

for

it

that

along

who would

immediately

the

of

its

New Corbie. ,

intended

was

mean that

necessarily

allegorical

the

spent

in

monastery most

of

lives. Paulinus

(L7) at

to

indicated

not

a dialogue

of

tribute

each

implies

death.

of

Masses

in

Vita,

an important

of

(L127)

Corbie

This

that

founder.

it

of

Adalhard's

after

Whether

Adalhard

the

suggesting

special

locality.

to

epilogue

the

in

that

belongs.

one:

a monastic.

commemorated 2*3 annually.

it

and eventually

Adalhardi22

Sancti

a commemoration

as an informal

for

which

as a suitable

diocese,

about

Vita

miscellanies

written

Rheims

planctus

same author's

was regarded

the

a chronicle

Corbie's

of

the

in

monasteries:

acts the

as

end

Aquileia's

of

the

of

unrelated

to

two

make up

poems

the

recounting

the

celebrating

its

back

looks its

to

moral

Aquileia

filler,

a space two

fall

sentiments

leaves

remaining

of

another

which

it

and is

appealed

to

his

with

book

the

of

in

belong

to

454,

recent

other

which

work

to

had

-

Both

anthology

who wished item

the

events.

a two-piece

the

poem

historical

moral

compiler

a short

they

Paulinus's

Attila

a response as part

status

Although

which

atecedarians, of

Aquileia 25 city,

of

poem on this

to

poem -a

not

destruction,

survives.

books

hands

Paulinus's

and

have

would

are the

at

glories. past

by

the

of

both

a pair:

the

in

contents

city's

the

followed

manuscripts

other

about

planctus

on

fill

the

thematic

unity. the

However, of

the

be

safest

role

of to

anthology, surely

have

remaining

planctus

conclude

or

as

been

space

manuscript

about that fillers,

conventional

sources deceased

recently

either

provide

as items flyleaf

of

items

commemorative

59

personages. various or

poems

types

marginalia like

indication

little

those

It

might

of they of

must

Sigloard it

and Radbert, be proved

cannot

dicted

by

nature

are

as follows:

manuscript

sources.

be contra-

not

would

types

The main

of

(c)

in (a) belongthe collection as described of hymns and verse ing to a composite book (F-Pn lat. 1154 (s. ix-s. x) (L1, L66, L86))

(d)

in a miscellany the collection writings of verse of religious (L1); in. (D-TRs 133c (s. xi-s. F-CF 240 (s. ix-ex. xii xii) -s. (s. ix ex. )(Ll)) (L80); 90 (85) I-VEcap

it

planctus

was

manuscript

a monk in

and thus

If

now been

the

reason

written

long

after

and its

original

Sigloard

why Sedulius's the

composed

at

the

survives

in

a florilegium,

death

mid.

),

there

are

no rubrics

purpose collection) figure, speculation.

it

date

was

of

the

copied

a grammatical

likely

only in where

that

extant Trier,

a

Sedulius

a twelfth-century

Sedulius's

of

book The

oeuvres.

some intermediary

manuscript

composition to

the

for

to

of

a model

point

or

of

collection

60

planctus

Although of first

it

GB-Cu

Gg. 5.35

sight

obvious,

no indications (or

it

a 'particular metre

at

clear,

composed

the

section is

which

Whether

poetic

Songs

(L19).

Songs

fairly

planctus

about

therefore

poem and

serve.

said

a manuscript

poem is

the

of

be

Cambridge

as

The Cambridge

that

Aquitaine

purpose this

the

of

same cannot of

in

was copied

planctus

William

of

educational

intended

was

its

is

none

metres,

place

it

date

that

comparable

and Radbert,

(s. xi

Liege-(the

commemor-

lost.

purpose

the

is

this

qualities.

of St. Eucharius

a bishop), the

poetical

seems

Although

)

presumably

a conventional

therefore

sung.

from

than

of

It

monastery

removed

explanation

has

the

later

considerably

likely

quantitative

be

has

and devotional

in

Scottus:

a florilegium

collected

was written

and Hartgar

orders

author's

is

to

from

far

not

this

it

intended

comes

of

setting.

in

(L86)

Liege

Hartgar

discussed

a musical

not

source centre

source

(Sedulius

verse

literary

their

for

verse

with

of

already

examples

surviving

part

esteemed

Sedulius's

poem.

Bishop

represents

were

other

religious

for

planctus

since

the

it

themes on religious and metrical works by (s. x in. ) (L1); 8860-67 (s. x) (destroyed) (L1))

the collection of secular and religious (GB-Cu Gg. 5.35 (s. xi mid. ) (L19))

which

ative

by

deduction

the collected poetical works of an author (L87)) (s. xii) B-Br 10615-10725

works,

most

this

While

exercises.

(b)

survived

was

the

of

school

the collection of hymns and verse including extracts also classical (B-Br in most instances Boethius CH-BEsu 455 (s. x) (L86); D-Fulda

Sedulius's

this

merely

(a)

(e)

of

possibly

conclusively

the

anthology

Like

or

is

the

other

topic

was probably

left

or

open

copied

the in

songs

rhetorical therefore

of

to

from

the

exemplar.

the

poems

in, this

other to

events

from

treats

of

a west

Frankish

which

all

this

and thirty

piece

do/

Songs

were

place

so far

planctus is

refers.

to

its

a school

copied)

as Aquitaine.

afield

in

the

that

it

included unlikely

would

in

contained

made up of

similar

and present

the

same sorts

of

ition

of

they

the

planctus

planctus

indication

a

it

original

in their

inferred

from

Since

their

the

purpose

nature

contain

associated

with

extra-liturgical

holds

even

when,

some of works of

the were

keeping

with

of

for

their

the-manuscript

compiler's

no-doubt

have

happened



remembered of-the

different

either

very

a member

badly

texts

of

the

of

'A

recalled

or

that

was copied.

they

can

devotion.

be

reasonably

This

conclusion

Boethius

are

included:

since

moral

worth

It

also they

of. the

tenth

choice.

pf

avail

whether or

to

was

61

eleventh

occasionally

he would

some principle of

of

whatever form

written

indicates

been

centuries.

Though

himself in

have

not

be remembered

material.

a visiting

(L1)

ortu' it

and

according to

would

however

should

time,

be

some extent

excerpts

community solis

little

give

to

where

classical

obliged the

place

planctus

can

years;

instances,

have

at

it

verse

of

material

been

why the

compos-

contents.

anthologies'

to'select

be accessible by

also

verse.

affected

he may often

unclear

songs

practices

unity,

is

a number

religous

aimed

to

of

hundred the

26

same items,

date

and they

composed;

religious

bibliographical

the

were

two

from

removed

religious

as in

esteemed

far

the

to

fifty

as

chiefly

metrical

by

remaining

the

often

postdate

rubrics

the

of

they

good

them

occasional

general

they

centres

to

verse,

of

contain

the

manuscript,

of

problem:

religious

belong

which

Although

that

from

known,

were or

Cämbridge

why this

reason

previous

seems

the

on someone

collection

lost.

it

(where

specific

its

kinds

they

which

from

originated

out

Songs

types

are

such

the

reflect

differing

anthologies

or

now been though

homewbvk.

if

Even

Cambridge

have

was

environment. Though

the

to/his

it

Either

Canterbury

from

or

eleventh

some one hundred

impossible,

not

collection,

and'early

place

sources

is

wished,

century took

manuscript

the

of

was copied.

exercise

have

would

tenth

clearly

Aquitaine.

of

items

which

manuscript

Germany,

planctus

Earl

the

late

an event

while material

this

historical

the

other

from

anyone

moreover

the

simply

was

social

from

or

that

unlikely

once

other

that

on historical

personage,

events

orally was

based history,

the

before

years

transmitted it

to

allude

century,

That

to

is

puzzling

Frankish

east

compared

therefore

collection

allude

Furthermore,

is

What

a Rhenish

monk. that revised.

or

as

A study it

was 27

-

little

Accordingly, the

role

they

although

provide

made earlier

personages

were

this

with

recorded

in

(D-Fulda) 28

accepted.

their

interpreted saint

the

to

of

that this planctus must 29 Bobbio. Lapidge30 However,

it

was written

at

the

been

of

in

present

Charlemagne's

death.

Aix-la-Chapelle, an Irishman, of

his

his

Andreas,

for

this

that

it

for

been

associated

for

the

far

arguments

deceased.

manuscripts

in each

and by considering and the

types

'Ecce lat.

as a space

treatises

favour

can

containing both

Judas'

(L33)

(s. ix-s.

hypothesis be

nature

in

employed

in

survives from

The main

the works

planctus,

with

which the

of

lend

have

that

Columbanus,

to

Cadac-

reasonably

clear

reason

contents

and

themes.

provide

(L33),

some those

may have Masses

be pressed to

too

two

as a space of

to

some support

reference

functions

Irish-

a certain

commemorative not

as

as a token

notably

other

with

monastery

funeral

seems

should

advanced

a planctus the

x),

or

monk

same diocese

similarly

and one

liturgy

funeral this

its

L86)

of

have

that

this

on religious

they

number

L66,

Although

rubrics

filler.

(L1,

the

of

2683

a small

music

with

it,

patron

hospitality

sources

manuscript

been

probably

a personal

anthologies

contradict

that

with

verse

surviving

believing

survive

in

the

thus for

composed

themselves

has

of

Irishman,

It

Bourges.

of

to

suggests

especial

a fellow

rarely

convincingly

the

after

shown

to

originally

and do not

suggestion

it

in

is

an anonymous

abbot

Lapidge

shortly

who had

sent

included the

died.

planctus

Bishop

was

if

which

F-Pn

then

later

was

grounds

this

he then

planctus

However, this

Emperor

a monarch

court; who was

that

the

composed

respect

men at

since

by

he would is

St. Trond

it:

scholars

of

argued

As such,

for

he was the

line

who was

solis

this

has

example

composed

'A

now destroyed

talk

Since

recently

St. Trond

funeral,

where

been

has

of

at

this

a long

Italy

have

by Columbanus

the

in

the

rubric

do not

St. Columbanus.

Bobbio

of

with

Since of

the

In

provided

copy

poets

Columbane'

'0

deduced

time

that

dignitaries.

Caroli.

of

deceased

recently

of

rubric

printed

the

contradict

connection

specific

authenticity

apostrophe

monastery

in

about

However,

local

to

de obitu

assumption

as an invocation

of

one

episcopum

the

On the

the

verse

the

them.

death.

support

a seventeenth-century

manuscript

been

to

manuscripts

do not

tributes

strong

ad Andream

in

only

given

in

at. the

planctus

reference

Hymnus Columbani

Fulda

is

these

they

proof

as informal

composed

suggestion

(L1),

ortus'

that

from

included

was

no positive

suggestion

fact

it

before

a planctus

of

be inferred

can

the

filler

anthologies

them. its

only

monastery this

of

on Hebrew names by Hieronymus. 62

known of book,

manuscript

St. Germain

source d'Auxerre

an exemplar,

The planctus,

grouped

are

-

two

with

two

tenth-century

other

on the in

each

of

subject different

liturgical

books; is

composition represents newly

by

an alleluia

hands.

The

is

not

Gastoue

considers 32

xi.

the

liturgical

books

may have

liturgical

books.

That

therefore

manuscript

in

sources

in

hands can to

the

lat.

the

three

are

notated,

the

planctus,

three

the

Timavi'

indicates

to

that

existing

fillers

in

have

been

a liturgical

it

has

non-

is

kept,

items

rubric

have

(L86),

items

a term

with

is

sources.

Although

planctus,

one

can

called

substantial

as it"is other

reasonably

two

the

for

Count in

each

planctus

Eric of in

following

conclude,

63

two

of its

this

which

have the

of

in three

and one

rubricated

carmen

distinguish 36 but here

meanings,

metres.

as

yas Boethius,

songs

which

with

hymn

generally

are

items

example,

well

(rhythmus),

often

non-quantitative

by

-their ofýthese

different song,

for

liturgical

(+ ca. 610); poems

of

illustrate

to

the

qualities

several

to the nature

from

oüt

in

added

themes,

including

ritmus

liturgy.

A discussion

serve

most

the

tentatively.

rubrics.

exceptions

points

Aquileia

versus, the

reference

Fortunatus

only

a poem or or

of

with

which

The

or

Paulinus

forward

them used

a refrain,

written

The

for

rubric

Friuli, two

34

s. x ex..

were

be put

Apart

filler at 33 written

with

items

some metrical

feature

two

quantitative of

also

versus.

signify

associated

on religious

song.

no formal

to

been

mainly

by

(s. ix),

was composed

will

As Stgblein35

versus,

plural

are

main

hymns,

it

Aquitaine,

proelium'

10440

an alleluia,

that

and hymns,

earliest

as a space

by

and their

are

the

of

lat.

liturgical

can only

from

one

F-Pn

-

be reinforced

x),

the

carmen.

ritmus

the

an historical

and

have

also

anthologies

there

theme,

entitled

the

gloriosi

common is

planctus

it

that

added

functions

considers

, sequences,

planctus

devotional

either

manuscript

to

followed

also

deduction

(s. ix-s.

lingua

in

this

that

as space

respect

which

is

some extent

songs,

'Pange

the

likely

company

(L1)

instances

both

twenty-two

penitential

in

contemporary of

also

the

of

any date

not

might

with

therefore

of

1154

Its

from

Judas'

in

approximate

and

down

solis`ortu'

book,

this

contents

this.

or

written

Gastoue

might

since

It

F-Pn

been

planctus,

hand.

planctus

different

'A

of

the

of

a different

However,

of

were

exists

This

beginning

This

which

on account

situation

Echternach.

the

items

the

a possibility.

A similar

from

it

of

'Ecce

item,

pars-liturgical

thus_quite

records

from

recorded

its

that

is

It

earliest

liturgical

or

alleluia

item 31 Mass,

an unidentified

and followed

of

composed

by

preceded

baptism

s. x/s.

one

is

additions,

other

collection Stgblein's

the

'Mecum manuscript are

called,

reasoning,

that

they

are

the

is

a para-liturgical

a liturgical

cum legatur

versus

the

relate it

because

to

the

versus

of

moved

is

format

a conventional in

this

the in

liturgy

canon the

late

pieces

tenth

they

gloriosi

both

belonged 38 yet it

century, technically

this

previous

evidence

suggestion

contents

and contradicted

of

be used

thought

Bishop

now been 10440

are to

reference

planctus

lat.

containing

can

was

'A

Two-of

(s. ix)

latter

solis

postdates .

have

intended the

its

its

remaining

tastes

role

hymn

time

even

where

'Pange

(s. ix-s. late

of it

x);

ninth are

not

that

the may also

by none

of

it.

mutually (L1).

ortu'

individual

is

date

of

x)

of

of

devotional compilers

64

be demonstrated

its

or and

this

copy

that

has

F-Pn it

was used

history:

composition are

to

sent

sources-.

suggest

-

two

this .

and

that

other

The

seems3ikely,

in

which

its

as can

reason

a

anthology to

manuscript

later

somewhat

most

verse

apparent

(s. ix-s.

probable

as collections

'as

extant

1154

manuscript

unrelated

personal.

it

the

arguments.

If,

like

as

with the

is,

planctus

exclusive,

_

for-a

earliest

but

is

different

two

the

Thus

which

it

proof,

of

accordance

sources,

of

of

only

anthology,

demonstrable

in

lat.

parts

anthologies

this

of

the

however

not

so,

possible

piece,

support

item,

Its

reflecting

to

and F-Pn

century. been

lacks.

Bourges.., on parchment,

lost.

if

first

which

therefore

was

conductus.

composed.

as a para-liturgical the

the

a planctus

originally

of

from

concerning

commemorative

and manuscript

the

the

1154

para-liturgical

that

or

lat.

planctus

there

all,

) ex. and F-Pn

hypothesis

that

many para-liturgical

verse

so-called

conductus,

that

the

- It-is

however,

for

Moreover,

Crücis

reading

compositions

in

Adoratio

manuscript,

person

the

in

ante

down

at

in.

included

books.

the

assumes

beenincludedin'manuscripts

the

of

conventional

the

has

the

Although

with

the

liturgical

be precursors

lines

(s. ix

to

including

versus,

the

(85)

90

down

the

considering

probable

fitted is

this

written

written

proelium'

I-VEcap

properly

been

Hartmanni. in

to

it

preserved

prepared,

x)

unlikely,

is

It

is

down para-liturgical

being

be conveniently

could

lingua

have

but

highly

still

not

(s. ix-s.

1154

writing

seems

is

Stgblein lat.

it

when

as

conductus

indicated

not

such

forerunners

versus

performed

book;

century.

not

would

F-Pn

were

rubric:

been

lectern.

for

which

period,

have

a liturgical

not

the Though

canendi.

probably

would

Gospel

by

and preceded

instance

this

In

composition.

book

Evangelium

to

versus

dogmata' from CH-SGs 381 (s. x) represent 37 Like conductus. a great many twelfth-century

of

the

that

considers

libri

'Sacrata

this

Stgblein

versus.

also

by

later

around

still,

type

may verse,

educational the

a

of

material

_

Music

Ref. no.

Date

Event/Deceased

Incipit/Author

Date and

No. of MS sources

PERSONAGE

PLANCTUS OF A BIBLICAL

0 dulces

L95

of earliest latest MSS

filii

for

2

s. xi

of troy

7

s. xii

7

s. xii

2

s. xii

996

s. xi

lament

Rachel's her sons

I

PLANCTUS AT THE DESTRUCTION OF A CITY

" Pergama flere (Hildebert of Lavardin

L122

Destruction

- s. xv ex.

ca. 74

+ 1133) PLANCTUS OF A CLASSICAL

PERSONAGE

Hector

L47

L31

Plasmator (Ralph Glaber +

Quis dabit" (Leo

L5

of

Vercelli

1

Troy

of

lament son.

Evandrus's Pallas his

PLANCTUS ABOUT AN HISTORICAL

L135

Hector

fili

Dulcis

L129

on the death of

pugnae

for

2

- s. xv

PERSONAGE

1046-49

fl.

Ad carmen

Hugh Capet, ) France

Otto

999- 1018)

III,,

Raimon,

King

of

King oft

Count

of

-

s. xvi

ex.

4

1002

s. xi - s. xvi

4

1018

s. xii

1

Barcelona. L133

Gui principium

Archbishop Heribert, of Cologne,

1021

s. xi mid.

I

L77

Judex summe

Henry II, Germany

1024

s. xi mid.

I

L78

Lamentemur

1024

s. xi mid.

I

L112

Omnis etas

King

1025

s. xiv

- s. xv

3

Constance

of Luxeuil

1025

s. xii

in.

6

Gauzlinus,

Abbot of

1029

s. xi - s. xviii

King

1Q39

s. xi

Abbot of Cluny

1049

s. xi

2

"

1049

s. xi

2

"

1049

S. A.

2

1054

s. xii

2

1056

s. xi - s. xv

17 +

1028-57

s. xii

2

L46

Hactenus (Gudino of Luxueil)

1.101

0 Gauzline

King of

" Boleslav I, of Poland.

Fleury L131

Qui

habet

(Wipo, chaplain to the King + 1050) 1.8

Ad fletus

(Jotsald

L62

(1)

L9

-

s. xvi

ex.

3 (5)

Odilo,

Cluny)

Ad to namque of Cluny)

1.83

Luget

L16

Cesar tantus

L14

of

4

Germany

Heu quam (Jotsald of Cluny)

(Jotsald

(j)

of

II,

Konrad

- s. xv

mundus

Armonicae (Adelman of Luge, + 1028)

Pope Leo

Henry III, Germany. Fulbert, Chartres

TABLE TWO.

DC

King of

Bishop of & others

PLANCTUS COMPOSED 950-1130

C1)

Music

Ref. no.

Incipit/Author

Date

Event/Deceased

Date and

J

L45

Floriacensis

Rainaldus, of Fleury

L15

Bellatorum

William queror,

L44

Flete

L26

Doctorum

Abbot

s. xi

1087 the ConKing of England 1087

viri Hubert

(Baudry de Bourgueil

of

Orleans

s. xi

of earliest latest MSS

No. of MS sources

s. xi

I

s. xvii

2 (1)

s. xii ex.

- s. xiii

2 I

s. xiii

+ 1130) t

J

L49

Heu eheu

L110

Omne quod

L75

Archbishop Lanfranc, of Canterbury ,

?Roger of Moissac

Jerusalem (Godfroy de Bouillon)

For the dead at the Capture of

1089

s. xii

I

s. xi

s. xi

I

1099

s. xii

1109

s. xiii

1127

s. xii

ex. - s. xvii

3

in.

I

ex. - s. xiii

3

Jerusalem

L43

Flete

mecum

Anselm, of

Archbishop

2 (1)

Canterbury.

L130

Pro h dolor

Charles the Good, Count of Flanders

L12

Anglia

ridet

1127

s. xiv

L17

Carole

tu mea

1127

s. xii

I

L65

Huc ades

1127

no MS extant

-

L76

Jocus et leticia

Dolca,

Countess

of

ca. 1127-30

s. xii

Provence.

TABLE TWO:

PLANCTUS CCMIPOSED 950-1130

(continued)

ex.

I

available personage being

the

at

time. differing

served

copied

is

in

the

composed

first

four

are

one is

place

and three (L122),

are

(a)

from

the

of

this

the

-

(L47),

Hector

the

to

the

1139 (s. xi-s.

collection

6190 (s. xii)

F-Pn

10912

lat.

F-Pn lat. F-Pn lat.

Table

were

speculation.

death

following

of of

All

Two. Of the

Holy

destruction

remainder (L95),

Innocents the

Pallas

types

of

but

city

of

Troy

(L31). manuscript:

39

(L95)

and monastic of

(L131) (L12)

(L129)

(s. xi)

(L129)

12696 (s. xvii) 13834 (s. xvi ex. )

(L15) (L129)

GB-Lbl

Cotton

I-Rvat

Reg. lat.

miscellany

B-Br

Otto

B. IV

(destroyed)(L15)

(L129)

618 (s. xv)

(L112) (L112) (L112)

writings:

of"religious

5576-5604

(L14)

(s. xii)

F-Pn lat.

2627 (s. xi)

F-Pn

10092

lat.

chronicles:

Malmesbury'T

PL-Kz 1310 (s. xv) (s. xv) PL-Kz 0.1311 PL-Wn Cimelia 28 (s. xiv)

(L8,

the verse anthology: CH-E 34 (s. x-s. xii) D-B Phillipps 1694 (s. xii D-Gs Theol. 105 (s. xiii)

L9)

(L101)

(s. xviii)

(L101) (L8, L9) (L43) (L101) (L101)

F-Pn lat. 17192 (s. xviii) F-Pn lat. 18304 (s. xi) GB-Ccc 299 (s. xiii) I-Rli 1104 (s. xviii) I-Rvat Reg. lat. 592 (s. xi) (d)

the

xiii)

annals

of

F-Pn lat.

the

them

of

troper:

William L16: MSS containing L65: no MS extant (s. xvi D-KA no number ex. ) in. ) F-DOU 798 (s. xiv

(c)

of

personage. of

the

and

in

listed

massacre

themes

period'belong

F-Pn lat. (b)

the

subject,

a matter

deceased

a recently

why most

still

was

950-1130

are

period

when it

period

Exactly

Composed

this

on classical

death

the

Planctus

in

the

however,

remains,

Planctus

about

on a biblical

during

deceased

a recently

about

likely.

highly

composed

planctus

planctus

purposes

therefore

3.

Planctus

the

That

ex. )

(L122) (L16) (L122)

D-Mbs Clm 4660 (ca. 1220-30) D-Mbs Clm 17142 (s. xi-s. xii) DK-Ku Fabr. 81 (s. xii ex. ) F-DOU 318 (s. xii)

(L122) (L16) (L122) (L122)

F-Lym 168 (s. xv) F-RSm 1275 (s. xiii

(LI6) (L16)

ex. ) 65

Gest.

reg. Angl.

I

II.

(d)

(s. xiv) (s. xiii) (s. xii)

(L16) (L16) (L16) (L122) (L77, L78, (ca. 1200)(L122)

F-Pn lat. 6389 F-Pn lat. 6630 F-Pn lat. 14867 GB-Ccc 450 (s. GB-Cu Gg. 5.35 GB-Lbl Cotton

xiii-s. (s. xi Titus

GB-Lbl GB-Lbl GB-Lbl

3202 (s. xiii) 3222 (s. x/s. xi) 3716 (s. xv)

Harley Harley Harley

xiv) mid. ) D. XXIV

GB-LO 40m (s. xiii-s.

570 (s. xiv)

GB-Ob Bodley

851

GB-Ob Bodley

Additional

I-Rvat

Reg. lat.

(L43)

(L122)

(s. xiv

ex. )

(L122)

A 44 (s. xiii

(s. xiil),

1351

f. 38r

PL-WRu R 58 (a. 1473). (e)

the

miscellany

(s. xii (s. xii

ex. ) ex. )

(L75) (L122)

(f)

the

collection

of

652 (s. xiv)

I-Rvat (g)

the

Vat.

lat.

collection

(L130) (L47)

(L46) (L46) in. ) xii

xiii) (,s. xi/s.

565 (s. xi)

9496

of

(L46)

classical

verses

(L122) (L16)

I-Fl

Pluteo

39.21

(s. xv)

(L31)

I-F1

Pluteo

39.24

(s. xii)

(L31)

the

collection

of

treatises:

rhetorical

D-Mbs Clm 14784 (s. xii) GB-Gu Hunt. 511 (s. xiii in. USSR-Lbp O. V. XVI. 3 (s. xii)

Planctus (i)

also

survive

items the

(j)

items

lat. lat. lat.

)

1772 5941 8625

leaves book,

or bifolia or quire:

(s. xii) (s. xiii) (s. xiii-s.

xv)

space B-Br

bound

into

a manuscript

(L46) (L5) (L44)

on flyleaves:

(s. xvi) D-HAu-Ra72 D-Mbs Clm 14516 (s. xi) G GB-Cjc 16 (s. xiii) (k)

(L83) (L122) (L83)

as:

on single end of the

F-Pn F-Pn F-Pn

(L46)

(L46)

DK-Kk 2007 (s. xii) F-Pn lat. 6348 (s. xiv)

(h)

L122)

treatises:

musical

F-Pn lat. 7211 (s. xii-s. (s. xv) GB-Ctc 0.9.29 I-Fn conv. soppr. F. III.

I-Fr

(L75, L130, (L130) (L75) (L122)

712 (s. xii ex. ) 1984 (s. xi-s. xii)

Reg. lat. Vat. lat.

(L26)

(L17)

F-DOU 882 (s. xii ex. ) F-Pn Baluze 43 (s. xvii) F-Pn lat. 5129 (s. xiii) GB-Lbl Additional 35295 (s. xv) I-Rvat I-Rvat

(L122)

works:

F-AS 639 (s. xii) F-DOU 367 F-DOU 880

in. -s. xv)

(L16)

historical

of

(L135). (L135) (L122)

fillers.; 5540

L133)

(L122) (L16) (L16)

xiv)

GB-Ob Bodley

L131,

(s. xi/s.

(L169 L1319 L135)

xii)

66

at

(k)

B-M 48 (s. xii-s. xiii) DK-Kk 1905 (s. xii) F-CV 30 (s. xiii) F-D0U 852 (s. xii-s. xiii) F-Pn lat. 2286 (s. xii) F-Pn lat. 2627 (s. xi) F-Pn lat. 3719 (s. xii ex. ) F-Pn lat. 6348 (s. xiv)

(L16) (L14) (L122) (L49) (L44) (L110) (L76) (L16)

F-Rm U 52 (s. xv)

(L122) (L122) (L122) (L16)

F-Rm U 107 (s. xi-s. xii) (s. xv) GB-Cu Ee. 2.29 GB-Gu Hunt. 417 (s. xv2) (1)

3827 (s. x/s. xi)

Vat. lat.

I-Rvat marginal

additions:

(L135)

A-Wn 1322 (s. x-s. xi) I-Rvat Since

there

previous main

from

(LB,

A significant L133),

area

than

from

Italy,

of

the

in

number

period

the

authors

with

of

to

differing

types

It

survives

as the

is

attributed,

Leonine

or

Trooianorum, (s. xii

ex. );

associated

(s. xiv)

of

as

over

them

work

the

their

the

from of

the

Hildebert

and F-Pn

lat.

of

D-Mbs 5129

GB-Lbl

example,

a constituent

Additional of

verse

Primas)

and GB-Ccc 450 (s. xiii-s.

xiv);

or

the

late

(s. xii-s.

fact

or

can

from that

be deduced

(s. xii);

in

1133)

to

century. whom it GB-Ob

xiii), of

the

as a short

(s. xv)

origin

manuscripts

fifteenth

especially 35295

of

illustrated

as an example

the

work

Historia

and F-DOU 882

(where it is often anthologies 41 for 570 GB-Ob Bodlev example.

and more rarely 67

proportion

the

ubiquity

17212

work,

examples

planctus

canbe

(+

710

L43).

geographical

countries

Lavardin

(s. xiii);

an historical

its

to

Clm

CH-BEsu

example,

the

This

and

twelfth

(L49,

sources.

type.

(L122).

fiere'

orders,

L131,

extant

of

L130).

and

a small

by

between

manuscript

in

Golias

manuscript

L122,

L135

a much wider

in

monks

L129)

and England

evidenced

correlation

example,

for

were

L110,

L78,

(L83,

that

thein

L65,

L77,

Italy

(L112),

is

Hugh

with

L44,

the

composed

L101,

(L16,

and possible

from

dating

following for

in

L76, L17,

Germany

written

compositions

'Pergama

hexameter,

preceding

L15,

Poland

period,

half

for

(s. xiv),

L75,

from

about

were

represent and England only 40 That the majority composed

and

of

65

(L5),

significant

planctus

L14,

from

were

monastic

no

L61,

originated

Spain

certainty

is

The majority

(L12,

than

period

some generalisations

L46,

survive

this

Poland,

over

reference

Digby

also

actually

reasonable

these

Belgium

previous

were

There of

or

planctus

Spain,

this

with

the

make

L45,

L26,

examples

that

evident

from

originated.

L9,

and L47),

(L45)

extant

to

possible

isolated

L31

possibly

planctus

they

number

while

is

is

France

and northern

more

which

France

central

It

it

(s. xi)

596

Reg. lat. are

period

areas

(L16)

as an item

which

follows

xiii,

xiv,

xv),

is

suggested filler

space

purposes on the from

or

(s. xiii

Hunt. 511

).

by

the

or

flyleaf

also

history

of

it

That

large

in

was

number

provided

a subject the

of

instances thus

to

as a

of

educational

longer

works

increasingly

popular

throughout

century,

eleventh

survives

a range

piece

passage

a purple

it

served

became

which

GB-Gu

as

when

(ss.

R. 14.22

example,

regarded

companion

a short

Troy,

for

one,

It

GB-Ctc

example,

also

of

addition.

half

second

for

an exemplum

as

in.

and

the

treatise,

a rhetorical

medieval

Europe. In

to

contrast

script

sources

of

obvious

planctus

was included are

the

place.

first

lament 1139

(s. xi-s.

part

of

'Sub

altare

manuscript

Innocents. the

Although

from '0

Gauzlinus

which Vita

was

of

which

the

at

was

after

the

It

belongs

trope

of

at

the

monastery

extant

-

burial:

This

planctus

during

a book

or

which writing

(L110)

fact

that

of

apostrophe)'is

which Fleury

of

of

(s. xi).

was

in Andre's Andre

tyronum inter versiculos:

as an informal

originally

was originally it

style

been

is

contains

literary

has

43

funeral

oration

service.

otherwise

The

part

...

served

quod'

the

which

(s"xi)"

the

'Omne by

reflected

work

evidently

the burial That

pater

Holy

explicit,

in

Gauzlini,

592

the

this

manuscript

Reg. lat.

I-Rvat 44

lat.

earliest

of

and is

a monk from

the

responsory

make

responsory

earliest

the

Feast

do not

Cujus super sepulchrum unus suorum spiritalium hos profudit angores dolentium pede dactilico 0 Gauzline

the

the

in

F-Pn

to

a

three

(L95),

troper

Vita

The

abbot's

filii'

the

Fleury

at

dulces

in

included

in

only

are

why

'0

sung

the

about

was composed

in

manu-

which

why it

rubrics

manuscript

Fleury,

written

that

reports

7713),

of

of

area.

a liturgical

was Abbot.

also

Limoges

purposes

However,

only

and is

(L101)'is

by Andre

survives

directly

Gauzline'

written

the

the

follows 42 it.

planctus

derived

(Hesb.

dei'

theme

sons,

from

xiii),

the

indications

majority

indications

contents.

on a biblical her

served

clear.

their

positive

for

period

reasonably

amongst

example

Rachel

of

this

the

period,

previous

from

and give

there

The one

the

of

planctus

relatively

instances

those

based

'a planctus further

of

a school

an exceptionally religious this

on

'recent

was

often

suggested

is

piece

reading',

also of

the

68

lat.

reminiscent classical

manuscript

to

addition

F-Pn -

as homework

set by

untidy

writings

is

exercise

(to

2627 of

works.

That encomium

practise

contexts

school

of

the

two

planctus

the

about

death

fili'

(L31)

and

'Hector

pugnae'

short

verses

or

epitaphs

which

while

the

on Troy. to

Both

provide

variety

or

better

Although

the

manuscript

often

Like

Sigloard's

this

period

being

reported;

virtues

and

represent they

its

style

effusive to

to the

the

quoted

is

described

after.

the

dead,

final

with

little

s'

from

to

in

the

deceased's

deceased's

of

the

mourning

'Omnis

(L112)

etas'

belongs, are

which

since

strikingly

on Bolezlavus's

chronicles

which

death.

death.

were

written

On some occasions the 46 Blut in three chron-

no introduction;

or

is

which

the

it

which

chronicles

of

that

touches

to

in

death

chronicle

belong

been.

of a member of the community written 47 in a number of instances death. deceased's-death. Thus, eceased's work

may have his

for

(L8),

been

as informal

written and then

funeral,

of poems included death

later

tributes

incorporated

its

of

by

from

monastery

Saint-Arnoul

each

some two

hundred

with

the

of

from

Cluny,

date but

the

four

into

Vita. of

Odilo's now lost,

from

death

Moissac

(F-Pn

is

(F-Pn Since

likely

was circulated

that around

69

lat.

sources,

book

belong

and were composed by

F-Pn -.

Neither

Cluny. it

two

(L9)

miscellanies

They follow

manuscript

de Cr4py-en-Valois miles

two religious

of Cluny

in

Jotsald,

of

occupied the

in

named Jotsald.

work -

and 'Ad to namque'

of St. Odilo

monastery, the

(L61)

'Heu quam'

(s. xi)

18304

quire

included

likely

do not

originally

may have

particular

histronic

the

as the

commemorate the

originating other

of

same sequence

lat.

the

annals.

a monk from that 48 Odilonis, also F-Pn

being

were

account

chronicle

examples

perhaps

'Ad fletu

which

the

passage

chronicles

monastery's

to the

from

culled

examples

a celebration

seems highly

for

this

what

an eye-witness

It

date

planctus

planctus

provide

or

remaining

from

the

books

to

used

immortality

their

on the

and occasional

is

planctus

either

preceding

after

it

shortly

the

the

long

icles

the

of

conceivably

remaining

of

glosses

death.

his

at

why

(L100),

Fulco'

'0

especially

planctus

a poem

material

of

Virgil,

of

matter

the

of

indications

give

was composed

not

were

with

including

general

piece

sources about

achievements

place

However,

They

a small

information

they

composed

similar

the

grouped

works

works,

supplementary

spaces.

achievements,

explicit

from

up

the

of

historical

represent

is

diligence.

for

provide

copies

with

'Dulcis

personage, former

The

follow

keeping

but fill

a classical

(L47).

amongst in

thus

are belong,

students' reward

found

they

which

took

is

latter

of

is

are

another

and the

one

(s. xi)),

18304

related

(s. xi)

Cluny,

2627

lat. both

2627

Sancti

completing

from

lat.

the Vita

the

(s. xi)),

contemporaneous source religious

originally houses

45

soon

instance the

the

three

(L8)

death,

Odilo's

after

planctus

is,

like

are

much

rubricated (L9),

is

in

to

the

that

each

later

Only

purposes. other

18304

in

it

was

it

is

these

of

the

of

quarr'

(L61)1'a

with

to

be sung,

different

served.

form

called

notation.

musical

together

namque'

and is

form

initially

to

to

intended

provided

Odilo

and is

'Ad

series,

evidently

collected

about

a quantitative

metre

verse

fletus'

in

a quantitative.

planctus

they

second

along

with

a suitable

succeeds the

of

-

a number

epilogue

the

elevating

Charles

they

book. the

or

Crusades;

why

these

both

may initially

two

long

and relate

are

the

been

have

comes

composed

The first

Good to

the

were

planctus

first

The

his

clear.

the

reflect

the Good Charles 49 life; and the third

immediately

not

de geste:

Thus,

saint.

Yet

his

Jerusalem

about of

in

unity

of

planctus

chanson

(L130)

dolor'

secular

is

place with

history

account 50 Caroli.

Vita

another

affinities

on the

which

(L17)

tu'

'Carole

and

works

thematic

achieving

Bruges's

of

first

historical

of

several

(L130)

dolor'

'Proh

miscellanies

works

one

Galbert

after

(L75),

in

follows

normally

'froh

two

poems

interest

compiler's

in

item

(s. xi)

luge'

found

each

the

final

poems

Vita. 'Jerusalem,

are

in

'Heu

each

of

'Ad

another.

a dialogue.

of

sequence

both

a non-quantitative

were

panegyrical

one

Adalhard,

written

other

lat.

F-Pn

suggests

in

the

Unlike

of

also The

contrast,

rithmus.

This

is

from

for

the

out

in

Although

made.

copied

distinct

form

epitaphium.

in

since

the

were

also

planctus

in

work,

shorter

Vita

quite

Radbert's

and written

metre

the

of

scribe

copies

where

have

level

heroic

of

a

of

heroic

from

this

'songs

deeds! types

The main belong

period of

secular

book;

which

a book other

not which

indicated are

the

works

included

Hubert

a certain

florilegium

the

this

Reg. lat.

from

four

a particular the

end

1351

of

(s. xii1), to

remarkably to

the

a

his personal

deceased,

Meung-sur-Loire.

(s. xi

planctus only

70

is

tribute

why items

collection,

composite

Compared

(L26),

a private

Gg. 5.35

Of the

at

de Bourgueil.

reason

GB-Cu

rubrics. in

was

anthology or

around

filler

I-Rvat

'Doctorum'

the

a florilegium

organised

is

Baudri

it

that

noted,

by

of

of

a space

first

planctus,

suggests

As previously

the

as

planctus

an author;

of

part

verse

of

of

which

works often

An example

teacher,

of

verse,

functions

This

first

collected

frequently

the

to

anthology

collection

Baudri's

verse,

section

the

short

containing

tone.

his

verse

and religious

manuscript.

in

include

and the

theme,

of

one,

in

the

mid.

Cambridge

) were

from 'Qui

this

Songs

copied

is

period

habet'

(L131),

events;

to

attributed is

these

of

the

honour

whose

planctus

III

of

the

new king's

This

planctus

r(L16)

- Gembloux, scribbled

a flyleaf

(s. xi).

fillers

space

fate

similar the

they

Konrad

of

books

and

social

remaining

(L77),

only

kind

are

the

the

is

stanza

frequently

organised

(PL-WRu

R 58

(a. 1473)),

epigrams

(GB-Lbl

Harley

3716

lat.

(s. xiii)).

indeed

in

(L16)

is

F-Pn

'Qui it

that

That

of

in of

these

as teaching lines,

Alberic

of

a lesson

Monte

on the

on Guido

planctus

each

is

of

Arezzo's

however

long

history., are'found

former

De rithmis; the

fifth 54

Since

provided. 71

tantus'

attributed

manner

evident

in

manuscripts 'They

respectively.

tare

as an example

syllables

Micrologus

is

and 52 and in Only

'Luget

the the

.

authors:

a similar

it

eight

of

and. F-Pn.

). 'Cesar

However,

the

Cassino's interval

in

and

classical

and

filler.

example,

(s. xv)),

(s. xiii.

treatises,

with

by

are

this

of

for

(s. xiv)

63.$

(L46)

exempla:

as a space

168

Caesar

its

(L16)

tantus'

theme,

originated

in

summe'

Anthologies

works

'Hactenus'

and

and musical

four

lat.

Julius

later

for

'Judex

functions

and F-Pn-6630

likely.

-

'Cesar

(F-Lym

include

highly

(L83)

mundus'

used

is

A

(L133).

which

F-Pn

(L16)

and

)

mid.

a particular

for

Wipo's

(s. xi

included.

tantus'

purposes

rhetorical

a commentry

of

'Cesar

other

stanza

as part

an epitaph

served

clearly

accent,

as

(L131)

containing

the

(s. xiv),

habet'

'Luget

both

6389

introduced

to Virgil. to

lat.

its after

be postulated

of

epitaphs

they

Normally

soon

therefore

sources

(s. xv),

the

least

at

as additions

principium'

around

distichs

6630

Gg. 5.35

normally

from

each or

St. Gall,

of

otherwise-unrelated.

the-type

particularly

first

chance

of

are

monastery

(L131),

might

the... manuscript

lines

two

the

tantus'

monastery

contains

are

'Qui

the

attached.

'Cesar

which

they

and

with

area

by

GB-Cu

along

sources,

manuscript

environment

he was then

geographical

however, which

from

of

anthologies,

Here

to

(L78)

'Lamentemur'

verse

a wide

from

examples

The majority

over

obtain

which

from

habet'

'Qui

be Henry

was to

first

manuscript

that

survive,

in

its

while

the

to

soon

from

a manuscript

various

was known Apart

to

a manuscript

indicate

was composed.

life

in

that

speculate,

filler

a space in

heir,

in

II,

Konrad

of

relates51

king's

monastery

xii),

These

couplet,

opening

as

(s. xi/s.

onto

century,

eleventh

the

(L135)

5540

Wipo

one might

survives

B-Br

627

CH-SGs

deceased

for

dabit'

'Quis

and

the

objective,

patronage also

composed.

life

One

sources.

manuscript

the

of

was to

His

Germany.

other

account

same author's

the

has

Wipo,

presbyter

was presented

planctus

it

the

of

a penultimate the Liber first

mundus'

latter 53 argumentorum, stanza

(L83)

only

survives

from

taken

are

the

that

its

down in

the

(L46)

the

F-Pn

of

end

is

It

written

(L46)

'Flete

viril

(L46)

is

be

to

intended

(L46)

in

some'detail

they

provided

which

owned The

sources in

included

a teaching

the

Moreover,

few

instances

the

previous

where

leaders

means or

through

personal

for

sources

and

which gratitude

this.

of

The

teachers

strongly

individuals

could

to

a much-loved

circulated

reading,

provided

with

two

-

circulation

of

is

(L5)

cantor a

undoubtedly

were

'Flete

and

viri'

deeds

the

relate

the

the

of

de geste.

in

That

monasteries

indicate

thus

it

of

a source

during

give

number suggests express teacher..

of

in of

a large

time

is

planctus that

it

devotion However,

about

that

evident

one

the

information

explicit it

event's;

From

purposes.

was

entertainment.

survive course

it

various

served

edifying

which the

that

on historical'

a gloss

a planctus

large

been

where

different

several

environment in

that

clear

each

pium

period

planctus

of

manuscript

social

was no uniformity monastic

it

makes

be used

could

planctus

history

(L5),

carmen'

probable.

trope, and

on

Interestingly

chanson

types

manuscript

exercise,

and

manuscript

sources

of

of

a liturgical

example,

exemplum

this

from

time

plange

entertainment quite

and

that

Ergo

-

the

of

thematically

That

have

carmen'

extent

idiom

seems

planctus range

a wide

for

purposes,

of

'Ad

is

book

process

the

case,

containing

silent

(L44)

a lesser

edifying

them

of

copies

rubric

both

the

of

a source

for

notation:

to in

intended

viril

Moreover,

sung.

this

it

bound

been

'Ad

of

also

Although

the

'Flete

alphabetical

'Hactenus'

deceased

number

by

while

in

setting

-

introduced

magistrum,

modulando

-(L44)

were

xv).

might

which

items

these

that

'Hactenus'

musical

item an 55 leaf.

the

this

manuscripts

(s. xiii-s.

is

suggests

source

the

of

one

this

circulation.

of

manuscript

8625

F-Pn lat.

on a single

imply

the

and by

a letter

by

written

might

attested

(L44),

followed

by

that

it

circulated,

also

were

or

this

of

This

hand.

purposes

lost

has

which

leaves

other

the

period

(s. xiii),

5941

lat.

this

the.

conclude

environment.

which to

a book

to

social

original

on a bifolium

(s. xii),

for

if

Clearly,

its

contemporary

copied

was

is

leaves,

single

but

from

planctus

other

more

been

form

verse

of

reasonable

either

place.

than

worn

has

reflect

1772

lat.

a different

'Hactenus'

first

survives

also

therefore

planctus

do not

sources

'Hactenus'

by

also

of

this

is

It

hymns.

text

written

unrelated.

F-Pn

are

the

However,

kinds

other

of

as examples

cited

it.

for

composed

specially

was

well-known

manuscript

into

it

De rithmis

Alberic's

contain

which

manuscripts

that

complete

was never

two

which

stanzas

other

the

conclude

one might

is

in

there for

composed provided to

a local the

a saint

manuscript

72 A

Music

Ref. no.

Date

Date

Speaker

Incipit/Author

and

No. of MS sources

of earliest latest MSS

PLAYS OF THE HOLY INNOCENTS Heu

L51

(ý)

...

0 dolor

L94

mens

The

mothers

their 0 patrum

for

Rachel

7

ca. 1220-30

1

?

s. xii

1

7

s. xiii

1

$. xiii

1

sons. her

for

sons L96

0 dulces

L124

Planctus

J

L53

Heu ...

J

L63

J

L54

FILIUS

J

innocentum "?

matrum

s. xii

- s. xiii

2

Heu teneri

s. xii

- s. xiii

2

Heu ...

s. xii

- s. xiii

3

GETRONIS:

quid

quomodo

A PLAY OF ST. NICHOLAS

Heu ...

L52

michi

Lament of Euphrosina for her son.

7

s. xiii

1

and Mary for

?

s. xiii

1

PLAYS OF LAZARUS

Jam moratur

L72

Martha Lazarus

0 sors L107 (Hilarius the Englishman fl. ca. 1140)

Martha, Mary and others for Lazarus

1140

s. xii

1

L36

Mary for

1140

s. xii

I

1140

s. xii

I

7

s. xii

I

s. xiii

1

s. xiii

1

s. xiii

I

s. xiii

I

L91

Ex culpa (Hilarius) Mors execrabilis (Hil arius)

Lazarus

Martha and others for Lazarus

EASTER PLAYS

J

L22

Cuncta

J

L56

Heu me misers

L79

Lamentemus

J

L59a

Heu misers

Lament

J

L147

Tu pater

Lament of Mary Magdalene 7

L61

Heu pius

Lament of three

L48

Heu dolor

The Virgin

and Mary Magdalene 7

s. xiii

L59

Heu misere

Three Marys or Mary Magdalene 7

s. xii

J

L60

Heu nobis

J

L111

Omnipotens

j

L21

Cum venissem

J

TABLE THREE A;

sorores

Lament of Mary Magdalene to

? of

the

to

BIBLICAL

?

soldiers

7

Marys

7

"7

PLANCTUS COMPOSED 1131-1300

s. xiii

4

- s. xiv

1 - s. xvi

30

s. xii

- s. xvi

32

a. xii

- s. xvi

23

s. xii

- s. xvi

21

FROM LITURGICAL

DRAMAS

Music

Ref. no.

Date

Event/Deceased

Incipit/Author

Date and

(ý)

(Peter

(.1)

(Peter

in.

I

Jacob for

his

The girls

of Israel

sons

"

s. xiii

in.

I

"

s. xiii

in.

I

s. xiii

in.

I

s. xiii

in.

I

Abelard)

Ad festes

L6

s. xiii

ca. 1131-35

Sichern

+ 1142)

Abelard

Infelices

L70 (Peter

(J)

Dine for

Abrahe proles

L4

No. of MS sources

of earliest latest MSS

for

Abelard)

Jephtha's

daughter (.1)

(J)

J

(Peter

Abelard)

(Peter

Abner Abelard)

L3

L30 (Peter

j

Israel

Abissus

L2

fidelissime

Dolorum solatium

David

for

for

David for

Abner

"

Jonathan

s. xii

- s. xiii

ex.

3

Abelard)

L141

Samson dux

Lament for

L57

Heu michi

Jacob

L40

Flare

libet

ac

Planctus ante L123"' (Geoffrey of St. Victor fl. 1170-90) L42

Samson

for

Samsön

BIBLICAL

ca. 1250 - s. xiv

4

7

s. xiii

2

7

s. xii

I

>1190

s. xii

> 1241

s. xiii

Joseph

Lament of Mary Magdalene Lament of the Virgin

Lament of the Virgin Flete fideles (? Pope Gregory IX + 1241)

TABLE THREE B:

ca. 1200

PLANCTUS 1131-1300

- s. xv

NOT COMPOSED ORIGINALLY

- s. xiv

18 +

6

FOR LITURGICAL

DRAMAS

the

sources, and

of

province

4.

and because they

which social

to

the

large

rubrics

in

normally

the

case.

Planctus

Just

under

proportion

Three

(a)

A), belong the of

to

the

collection religious

B-Br D-KA F-EV F-EV F-Pm F-Pn F-Pn F-Pn F-Rm F-Rm GB-Lbl

(b)

the

miscellany

type

between extant

earliest proportion

of

these

this

of

this

this.

the

the

period in

of manuscript of their However, composition

manuscript,

of

and

to

the is

this

manuscripts,

remainder

are

following

are on biblical

period

belong

to religious

of

of songs, sequences writings. or florilegium:

of religious

(see

subjects. (see Table

Three

B).

manuscript: or

verse

in

a miscellany

(L57) (L141) (L123) (L123) (L123) (L123) (L42, L123) (L123) (L123) (L123) (L40) xiii)

A 44 (s. xiii

Additional

dramas

self-contained

types

in. -s. xv)

(L123)

writings:

(destroyed) in. )

I-Rvat Reg. lat. 288 (s. xii-s. I-Tn E. V. 20 (s. xii/s. xiii) the

view

an investigation

time-lapse

B-N 104 (s. xv) B-LVu IV, 28 (s. xiii) CS-Pu XII. D. 8a'(s. xiv

(c)

the

(s. xiii) 11.2556 St. Georgen 38 (s. xiv) 2 (s. xiii) 39 (s. xiii) 1002 (s. xiii in. ) lat. 2415 (s. xii) lat. 4880 (s. xiii) lat. 15163 (s. xv) A 506 (s. xii) 0 68 (s. xv) Additional 15722 (s. xii-s.

GB-Ob Bodley

an oblique

straightforward.

from

of the

while

serve

theme

the planctus

A significant latter

a large

on a biblical

half

in

seem that

its

of

only

were composed during

be relatively

frequently

to

purposes

1131-1300

uniformity

might

would

of

(a)

The

it

date

absence

Table

greater

and the

a planctus

give

of planctus

are found,

environment

owing

not

is

there

make,

practical

Composed

Planctus

the majority

Since

to

considerations

economic

with

compilers

xiii)

(L123) (L123) (L123)

(L2, L3, (L123)

L4,

troper:

D-S1 HB I Asc. 95 (s. xiii) F-Pn n. a. lat. 3126 (s. xii) I-PLn I. B. 16 (s. xiii ex. )

73

(L42, L141) (L30) (L141)

L6,

L30,

L70)

(d)

the

anthology

of

religious

and

secular

verse:

D-Mbs Clm 4660 (ca. 1220-J0) ) GB-Ob Rawl. C 510 (s. xiii

(e)

the

GB-Lbl (f)

(with

song collection

the

musical

notation):

978 (ca. 1250)

Harley

of devotional

anthology

(L42) (L123)

(L141)

verse

and prayers:

D-KA Reichenau pap. 36 (s. xiv2_s. F-Pn lat. 3639 (s. xv-s. xvi) (g)

the

processional:

I-Pc I-Pc

(h)

the

C55 C56

are

Clm

items

The

in

books

on bifolia

social

However,

the

of

range

the

Holy

visitatio

books

century plays (s. xiii) complex

containing

on the

plays from

Holy

and F-LA Easter

Clm

6264

lat.

11331

are

Visitatio

France

F-0

201

F-T

792 (s. xiii

Sepulchri

from

visitatio

Germany

(s. xiii) D-Li no number D-Ngm 22923 (s. xiii) D-W novi 309 (s. xiii)

Switzerland

CH-E 300 (s. xii-s. xiii) CH-Zz Rh. 18 (s. xiii)

Freising;

on

apparently and on

Cathedral.

However,

Vich

written

France

sepulchri come from

Cömplex

Easter'plays

F-TO 927 (s. xiii)

before areas.

northern

plays

74

Massacre

probably

(s. xiii)

ex. )

planctus

Englishman);

geographical

both

of

(ca. 1130-38),

subjects

different

and Passion

Cow

20,4

from

(which the

with on the

plays

xii),

(s. xii)

Hilarius

on these

(s. xiii);

263

(s. xi-s.

self-

picture

dramas

contain

from

xii),

quite

Innocents

plays

earliest

E-Mn Vitrina

(s. xi-s.

105

originated

The

is

an incomplete

religious

which

scholar

-

as:

(L123)

dramas

religious

present

in

- F-Pn

sepulchri and E-VI

D-Mbs

itinerent

the

unrelated,

otherwise

(L42) (L30)

in

planctus

areas

Lazarus

of

are

ex. )

manuscripts

-

they

which

(L123) 36881 (s. xii-s. xiii) (s. xiii) de Antiquis Legibus'

and performed.

with

Palermo,

their

Innocents

Raising

most

to

of

geographical

compiled

travelled the

(L123)

booklets:

or

environment

evident.

the

(s. xiii)

4660a

GB-Lbl Additional GB-Lpro 'Liber

of

dramas:

space fillers: F-Pn lat. 3495 (s. xiii) GB-Ob Bodley 79 (s. xiii

(j)

were

(L42) (L42)

of religious

included

also

(i)

(s. xiv) (s. xiv)

collection

D-Mbs They

(L123) (L123)

xvl)

-

the

fourteenth

The

other

F-0

ceremonies, all

over

from

201 more

Europe:

Passion

Plays

Country

Visitatio

Austria

A-KLA

Complex

Sepulchri

plays

A-KN 574 (s. xiii) D-Mbs Clm 4660a

32 (s. xiii)

Perg.

Easter

Passion

plays

D-Mbs D-Mbs

Clm 4660a Clm 4660

(ca. 1220-30)

(s. xiii) Czecho-

(ca. 1384)

1. B. 12

CS-Pu

(s. xiii)

slovakia is,

There.

however, of

manuscript

one

Fleury

certainly

originated to

thought

many plays therefore

either

not

written

down

to

document

where

possible

the

dramas,

religious

when

liturgical

prose

texts.

thirteenth-century

visitationes

Passion

plays

resource

for

some considerable

all

planctus

which

dramatic (L42)

included

in

1220-30 texts

'Heu

innocentum' hand,

planctus

plays

which

Raising

plays

for

Lazarus.

and

Easter

(L111)

impossible

plays,

to

'contained most

visitatio

plays

with

the

they

conclude were

probably

'Te

performed

of

a set

of

of

Easter

plays

valued

observe

to

postand a dramatic

as

for

(L123)

the

are of

places.

lai

they

dulces

'0

other

verse

- were

two in

the

(L59),

ubiquitous

in remain

clearly

on the

plays

misere'

origin

the

On the in

were

(ca. '

4660

and

written

as the

'Heu

- which

Clm

they

Moreover,

especially

(L21),

'Flete

before

D-Mbs -

are

composed

and

planctus

example,

otherwise,.

case

of

'Heu

nobis'

post-thirteenthunknown,

were composed specially

it

for

material. books',

sepulchri,

60 playbooks,

complex

Deum laudamus' after

originally

were

which

liturgical

miscellanies62

first

were

number

matrum'(L124) 59 sequences.

as pre-existing in

to

greatly

elaborate

whether

or were included

Whether

plays

and whose

establish

is

It

development

respectively.

from

play,

However,

'Omnipotens'

large

was

a great

important

complex

'Planctus

to

the

lost.

added

nescia'

(s. xiii),

'Cum venissem'

-

the

that

planctus

it

is

Hilarius

been

the

Benediktbeuern

as formally

often

be

the 56

disputed

apparent

in

dramas

derived

each

(s. xiii),

perhaps

to

ante

from

belong

which

planctus

ä play,

are

is

as self-contained

(L53),

quid'

is

it

religious

Clm 4660a

... (L96)

are

of

century

is

Passion

specially

composed

(L60)

existed

and D-Mbs of

four

both

F-0 is

extant

time.

'Planctus

purposes.

other

and when

from

planctus

one

which

have

or

sepulchri,

contain

from

it

began

Judging

-

an area

a stage

with texts

verse 58

only

provenance

it

though

coincides

drama

fideles'

its

Although

were

liturgical

for

Lazarus

frequented.

inclusion

Not

of

have

in

their

that

is

Raising

playbook. in

There

Loire area, 57 Otherwise,

not

included

on the

a play

so-called

exception.

this

75

of item

Easter

matins,: on the

61 or

religious'

and non-Easter indicating-that

appropriate

liturgical

or

day.

saints'

play,

as that

such

this

way,

Young64

D-Mbs

Clm

like

in

is

theme or

social

lai

the

forms,

Clm

to

However,

not.

only

do they

but

are

also

rarely

origin

its

authority

how,

a monk relates

when

the

stay

behind 66

fellows

used

the

sorrows

of

the

Virgin:

One day

he had

the

idea

ings

the

him:

Cross,

to

him

resources. She thus

and

told

She was

the

dictated

questioning the is

in

the

poem,

of

the

creative

plainly

'Planctus devotion. florilegium,

It

this

collections

from

(L123)

are

of

songs,

French the

is

to

one

that

human

in St. Victor,

of

may have

sentiments act

of

its

been

expressed

as explanations that

affective in

role

(L42)

'Fletefideles'

of

Virgin

point

it

with

suffered.

assumption

as a form

conclude

she

Geoffrey

suffer-

tears

the

what

on

her

was beyond

which

on the

of

lacrimarum'.

shed

Although

visions

based

to

the

a

this is

which

also

was devotional.

provide

normally

of

was intended

that

collection,

northern

concerning

permits

it

of

}

one

pascebat

little

authenticate

a tradition

nescia'

may also

to

device

However,

work

of

meditate

However,

is

or

planctus

bed,

to

monks

(L123)..

nescia'

in

this

to

describe

the

was

France

poem about

There

sequence

unfortunately

to

pane

other

him:

prologue

and possibly

in

to

liturgical.

an account

but

an objective

such

been

(L123)

order

a religious

one who could

ante

in

mentem

the

manuscript,

however,

provocaret'.

that

planctus

from

thus

'devotam

from

in

of

returned

matins

move the

only

act.

This

after

play

a common purpose.

Fleury,

all

it,

northern

a prologue

had

ymbres

a rhetorical

ante

In

others

him

this

derived

for.

would

'Planctus

of

it

These

the

whether

author

found

which

in

nescia'

from

of

precedes

written

is,

from

play

on a biblical

types

ante -

have

shared

There

composing

of

ad lacrymarum

'multos

appeared

to

all

differing

(s. xiii)

4880

his

at

in

be vouched

cannot

they

'Planctus

of

are

originated.

that

survive

Passion

planctus

they

church.

liturgy

which

could

self-contained

rubricated.

lat.

F-Pn -

the

large

63

the

connected

(ca. 1220-30)

find

inside

ceremony

in

conclude

Passion

the

majority

not

with

Easter

a complex

Benediktbeuern

that

Since

to

expect

does

which

sepulchri

the

that

was performed

been

4660

and composition

florilegium

short

of

and because

one might

the

the

define.

England,

they

it

possible'65

D-Mbs

easy

that

visitatio

environment

less

(s. xiii),

may have

'scarcely

same monastery The

that

(s. xiii)

4660a

it

or

be no certainty

can

574

A-KN

considers

Sunday,

he finds

from

there

liturgical,

was

While

Easter

However,

some indication sequences

addressed nunneries.

occasions

to

or

from

verse

the 67

on which

of

Virgin, Unfortunately

they

were

76

the

role

the

of

religious several

short

miscellanies. of

them

originating

no indications performed

or

read.

are It

given is

highly

also in

liturgical

belonged in

books, to

the

which

was designed

-

deduction

no indication

performed.

F-Pn

n. a. lat.

3126

(s. xii)

Marian

several

while

includes

a liturgical

- both

Dame conductus they

the

while religious

form

the

century had

was dropped and replaced 69In principle, sequence. planctus, included from

Saint

which in

the

is

are

thus it

therefore, written

Ouen de Rouen -the

the

main

contain

used

in

that

the

Office,

non-

the

removing

the

cue

subject,

the

the that

and (s. xii)

a be

would

customaries

Mass

alleluia

for

unlikely

F-Rm A 506

Notre

Weinrich's

nature

of

the

conclude

a sombre

extant

dux

with

to

most

to

use.

'Samson

doubting

not

-

(s. xiii)

in

seems

provenance

the

non-liturgical,

on a sombre

in

Moreover

section

included

were of

a tract,

all

for

used

occasions

the

which

also

troper

liturgical

and

for

planctus

(including

associated

were

There

the

Asc. 95

quires

reasons

been

solatium'

to

premature

sequences

by

after

Mass.

which

sequences

long

During

year.

of

-a

Nevers

for

all

HB I

a series

other

Mass

of

the

(L42)

therefore

are

Furthermore,

songs.

throughout

is

There

sequence

-

-

any

or

appear

compositions

D-Sl

Passion.

manuscripts.

a supplement

fideles'

in

the

sequences

by no means

'Flete

It

twelfth

is

troper

religious

repertory.

By the

proposal.

liturgical

are

included

liturgical.

were

which

and

secular

although

Weingarten

are

'Dolorum

twelfth-century

proser,

(L141)

fortissime' songs

the

Abelard's

Furthermore,

Hours,

sequence

might

in

on which

belongs

'recent',

it

the

they

of

in

performed

occasion

(L30)

sequences)

Similarly,

the

Book

found

by

used

were

on the

Although

support

have

Indeed

the

planctus

were

given

they

included

not

could

particularly

tropers.

type

in

are

they

meditation.

found

to

contains

solatium'

and contains

later

to

as to

were

proser

of

they

that

possible

applied

not

tropers

'Dolorum

that

concerning

from

which

be

this 68

is

given

conceivable

meditation

belong of

since

purposes

stimulate

sequences

this

the

can

liturgical,

therefore

material

made by Weinrich

suggestion

is

to

which

that

obvious

(L30)

of

is

is

for

same argument

collections

it

It

type

the

contain

were

although

context

often

song

they

Office.

a devotional

The

that

unlikely

ordinaries and F-Rm 0

68 (s. xv) - there is. no mention of 'Planctus ante nescia'(L123)whatsoever. That Abelard's during planctus the Office were performed when the Historia

regum

performed however, that

been

read,

as a processional evidence

Abelard's

nunnery,

was being

the

performed

is

or

Paraclete, as plays.

each

conductus

were, in

the

are

lacking.

completely

planctus

that

like

Indeed,

these

hymns, diocese,

Dronke72

77

examples for

possibilities Huglo71

his

Nevers

of

has

has

written where already

was which,

recently for they

argued

Eloise's would

described

have

70

4

Music

Ref. no.

Incipit/Author

Date

Event/Deceased

Date and

L138

Requiescat

1.84

Magni

Peter

Thedbaldi

(Etienne de Rouen fl. 1151-66) J

L125

Castella

Plange

No. of MS sources

of earliest latest MSS

Abelard

1142

no MS extant

-

IV,

1152

s. xiii

I

1158

ca. 1300

1

1158

s. xii

1162

s. xiii

I

1170

s. xiiiI

I

1170

s. xiii

I

Thibaut

Count of Blois

III,

Sanxo

King

of Castile (i)

Libram

L81

(Rahewin of f1.1144-70)

J

a2

i

J a2

J a2

J

J

L87

Phebus Freising,

Mentem mean

Otto,

Bishop

of

Freising.

Raimund Berengar, Count

of

12

- s. xv

Barcelona

L114

Orba

L115

Orbata

L113

Omnis in

lacrimas

Henry, Count of Champagne

1181

s. xiii

L35

Eclipsim

patitur

Geoffrey, Brittany.

1186

ca. 1240 - s. xiii

L64

Heu voce

The dead at the surrender of Jerusalem

1189

ca. 1220-30 / s. xiii

L126

Plange planctu

William Sicily

1189

s. xii-s.

L69

In occasu

Henry II, England

1189

ca. 1240 - s. xiii2

L23

Da plaudens

1189

s. xiii

Lll

Anglia

1189

ca. 1240

,

Thomas a Becket, Archbishop of Canterbury

suo

patre

t

II,

King of

King of

"

planctus

Frederick Barbarossa King of Germany

L121

Pange melos

L74

Jerusalem

L148

Turmas arment

L25

Divina

L73

Count of

luge

providenti

Jerusalem,

Jer.

Adalbert of Louvain, Bishop of Li4ge. a

William

Longchemp,

Bishop

Henry

of

II,

Ely

Count

of

Champagne and his L34

Eclipsim

L37

Expirante.

passus

Pierre Richard

L24

King of

Neustria (Geoffrey de Vinsauf) De profundis

commemoration Dead

TABLE THREE Ct

2

mid.

2

I

xiii

3

" I

in.

1

ca. 1240 - s. xiii

3

mid.

1190

s. xv

I

1192

ca. 1240

1

ca. 1192

ca. 1240

I

1197-98

s. xiii

in

-

ca. 1240

2

1197

ca. 1240

I

1199

ca. 1220-30

1

1199

s. xiii

5+

s. xii

xii s.

England

L93

- ca. 1240 2

moth er

le Chantre I,

I 1190

in.

of the

PLANCTUS ABOUT HISTORICAL

- s. xv

- s. xv

PERSONAGES:

1131-130001)

3

Music

Ref. no.

Incipit/Author

Event/Deceased

Date

Date and

L41

Flare

libet

pro

Philipp,

King of

1208

5. xiii

1208

ca. 1220-30

1209

ca. 1240 - e. xiii

1209

ca. 1240

1

1214

ca. 1300

1

1223

ca. 1240

I

1223

ca. 1240

I

1243

s. xiii-s.

1246 '

s. xiii

I

1246

s. xiii

I

1252

s. xiii2

1

1253

ca. 1300

1

Schwabia

a3 .1

L32

Dum Philippus

L97

0 felix

"

Bituria

William, of

a2 .1

J

Archbishop

Bourges

L137a

Regi regum

L140

Rex obiit

Alfonso Castile

L104

0 mors

Philipp Augustus, of France

L10

Alabaustrum

L118

Pange ...

VIII9

King of

King

" det.

(J)

L116

Organe

(J)

L153

Voce triste

J

L1¢5

Sol eclipsim

letitie

Richard

Marshal,

Earl

of

Pembroke

Frederick, Austria-

Duke

5th

of

" Ferdinand Leön

III,

and Castile

King of

No. of MS sources

of earliest latest MSS

in.

1

1 mid.

xiv

2

I

L82

Lucifer

L68

In nomine Domini

Ambrose and other grammarians of s. xii

s. xiii

s. xiv

1

L117

Oro Deum patrem

Ambrose (+ 397)

s. xiii

e. xiv

1

L108

0 transeuntes

Ambrose and other grammarians of s. xii

s. xiii

s. xiv

1

L149

Ubi fuit

Simon de Montfort,

1265

s. xiii

ecclesiae

mons

Robert Bishop

Earl

L39

Flebilis

L146

Suecia

suspira

Grosseteste, of Lincoln

of

Leicester

Gregory of Montelungo, Patriarch of Aquileia

1269

'e.

Ladhalaas,

1290

s. xiv-s.

s. xiii

ca. 1300

1

e. xiii

ca. 1300

1

King of

Sweden

L103

0 monialis

Maria

L136

Quis dabit

unknown

TABLE THREE CI

1

ex.

Gonzalez

PLANCTUS ABOUT HISTORICAL

PERSONAGES;

1

xiv

1131-1300'

1,

xvi

(continued)

dux

'Samson which

would

the

it

On balance,

not

liturgical,

nature,

of

suffering

of

biblical

Salvation

is

possible,

more

it

would

undeniably

likely

that

that

possible

quite devotion.

religious

is,

although

seems

and

There

as a play.

idea,

this

support

practice. were

(L141)

fortissime'

they

and

in tropers in

changes

on the

and

experiences

understanding

becomes

religion

and ultimately

from

reflect

a deeper

saints

no evidence work

planctus

By meditating

personages

however

a more

of

personal

matter.

the

However,

even if

manuscript

history

(L42)

fideles' sources

In

environment.

its

from

varied of

in

the

late

place

to

with 74

in

Germany;

as

an optional

twelfth

In on the

meditation included

in

to

in

the

Passion77

the

Passion in

is

history,

Planctus

kind

a wide

range

found

in

which

contain Notre (a)

about

this

of

evidently is

which

Dame conductus

Notre

to

a Passion

centuries

its

purpose

interests

and requirements

and fifteenth

from

manuscripts

is

characteristic

of

found

before

play

found

are item

in'an

a liturgical

later

a number

also

associated

a Passion

liturgical

but

Germany

southern

similarly in

and included

play.

centuries

in France, 75 and is

only

a Marienklage;

became

books

of

in

their

other

twelfth-

0

compositions.

Planctus

the

planctus

a feature

century (b)

two

meditation in

found

century. Subsequently versicles some of its 78 is also used as a liturgical in Marienklagen, it while 79 in Padua. than beginning Easter Rather procession as these

French

of

with

the fourteenth

item

social

are

belonged

not

(L42)

manuscript

their

which

fourteenth

'Flete'fideles'

on the

meditation

part

item

it

thirteenth

according

extant in

it

convincingly

and 'Flete

associated

the

from

Austria

and

place,

is

England

contemporary

of

sources,

items

of

number uniformity

(L123)

nescia'

community.

is

little

manuscript

number

liturgical 76 Italy.

and northern with

the

particular

associated

was

(L123)

nescia'

a large

thirteenth-century

contain a large 73 in repertory, while even

there

ante

which

Thus

have

earliest

In

Passion.

which

that

'Planctus

provenance, on the

of

ante

be proven

could

suggestions

'Planctus

of

both -

indicates

-

one of these

r

collections

ently.

are of

deceased

listed

on Table

manuscript of

personages

types

Three almost

(with

conductus

C. half

music),

Although belong especially

they to

are books from

Dame repertory: '

D-W Helmst. 628 (s. xiii mid. (ca. 1300) E-BUlh no number I-Fl (ca. 1240) Pluteo 29.1

78

)

(L35, (L103, (L10,

L69, L97, L121) L140) L136, L125, L11, L25, L34, L35,

it

is

L113, L69, L73, L97, L104, L137a, L145, L148) L140, or

which

are .

(b)

the

to

related

closely

Notr e Dame repertory: A 44

Additional

GB-Ob Bodley

(s. xiii

L93, (L69,

GB-Ob Rawl. C 510 (s. xiii2) belong

The remainder (c)

to

the

of

anthologies

types

following

of

lat.

(d)

14146

(L32,

(L82)

verse

of works:

or

in

song

(f)

' MS- sources, (s. xii-s. xiii)

all 450

religious

(L74) (L88) (L93)

(g)

but-one, . treatises:

rhetorical

of

collections

in

collections

sequence

survive

(h)

space

liturgical

books: (L24) (L24) (L24)

fillers: 94 (s. xii-s. 165 (s. xi-s.

(L116, (L81)

xiii) xii)

CH-EN 1003 (s. xii

items

on flyleaves

(L68, (L64)

L108,

L117)

or covers:

(s. xiii (s. xiv-s.

GB-Cgc 85 S-Sk A 21

L153)

(L41)

mid. -s. xiv)

(s. xiv) E-E 0.3.17 F-Pn lat. 8960 (s. xii)

(j)

Friderici

as:

A-As A-As

(i)

Gesta

(L93) (L93) (L93)

CH-Zz C63 (s. xiii) F-LM 223 (s. xv-s. xvi) F-Pn n. a. lat. 3126 (s. xii) A number

the

which contain (L126)

37495 (s. xiii) Additional Cleo. B. IV (ca. 1397) Cotton (s. xv) 12. B. XVII Royal

GB-Lbl GB-Lbl GB-Lbl

ex. ) xvi)

(L149) (L146)

marginalia:

GB-Lbl (k)

items

is

on, a bifolium

whose assigned,,

de Vinsauf's as an extract

'Neustria' in

(L115)

several

(L118)

xiv)

a manuscript: (L115)

xiii)

from

and planctus

is

from their clear 81 Vespers81 and may thus

purpose to

bound into

2414 (s. xii-s.

'Orbata'

only

chronicles

507 (s. xiii-s.

Arundel

F.-Pn lat.

is

of

miscellanies

chronicles: L81: IMC

first

L64)

(L114)

D-WÜu M. ch. fol. 131 (s. xv) F-Pn lat. 5132 (s. xiii) 656 (s. xv) GB-Ob Bodley

It

L37,

(L84)

(s. xiii) (ca. 1300)

8.14.39

collections small or historical

(e)

L113) L121)

verse:

F-SOM 351 (s. xiii1) GB-Ctc

L73,

manuscript:

D-Mbs Clm 4660 (ca. 1220-30) F-Pn

(L23,

in. -s. xv)

(L93),

which

manuscripts

rhetorical

treatises The-

manuscript have

belongsto containing

been

his

and

_context. liturgical.

Poetria

rhetorical

Nova, treatises.

Geoffrey

survives Here

it

is

glossed in

apostrophe use

of

in in

planctus

author

of

There

he does

not

also

in

the

(L126)

death.

his

Rahewin's

he wrote the

in

s. xii

to

may thus

have

been

added

ing

the

social

with

the 85

Falck

tomb.

largest has

by Rahewin), recount there of

conductus

the

argued

items

of

commemorated

by

connection

with III,

Ferdinand

from

originated

in

Secondly,

the planctus 'Sol

King

different

each

occur

fascicle

in

main

It

notation. in

the

its

chronicle

it

two-

be

the

Firstly,

all

represent

part

chronological

deceased

had

often I,

composed

no

and

that

three-voice

conAs

the

implies

not

which period.

Barbarossa

this

summed up

this

do not

the

with

manuscript

during

establishthe

since

can

contains

and

in

associated

problems

Frederick

approximately

musical

in

books

conductus.

and were

one-

filler

as a space

period,

collection

and Castile;

of

this or

planctus

places

doubt

difficulties

composed

example,

to

1158.

from

this of

the

Le6n

of

included

of

much

as a song

area

(ca. 1240),

29.1

be in-

to

was

Freising included

covers

has

considerable

The

planctus

for

of

planctus

of

personages

Paris,

later

manuscripts

Pluteo

number

and

are

repertory. I-Fl

Bavarian

of

be reason

it

where

the

events

repertory

a central

xii)

'Plange

(L81),

survives

also

allude.

Sicily's

of

Rahewin

might

of

unfortunately

chronicle

there

teadhing

they

King

though

this

the

he wrote

II,

performed.

planctus

in

well-known

Parisian

of

I,

(s. xi-s.

165

the

Phebus' 'Libram 84 it and that

Since

A-As

in

to

reference

tains

Friderici,

this

Dame conductus

Notre

was

Gesta

environment

survive

majority

it

of

and GB-Lbl

which

that

William

role

and to

in

to

claims

this,

doubt

planctus,

however,

Otherwise,

events

However,

came to

when Rahewin

the

Barbarossa

(composed

own right

gloss

the

Otto's

claim.

employed

to

and when

Frederick

of

was

of

the

(s. xiii)

37495

time

to

(ca. 1397),

B. IV

annals83

the

at

if

on Bishop

life

Cassino

no reason

explain

chronicle,

scribed

chronicles

drawn

it

Evidently

Monte

seems

Cleo.

Additional

GB-Lbl

himself,

that

says

both

being

attention Cotton

GB-Lbl

(s. xv).

The

planctu'

the

it

12. B. XVII 82

rhetoric.

in

some detail,

colores

Royal

The

in

the in

planctus

Paris.

conductus

order;

moreover,

(L145)

the included in I-Fl most, recent planctus Pluteo hthp,, fýL$ciclg., Qfmonophonic (ca. 1240), one-w3, conductus concludes ywhi; , is an addition These factors of s. xiii2. suggest that a collector was eclipsim'

at work, were

gradually

available

accumulating

to him.

were composed between two in

1223 and one in

Thirdly,

material the

1181 and 1198, 1253.

over

majority with

from whatever

of planctus

two examples

The manuscript. 80

time

was,

in

written

however,

sources

this in

written

book 1209, in

29.1 -

ca. 1240. from

This

from

one

no. of incipit

I-Fl

Pluteo

from

different

that

of

the

planctus

in

manuscript

However,

corroborate.

as illustrated

on

several

Parisian

of (ca. 1240)

reflects

and originating

and Spain.

in

do survive

a number

it

to

unique

are

this than

more

below:

2

1

Eclipsim (L35)

Omnis (L113) death

based

sources

Germany

this

been

29.1

France,

copied

manuscript_was

a collection

England,

voices

ref. no. date of

have

in

to

source,

turn

places most

difficult

the

representing

derived

material

that

may in

than

likely

more

of

various Since

is

is

it

layers

several

possibility which

Rather

sources.

compositions

the

now lost,

an exemplar,

different

to

points

1186

1181

2

2

1

In occasu (L69)

Pange (L121)

Jer. Jer. (L73)

0 felix (L97)

1190

1197-98

1209

1189

3

MSS GB-Ob Additional in. ) A 44 (s. xiii (Wigmore Abbey? ) 29.1 Pluteo (ca. 1240) (Paris? )

I-F

J

2

1

X

W-D Helmst. 628 (s. xiii mid.

(St. Andrew's

2

1

is

and

)

that

three-voice

both

is

about

and Bardney they

were

cauda

the

second

possible

that

However,

it

cauda:

in

from

it is

are

D-W Helmst.

in

(L113)

and

'Jerusalem,

likely

'Da

(s. xiii

A 44

it

each

one--two--

Although

(L113),

quite

)

in.

is

found

not

an insular whereas

of

collectors'

86

(L73),

Jerusalem'

king,

which

include

which

in

composition.

the

two

other

(L97)

is

Pluteo (s. xiii

concludes

29.1

mid. ) there

81

is

that only

on

a double

with It

processional

it

Wigmore

occasion

Domino.

(ca. 1240)

the

-

the

of

a benedicamus a liturgical,

items

rubrics

no indication

10 felix'

I-Fl 628

Additional

anthologies

provide

was originally only

manuscripts

fascicles).

English

those

performed. of

music

in

order

Champagne.

that

part

two

Bodley

and is

manuscripts

-

chronological

lacrimas'

deceased

the

about

manuscripts

which

in

sources

surprising

perhaps

GB-Ob

'Omnis

the

different

lacrimas'

after

nobles

these

Since not

in

manuscript it

from

in

in

are

in

occur

that

mind

also

'Omnis

was composed

Moreover,

planctus

in

-

both

any French

are

these

planctus

(L23)

precedes but

12

(bearing

plaudens'

x

Priory)

evident

manuscript

x

123

GB-Ob Rawl. C 510 (s. xiii2) (Bardney Abbey) It

3

is

therefore

conductus. it

one

has 87

a double Moreover,

is

Music

Ref. no.

Incipit/Author

Date

Event/Deceased

Date and

PLANCTUS OF A BIBLICAL

J

.

No. of MS sources

PERSONAGE

L132

Qui per viam

Lament of the Virgin

?

ca. 1319

1

L29

Doleo/Absolon/ Unknown

David's laments for Jonathan & Absalom

?

ca. 1330

1

L20

Cum de cruce

Lament of the Virgin

?

s. xiv

2

L38

Filii

?

s. xiv

I

L50

Heu heu Christe

"

2

s. xiv

2,

L13

Ante crucem

"

?

s. xiv

L99

0 fratres

7

s. xiv

I

L54a

Heu heu

?

s. xv

I

L55

Heu infelices

7

s. xiv

1

praesentia

virgineus

Lament of the three Maries in the OrignySainte-Benoite

1

of earliest latest MSS

L71

Infelix

L58

Heu misereri

ego

PLANCTUS ABOUT AN HISTORICAL

L144

Scotia

plange

L151

Vexilla

reqni

L120

Pange ...

L85

Me cordis

L143

L105

8

play

Lament of Mary Magdalene ? from the same.

s. xiv

Lament of the soldiers ? from the Sulmona fragment

s. xiv

1

PERSONAGE

Duns Scottus

1308

s. xiv

1312

s. xv ex.

1

1312

s. xv ex.

I

Gilbert III of Clare, Earl of Gloucester

1313

s. xiv

1

Scariotis/Jure/ Superne

Henry VII9 Luxemburg

King of

1313

s. xiv

1

0 quam dolet

Duke Eric

and Wald-

1319

s. xvii

I

1322

s. xiv

1

1322

s. xiv

I

1405

s. xiv

Peter Gaveston, of Cornwall

Earl

necem

marus

L102

Easter

- s. xv

O. jam Christi

of

Sweden

Thomas, Earl

of

Lancaster

L119

Pange ...

L137

Quis meo capiti

glor. Richard Scrope, Archbishop of York

TABLE FOUR:

PLANCTUS COMPOSED AFTER 1300

- s. xv

ex. - s. xv

3

2

the

is

manuscripts

whose

role

social

be

As can

sense,

period.

types

of

manuscript:

as songs

5.

Planctus

Composed 1301-ca. 1405

Four,

Table.

few

relatively

the

following

(b)

I-Bas

I-ßGc

Delta.

I-MAc

E. I. 27

2.20

(L13)

(a. 1472)

(L13)

I-Tn E. V. 17 (s. xiv) I-VEcap 823 (s. xiv) I-VEcap 825 (s. xiv)

(L13) (L13, (L50)

(L13)

5 (s. xv)

processional: CI

I-Civ

the

and ordinary:

Clm

D-Mbs

(L99)

(s. xiv)

breviary

the

26947

(L54a)

(s. xv)

an Easter

containing

miscellany

the

the

in

found

this

type

are normally

obvious

from

their

'Dolen'/'Absolon'/?

of motets

in

containing

is

No 'indication of

antiphons

given the

about

antiphons

belonged

to

its

which

religious

purpose.

'Do]eo different

belongs

super

te'

to

a short

and medical

Although

liturgical

82

to

(L27)

planctus

social

The one exception

context. (L29),,

a manuscript

motets:

of manuscript, or their

rubricated,

clearly

manuscript

the motet

kinds

of different

a variety

notated

(L29)

(ca. 1330)

512

of

a collection

containing

miscellany

(L58)

(s. 9 xiv) n.

47,

Fascicolo

GB-Cgc

Although

L71)

roll:

I-SUL (g)

play: (L55,

F-SQ 86 (s. xiv) (f)

L50)

book of hours:

the

(e)

(L13)

(s. xv)

F-LUNEL

(d)

(L13)

(s. xv)

4019

the

(c)

(L. 54a) (L13)

(s. xv)

506 (s. xiv)

I-Ac

these

the

extant

collection

D-. Mbs Clm 14094 F-TO 348 (s. xv)

adaptations

in

theme survive

on a religious

are

planctus

verse and prose: of devotional (L132) (a. 1319) 10 D. XII. CS-Pu 1 (L20, ) (s. L38) 36 Reichenau xv xiv-s. D-KA pap.

(a)

of

verse,

varied.

quite

from

in

written

probably

Planctus

this

is,

that

be regarded

only

can

these

of

each

was

seen

from

they

Thus,

religious.

loose

the

in

as conductus

from

far

songs

many

a great

of

matter

subject

in

included

triplum

and

'Rex It

is

is

this

collection

writings.

the

days.

environment

and duplum gutem'

therefore

(L139)

are

seems unlikely Several writings,

'Filii

the

to

the

'Ante

(L13)

crucem'

The majority the

in

a liturgical

it

is

it

that

on Easter

Sunday.

n. 9 (s. xiv)

to

the

Both

the

(L123)

are

formed

is

remainder

indicate

text

of

not

However,

the

(L99),

it

(L54a),

longer

before

-

thus matins

Fascicolo

soldier'

work

in

comparable

and was not

in

the

probably

Regensburg

to

nescia'

of

in

survives 14094

Clm (L123)

ordinary

the Adoratio.

'Planctus

as

the

on which

rubrics

I-Civ

CI

-

Crucis

ante

former

(s. xv)

-

it

Clm

is

complete

religious mentioned

liturgical

26947

peralthough

the

a non-liturgical

nescia'

was

(s. xiv),

Although

as an optional D-Mbs

(L42)

fideles'

on Good Friday.

performed

D-Mbs -

ante

continues

occasion

Regensburg

'Planctus

was attached

Young

I-SUL

fourth

'the

play,

survive

Deum laudamus',

church

based on 'Flete

which The

given was

is

which

(L54a)

along

it

Passion

books.

'Te

the

of

a much

liturgical does'not

fragment

part

to

virgineus'

from

a contemporary

the

By the

antiphons.

inside

Sulmona

manuscript

devotion.

the

Easter

-

religious

(s. xiv)

86 with

of

performed

items.

miscellany

in

a number

probably

precisely

heu

F-SQ

conclude

provides

in

(L13)

this

cross.

private

contained

from

witness

in

as supplements

In

the

of

hours

liturgy.

that

'Heu

hours

are

play

and-does

the

used

Benediktbeuern

liturgical

they

Apart

the

virgineus'

not

with

of

'0 fratres' heu

'Heu

and

apparently

bears

large

to

attached

was

- which

on a roll,

scale

in

the

crucem'

hours.

of

D-KA

is nevertheless

It

'Ante

of

from in

and used

a book

included

(L20),

book.

sources

manuscript

as for

included

are

devotional

of

Passion,

a liturgical

interestingly

was 89

they

para-liturgical

were

and contains

considers

on the

Here

however,

Easter

miscellanies

'Cum de truce'

and

s. xv1).

it

book

in

meditation

(L38)

the

is

complex

incomplete

written

is

-

fifteenth'century

47,

with

not,

One of

included

are

items

these

5 (s. xv)

Although

is

This

Office.

F-LUNEL

others

36 (s. xiv2-

that

possible

was

praesentia'

cross.

88

liturgical.

associated

Reichenau'pap. of

the

of often

example,

it

that

(s. xv)

item - where

of Good Friday

from

two examples - 'Scariotis'/'Jure'/'Superne^, (L143) and (L105) '0 quam dolet' deceased personages about recently - planctus songs about political protest are mostly or satirical executions. Planctus type are found in the following of this types of manuscript: (a)

the

anthology

of verse:

(s. xv-s. xvi) GB-Ctc 0.9.38 (L120, GB-Lbl Cotton Titus A. XX (ca. 1367-1400) GB-Ob Bodley 851 (s. xiv ex. ) (L137) $-Sk F. b. 6 (s. xvii) (L105) 83

L151) (L85)

(b)

the

collection fr.

F-Pn (c)

the

survive

(d)

space

(L143)

of

writings:

philosophical

(s. xv)

328

also

motets:

(s. xiv)

146

collection

F-A

they

of

(L144)

as: fillers:

B. IX (s. xv)(L137) GB-Lbl Cotton Faustina (ca. 1320-40)(L102, 12. C. XII GB-Lbl Royal (L144) (s. xiv) Plut. XVII. II I-CEc

(e)

items

on flyleaves: (s. xv)

GB-Cu Ff. 3.26 However,

environment

they

are

for

space

example,

'Scotia

in

the

books

in

book

items

on flyleaves.

survives

in

contain

is

Office

leaf.

It

rhymed

antiphon,

a text),

and

it

contains

anthology.

in

a space

two

newly

planctus

and was

him

one

his

supporters.

of

the

loose

of

conventional use

intentioned bitterness

rubrics

parody

of

the

Office

The small suggests

that

number of it

shift

of interest

about

a biblical

Italian

lauda,

the vernacular anticipates

untimely

from

written

in

Passion

play

the vernacular

overlaps

Marienklage

Dead,

and

it

this

was to

period is

' There

with

in the

and with Italy which

84

treats for

absence

designed

from

popularity.

in northern

to

of the

any rather

a wellexpress

great

Thomas.

extant

vernacular,

a

specially

to Germany and Italy This

the

It

that

Dead,

recto

name given

the

the

of

first

including

(the

hand,

a liturgical

not

on the

written

office

of

is

unrübricated.

other

the

a manuscript

material,

an office

of

in

personage.

it

may indicate

planctus

France

to

included

both

are

in

written

are

execution.

was declining

Scottus,

10 jam

of

They

a sequentia

the

of

the

the

always

therefore

context

composed

On the

elements

unrelated,

is

by Duns

appears

Lancaster

filler

perhaps

in

at

It

a period

although

it

forms

works

Although

which

terms

of

two

(L119). of

a prosa,

as a martyr

latter

'

glor.

St. Thomas

entirely

are

However,

manuscript

a verse

Thomas by

the

...

fact

over

they

which

because

these.

is

a prayer,

the

the

is

collected

to

philosophical

to

of

books

commemorates.

'Pange

Office

otherwise

the

or

and

so-called is

which

fillers

interest

(L102)

the

in

epilogue

Of particular

material

items

which

a verse

Christi'

contain

the

of

This

contain.

are

whose death

personage

represent

which

they

they

(L144)

plange'

included

which

indication

little

give

planctus

anthologies

because

or

(L144)

manuscripts

the

of

either

time,

of

the

unfortunately

social

L119)

strongly a notable

the

growth the

of

the

development

and Germany. developed

planctud

It

of

also

in Germany in

the

fourteenth

Mariae.

The

deceased

personages

in

it

was

likely

that

it

the

period

The problems from

planctus

the

much of date

natural

but

not

their

date

parchment

or

exactly the

difference

the

building

are

negligible

of

its in of

to

the

a study

of

in

between

composition

Clearly

to fill

are

of composition

the

surviving

sources

The conclusions planctus

song

of

can

therefore

only

The history

which

which

be

needs

periods.

could or

changing

It

first

as a sequence events

related

patron

or

spoken,

appears

which in

is

to

script,

determine Yet

same method.

natural

wood

vessel

hundreds

the

time

in

used

the

of

in

ýound

in

of

years;

difference

any

discrepancy

date social

original the

manuscript

of

used

between

manuscript

its

type

single

afterthoughts,

one

reflecting

the

implies

probable that

environment. of

new environments

a type or

the

monasteries

as a liturgical

responsory

leader, to

of

Latin

verse to

revised

different

of

a chronicle;

related

the

arrive-at

be tentative.

eventually

ecclesiastical

and possibly

tastes

techniques

be crucial.

and its

from

so can

its

to

the

dealing

since

of

unable

the

scribal

reflect

emerges

adapted

is

using

frequent

may be drawn

can

a manuscript

can

a planctus

palaeographer

and construction

of

the

may not

which

by

frequently

are

dating

an examination

consistently

Moreover,

up spaces.

date

not

carbon

radio

who is

contents

they

archaeologist

but

design

and compilation

indeed

manuscript;

as the

example,

archaeologist

planctus

during

Latin

of

Just

the

for

and the

the

clerics

propaganda

numerous,.

composed

between,

a canoe

English

proved

through

were

date

However,

have

and binding,

quiring

to

and may

backwater.

environment

by

them,

a manuscript

contents

however

the

made from

paper,

when

sources

approximately

an artefact

Latin 90

history.

social

inconclusive.

is

substances

approximate

the

manuscript

evidence

in

Conclusion

determining

of

recently

continent

political

English

of

6.

on the

for

planctus

about

was valuable

a vehicle

the

planctus

a cultural

of

to

planctus

when

composed

planctus

with

troubled

a particularly

rarely

something

them

provided

of

a time

at

life

of

proportion

England, were

England

seems most

because

from

languages

that

suggest

large

surprisingly

vernacular

a new lease

and gave

century

or

suit

and historical and

antiphon;

became

liturgical;

as a gloss

on historical

and

an informal

tribute

a deceased

as

which the

was

sung,

para-liturgical

85

or

in

to

some instances

conductus.

it

Subsequently music

or

scale

chanson

still

it

is

liturgical of

designed

unequivocally

found

drama,

of

meditation

its

different it

it

European

devised

A brief

survey the

thirteenth

century,

the

was not

moreover

normally type

dates

of

began

but

that

also

'replaced' of courtly

planctus

of

the

unity

the

vernacular to

lose

this

is

religious this

provenance;

song was superseded associated

86

the

the

laments,

which aesthetic

by new fashions with

authors

not

late

the monastic

compositions,

and

scheme.

suggests

so of vernacular

rather

variety

centres

general

from

Thus,

the

of

as a whole,

planctus

Mariae.

function.

the

church,

planctus

favour

of

and performed.

importance

within

and Machaut.

a variety

social

by vernacular

and complainte,

complaint.

its

by

small

political

to

own practices

the

the

according

European

a

associated

end in of

of

as a means

composed

individual

that

becomes

it*was

the-

both

planctus

of occasional

spoken elegy

Chaucer

their

of the

exception

planctus

formal

indicates

of

Latin

through

enjoyed

it

served

planctus

the

emphasise

and

as a form

where

as part

its

and meets

as a genre

effected

planctus;

nevertheless

with

to

Latin

Later

play,

Finally

flyleaves

monasteries

environments

by particular

that

the

the

just Ages

Middle

or

be defined

is

different

devotion

books

in

cannot

While

Passion.

on

as a small

trope,

and Passion

on the

lessons

entertainment.

as a liturgical play

history

purposes

Clearly

only

long

and conceivably

Easter

in

exemplum

instructive

for

religious

commonplace

Throughout

the

complex

para-liturgical

corners

of

de geste,

stimulating

with

exercise,

as a school

rhetoric,

as a teaching

used

also

was

Latin were of

this

such as. '_

such as Froissart,

CHAPTER THREE:

POETIC FORM AND METRE

1. Introduction

The purpose Latin

of

be defined

according

and metre the

is

planctus

significant

planctus

of that,

that

is

maintained:

is

of

the

typical from

employed

the

Some explanation As will

in

non-quantitative

ically 2

or

prose

the

there

various can

selected

examples That

each

is

with

rarely

its

one

there

individual

considered.

is

not

number dnd

overestimated, form

that

no single

verse

a sense of form but

statistically,

only

the

chronological

which

is

that its

several rules

written by

the

origins

no longer'treated the

scholars

and

interest

of

as

an

impression

often on the

be proposed

types

syllab-

metres,

about

origins:

can

are

quantitative

this

at

typified

are

no consensus

is

necessary

examples

achievements,

of

Of particular

is of

are

solutions may be

essential

adopt

it

classical

history,

4

that

of

Although

explanation

different

be

the

past

exceptions,

analysis

occasionally 3

a

used with

cannot

the

been

is

majority

forms

hypotheses

existing

be only

conviction.

of

of

the

There

verse.

imitation

it

type

method

the

only.

of

chapter.

evident,

employed.

non-quantitative

impoverished by

lines;

this

previous

metres,

regular

prosa, of

become

in

unimportant

I therefore

the

it

planctus

have

forms:

assertation must be true

of

place

form

is

or metre

show that

the

to century. in

can of

the

the

a

related.

of

planctus

century

lai

form of

also

will

significantly

chronology

be made of

to

verse

ultimately

an argument

planctus

analysis

and whether

composition

and but

the

by

function.

no single the

typified

are

establish whether 1 form. The resulting

forms

and verse

metre

they

whether

composition,

I

the

examine

to

social

form.

not

to

an assessment

its

since

clear,

are

To present

point.

verse

in

to

a few

and function

periods

its

written/sequence

with

also

thus

its

to

according

determine

in

consistency

defined

to

enable

lai

and

argue

is

and

also

related

I will

/

to

will

sequence

chapter

order

form,

poetic

of

in

in

planctus

particular

form

this

of

given that

assume basis

with

of

apparent verse

non-quantitative

standards

is

the

of

fact

excellence

that

non-quantitative

verse

usually

employed

to

certain

assumptions

to

be proven.

carry as the

ictus

accent

of

this

to

the

of

theory

accent

from

era,

double

scansion is

there

although

the

as a whole,

specific by

and

'rhythmic'

I

the

descriptive

have

used

and free

from

theless,

although

accent

the

patterns,

positioned.

I

his

of

analysis Hence,

letters is

on the

the

give

penultimate

the

by

3 (5p

the

first

accent,

information in

the

means

that

is

stanza that

forms

as sequences

variation

from

position,

I

pair

that of

the

each

stanza

have it

empty

can

noted

the

case

easily

brackets,

stanza,

preceded

by

in

lais

of

versicles

be compared (),

consistently in

denotes

of

of

digit

the

letter

the

line to

with that

88

made up of

and stanza.

three

with

a penult-

syllables

with

the

Otherwise

number it

is

For

is

considerable

often

and final

my analysis

the

text

there

is

in

an this

where

to

or

position

stanza.

length

which

the

examples,

one there

break

brackets in

lines

referring

only

which

in

seven

'S'.

the

accent

and the

syllables

strophic

the

final

a regular

is

five

by

ante-penultimate

placed

stanza of

made up of

stanza

is

a further

In

the

of

by Norberg8

the

is

there

number

consists of

to

Never-

origins.

up accordingly

the

half

and

accurate

followed

on the

or

the

second

poem is

both

used

that

information

+ 7pp)

each

them.

relatively

line,

per

divided

to

be assumed such

is

refers

to

refers

are not 7

regularity

notation

as often,

This

äccent.

ante=penultimate

verse

of

is of

is

my examples

respectively

which

the

it

systematic

(paroxyton)

line

of

by

Latin

patterns:

theories

the

However,

descriptions since

some

Carolingian

am concerned accent

of

syllables

Where,

half

and

of

indicate

indicated.

a digit

example,

lines:

order

number

the

I

the

for

the 6

medieval

inaccurate

in

in

verse.

syllable

line,

hymn to

natural

According

speech.

many examples.

which

adopted

Latin

they

'pp';

accents

preceded

lines

therefore

in

early

typified

accent

medieval

or

in

the

imate

have

final

the

with

though

particular

normally

coincide

'syllabic',

with

(proparoxyton).

caesura

For

I

'p'

syllable

of

not

developed

quantity,

of

thus

term

associations

verse

than

regularity

are

terms

principle

with

examples

'accentual'

these

dominant

concerning

systematic

and Meyers

the

characteristic

was

remain

Ambrosian

the

of

period

disagreement

typified

normally

the

rather

reflect

-

which

be pronounced became

line,

a poetic

to

are

of

non-quantitative

began

would

gradually

least

at

that

metre

As they

of

time,

idea

quantitative

accuracy

Norberg

which

'rhythmical'

and

the

origins,

terms

The

music.

'accentual'

-

by Chailley,

general

syllables

organisation

it its

about

to

set

often

describe

As used them

with

is

to

complex

accent in

refers,

Appendix

no consistent

C.

of

A

rhyme

i scheme;

denotes

'R' that

The verse,

'DS' are

examples

indicated the

'IR'

a refrain,

assonance.

of

is

rhyme

otherwise

further

examples

are

strophic

structures,

three

for

lack

of

structures

is

then

arranged

Examples as is

to

these

within

smaller

the

main

groups,

'A'

and

namely,

appropriate,

or

literary

main

term

prosae are

not

forms

listed

lais).

and

organised The material

principles.

poetic

are

groups

which

strophic

is,

that

(including

items

to

syllabic

syllabic

categories,

sequences

sequence

according

a capital

rhyme,

an appropriate

refers

the

of

main Where

into

'Through-composed' either

three

and

letters;

scansion.

divided

structures,

to

in

case internal

of

and prose.

'through-composed'

according

double

arranged

the

lower

presence

means

verse,

quantitative

by

employed,

and metres

as far

chronologically

possible.

2.

The forms

of

Planctus

planctus

before

composed

in

listed

950

One (see

Table

Chapter

Two)

are

as follows:

A

(i)

SYLLABIC

Strophic

(a)

structures

5p + 7pp (L7) 'Ad flendos' (L86) 'Mecum Timavi' (L1) 'A solis' (L66) 'Hug dulce'

1. 2. 3. 4. (b)

S3 (5p + S5 (5p + S 2/4 (5p S3 (5p +

7pp) + 5p 7pp) + 7pp) +R 7pp) + 5p

6/7pp

(A) (A) () ()

(Pseudo-Sapphic) (Iambic trimeter) (Iambic trimeter) (Pseudo-Sapphic)

4p + 4p + 4p

1.

'Laxis

(c)

Opp

1.10

(ii)

VERSE

(L80)

fibris,

Fulco'

Through-composed

(L100)

8p + 7pp

1. 2.

(L33) 'Ecce Judas' (L19) 'Cordas tauge' line

S4

(4p + 4p + 4p) + (4p + 4p) (A) (4p 4p 4p + +'_4p) + + .

(8pp)

(aaaa,

bbbb,

etc. ) (Ambrosian

stanza)

structures,

(a)

" the

S3

of

16 (8p + 7pp) 13 (8p + 7pp)

each stanza

has double 89

(A)(Trochaic (A)(Trochaic scansion:

5p and

-oo

septenarius) septenarius) - -°

(iii)

Prosa 1.

4 1. syllables ---9 2a -------9 2b -------3a ------8 3b ------8 10 4a --------4b 10 ---------

17

5a ---------------5b ------------------6a - -------6b ---------7.38

B

1. 2.

C

(A)

(L133)

tu Virgo'

'Quid

19 23 23

----------------

VERSE

QUANTITATIVE

(L127) 'Plangite queso' (L87) tristarnur' 'Meute 12 Sapphic stanzas:

3 (-

o-

o-

-o)

9.

'Planxit

This

indicates

analysis

a surprising

different

number of

types

of

that

planctus

of forms

variety

small

(L128a)

(responsory)

autem'

relatively

from

versification

period

It

are extant. in

employed

such a

bears

also

both

were written

that

considering

and metres,

examples

this

West

witness

and East

Frankish

monasteries.

The verse of verse set this

the

typified

hymn was in

to my discussion

turn

florilegia

rubricated

appears

can be compared

examples

syllabic

and frequently

of verse

and normally

of

in Carolingian

contained

to music type

forms

hymn composed before

the

()

PROSE

(L90) (responsory) Gelboe' 'Montes (L139) (antiphon) 'Rex autem' (L67) (antiphon) 'In excelsis' (L89) (antiphon) 'Montes Gelboe' (L27) (antiphon) te'. 'Doleo super (L28) (responsory) te' 'Doleo super (L142) (antiphon) 'Saul et Jonathas' (L128) (antiphon) 'Planxit gutem'

to

+1(-oo-

-o)

-oo-o-

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

in

()

181 hexameters

- verse

versus

which 9 or ritmus.

to have been inspired

by the

is

to

those

often

Much of

model of

the

the Carolingian

Renaissance of the eighth century 10 According tö Nörberg11 scansion.

by double modelled

are the

on classical

trochaic

septenarius 90

metres.

Those most relevant

(used'in,

for

example,

Fortunatus' the

s hymn

'Pange

metre

(used

Sapphic laxis

queant modelled Ambrose's

remains this

to

the

the

there

example, Sapphic

stanza

Sapphic

structure:

the

first

to

814)

cited

in

versions

but

a large

degree

+ 7pp)

of

version

of

'En

for

'Ut

example,

metres

of

Latin

and

the

Caesar

plus

evolved

illustrating set

of'ciata,

Latin

medieval

types

,

these

verse,, For

non-quantitative the

verse:

'imitated'

'pseudo-Sapphic' the

Norberg15'attributes

adest

emergence (written

benignus'16

et

of

/o oo -/-Ca e$ ar pius et benignus /o o/oo -toto ritilat corü cus,

oEn adest -0Orbe qui

oo -to bonitäte

-/cunctis

prae -oo

Shortly

this

in,

hypothetical.

medieval

+ 5p

+ 6p) + 5p.

of

quantitative.

examples

of

early

different

-pollet

-/-

Christi.

Munere is

numerous

an incomplete

with of

studies

-0Atque

It

hymn

apparently

history

two

3 (5p

as a model:

, and

Deacon's

(used

metre

Examples

to

are

normally

use

also

l

conditor'14).

are

the

the

are

Ambrosian

manuscript

3 (5p

structure:

There

be invoked,

given

explanations

Paul

uncertainty.

can

sorry

example,

non-quantitative

of

development

proeliumcertaminis

for

scanned

rerum

how the

a matter

owing

in

doubly

'Aeternum

Exactly

in,

gloriosi

fibris'1.3).

resonare

on the

lingua

12)

in

this

after 17

818

a non-quantitative

appeared:

metre

Terra Caesar

honorande,

victor

marique Auguste

Dogmäte clarus,

Hludowice,

Christi

decus

nostri,

aevi

Spes quoque r1gni,

Quarr vis Laude Cui

rite

perenni tutus

Cuncta Here the

poet

accented

syllables.

has not

paying

attention

count

and regular

is

divided

into

quantitative

long

he has read

the

quantities

previous

with

poem as prose,

to the cursus and to achieving a regular syllable 18 In accordance with': the latter the line caesura.

two hemistichs.

and more closely

the

trochaic

stanza

are

not

normally

have

the

affect

'Mente

septenarius

the

typified

by

of

to

related

increasing

(L87)

tristamur' 'En adest

metres, used in the

substitution

the

number

91 t

bona

only

unlike

would

fide

precatur.

to replace

attempted Rather

celebrandus,

voto,

orbis

tuus

ubique

sit

adventus

of

is

evidently

Caesar #. the

However,

Sapphic

of syllables

feet

which in

each

line:

'En

(L87)

tristamur' the

are

both

In

regular.

to

there

unless

Caesar

adest

there

are

the

after

fifth

they

whether often

in

occur

as Norberg

double

have

scansion,

The second version clara',

based

iambic

on the

five-syllable used in

line iambic

the final

of

term

the

is

'Hug dulcet

normally

consistently

line.

This

more

barely

of

terminological

justified

early from

planctus is

'Meute

called C)

is

refrains; two

iambic

to

phrase

flexiblity

is

this

grounds, Latin

period

the

form.

in

the

these

the

the

sense

how useful

'Ad celi

syllables

Clara'

which

other

the

final of

followed

accent

are

the

the

his

manuscript the

trimeter.

the

work:

solis' with

sources same refrain 92

it

by

be

question only

(MS scaphicum)

(L1) music

followed

me to the

open

and

amount

to

saphicum 'A

trimeters

by

leaves

rubricated

source

cursus,

iambic

seems

which

is

a certain

This

conceived

one

or

classical

it

such short

metre

accents,

required.

is

of

patterns

this

'pseudo-Sapphic'

poet

iambic five

final

be particular

Accordingly, In

four

to

although

which

(L87).

made up of

trimeters

is

continues

from

Nevertheless,

use. the

medieval

the

of

debatable

only

the

bound

as an imitation

tristamur'

in

are

others.

a pseudo-Sapphic.

it

the

use

though

but

evident

precede

could

according

on pragmatic

how the

(L7),

however

As is

is.

than

often

to

is

It

the

This

used as a refrain,

there

recognisable In_order

is

as a refrain.

and 'Ad flendos'

which

defined

essentially

novel

Sapphic,

classical

are the final accents of each half21 There are only a finite number acknowledges.

evidently

used

the

accented

of accent-patterns

are

of

adaption

and 'Ad flendos'

Norberg

half-lines;

pondere,

rede. mptor.

trimeter.

and both

sidera

oculos,

peccatorum

line

trimeter'

'iambic

by

of Aquileia, 20 (L7):

sum dignus

Particularly

not

be regarded,

can be illustrated

by Paulinus

non

depressus

(L66)

which

to

are

'

judge

to

they

infelices

trimeter.

'Hug dulce'

positioned

and 'Ad flendos'

meos

pseudo-adonean

pseudo-adonean

(L86)

as an inventive

this

early

irregularities

whether

Sapphic

clara

Parce regards

the

with

difficult

some minor or

contrast

consistently

song written

Ad celi

Norberg

with

'Mecum Timavi

Gravi

accordance

rather

the classical

of

Levare

marked

'Mente

quantitative.

a penitential

of both

author

In

almost

verse,

as purely

and

therefore

non-quantitative

claims,

'Ad celi

is

syllabically

benignus'

in

though

is

It

syllable.

et

is

stanza

no elisions.

almost

stanza of Catullus, 19 the caesura Horace,

of

Sapphic

pius

Sapphic

Sapphics

the

the

elisions

be

might (see

one

consists throughout

Appendix

of

two

of 22

of

It

differs

number

from lines

of

the

pseudo-Sapphics

per

stanza

modelled

on similar

syllable

count

Another Sapphic 'Laxis

ways:

last

line

the

of

twelve

set

so short,

a smaller

the

on the that

phrases for

pattern undeniably

indicating

that

Although

poet

like

the

lai,

or

rhymes

this

design

forms

of

this

rhyme

be described

as regulär

of differing

variations Although

not

(L66)

of particular

is

adonean nature

line of

There do not

types

a poem of

of

the are

Both

syncopation.

interest

also

seem to justify

since

double

count

made up of

though

syllables

the

of

and through-composed as imitations

there

Fulco'

then

are

the

sound is

given

scansion,

rhyme could be

could

but

design

of one

and here

formal,

provide

of

25

a stanza.

'Hug dulcet

achievement poet

only

(L100)),

If

and,

a number is

There

assonance

overall

literary

outstanding

each stanza

strophic

within

syllable

to music,

are purely the

pattern

own numerical

most examples.

emphasis,

prosodic

is

existing

melody

be described

(10

in

the

two

Nevertheless

assonance

two

pseudo-Sapphic

his

some comment.

are disyllabic.

the

unit

of

with

first

forms,

scheme

two;

has a

be plausible,

strophic

might

deserve

three

to be sung. )

conventional

which

shape through

prosodic

period

of

ä consistent

the

of

in

accent

on the

devised

set

was intended

planctus

formal

are

a

as an inventive

an existing

(The

sources

thus

ignorance

me to

with

into

the

only

poet

explanations.

the manuscript

employed

the

seem to

and music,

words

recognisable

called

that

in

or

for

just

each prosodic

himself

concerned

-

made up of

It

be based

could

was written

deviations with'

it

hand,

adaptations

interesting

ingenuity

poet's

text

the

occasionally,

the

the

is

mentioned

sections. since

a pseudo-

period

a refrain

in

longer line.

not

be dismissed

could

be

divided

variations

the

verse

syllabic

example

It

unverifiable,

one of

possible

That

both

in

text

the

is

and,

of

other

there

syllables

number

from

syllables

equal

this

sections,

eight

four

syllables.

assuming 24 stanza.

short

into

to

in

already

three

of

thought

flexible

from

planctus

addition,

accented

resulting

conventions; form,

of

preceding

anomaly,

in

is

employed

into

the

is

be written

pseudo-Sapphics

consists

divided

syllables

the

divided

and,

different

of

is

to

2

reces,

to

said

other

the

stanza

hemistichs;

equal

only

respect

pseudo-adonean

definition

from line

each

Mozarabic

be

could

the

differs

the

with

latter,

The

five-syllable

the

(L80),

It

main

which

above

refrain.

from

normal

provided

-

fibris'

refrain.

the

planctus

metre

and its

examples

than

discussed

has given

the

pseudo-

thus

varying

the

in

several

examples

formal

structure. anumber textual

of

irregularities emendation, 93

and should

therefore

be

which

of

In

commented on.

10 Fulco'

(L100) each with

extra

lines

in

the

stanza,

other

lines

in

the

stanza.

is lost

and modern

is

there

was not

they

since

concerned,

'i'

the

the

former:

how it is

is

needs

provides

to

fit

in

the to

has been

text 26

a seventeenth-century lines

that

as far

absolute

edition.

as

is

sense

stanzaic

The

regularity

order

to

(2.2)

the

word

must

line

be treated five

of

is

unknown,

word

was

Rachel's

of

'Ad

is

This

flendos'

Aquitanian

source

in

the

other

planctus

to

have

four

syllables

other, ia.

Unfortunately. therefore

no way in

inconsistencies

pronuncia-

However,

uncommon.

remains

that

the Italian 30 the

In

is

there

'i'

assume

line.

le

course

the climax,

a matter

occurs

in

of the

sequence

of

how

uncertainty.

(L133),

tu Virgo'

'Quid

and contains

lament:

Heu heu heu quid

5b

Cum sim orbata

nato,

be argued

two of

be pronounced

solemnitas

that 'eheu',

as

an elision

between

solemnitatum',

same formell has

of

the

to

the

A

spelt

irregularity

5a

could

and in

Neither

in

each

music;

are

syllabic

5a and 5b.

versicles

is

provides

irregularity

pronounced

An example

it

pronunciation.

syllabic

of

count

has

of

number

syllables;

reasonable

(1.1)

word

and that

a sufficient

the

(L86)

Timavi'

spelling

However,

Aquileia

spelt

manuscripts

the

the

syllable

provenance

these

seems

'Mecum

five

Since

correct.

(L7),

normal

which

it

probably

flendos'

have

the

on whether

first

make up

as a vowel..

syllables

is

the

regard-

counts,

depends In

in

Aquilegia

syllable

as a vowel.

syllable

irregularity.

spelt

count

In

is

nor

syllable

the

syllabic

possible

second.

the

confirming

two

in

also

the

'Ad

of

Aquileia,

use

it

neither

of

France27

for

with

inconsistencies

have

source29

also

was written

redundant

word

manuscript

with

it

Northern

pronunciation Paulinus,

It

which

from

to

music

by

this

the

or

the

therefore

tion,

may be that

consonantly

Aquitaine28 for

of

It

and instances

spelled.

treated

syllables

this

rhyme as the

C).

of

deduce

to

appears

manuscripts

from

not

word

some manuscripts,

last

are

are occasional

a particular

Concerning

of

reprints

of

essential.

of

less

are

reason

More puzzling count

in

instances

several

same disyllabic

(see Appendix

editions

Nevertheless,

are

the

the, manuscript

'corrupt';

simply

there

the

design

me incusatis

incassum

mean qui

the utterances all

three

'me incusatis'. 31 also attributed

and melody

same syllabic

'paupertatem

that

or

fletus

(virgo

are

94

to

Bolus

'heu'

curaret.

'Haec

Notker, as

'Quid

(19)

are meant to in

pronounced

However,

plorans)

irregularity:

of

(17)

fudisse?

est

this sancta

shares tu

way

Virgo':

the it

5a

Redempti

5b

Rex regum

'Haec

est

sancta

Notker

is

thought

agamus nostro

ergo gratias Christe,

cui

diei'32

of

modelled

his

solemnitas to

have

juge

chori

angelorum

(17)

redemptori:

Aquitanian

tradition,

on which

likewise

version,

(19)

famulantur;

has

i

a comparable

irregularity:

5a

Jam nunc ergo

ipsius

5b

Atque

benigni

The neumatic

notations

respectively,

are

is

Virgo'

a contrafactum

latter 33

the diei'.

version Crocker

of 34

of

which

is

ultimately

What

is

curious

is

'Haec has

the

in

diel'

solemnitas

increased

count

is

melody

is

for

model

called

early

the

two

then

it

than

known

as haec

virgo

plorans,

est

that

'Quid

named after

it.

Were that

be a deliberate.

istic

to

In

the

received that

speculate

in

emphasising

the

is

opinion

Notker

est

puzzling. sancta syllable the it

manuscripts

It

would

seem

and the melody

irregularity emotional it

correct35

might

climax

this

of

be anachron-

may not

to have the

contrived

are

tradition

was composed first, syllabic

syllabic

in

tu Virgo'.

case the

about

'Haec

St. Gall

either As

features

Aquitanian

'Quid

in

irregularity

the

whereas

to

tu Virgo'

means of

Even if

sequence.

decreased.

referring

more likely

then

that

solemnitas

created

was indeed

surprising

sancta

unusual two

'

solemnitatum;

is

nothing

sequences

tu

'Quid

irregularity.

However

sancta,

that

est

affect

syllabic

is

sequence.

is

rather

the

there

Notker

'Haec

on

make it

syllables,

solemnitas

special

through

demonstrated

the

sancta

no

is

(22)

munera;

sequences

opinion

modelled

that

sancta'

amply

irregularities If

est

est

captemus

(21)

debita,

solvat

and nineteen

Received

'Haec

of

digni

Notker's

seventeen

for.

provided

nostra

aeterna both

for

versicle

each

suffragia:

adjuti

provided

in

that

clear

quite

precatu

petamus

at this

climax

point. It from

this

period that

suggested in

by now be clear

should

are not the

Greek tragedy

that

the

verse

expressions

of

grief.

Although

of planctus

in

Sapphic

or pseudo-Sapphic

use of

the word

'Sapphic'

way of describing Even if the

they

few to be of extant that

planctus later

forms

were aspiring

could

were aware of

writers,

from

is

It

different

areas 95

concentration the

and may be an artificial poets

be described

the Sapphic's

used for

I have shown that

saw differently.

authoritative

possible

planctus

lamentation:

with

was often

metres,

medieval

to imitate

which

significance.

which

time

for

Spanke36

to be a small

appears

has to be flexible

verse

number of'planctus

there

Sapphic

employed

or metre.

at this

was associated

and classical

forms

on any one form

modelled

Sapphic

the verse

that

classical as Sapphic poets

association or of different

of

models, are too

the with

earliest grief,

levels

of

and

literary

competence,

syllabic

Latin

restrict

themselves

the

Sapphic

with

double

early

ninth

verse,

There

in

do with

in

also

contains

allusions

that

Radbert,

the

poetry

Virgil

of

The only ship

form

antiphons

Vulgate,

as is

planctus

listed

the

been in

from

formal

count

Prosa,

used in

the

this

with

to

and in

only

accents

have

hexameters.

relation-

examples. in

the

in

written

range

of

prose

of

the

The the

form

in

the

values

inventiveness

interest

defined

a few examples to

are only rarely

listed

to

a clear

is

assertions typified

seems to have to

according

case of in

the

to make an attempt

not

this

of planctus

pastoral

said in

liturgical

is

metres,

quantitative

Planctus

be

is

there

Their

Contrary

period

same

too the

eclogues

a notable

connected.

3.

The forms

their

the

of the Mass.

existing final

rubricated

such as these.

chants

planctus.

They appear

verse.

from

their

of

is

so he could

tu Virgo',

display

and possibly

and content,

planctus

-'Quid sequence

comment.

looked

where

of

but it Eclogues, 37 It would seem

his

are each written

early

nothing

form

the

use

Virgil.

are the

context

period

for

writing

period

for

under

and according

significantly

this

and responsories

designs

quantitative form

from

of

it

does

of

doing

tradition

the

had

normally

deserve

queso',

In

and

vogue in

dialogue,

only

works

model.

and social

experimenting

syllable. verse,

his

syllabic

between

which

uses

'Plangite

conventional

conventionally

in

various

both

texts

pastoral

Virgil

that

grief.

content

Not

of

one must consider

relationship

of

or

of

classical

The nine

Poets

to

planctus

between

types

nature

the need to

feel

a particular the

of

hexamet6s.

author for

the

perpetuated

instances

which

hymns,

of

enjoyed

a dolorous

idiom

and pastoral

it

context

(L127),

queso'

number

the of

not

however

this

expression

two

social

or did

both

the

however

are

the point

a large

century:

and written

metre

in

conceptions

Against

and that

and its

Egloga

to it.

scansion,

to

'Plangite

missed

was used

whatsoever

a text

or with

different

form

their

syllabic case of to relate

and social

made in

context Be past

the

by a refrain.

Composed 950-1130

in

Table

as follows:

96

Two (see Chapter

Two) are

A

(i)

VERSE

SYLLABIC

Strophic

structures

(a)

+ 7pp

1. (b) 1. (c)

8pp

(L135)

'Quas dabit'

'Qui

(L131)

habet'

(d)

5p + 7pp

1.

'Plasmator'

(f) 1. (g) 1. (h)

1. 2. 3. (i) 1. 2. (j)

(L129)

'Cesar

(L16)

tantus'

(8p + 8p)

(8p + 8p)

S3 S3 S3 S3

(8p (8p (8p (8p

+R

(IR)

S 4'(5p

+ + + +

(aaa, (aaa, (aaa, (aaa,

7pp) 7pp) 7pp) 7pp)

bbb, bbb, bbb, bbb,

(aaaa,

+ 7pp)

etc. etc. etc. etc.

bbbb,

)(trochaic )(trochaic )(trochaic )(trochaic

etc.

septenarius) septenarius) septenarius) septenarius)

)

S4

(6p + 5p)

S6

(4p + 6pp)

S4

(10pp)

()

4p + 6pp 'Flete

viri'

(L44)

(aabbcc

etc. )

10pp 'Carole

tu'

(L17)

(aabb,

ccd.,

eeff,

etc.

)

8p

(aaR, (8p) ) (L47) 7pp) bbR S'2 'Hector etc. +R pugnae' 'Ad to namque' (L9) S4 (8p) (aaaa, bbbb etc. ) 4 (8p) R 8p (aaaaR: text probably 'Luget mundus' (L83)(S) 8pp

incomplete)

-

(L15) 'Bellatorum' 'Proh-dolor'(L130)

S4 (8pp) S54 (8pp)

(aabb, (aaaa,

ccdd etc. ) bbbb etc. )

7pp 'Huc ades'

(k)

(6p+ 6p)

1.

'Lamentemur'

1.

S4

6p + 5p

1.

(1)

(IR)

8p + 7pp (L46) 'Hactenus' (L112) 'Omnis etas' (L14) 'Armonicae' (L49) 'Heu eheu'

1.

(8pp + 7pp)

8p + 8p

1. 2. 3. 4.

(e)

S-3

(8p)

(L65)

(aabb,

S4

(7pp)

S2

(6p + 6p,

S2

(8p)

ccdd etc. )

(8p + 5p) (L78)

+ 8p + 5p) +R

(hexameter)

(IR)

(4p + 6pp)

'Omne quod'

(L110)

+3

(4p + 6pp)

97

(aaaaa,

bbbbb etc. )

(ii)

Through

(a)

4p + 4p + 7pp

1.

(iii)

structures

composed

(b)

(6p + 6p)

1.10

dulces

Sequences

(L31)

fili'

'Dulcis

(4p + 4p + 7pp)

26 couplets:

(L95)

filii'

9 (6p + 6p) +4 (4p + 6pp) +R 4p +3 eggR) eeffR, +R 4p (aabbcccdd,

(L133)

la 1b

5pp + 4p + 4p + 4p + 6p + 8p 4p + 4p + 4p + 4p + 6p + 4p + 4p

2a 2b

4p + 4p + 6p + 4p + 4p + 6p + 6p + 4p + 4p 4p + 4p + 6p + 4p + 4p + 6p + 6p + 8p

principium'

(42) (42)

5p + 7pp + 5p + 5p + 5pp + 4p + 6pp+ 5p + 5p + 6pp +r. 4p + 7pp + 6pp+ 4p + 5pp + 4p + 6p + 5p + 6pp+"6pp + 6p + (3a) 7p + 4p + 6p + 4p + 4p + 4p + 4p Epp+6p+ 6p+5p+ (3b) 5p + 6p + 5p + 7p + 7p + 4p + 7pp+ 4p + 4p + 4p + 4p 4p + 4p + 4pp + 4p + 4p+4p+ 4pp+ 4p+ 5p+ 4p + 4p + 4pp + 4p + 4p + 4p + 4pp + 4p + 5p+

5a

2p + 7p + 5p + 4p + 4p + 4p 2p + 6p + 5p + 4p; + 4p + 4p

4p+ 4p+ (5a) (5b)

6p+ 6p+

5p+ 6p+ 5p+6p+6p+

2p+4p+4p+ 2p+6p+4p+

7p+

7p+ 6p+

(28)

4p + 5p + 4p + 4p + 4p + 7p

each versicle):

'Judex

1a lb

6p + 8pp + 6p. + 8pp (28) 6p + 8pp + 6p + 8pp (28)

2a 2b

4p + 3p + 6pp + 8p + 6pp 4p + 4pp+ 6pp + 6p + 6pp

-summe'

(28)

(L77)

2.

4a 4b 4c* 4d

+ 4pp (123) + 4p. (130)

4p + 4p + 4p + 4p (80) 4p + 4p + 4p + 4p (78)

R (after

3a 3b

7p+ 6p+

4p+4p+4p+ 4p+4p+4p+

6p+4p+ 7p+4p+

5p+ 5p+

5p + 5p + 4p + 6p +

(78) (79)

+ 4p + 4p + 4p + 6p + 4p + 4p

6.5p

5a 5b

(31 syllables) (30)

7

(4a) (4b)

bb etc, )

(4p + 6pp)

and prosae

'Qui

4a

yya)(aa,

xxa,

(4p + 6pp)

1.

3a 3b

(IR:

+R +R (27) (26)

+R +R

(41) 7pp + 7pp + 6pp + 8pp + 7pp + 6pp (38) 6p + 6p + 6pp + 7pp + 7pp + 6pp 4p + 5pp + 4p + 4p + 4p (21) no R 4p + 5pp + 4p + 4p + 4p (21) no R 4p + 4p + 4p + 4p + 4pp (20) no R 5pp+ 5pp + 5pp+ 4p + 4p (23) no R 4p + 5pp + 4p + 5p (18) no R 4p + 5p + 4p + 5p (18) +R

(28) 8pp 6.6p 6p 8pp + + + R 8p + 4pp + 7pp + 8pp + 2p (Rhyme and assonance

+R +R

+R (29)

are employed

in

both 98

these

sequences

unsystematically)

(i)

'Jocus

la lb

6 (7pp) 7 (7pp)

+ 4p + 4p

(aaaaaab) (cccccccb)

2a 2b

7 (7pp) 7 (7pp)

+ 4p + 4p

(ddddddde) (fffffffe)

3a 3b

4 (7p) 4 (7p)

(iii)

et leticia'

(ggggh) (ggggh)

+ 4p + 4p

VERSE

QUANTITATIVE

Strophic

1.

(ii)

(L76)

3.

B

o

structures

(L5)

'Ad carmen'

Through

composed

23 stanzas asclepiads.

four

of

in

lines

structures

1. 2.

(L122) 90 leonine hexameters. flere' 'Pergama (L101) 7 elegiac '0 Gauzline' couplets.

3.

'Ad fletus'

4.

'Heu

5. 6. 7. 8.

(L7 5) 73 elegiac 'Jerusalem luge' couplets 32 elegiac 'Flete couplets mecum' (L43) (L12) hexameters. 10 dactylic 'Anglia ridet' (L45) 84 adonean lines. 'Floriacensis'

Sequence

(L8)

161 dactylic

(L62)'

quarr'

catalectic'lesser (A) .

(aa, (IR)

(IR)

hexameters.

6 elegiac

)

bb, etc.

(IR)

couplets

(aa, () (IR) (A)

bb etc. )

structures

1.

'Doctorum

1.. 2a 3a 2b 3b 4a 4b

3 3 3 3 3 4 4

R

normally

(L26)

speculum'

1 leonine 1 glyconic,

tetrameters, choriambic tetrameters, choriambic tetrameters, choriambic tetrameters, choriambic tetrameters, choriambic choriambic'tetrameters, tetrameters, choriambic

catalectic catalectic catalectic catalectic catalectic catalectic catalectic

an Archilochean

pentameter, and refrain. and refrain.

1 leonine pentameter, and refrain. ' and refrain. 1 glyconic, 1 leonine I leonine I leonine

pentameter, pentameter, pentameter,

and refrain. and refrain. and refrain.

line.

Rhyme: 1. aaabR 2a ccccR 3a dddeR 2b ffffR 3b ggghR jjkklR 4a 4b mmnnlR.

From this in

analysis

the writing

small

of planctus

number of

planctus

from

it

examples

the

previous

can be seen that from

this

period

are based on metres period,

that 99

is,

the

forms

are

extremely

and forms items

listed

and metres varied.

already under

employed A

used in (5p + 7p),

8pp

(8p

and

+ 7pp).

these

many of

either

particular

form

apparently

unique. is

It

or

in

associated

in

found

the

word

and-. the

last

line

the

that

mundus'

(L83),

dulces'

(L31)

is

have

conclude

previous

-

are

that has

There stanza period.

All

region.

it

deeply

mourned

became

temporarily

medieval

Latin

planctus

df

different

hand,

other

this

this

fifth

period

the

in

the

the

preoccupations.

(L78)

and

since

they

10 dulces' have

in

a

the

most

in

this

his area

previous .

in

and

the

with

common metres

written

from

planctus

Additionally are

4 (8pp)

the

murdered

used

unlikely.

same region

-

one would

Sapphic

from

from

the

of

period

of personages

metre

10

of

of

used,

was brutally

the

'Luget

this

written

deaths

monasteries

the

from

a

syllable.

(L100))

Fulco

as one

from

period 40

the

one

with

stanzas

formal

design

stanza

as a refrain.

structure

metres

be

regular

(L47),

two

a

trimeter,

survive

examples

formal

come to

had

used

which

other

use

how flexibly

nor

the

to

pseudo-Sapphic

'Lamentemur'

seems highly

this

verse

of other

several

metres.

The only

metre

also

has a significant

trochaic

from

(L33)

this -

end rhyme:

the

previous

metre its

proelium

is

formal

in

employed number of

period employed design

certaminis'

in

from

planctus

extant

in

However,

septenarius.

metre

gloriosi

in

it

iambic

last

by

that

conceivable associated

On the

planctus.

which

is

are

the

in

after

Since

or

syllabically

specific

about

are

as a whole,

general

(10 Fulco'

a planctus

French

the

from

two examples

planctus

of

their

a break

three

extant

in

a

pugnae'

interest

- used

than

rather

of

superseded

in

are

period

the

of

no matter

and. the

apparent

different-.

used in

northern

ignoring

the

to

'Hector

(L78)

now been

are only

form

this

(L131),

lines

quite

caesura

medial

from

in

varied,

metrically

proportion

by

twelve-syllable

(L31)

lines

occurrences

because

example

the

as modifications

period

Other

one

period,

'Lamentemur'

form,

it

chose

indeed

rest;

who happened

writers

previous

habet'

small

verse

resemblance

neither

'Qui

Latin

four

the

of

earliest

planctus

little the

true

not the

The

planctus

-a

stanza

the

planctus

Sapphic:

is, 39

Sapphic to

previous

from

be regarded

could

that

strophic

refrain,

medieval

bears

examples

defines

Unless

in

unlikely

(L129)

'Plasmator'

amongst

lamentation.

with

is

number metre

highly

employed

metre

this

However,

'Cordas

to

closer

than

to

the 100

the

to the

previous

the

strophic

from

in

this

and 'Ecce

Judas'

structure

with

hymn 'Pange

examples

period

syllabic

two examples

(L19)

tange'

a three-line

is

is

examples

contrast

the

the

lingua previous

period.

it

Should metre

be thought

places

from of

this

origin

(L14),

Liege

wide

variety

(L46)

and

'Armonicae'

accents

used

the

has

'Armonicae' (L49)

IOmnis More

it

eighth

made up of disyllabic

verse

that it

is

little

example.

examples

accord

a line;

of its

accent

formulations

first

does not

established

and fifth

could

be said

substituting Clearly

to imitate

be established

the

longs

with

these

examples

used in

previous it

to prove

The following

would

fourth

and

medieval-, demonstrate

would

of planctus,

for

each

with

respect

consistent

two 42

in

accentual

to-that

of

the

first

any of Norberg's43

trochaic

septenarius;

are monosyllables

some

which

may

fourth-looks of

this

back to an already 44 None of these metre

trochaic

quantitative

septenarius

by

accents. to have been modelled

are unlikely

planctus; hardly

a, general metres

the

even if

be based relationship

employed

during 101

such a relationship

on a sufficient between this

/.

same metre

by Meyer

related

the

of

the

The first

with

syllables

treatment

syllabic

only

coincide

treatments

have been accented;

long

the

/.

/.

ways in

most fully

may be closely

third

pattern

on the

or may not

instances

the

is

accent

different

of

syllables

already

or final

anteof

/.

concentration

can be accounted

outlined

approach

which

of versification.

art

'Heu as

syllables

of early

in different

treatment

In

syllable.

small

treated

hemistich.

are frequently

examples

this

-

and the

./.

syllables

of

the

syllables

+ 4p + 7pp),

septenarius, in

to the

the

with

cursus

trochaic

in

/_

on. the first

scores

metre: '.is

this

approaches

the

two:

the

The variations

to different

feature

the

the

a

'Hactenus'

each

rhymes on the

eight

accented

significance

that

evident

which

in

written

there is

words

first

of

hemistich

/.

(4p

would

both

and fifth

internal

without the

invoking

Even without Latin

but

In both

syllables.

S3

be analysed

would

(L46),

the

first

accented:

probable

respectively

contrast

in

was for

an abecedarian.

first

In

second.

it

being

the

of 41

alternately

(L31),

fili'

of

This

In

accents

on the

occur

the

are

and Liege

feature

syllable

of

Luxueil final

the

importantly,

somewhat.

this

Luxeuil

(L49).

and more

the

that

mind

varies

are

penultimate

accurately

as ºDulcis

-

normally

(L112)

etas'

from

in

and content

as indeed

well-known,

case

additional

syllable

penultimate

each

form

apart:

Bec

or

Moreover,

consistently

accents

as on the

well

in

in far

somewhat

already

(L14)

the

lie

genres.

metre

borne

be

should

lanctus

of

between

and Canterbury

was

poetic

of of

eheu'

example

metre

treatment

only

each (L112)

concentration

a relationship

of it,

of

the

small

period,

Poland

that

suggest

the

an instance

provide

examples

that

form

period

on metres could

number of and content. were already

/

in

much used (8p

+ 8p),

used

for

(6p

early (4p

+ 6p),

its

as follows: the

form

not

rex

stanza

basis

as the

form

pie

(L135),

dabit'

'Quas

and

Otto

proposed

model

'Adtende

not rex

Since for

himself

allowed each of

variation.

the

Although

devised,

recently those

namely, these

examples

shape

of

already

forms

the in

Quis

tertio

of

stanza;

general

such as these,

with for

planctus

were

a small

number (L78)

than

one

basic

all

but

one

The

interest

combining

pauperi?

lacrimosos

populi?

mala

plangere?

mundi

Otto

crescere,

floreret

seculum;

fait

seculo.

that

just

possible

interest

is

the

the

accents.

This

as marked

above.

final

beginning

there

in

syllabic

long to

appear and

these; lies

different 102

'Omne is

is

-('8p

metres,

conventions to

create

+'5p), the

He

some scope

the

(L110).

to

can be

strophic

be unique

used

in

pattern

established

quod'

Leo

each hemistich.

of

long

employed already

accent

the

fact

the

metre of

stanzas:

is

relatively

of metres

tertio.

imitating

at the is

half-lines

respice,

Since

of each stanza,

flexibility

use.

it

be

stanza 49 stanzas:

be established.

Of further

except

'Lamentemur'

more

cannot

to

this

succurret

sälus

ecclesiae,

accents

thought

used

two

ut

majority

through-composed

and or

these 50

first

imperium,

himself

of

Romae excita;

coepit

piissime', the

a piece

three-line

ecclesie

planctus.

concern

seen by comparing thus

his

the

lacrime

a planctus

for

metre

Leo did

of

is

then

in

poems

give

two was composed first

the

that

Ottone

and 46

(8pp + 7pp) -

-S3

Romam tuam

I

which

que

Vivo

traces

sub Ottone

Sufficient

Stünpsit

Norberg

from

vires

Quis"dabit

Ad triuýmphum

chose its

two

aquam capiti? oculis fontes

Which of

Leo

renova,

of

dabit

Quis

10pp

and is

s. xi,

Roma imperio

Surgat

+ 7pp),

(7pp)

in 4B

Metz

of

probably

(8pp)

intellege,

preces

Romanos

it

adapted

genres:

however

(L135)

dabit'

rpeces.

line

each

Christe,

planctus.

ecclesie,

in

Mozarabic

for

(8pp

piissime

was written the

of

on one

modelled

to

poetic

were

century:

'Quis

hos

Planctus two-line

The following

original

of

of

4.7

Adtende

This

a variety

Leo of Vercelli, is:

stanza

for

eleventh

and metre

author,

first

the

were

verse 45

7pp.

and

in

they

the

of

8p

time

though

the history

which

+ 6pp),

first

the

Latin

medieval

fact

represent

both

In the

however that

planctus,

general is

a metre

Verse

a different

7

type

formal

of

variety, in

particularly like

that it

since

is

is

In

inventiveness

to

contrast

the

use

death

Setting each

of

evidence

the previous 1 but also

period

the

German

Kunstprosa,

than

rather however

period,

much more

unsystematic

Here

to

lengths

however

by

two

a contrast,

after

for

a while,

fave

nostris

piis

ceptis mentis

rege,

precamur, Pater,

siti cumulative

not

of

course

each

example

were

originally.

unlikely

since

by

particular

rhyming

tu

rhyme

or

Virgo' or

throughout. internally

phrases the

previous

though

'Quid

sporadically

of

the

same sounds,

assonating

sound

so few

that

their

non-liturgical

reum.

rex

sancte,

laudamus corde vite fragilitate.

technique (L45).

'Floriacensis'

is

the

from

elaborate,

marked

used

In

scheme.

In

is

The use unusual

of by

the

in

it

is

that

possible, Unfortunately, will

survive

103

ever with

planctus

a non-liturgical Although

period.

melodies

sequences

quantitative

52

contrafacta. or

the

sequence

this

may be unique

models

in

used

also

(L26).

of

natte,

.....

sequences

rarely

accumulation

which

type

plectrum

atque

ore

of

are

are

others,

the

rerum,

to

design

assonance.

highlight

the

the

and

devices

both

example:

spiritus

is

through

at

teacher

sequence

to

confined

a school

rhyme

the

forms.

planctus

elaborate or

this

Qui principium

(Refrain)

song

(L134),

from

of

and

form,

phrase

assonance through

constas

This

variation

of

longer

no

return,

will

verse

rhyme

is

(L133),

on a highly

versicle

often

used for la

effect 'Lamentemur',

of

sequence

and

composition

based

of

and

the

are

each

these

rhyme

in

I

made of

each

prosa

which

Virgo'

within

and terminally,

not

is

although

followed

refrain

planctus

sequence

a bishop

tu

'Quid

of

the

the

a regular

orchestration

assonance,

great

element

to

one,

provenance,

contrast

phrase

last

in

employed

(L77),

an emperor

aside of

another

characteristic

in

particularly

liturgical

The

verse.

(L66)ß provides

dulcet

to

used

quantitative.

The formal period

Latin

twelfth-century

'Hug

of

a technique

anticipating

the

such however,

be recovered music.

formal

it

is

'Doctorum .

speculum' is

It

artifice. it

arranging like

purely

Since

the

number

of

without the

is

interest

two)

Their

out

and that

no one

this

a fixed

are

used

no elisions

also

caesura

occurring

in

sequences

afford

should

not

examples

(or

from

could

be argued

Apart

from

'Ad

they

these

metres

the

indeed

for

(L5),

either

written

were

a

in

have some association

represent

the

characteristic

be forgotten to do with

both

metres 5S verse.

funeral

(L5)

'Ad carmen' employ

a metre

it

is

written is

Were these

to be treated

the

syllabic

conceive sixth

that merely

(except

to further

Both

couplets.

in

elision pieces

(L26)

authors

of which

a small

with

104

for

not

have nothing

but

does

it

is

'Floriacensis'

elisions.

such as occur 56 (L9), one could

a caesura

such as these

should

the number of

number of

necessary).

about,

Ages,

to

and content

Not only

and also

'Ad to namque'

an argument

which

the Middle

irregularities,

is

it

creation.

metre

scansion,

form

Nevertheless,

speculum'

planctus

accomplished

elegiac

between

interesting

as metrical

where

metres. quantitative , (L26) and 'Floriacensis'53

associations

are however

double

and content

and post-classical

verse.

frequently

There

strophic

as having

syllable

suggest

regular,

it

fixed.

syllabic

and tombstone inscriptions. verse and could be said funeral

a quantitative

quantities

form

to

54

had other

'Doctorum

in

between

in

speculum'

with

another

used less Like

abecedarian.

(L45)

is

examples

classical

of classical

that

respect

between

or

inventiveness,

a relationship

with

a relationship

continuätion-of.

for

that

epitaphs

of elegies,

composition

formal

hexameters

by various

used

remarkable

relationship mdst.

period.

made earlier

and function,

of

this

from

contention

a case

'Doctorum

Thus they

often

make

case

darmen'

are

to form

the

the by

used.

three

only

planctus

to

is

a loose

in

extant

typified

metre.

period,

represent

weight

difficult

or

this

verse

or

is

of

are

period

and content,

(L45),

adds

form

it

Although form

corpus

simply

from

to

regular.

pentameters are

it

whether

made up of

there

these

they

that

the

of

existence

planctus

in

the

the

which

fact

the

obscure

merely

also

either

since

scansion,

is

as syllabically

of

of

repetitions

puzzling

are

however

a sequence;

systematic

case

and

unusual

position.

however

it

the

a highly

fact

especially

employed

of-double

The particular

in

conceived

substitutions,

appearance

regular

also

as in

or

quantities,

metrical

is

metres

in

the

What or

quantitative

is

it

reflects

structures.

is

sequence,

whether

certainly

quantitative,

third

the

debatable

thus

stanzaic

is

(L26),

after It

the

would

were also example,

be wrong

syllabically the

dominance

of

forms,

syllabic should of

such

does

substitutions

quantities in

infrequently and

therefore

as well

to

normally

disyllabic

and that

planctus

looking

back While

it

was not

(L45)

considered examples)

they

two

with

after examples

classical

syllabic

verse

double

scansion.

quantitative indeed

metres

used

as the

Far from content,

the is

of

are

have

model

for

been

strict a

experimenting

with

exercise

separable

were normally nor

deliberately

The forms neither

from

that

and metres

newly

period

these

verse

forms,

rather

than

-

(L5)

carmen' in

the

if

it

of

a word.

fell

and

deal

in

classical

it

The

(as

not

Latin in

impossible

a strophic

common

influence

the

of

that

they

how easily

understandable to

set

which

have

of

in

distinctiveness

medieval

do not

result

is

it

a word:

of

consistently

of

they

line

adonean

some

br

melody,

a contrafactum.

to have enjoyed

deceased.

this

middle

therefore

context,.

the

is

It

metres.

position

the

the

and social

almost

'Ad

in

which

Consequently could

in

a great

is

It

the

changes

The characteristics

likely

most

rhyme

in

no caesura

self-evident.

maintaining

or form

occur

completion

be typical

of

of

features

fashion,

with

a regular

accomplished

techniques.

verse

in

to

date

used is

there

The features

verse.

quantitative

it

proportion

of

nature

number little

was of

rhyme,

rhyme

the

versification.

metre

occurs

-

very

seem to

share

-

for

was normal

these

of

regularity

of

the

styleaof the

in

regularity

use

the

examples

quantitative

use

up to

kept

(L26)

speculum'

'Floriacensis'

usage,

had

caesura

the

- changes

an archaic

quantitative

the

of

in

that

clear

this

verse;

that

rhyme

demolition

leonine

essentially

note

on any

a significant

or

frequent

most

accumulation

the

However

fact

steady

syllabic

classical

writers

to

the

'Doctorum

of

in

the

of

That

my purpose.

in

is

It

end rhyme

designs-of

sound

depend

evidently

rhyme,

found

are

disturbing

examples.

internal

ones

not

the

most

occur,

these

is

exceptions. of

line;

per

have

these

of

This

obvious:

therefore

not

and pentameters

consequence

of

strophic

integrity

metrical

formal

planctus.

be becoming

evidence

hexameters

these

the

especially

gradually

quantitative

of

in

forms

syllabic

devised

between

relationship poets

from

different of

especially

105

forms

the

period

composition for

and seem

and metres, sentiments

expressing

used in

archaic.

this

form

a particular

an about

of planctus piece,

4.

The forms

A SYLLABIC

(i)a

Strophic

(a) 1. 2. 3. (b) 1. 2. 3. 4. (c)

of

Planctus

in

structures:

(L60) 'Heu nobis' (L121) 'Pange melos' 'Pange .. det. '(L118)

S3 S4 S3

(8p + 7pp) (8p + 7pp) (8p + 7pp)

() (ababcdcd) (as 8 lines) (aaa, bbb etc. )

S4 S4

(7pp + 6p) (7pp + 6p)

(. babababI (as 8 lines), (aaaa, bbbb etc. )

7pp + 6p (L81) 'Libram' (L64) 'Heu voce'

(L116) 'Organa' (L68) 'In nomine'

S4 S4

(7pp (7pp

S4

(4p

+ 6p) + 6p)

(aaaa, (aaaa,

bbbb bbbb

etc. etc.

) )

+ 6pp)

(aabb,

ccdd

etc.

)

(L21)

S3 (4p S2 (4p S 4*(4p S3 (4p S4 (4p

3. 4. 5.

'Orbata' 'Anglia' '0 mors'

1. 2. 3.

(aaaR, bbbR etc. ) (4p + 6pp) + 4p (aabccb bbbb) (4p + 6pp) + Opp (aaabab bbbb etc. )

etc. ) etc. )

8pp (L22)S 7 (8pp) 'Cuncta sorores' (L59) S2 (8pp) 'Heu misere'

(g)

6pp) +R 8p 6pp) + 4p +2 (aaaa, 6pp) 6pp) + 4pp + (aaaa, 6pp)

+ + + + +

1. 2.

1. 2.

) etc. cdcdcdcd)

4p + 6pp

(L111) 'Omnipotens' (L72) 'Jam moratur' (L52) 'Heu ... michi' (L141) 'Flere pro' .. (L153) 'Voce tristi'

(f)

as follows:

Sp + 7pp

2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

1. 2. 3. 4.

A-C are

Three

simple

'Cum venissem'

(e)

Tables

VERSE

1.

(d)

listed

planctus

1130-1300

Composed

(L115) 1L11) (L104)

(aaaaaaa, bbbbbbb etc. ) (ab, ca, da)

(aaaa, (8pp) bbbb etc. S4 (ababbcbbc, (8pp) S9 etc. (ababbaabba'etc. S 10 (8pp)

) )

)

8p (L107) '0 sors' (L87) 'Mentem' (L114) 'Orba suo' (L149) 'Ubi fuit'

S4 S4 S8 S3

(8p) (8p) (Op) (8p)

(aaaa, (aabb, (4p +R

etc. ) ccdd etc. ) (ababbaabR) + 8pp)

bbbb

7pp (L51) 'Heu mens' ... ' Alabäustrum' - (L10)

R 3. or 6p, S 12 Opp)

(Raaa, Rbbb etc. 3(7pp) (aabaabccctcc. d etc. )

)

6p (L36) 'Ex culpa' 'Mors execrabilis' 'Eclipsim patitur,

S3 (L91) (L35)

(6p) +R S3 (6p) S8 (6p)

(4 +6+4: (aaaR, bbbR etc. ) French) ) (aaaR (4 French) etc. +7+5: +R (ababababR) (6p 6p) 4p + + +R

106

(i)b

(ii)a

Strophic 1.

'Requiescat'

2.

'In

1. 2.

S (8p

+ 8p + 7pp + 4p + 4p + 7pp) aabccb

(L69)

occasu'

S2

(7pp + 6p) +4 (6p + 7pp + 6p)

(7pp) (6p +2 (as 15 lines)

(abab ccdd efef

ghg,

structures:

simple

2 (8pp + 7p) + 14 (aab) (aab) 3 (8pp + 7p)

(L124)

'Planctus matrum' (L48) 'Heu dolor' 8 PP

1.

'Plange

2. 3. 4.

(abab ccbb deed) (L34)' 12 (8pp) 'Eclypsim passus' (8pp) (aabb, (8pp) (L79) 4 (8pp) 'Lamentemus' +3 +4 (ababcc) (L103) 6 (8pp) '0 monialis'

'9 (8pp)

(L125)

Castella'

(ababababa) ccd,

eefg)

7pp

'Heu

1.2(4p 2.6(8p) 3.4 4.4 5.5 6.4 7.5 8.2 9.2 10.2 11.5 12.2 13.4 14.2 15.3

2. 1-5 6-8 9-12 13-16

17-19 20-22

mihi:

12 (7pp)

(L32)

'Dum Philippus'

Through-composed 1.

+

etc. )

(b)

1.

+ 7pp)

8p + 7pp.

(c)

(ii)b

(L138)

Through-composed

(a)

complex

structures:

cur

abab abab)

complex

structures: hoc

(abab

feci?

'

(IR)

(L57)

(aabbc) +2 (ddefaa) (ggggaa) (6pp) + (4p + 4p) (hhhh) (6pp) (iiiii) (4p + 6pp) (jjjj) (4p + 6pp) (kklmm) (4p + 4p) (jjjj) (5pp + 5pp) +2 (8pp) (nnnnbb) (4pp + 4pp) +2 (5p) +2( 6pp) (bgooom) (5p + 5p) +2 (7pp) +2 (6pp +6pp) (aapgg) (8p) (6pp) + 6p +2 (4p) + 6p (galmml) + 4p)

(7pp)

+2

(IR) (IR) (IR) (IR)

(qqaarrrr) (3pp (4 + 6pp) +3 (7pp) 3pp 3pp) + + + (sslltt) (5p) +2 (4pp) (6pp) +2 (6pp) (4 + 6pp) + 8pp + (5pp + 5pp) + (5p + 5p) +2 (IR) (qgg g gg ueebbbb)

'Heu me misera'

+ 6p + 6pp

+3

(6p)

(L56)

6pp + (4p + 4p + 7pp) + (4p + 8pp) + (4p + 7pp) (5p + 7pp)+ 4pp) + (4p + 7pp) + 4p (aab) (IR) 4 (4p + 4p + 7pp) (4p + 5p + 7pp) + 3'(4p

+ (4p + 8pp)(aaaaa)

(cccd)(IR) + 4p + 7pp)(effg)(IR)

(5p + 5p + 5p) + (4p + 4p + 7pp) + (4p + 4p + 9pp) (hii) (IR) (8p, + 7pp) + (4pp + 4pp + 4pp) + (3p + 3p + 3p) (iaj) (IR)

107

(IR)

3.

'Heu

1-7

(L59a)

miseri'

8p + 4p + 6p + 5p +3

(8pp)

(aaaabbb)

(L126)

4.

'Plange

I2 II

(stanza Roman numerals structure unclear: represent (7pp + 4pp) + 6p + 7pp + 4pp + 4p + 7pp + 4p (in 3 (7pp) + 7pp + 4pp + 4p . (fff ggf)

planctu'

conjectures) 10 lines)(ababcddcec)

4p +2 (6p) + 7pp + 4pp + 3p + app + 7p + 7pp (ghh iijkjk) III IV 4(7pp) + 4p + 7pp ± 4p (llllmlm) (4p) +2 (7pp) + 6p + 4p + 3pp (eeee nneen) V4 VI55pp + 7pp +4 (6p) +2 (4p) + 7pp + 5p + 3p + 4pp + 7pp + 4pp +4 (ooppeeeeqrssttsnuu) 5.

'Turmas

(L148)

arment'

(no obvious stanzas) (8pp) 7 (8pp) 1-14 + 4pp +2 + 4pp 3 (8pp) 15-25 + 7p + 8pp + 7p + 8pp (4pp) 26-37 2 (8pp) (8pp) +2 +2 + 37-46 8pp + 4pp +3 (8pp) (4pp) +3

6.

'Jerusalem,

I.

12 (8pp)

2.4pp 3.2 4.6 5.6 6.4 7. 1.8 2.4 3.2

8. 1-10 9. 1.2 2.13 10.

(abbcddcee

regum

(7pp) (7pp) (8pp)

omnium'

eeeff) ggggg)

ffd)

6 lines)

(lmlmnn)

(L137b)

(abababab) 4p + 4p + 7pp) (in 10 lines) +2( (7pp) (gg (8pp) (7pp) +2 +2 +2

'Rex obiit'

cdcd eed ffd) jj) hh ii

(L140)

3 (7pp + 6pp) 'Sol

(8pp) +2 + 7p (ababbbbbcccccd) + 4pp (cccdcd + 4pp + :2 (8pp) (8pp) 4pp +4 + 4pp (gffgffg (ff gggg ff g). + 8pp

(L73)

Jerusalem'

(hffhhijjikklli) + 13 (8pp) (7pp + 6p) + 8pp + 9pp (in (app) (oop ffp) (8pp) (qqn fnf) (8pp) (rcrc) 'Regi

(7pp)

eclypsim

+3

(6pp)

patitur'

+ 7pp

(ababab

bccb)

(L145)

(7pp + 6p) +4 (8pp) (abab cdcd) (8pp) (ccd eee aaa ff gg) 'Suecia

suspira'

(L146)

(no obvious stanzas) Sp + 8p + 5p + 10p + 5p + Bp + 5p + 9p (aaaa, bbbb) 1-8 9=21 6p + 7p + 6p + 8pp + 3p +2+2+5+ 4pp +3+2+2+ 4p (ccddeeeeffff 6p + 10p +6+ 9p + 4p + 8p + 6p + 10p (gghhijij) 22-29 6p + 8p + 5p + 9p + 4pp + 5pp + 6p + 4pp + 6pp + 7p (kklljmmj) 30-39 6pp + 8pp + 6pp +8+ 5p + (4p + 4p) + 6p + 8p (nnnnoopp) 40-47

108

(iii)a

Sequence

I

1.

'Abrahe

la

2 (5p + 5p)

(aa) + 6pp)

(aa) (aaR)

(6pp + 6pp) (6pp + 6pp) (6pp + 6pp)

(bbR) (ccR) (ddR)

2 (5p 2 (5p

2a 2b 2c

2 (7pp + 7pp) +R 2 (7pp + 7pp) +R 2 (7pp + 7pp) +R

3a 3b 4.2

2 (7pp + 7pp) +4 (4p + 4p + 6p) 2 (7pp + 7pp) +4 (4p + 4p + 6p) (3p + 3p + 4p + 3pp)

2.

'Infelices

1a

8 (7pp)

(abababab)

lb

8 (7pp)

(cdcdcdcd)

2a 2b

4 (8pp) 4 (8pp)

(dddd) (aaaa)

3a 3b

4 (4 + 5pp) 4 (4 + 5pp)

(ef (cj

4a 4b

2 (7pp + 6p) 2 (7pp + 6p)

(gmgm) (gmgm)

5a

2 (7pp)

+ 7p

(dda)

5b 5c 5d 5e

2 2 2 2

(7pp) (7pp) (7pp) (7pp)

7p 7p 7p 7p

3.

'Ad festas

la 2a

4 (3p + 3p + 4 (3p 3p + . 2 (4p .+ + 4p + 4 (3p + 3p +

2b

III

(L4)

proles'

lb Ic

3a

IIa

lais

structures:

+ 5p) + 5p)

+ R (6pp

gf kj

hi

hi)

al

gl)

(gga) (aaa) (ff a) (bba)

choreas'

(L6) (IR) (aaaa) (IR) (aaaa) (IR) (bb) (IR) (cccc) (IR) (dd) . (IR) (eeee)

3pp) 3pp) 3pp)

3pp)

3b

2 (4p

2c

4 (3p + 3p + 3pp)

4a

4 (7pp)

(ffff)

5a

3 (3p + 3p + 5pp)

(ggg)(IR)

6a

6 (7pp)

(cccgcg)

7a

4 (7pp)

(hhhh)

8a 4b 5b

3 (7pp + 5pp) 2 (7pp) 3 (3p + 3p. + 5pp)

(eieiei) (jj) (kkk) (IR)

+ 4p + app)

9. 3 (6p + 6pp) 10a 3 Op + 3p + 3p) 11a 3 (3p + 3p + 3p) 10b 3 (3p + 3p + 3p) 11b 3 (3p + 3p + 3p) 12a 12b

(hh)

(L70)

filii'

+ + + +

(ee ffff) (gg aaaa)

3 (7pp) 3 (7pp)

+3 +3

(6p + 6pp) (6p + 6pp)

IIb

4c

2 (7pp)

5c 6b 7b 7c 8b 4d 5d 6c

3 6 4 4 3 2 3 6

(3p + 3p + 5pp) (7pp) (7pp) (7pp) (7pp + 5pp) (7pp) (3p + 3p + 5pp) (7pp)

(bbb) (eee) (eee) (aaa) (kkk)

(IR) (IR) (IR) (IR)

(eee (ggg

mnhnjn) eopoqo)

109

(ff). (kkk) (IR) (f'ffgfg) (llii) (eeee) (mamama) (ee) (ggg) (IR) (fffbfb)

a

IV

13.

4 (7pp)

14a 15a 14b 15b

2 2 2 2

(4p + 4p +4+ (7pp + 7pp) (4p + 4+4+ (7pp + 7pp)

II

4p)

(gggg)

4 (3p

2d 1c 2e

4 (3p + 3p + 3pp) 4 (3p + 3p + app) 4 (3p + 3p + 3pp)

+ 3p + 3pp)

(gggg) (gqqg) (aaaa)

indicate

letters

(IR) (IR) (IR) (IR)

(kk) (re) (ss) (tj)

4)

lb

(underlined

I

(qqhh)

words

assonate

which

(L2)

4.

'Abissus

la

(7p

lb

(7pp + 8pp)

2a 2b

2 (6pp + 6pp) 2 (6pp + 6pp)

(acac) (dede)

3a 3b 3c

3 (5pp + 8pp + 4p) 3 (5pp + 8pp + 4p) 3 (5pp + 8pp + 4p)

(ccd eed ffd) (ggb ddb eeb) (aah aah aah)

la lb

6 (7pp) (7pp + 8pp)

(aaaaaa) (aa. aaaa)

2a 2b

2 (6pp + 6pp) 2 (6pp + 6pp)

3a

3 (5pp

3b 3c

3 (5pp + 8pp + 4p) 3 (5pp + 8pp + 4p)

5.

'Abner

1. 2a 2b

4 (7pp) 6 (7pp) 6 (7pp)

(aaaa) (bbcccc) (ddeeee)

3a 3b

2 (4p + 4p + 4p) 2 (4 + 4+ 4p)

(ffg (ddg

3c 3d

2 (4 + 4p + 4p) 2 (4 + 4+ 4p)

(ddg ccg) (ddg ddg)

4a

2 (4, + 6p)

(diff)

vere

+ 8p)

multa'

+4

+ 8pp

(aa

(7p)

+4

aaaa)

(bb bbbb)

(7pp)

+ 4 (7pp)

(ijij) (idid) (kkl

+ 4p)

fidelissime'

ddl

(jjm iim aam) (nne eee bbe) (L3)

ddg) hhg)

(jjff)

4b

2 (4p

5a

2 (7pp

+ 4p)

(bkbk)

5b 5c 5d

2 (7 + 4p) 2 (7 + 4p) 2 (7pp + 4p)

(fgbg) (alai) (alai)

6.

'Dolorum

1a lb Ic Id

3 3 3 3

2a 2b 2c

2 (7pp) +2 2 (7pp, 3 +2 2 (7pp) +2

(7pp + 4p) (7pp + 4p) (7pp + 4p)

(ff (ii (jj

ghgh) ahah) fifi)

+2

+ 4p)

(ff

eded)

2d

+ 6p)

solatium'

(L30) (aab) (ccb) (ddb) (eeb)

(7pp) (7pp) (7pp) (7pp)

2 (7pp)

(7pp

ddl)

110

but

are

not

pure

rhymes)

I

(kkkk)

3a

4 (app)

3b 3c 3d

4 (8pp) 4 (app) 4 (8pp)

(dddd) (bbbb) (kkkk)

4a 4b 4c

4 (7pp) 4 (7pp) 4 (7pp)

(bbbb) (dddd) (kkkk)

4d

4 (7pp)

(bbbb)

5a

12 (7pp)

(dddd 11mm kkbb)

5b 5c

12 (7pp) 12 (7pp)

(kkkk (bbqb

6a

3 (7pp)

(iii)

6b

3 (7pp)

(iii)

7.

'De profundis'

la lb 1c Id

4 4 4 4

2a 3a 2b

4 (8p) 4 (8p) 4 (8p)

(ggbb) (ccbb) (hhee)

3b

4 (8p)

(aacc)

4a 4b 4c 4d

2 2 2 2

5a

4 (8pp)

(ccee)

5b 5c 5d

4 (8pp) 4 (8pp) 4 (8pp)

(ggcc) (Mmff) (ffbb)

6a 6b

4 (7pp) 4 (7pp)

(cbcb) (ebeb)

6c

4 (7pp)

(cncn)

6d

4 (7pp)

(cmcm)

7.

(4p

8a 8b 9a 9b 9c

(8p (8p (8p (8p (8p

8.

'Planctus

1a

2 (7pp)

lb

2 (7pp)

2a

4 (7pp)

(dede)

2b

4 (7pp)

(fgfg)

3a 3b

2 (3p + 3p + 5p) 2 (3p + 3p + 5p)

(hhi (kkl

2c

4 (7pp)

(nono).

2d

4 (7pp)

(lala)

(4p (4p (4p (4p

+ + + +

(4p (4p (4p (4p

+ + + +

+ + + + +

oopp) ggii)

(L24)

6pp) 6pp) 6pp) 6pp)

+ + + +

4p 4p 4p 4p

(aaaa (cccc (eeee (ffff

b) d) b) d)

(afhf) (iaea) (afaf) (jklk)

6pp) 6pp) 6pp) 6pp)

+ 4p)+

nnnn iirr

(4p

+ 2p)

(dh)

(ch) (od) (cd) (fd) (dd)

6p) 6p) 6p) 6p) 6p) ante

nescia'

+ 6p' + 6p

(L123) (aab) (ccb)

III

jji) mml)

(aap qqp) (ggp rrp)

2 (3p + 3+ 5p) 2 (3p + 3+ 5p) 2 (7pp + 6p)

3c 3d 4a

(elel) (alal)

4b

2 (7pp

5a 5b

4 (5p) 4 (5p)

(ssso) (ttto)

6a 6b

5 (7pp) 5 (7pp)

(ggggu) (vvvvu)

7a 7b

2 (7pp) 2 (7pp)

8a 8b

2 (7pp + 6p) 2 (7pp + 6pp)

(gzgz) (4545)

9a 9b

4 (7pp) 4 (7pp)

(6c6c) (ezez)

10a

4 (7pp)

(7878)

10b

4 (7pp)

(efef)

11a 11b

4 (7pp) 4 (7pp)

12.

4 (7pp)

+ 6p)

(6p) (6p)

+2 +2

(wwxxy) (zz112)

+ 7pp + 7pp

-

(9999A) (vvyyA)

+ 6p + 6p

(BByy) (L141)

9.

'Samson

dux

1a lb

3 (7pp) 3 (7pp)

+ 5pp + 7pp + 5pp +3 + 5pp + 7pp +. 6pp +4

2a 2b 2c

2 (7pp + 5p) 2 Opp + 5p) 2 Opp + 5p)

(gg) (gg) (gg)

3.

4 (7pp)

(hhhh)

4a 4b

6 (7pp) 6 (7pp)

(iii jjj) (kkkkkk)

5a 5b

2 Opp 2 Opp

6.

4 (7pp)

(11mm)

7.

8 (7pp)

(nnoonnpp)

Ba 8b 8c 8d

2 2 2 2

(6pp). (6pp) (6pp) (6pp)

fortissime'

(3p + 3pp + 3pp) (3 + 3pp + 3pp)

14. 15. 16. 17. 18.

(IR) (IR) (IR)

(klkl) (khkh)

+ 4pp) + 4pp)

(qqr) (ffr) (kkr) (ccr)

+ 3p + 3p +'3p + 3p

9. 8 (7pp) + 9pp 10. 8 (7pp) 11. 2 (7pp)'+ 2 Opp + 4p) 12. 8 (7pp) +2 (3p + 3p + 7pp) +2 13a 4 (7pp) 13b 4 (7pp)

(IR) (aabcbcddd) (eefefedddd)1(IR)

Opp

+ 4pp)

( 4p + 4p + 3p)'+ (4p + 3 pp + 4p) +2 (3 +3 2 (4p + 4p + 4p + 3pp) +6 (7pp) ( 4p + 4p + 4p + app) + 2 Opp + 3pp + 7pp) 6 (7pp) 2 (7pp))+ 2 (7pp + 2p) 112

(ssss ggggg) (aa kk tt ii) (kk kl k1) (uu vv ww xx yys yys klkl (1111) (zzdd) + 7pp) (11 23 23) (jj qqiiii) (bbb) (IR) (44jj55) (66 78 78)

(IR)

19a 19b

(iii)b

2(5p). + 2 (5pp) (5p) 2(5pp-) +2

(99AA) (AABB)

20.6

(7pp)

(CCDDEE)

21.2

(7pp)

(EE)

Sequence

double

structures:

forms

versicle

(L113)

1.

'Omnis in

la lb

2 (6pp + 4pp + 6pp) 2 (6pp + 4pp + 6pp)

2a 2b

4 (6pp) 4 (6pp)

+ 4pp. + 6 (7pp) + Opp +6 (7pp)

(kllk cc mmnnm) (noon cc ppjjp)

3a 3b

5 (7pp) 5 (7pp)

+ 3 (8p) + 3 (8p)

+ 7pp + 7pp

(qbbq brrrb) (fppf psssp)

4.

3 (8pp)

+ 7p +2

(8pp)

2.

'Da

1a

5 (6pp)

+ 4p +3

(6pp)

+ 3pp +2

(6pp)

(aabbcddcceed)

1b

5 (6pp)

+ 4p +3

(6pp)

+ app +2

(6pp)

(ffgghiihhjji)

2a 2b

2 (10pp) 2 (10pp)

3a 3b 4.

6pp + 4pp +4 (6pp) + 4pp +3 (6pp) 6pp + 4pp +4 (6pp) + 4pp +3 (6pp) 4 (8pp) + 6pp +2 (7pp) + 2 (4pp + 7pp) + 6pp

3.

'Divina

1a lb

8 (8pp) 8 (8pp)

2a 2b 3a 3b

(ghihgh. jklk) 6 (8pp) +2 (7pp + 6p) 2 (8pp) +8p+_3(8pp)+* 2(7pp+6p)(nhn0kpk) (gqrrbbiis) 8 (7pp) + 6p (bbcctthhs) 8 (7pp) + 6p

4.

'Expirante

1a 2a 3a

2 (8p + 7pp) +2 (8p + 8p + 7pp) 6 (7pp) +2 Opp + 6p) 2 (8p + 7pp) + Opp + 8p + 7pp)

(abab ccd eed) (fgfggf fhfh) (ijij jij)

lb 2b 3b

2 (8p + 7pp) +2 (8p + 8p + 7pp) 6 (7pp) +2 Opp + 6p) 7 +" (7pp +'8p + 7pp) 1 (8p + 7pp)+/

(klkl mmn oon) (gpgppg gqgq) (rs.. srs)

5.

'''O felix

la lb

8 (7pp) 8 (7pp)

2a 2b

4 (7pp+ 8 (7pp-)

3.6

lacrimas'

+2 +2

(4p + 4p) (4p + 4p)

+4 +4

(6pp) (6pp)

(

(aab: ccb dd effe) (ggf eef hh ijji)

(tuuvt

+ 7p + 8pp

uvt)

(L23)

plaudens'

(6pp) (6pp)

+2 +2

providential

+ 4pp + 6pp + 4pp +5 + 4pp + 6pp + 4pp +5

(6pp) (6pp)

(kkfllfmfmffm) (nnoppogoroor) (smmsssttms) (iuuiiivvui) (wxxwbyyuuzzb)

(L25)

(aaabcccb) (dddefffe)

(L37)

primitivo'

Bituria'

(L97) (abababab) (cdcdcdcd)

6p)

(7pp + 6p)

(efefefef) (ghghghgh)

(ijijkjljmmm) 113

(iii)c

6.

'Flere

labet'

(L40)

1a

3 (4p + 6pp)

+ 6pp

(aaab)

1b

3 (4p

+ 6pp)

+ 6pp

(cccb)

2a 2b

3 (4p 3 (4p

+ 6pp) + 6pp)

+ 4pp + 4pp

(ddde) (fffe)

3a 3b

3 (4p + 6pp) 3 (4p + 6pp)

+ 4p + 4pp

(gggh) (iiih)

4a

3 (4p + 6pp)

+ 4p

(aaaj)

4b

3 (4p

+ 6pp)

+ 4p

(kkkj)

5a 5b

3 (4p + 6pp) 3 (4p + 6pp)

+ 4p + 4p

(lllm) (nnnm)

6a 6b

2 (4p + 6pp) 2 (4p + 6pp)

+ 3+2 + 3+2

7a 7b

2 (4p + 6pp) 2 (4p + 6pp)

(7pp) (7pp)

(ooo oop) (aaa aap)

+ 7p + 7p

(qq rrrs)) (aa ttts)

8a 8b

+ 4 (6pp) + 4 (6pp) 2 (4p + 6pp) + 4 (6pp) 2 (4p + 6pp) + 4 (6pp)

9a 9b

2 (7pp) 2 (7pp)

{xxy) (zzy)

(cc bubu) (vv kwkw)

+ 6p + 6p

(vvl) (221)

10a 10b

2 (4p + 6p) 2 (4p + 6p)

11a

2 (7pp)

11b

2 (7pp)

12a 12b

2 (7pp + 6p) 2 (7pp + 6p)

(5656) (7878)

13a 13b

2 (7pp + 6p) 2 (7pp + 6p)

(9m9m) (ABAB)

14a 14b

3 (4p) 3 (4p)

(CCCD) (EEED)

+ 4p + 4p

(334)

+ 6p

(bb4)

+ 6p

+ 6pp + 6pp (L42)

7.

'Flete

la lb

2 (8pp) 2 (8pp)

2a 2b

10 (6pp) 10 (6pp)

(efefggghhg) (ijijkkkllk)

3a

2 (4p

3b

2 (8p

(mmnno ppqqo)

4a 4b

4 (6pp) 4 (6pp)

5a 5b

2 (8p) 2 (8p)

6a 6b

2 (8p) 2 (8p)

Sequence

1.

fideles

anime'

(aabba) (ccddc)

(6pp) (6pp)

+3 +3

+ 4p + 4p + 4p + 7pp)

+ 8p + 8pp +2 + 8pp +2

(r

+ 7pp) (6pp + 4pp + 3p) (6pp + 4pp + 3p)

+ 2 (7pp + 7pp + 6p) + 2 (7pp + 7pp + 6p) + (3 +'4pp) '+ 4pp + 2'(7pp + 3p) + (3 + 4pp) + 4pp +2 (7pp + 3p)

structures:

'Heu pius

pastor

strophic

occidit'

sequences

(L61)' 114

rs

t ts)

(ubvbwwwxyyx) (z1213334554) (66778998) (AABBCDDC) (E FP F FG FG) (77HH II I Ii IJ)

2 (8pp) +R 2 (8pp) .+R (8pp + 9pp)

la lb 2a

(aaR) (aeR)

5p 5p

(bbR)

5p

+R

2b

2 (8pp)

+R

5p

(bbR)

3a 3b

2 (8pp) 2 (8pp)

+R +R

5p 6p

(ccR) (ddR)

4.

2 (8pp)

+ 5p

5.

(8p,

6.

2 (8pp)

+ 9pp)

(ddR) (eeR)

+ 5p

(ffR)

+ 5p

B QUANTITATIVE

VERSE

(L94) luge'

(IR) ()

1. 2.

'O dolor' 'Jerusalem

3.

'Magni

4.

'Neustria'

5. 6. 7.

(L82) 'Lucifer' hexameters 'Oro Deum' (L117) Leonine hexameters (L108) '0 transeuntes' Leonine hexameters

(äa bb etc. (IR) (IR)

8. 9. 10.

(L39) 'Flebilis' hexametres (L63) 'Heu teneri' Leonine hexameters 'Heu .. quomodo' (L54) Leonine hexameters

(aa bb etc. ) (IR) (IR)

Leonine hexameters (L74) hexameters (L84)

Thedbaldi'

Leonine

(L93)

(IR)

hexameters

()

hexameters

)

C PROSE

(L53) 'Heu heu heu quid' (L147) 'Tu Pater' (L136) 'Quis dabit'

1. 2. 3.

This analyses Both

strophic

Only

one metre

is

three

from in

were written a small

hexameters,

association

with

Leonine

association no special

lines

the

of the

the

wide

quantitative

the

the

choice

either or

lais,

examples. based

forms

double

discussed

of forms or in in

this

The former to its

relation

from 'the

below.

and metres.

prose.

proportion Apart

are

versicle

composed in

range

of

these

loose

epitaph

there

seems to be

this

metre

for

of

115

on

made up of

planctus

discussed

couplets. with

are

of

is

verse

already

number

of which

A significant

rhyming

in

that

previous

Sequence

namely,

meaning

analysis

epitaph.

hexameter

significance

'simple',

as 'complex'.

a metre

or in

rubric

an extremely

number are in

are each in

in

the

forms

main groups,

sequences,

evident

syllabic the

under

and recorded

into

and strophic It

listed

a large

of

complexity

greater

the

than

subdivisions

more

through-composed

and

subdivided

forms

the

and

metre

more than

period

to

owing

one main

also

includes

analysis

a planctus.

are

Although

three

personages,

(L54)

quomodo' to

in

examples

two

to

normal the

to

find

period

The majority

are

written'in

a wide 7pp

of

The. strophic

verse.

of

stanzas ccdd

aabb, formal

It

etc..

structures

forms

and metres

created

poetic

genres.

in

strophic 61 (L111),

or

(L52)

'Jam

and

'Mors

examples grädualljr

from

included

deliberately

to give the

Easter

used

the

in

(L72),

'Cuncta

in

examples

are written

there

is

any significance

it

conceivable

twoin the

are

the

all

metres:

perhaps

flavour,

in

the basis

of

or three-line the

use of

authors

of

twelfth

116

'0mnipotens'

'Heu

'

that

drama.

stanzas the

(L21),

Sapphic

with in

written

(L59),

misere'

'Heu

michi'

...

in

forms

in

the

of

verse62

It

is

as if

because'they

order

the

are

century;

prose.

might

dramas

corpus

in.

originally

deaths

written

twelfth to*the

the

different

of

(L36),:

culpa'

These

belong

these

an archaic

'Ex

by

established

old-fashioned

that

(L51),

associat-

as Charles

whose

(L22),

sorores'

and

metres

such

religious

or

etc.,

poets:

range

four-

or

special

any

8p,

formal

three-

that

1087),

a wide

the

aaaä, 'bbbb

'Cum venissem'

(L91).

formed

(+

from

nobis'

ceremonies

which

for

(L60),

mens'

to

personages

Conqueror

8pp,

twelfth

early

is,

and of

so-called

thirteenth-century

planctus

of

bore

for

they

the

closely

etc.,

planctus

syllabic

+ 6pp),

the

_bbb highly unlikely

used

were

in

that

aaa,

planctus the

is

This

metres,

twelfth-and

plays,

planctus

chants

these

(4p

+ 7pp),

keep

examples

previous

...

in

they

planctus

of

composition

(8p

-

therefore

William

long

the

in

interest:

least

of

popular

scheme

execrabilis'

already

is

it

composed

newly

however

are

7pp + 6p.

with

in

'Heu

is

third 58

when

even

when

period

exceptionally

rhyme

moratur'

the

and

drama,

century

in

verse

strophic

'Heu

57

three

personage:

religious

perhaps

exception:

number

forms:

and metres

is

Latin

some impact, 60

(L107),

sors'

with

used

for

A significant

'0

already

employed

(+1127)

Good

have

examples

used

in

the

Of

set

are

which

planctus

dramas

this

are

seems

lamentation

with

the

with

be

eleventh

from

the

sung.

in

planctus

associated

already

to

...

verse.

metre which 59 Most of the

designs

ion

the

was

century.

line

after

one

that

'Heu

and

Innocents

a non-fictional

of

texts

medieval

and 6p - with

Golliard

death

non-fictional

(L63)

to, assert

religious

prose

metres

range

are

be in

to

tended

material

from

about

teneri'

Holy.

intended

not

the

at

written

the

impossible

were

are

'Heu

of

plays

thus,

prose,

apparently

belong

from

metres

quantitative

(L94),

'O dolor'

are

is,

examples

quantitative

-

-

It

music.

quite

the

of

most

poets

wished

it

would

Half

of

blend

these If

refrains. previous

and thirteenth

case

periods

century

of

There

strophic In

exploration. is

longer

than

(L121)

comprises

four

rhyme

in

is

not

which

develops one

a small

number

examples

which

in

normal

thus

the

particularly

the

so-called

the

normal

periods, it

hemistich

each

has

status

of

Golliard

metre

in

Anglia,

'Pange

melos'

is

essentially

is

included

the

made up in

line.

the

general

itself

In

as in

'In

occasu'

the

base,

the

two

half-lines

(L69),

poet by repeating

7pp

a

6p

b

7pp

a

6p

b

7pp

c

7pp

c

tedium

7pp

d

solatium;

7pp

d

6p

e

7pp

f

6p

e

7pp

f

6p

g

7pp

h

6p

g

dolorem;

viduata

principe vices

suscipe,

fletus

dolori,

meta sit

hanc

post

tibi

diem

dabit casu

prosperam

repentino

novus ortu takes

the

fifteen-line

stanza

be organised

in

multiples

two

sections

in

However

the

effects

through

the

in

what

stanza

-this by the

counterpoint

has

is

not

in

sounds

However,

defied

seems

the

are

seven

with

such

to

of

of

example disyllabic.

achievement'of

that

the

five,

or

eight

suggested

In

rhyme. rhyme that

it

and created

by

He thus

uses

rhyme

metrical

theme.

Its

effect

in

a great

sounds

in

a group

of

pattern

line.

(as

line.

rhyme

the

be

unusual

four-', and

of

would

would final

different

this

scheme

a contrasting

bp three, -,groups

each main

with

speculation

immediately

his

this

or

distribution

lengths

against

since

of

experiment

three

of

lucifer

surgens

matutino.

imagine

one might

arranged

poet

to

opportunity

vesperam

letiori

fato

rhyme

example

ceteris

terminet

the

for

provides

geminans

tui

greater

is

merorem,

pre

rerum

created

stanza

sideris

occasu cadis

three:

formal

of

the

that

a poetic

between

relationship

In

each

a new area

however,

remarkable;

exceptions

times:

several

He also

to

simply

Although

septenarii

and

is

previous

lines.

eight

interesting

of point

this

some examples

trochaic scheme

this

as a model.

however

are

the

amongst

of

to it

looked

examples

many from

as is

this

a type all

of the

period),

63

poets 117

who wrote

planctus

in

syllabic

forms

strophic that

evidenced

with

the

types

in

A number

those

of

listed

under

have

been

differently regum

pair

could

space.

example,

those

context

seem to

from the

to

play

written

be unequivocally is

-or there

are

quite

simply

Each

these

of

elaborate also. in

in

the

a type

form

Kunstprosa,

departing

I have left

of in

to

distinct

characteristics From the mid-tenth

regular

metres

rather

in

the

the

line

but

for

poet

discussion

formally

their

these.

the

on which

before

though

of

(L148)

lingers

explore

of from

length.

They

other

the the

syllabic

than

in

the

the Kunstprosa

(L146)).

but

above),

be written

frequent regular

until

the

types,

they in

understood

sequence

said

an

almost are

be

verse

65

forms

sequence other

could

in

quoted

there

(L126)),

suspira'

only

possibilities.

and can be better century

that

no places

planctu'

might

A

also

are

a recognisably

over

for

complete.

there

example

fact

space.

personage

not

a

and within

short

clearly

strophic

the

of

to

owing

'Suecia

and

quite

eclypsim

small

a new stanza

an interest

by

second

'Plange

example, which

of 'Regi

the

quite

either

at

arment' marked

(as

scheme

variation

of

occasions

is

examples

rhyme

no points

'Turmas

example,

(for

incomplete

may

'Sol

e. non-fictional

of

text

and

h very

are

through-composed:

sense

(for

death

64

'0

through-composed,

often

belong

as

(L34),

example,

omitted

clearly

are

they

which

the

at

the

begin

dramas

for

in

simply

such

on a series

(ca. 1240),

quite

the

of

(L73)

as prose

or

are

religious

which

at

written

Some examples

of

few planctus

normally

the

through-composed.

passus'

sequences;

29.1

in

some

under

fact

based

Jerusalem'

Pluteo

are

stanzas

The rest

may be

have been forgotten

easily

of

I-Fl

'Eclypsim

examples

'Jerusalem,

listed in

elaborate

have been strophic;

may well

Equally,

There

resemble

closely

" (L140).

stanzas

is

versicles

of

lack

down.

As in

are

(L125),

Castella'

(L137b),

complex)

comparison

be found

are-to

examples. items

structures

and 'Rex obiit

(L145).

or

which

strophic.

period

the

all

in

The most

verse. this

to

when compared

and especially

sequence

whether

constructed

patitur'

and

pieces

copied

omnium'

from

planctus

(simple

'Plange

(L103)

monialis'

types,

contemporary-troubadour in

short

limited

very

syllabic

establishing

the

of

example,

the

other

'through-composed'

rubric

It

the

speaking

through-composed

difficulties

not

in

versification

'complex'

for

relatively

complexity

of

the

is

end-since, share

relation

many to

began to be composed of

the

early

in sequence or of the two German sequences discussed 66 the previous All the sequences with which I am concerned section. here are written in verse. Indeed in some of the longer examples from ecclesiastical

this

group,

for

example,

Abelard's

'Ad festas 118

choreas'

(L6),

there

are

to

passages for

short

The

rhyme

scheme

pairs

of

third

pair

that

rhyme

scheme

normally

consists

poetic

the

metres

more

indistinguish-

musical

structure.

happens its

of

distinguished

in

is

not

a sufficient

basis

have

to

fortuituous.

possibly

not

repetitions

style

this

since

sequence

way it

for

a two

first

the

Since

this

is

evident

establishing

qualifications

'Diving

or

relatively

simple

This

that

means to

contrast

'Flete

and

structure

interest

number

of

complex

in

one versicle

or

lines

However

(for

repeated 'Flete of

divide

by these

the

in

rhyme are

several fideles

including lais;

naturally

treated times anime'

'in

smaller 'Ad

lais

are

one

on only

is

by

arguably

these:

as five

different

in

the

(L2)

normally

(L6)

disciplined

new proare

course metres 3a-c),

units,

1a).

they instance

One comparable design

each

versicle

manner:

in

of

versicles equal

choreas'

similar

by varying

different

several

multa'

rhyme.

broader

this:

There

metres.

plaudens,

introducing

by

10

marked

'Da

11 119

in

(L113),

within

are

two

or

and is

greatly

festas

a systematic,

and marked (L42)

whole

some there

into

rarely

are

On the

apparently

vere

lai

in

uniqueversicles.

example, in

the

in

value

used

repeated;

'Abissus

example,

(for

is

their

as a

require

those

contrast

unit

musical

to

as many

is

poet

achieving

a versicle

passages

which

highlighted

of

and by

structures;

sodic

one versicle.

to

surprising

they

case

in

lacrimas'

which

in

poem and in

times

in

lai

vary

in

'Omnis

(L42),

each

based

do not

as

sequences

in

contrast

and normally

lengths

fideles'

the

of

(L25).

line

type

employed

providential

up to

However, 67 adequately.

and reduce

in

not

or

forms.

each

same manner,

no,

is

This

are

especially

reference

musico-poetic

equivocal

versicle

period

have

can

value.

though

this planctus,

without

characterise

double sequence

from

lai

the

limited

structures

design

may occur

The main

more

the

such

lengths

the

in

versicle

syllabic

itself,

In

them

stanza the

exactly

other

be isolated,

render

The

(L97)

contrast

to

seems can

generalisation. in

In

essentially

are

which

repeated

in

may seem of

and the

examples

found

a versicle.

it

differences

are

lai

double

the

versicles;

of

examples.

forms

Further

line

as

distinction

principle

(L23)

such

of

general

felix'

pairs

the

sequence,

as follows:

of

elaborate

four,

first

normally

structure

is

strophic

be defined

can

in

the

aside

sequence

in

alone

its

just

sequence

is

this

is

to

refers

sequence

be mistaken

as a sequence. Setting

are

the

though

versicles

one

easily

might

sequence

a strophic

highlights

versicles,

context,

strophic

unless

is

which

which

of

The

poem,

a strophic

their

of

out

songs.

one. planctus

it

lifted

strophic

from

able

if

which,

to

the

6a

Hac in in

hoc fili

vita

sum invita,

malo

mori

Scelus terre

malo,

exprimi

nequit

first

three

by

eximi

malis

last

lines

two

versicles

Against 3.7

Abelard's

lai

in

of

the

vere

length.

(L2)

have

but

3a

in

the

contrasting

Clausus

seen

lumine

iam privatus, quasi'geminis

In

'Planctus

oppressus.

Ludos

marcios

exercere

contrast in

jji.

artus.

(L123)

it

which

contain

such as versicle

three

2 (3p + 3p + 5p), This

still

it.

to

sound,

rhyme

provide

as an entirely. formal For

each

to

either

structure in

example, one might

above

since

the

lengths

68

the

with

mentioned

5pp

c

8pp

c

4p

d

5pp

e

8pp

solitos

nescia'

versicles

versicles

employed: hhi

in

ante

coincides

tenebris

sudans

est

frangit

line

is

a different

of

scheme

expect

represents

a

pattern:

oculorumque

plus

infinding

lie

and used 70 same length, or

below,

carcere,

ad molam

lengths:

In

ways.

passage

rhyme

be

as can

line

the

of versicles.

a counterpoint

a different

However,

similar

always

which

each

in

rhyme and differing

differing

the

in

provides

monosyllabic69

are-all

line

then

to

seems

superseded

and eight

variation poet

The

are

third

six

each pair

in

provides

multa'

to

of

normally

which

the

the

of

lines

through

used

which

poem but

line

I

is

phenomenon

'Abissus each

it

lines

independent

is

in

of

symmetry

rhyme

sound

counterpointed

contrasts

the

lais

contrast

is

The interest

achieving

the

agyos,

anime',.

by rhyme)

marked

rhyme

introduced

this

3.

highlight In

(each the

adopt

which

contrast.

which

Christe

fideles

'Flete

of

half-lines

of

The new sound

a means of

filios

occidunt.

pairs

47

nefarios

te,

et

versicle.

887

motus

allidunt

the

short

terret

sanctorum

volentis.

are

motus

terret,

gladios

in

animi

dolentis

These

celum

qui

estus

tantis

terre

impios,

dum reprimi

mi,

vel

6b

contains

the

e

4p

d

5pp

f

app

f

4p

d

also lines in

functions

as a means of providing

of

the

same length.

which

the

following

rhyme sounds

some contrast 120

(it

is

metre

the

reflect not,

However

for

line

is

lengths:

example,

hhi

it

but

hhi),

dux

'Samson 'Planctus (L6)

it

not

divided

cursus.

short;

since

positioned for

variation

the

of

lines

the

for

example,

frequently

very little

scope within

Although

are carefully

accents

is

pattern.

accent

festas'choreas'

'Ad

are relatively

is

there

accents

than

scale

planctus

rhyme which

in solitüdine, m ltitüdine, magna

there

few.

In fact

mirrored

in

what

in

observed favour

are

are in-

there

versicles,

repeated

been

has

the

However,

there

influence

in

does

which

he employed

later

writers. in

in

but

distinctive

included

in each.. St. Martial

created

a precedent

The forms there is

also

precise

planctus

of conductus

personages, were known it

there the

form

well

between

theme.

be that

a wide

worth

lai

form If

some type 121

are planctus

the

social

clearly

form

is

in

are written

which are twelfth-

and content;

to the planctus.

at least

metres.

indicate

form

was used for

not

had already

confined it

unclear;

or on a religious could

lai

been

already

of metres and early

period

was a relationship

and was not

remains

this

between

relationship

evidently

subjects,

from

on

existing

and versus 74 flexibility.

of planctus

forms

verse

of

range

of

He was

are

eleventh-century

such formal

for

been

exceptions73

the wide

repertories

that

which

is

late

unlikely

function

lais

had

combinations

However the

was no particular

of different

few

regularity.

influence

he employed

The

in

planctus.

the

any particular

unusual

his

the

that

evidence

which

metres

slightly

and metres

function:

social

were of

accentual

for

verse

of

be much

planctus.

of

about

century

that

the

of

type

of

been

compromised

may have 72 lais.

planctus

... 71' "-

have

would

such

composition

this

use

lais

his

rather

the

viribus striking:

pattern

intended

poet

totis

accents

accentual

Abelard's

seem to

composition

new metres, What is

to

not

Most

the

the that

poet

these

and its

suggested

first

ab hostibus, / et fustibus:

lines'are

two

first

whether

and if

some considerable clearly

is

line,

third

the

of

accents

uniformity,

of It

the

instant

...

be established

cannot

Circumdor /. cum armis

fortitudine, trochaic

The bouncy

used

4b

Post

gravi

only

shape

example: 4a

it

formal

through,

seem to be relatively

they

in which

long

of most of its

of

the

on a much grander

sections

obvious

have disyllabic

they

is

Abelard's

Unlike

The lengths

some variations,

for

(L141)

into

to

related

planctus.

on ante-penultimate

line

stances

Abelard's

fortissime'

nescia'.

double

the

in

ante is

closely

much more

than

versicle

each

is

range Its that

noting

the

of biblical

context

of relationship

and

of

the

between

lai the

form

of

in

interest

particular formal

types,

form

and its

a planctus

begin

the

to

this

more

5.

The

forms

A SYLLABIC

Strophic (a)

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. (b) 1. 2. (c)

(ii)

of

features.

They

main

through-composed become

occasionally

composed

in

listed

planctus

1300-ca.

Four

Table

1405

are

as follows:

VERSE

'Filii met (L38) (L85) 'Me Gordis'

S S S S S

3 4 3 3 2

(8p + 7pp) (aaa, bbb etc. ) (aabbc, ddddc. eeffc'etc. (8p). + 7pp ) _ (8p + 7pp) (aaa, bbb etc. ) (8p) + 7pp/8pp(aaab, cccb etc.: ) (abab, cdcd etc. ) (8p + 7pp) (as 4 lines)

S2 S4

(7pp + 6p) Opp + 6p)

S3

(6pp + 6pp)

S4

(8pp)

S3

(8p)

(as 4 lines) (as 8 lines)

(abcb, defe etc. ) (ababcbcb etc. )

6pp + 6pp (L137)

dabit'

'Vexilla'

(L151)

+ 8pp

(abcb,

(aaab,

dede,

cccd

fgfg

etc. )

etc. )

8p (L50)

'Heu heu Christel

Through-composed

+ 8pp +4

'Heu misereri'

2.

'Heu infelices'

3.

'0 fratres'

(L58)

2 (5p)

(L55)

(8p)

+2

+ 7pp

lOpp + (7p + 7pp)

(aaabcccb

etc. )

(aabbc) (aa)

(L99)

('Flete,

+ 4pp + 6p + 9p + 6p +5 + 3p + 4p + 4p + 4p + 4p +_7pp + 4p + 4p + 4p + 7pp, +

(8pp)

structures

1.

4.8p

and the

sequence,

three

7pp + 6p

8pp

1.3p 2.3p 3.4p

Planctus

'Pange .. necem' (L120) (L105) '0 quarr dolet' 'Pange .. gl. ' (1,119) (L13) 'Ante crucem' 'Cum de cruces (L20)

(d)

1.

and more

the

which

Sp. + 7pp

'Quis

(e)

the

form,

way in

Of

structures

1.

1.

the

be established.

might

inter-contrertible.

almost

(i)

is

period

strophic

share

context

social

8p

+ 7pp

(aabbcd) (ee ffggh). (iijjh) (k k 1)

122

fideles')

3a 3a "

('Flete 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

2 (8pp) +3 (6pp) 2 (8pp) +3 (6pp) 7pp + 6p + 8pp + 6p + 7pp + 7pp 4 (6pp) + 7pp +5 (6pp)

(7pp + 7pp + 6p) 2 (8p) +2 2 (8p + 9) 6p + 7p + 8p + 7pp + 6p

fideles')

(mmnnm) (ooppo) (qrqsqs) (tutuvvvwwv)

lb 1a

(xxyyzllz) (tb2w) (ffffz)

5a

2a -

12. 8p + 11pp +4 (8p) +6+ 6p + 9p + 6p + 8p ('ssbf333 4s4s) (zzz55) 13. 3 (8p) -- + 9p + 8p (zzzzz6d6L) 14. 4 (7pp + 6p) + (3p + 3p + 6p) (771) 15. 7pp + 8pp + 7pp 16.

11p + 6p + 8pp

17. 18. 19. 20.

3 2 2 3

4.

'Scariotis'

+ 9pp+6pp+6p+

(3p

+ 3p +6p)

-

(8ftfgwl)

-

(ssqsws) (7pp + 6p) (7pp + 6pp) + 8pp + 6p + 7pp + 7p (3p + 3p + 6p) (own9ttdtl) (8p) + 7pp (aal) (6pp) /+ 6pp+,7pp+6pp+ 2 (6pp + 4pp + 3p)7 (ApBpwwwzttz) (L143) 4 (8p) +4p+8p+4 Rhyme: aaaa bb ccc

Triplum:

(4p+8p+ aaa ddd eee

Motetus:

2 (7pp + 8p) + (Prose: (Prose: 27) Rhyme:

Tenor:

2 (8pp)

(iii)-Sequence

3b 4a

(used

three

8p)

+ 4p + 8p + 13p.

fff

9+5 +'8 + 14) +3 abab .. cdcdcd

(7pp + 8p)

+

(aa)

times)

structures

1.10

jam

(L102)

Christi'

(7pp), (7pp) (7pp) (7pp)

(aab) (aab) (ccb) (ccb)

1a lb 2a 2b

2 2 2 2

3a

2 (8p

3b

2 (8p + 7pp)

2.

'Heu heu virgineus

+ + + +

6p 6p 6p 6p

(dede)

+ 7pp)

(dede) (L54a)

flos'

(L123). This sequence is based on 'Planctus It includes ante nescia' la and b, 2a and 2b, 3a and 3b, 2c and 2d, 3d lines 1 and 2, all versicles 3c, 4a and 4b 5a and 5b, 6b and 7b. Versicle la is preceded by the stanza 'Heu heu virgineus flos', and 4a is preceded by the stanza '0 quanta est miseria': A. Heu, heu! virgineus flos! Heu;. nature'pulcherrima dos! Hsu! vix cepit esse, et trahitur ecce ad non esse!

B. 0 quanta et doloris quo si transit in filie que nunc (Young,

A:

(the 8+

B:

1

treatment

of

10 + 7p + lop

2 (8pp)

+4

(7pp)

'heu! (aabb)

as a disyllable

(ccddee)

123

is

est miseria tristicia, patris gladius et non alius viscera, habent ubera! Drama,

editorial)

I,

p. 699)

of

a

('Planctus

(L132)

3.

'Qui

1a lb

3 (7pp + 6p) (7pp 7pp +3

2a 2b

(7pp 7pp +3 3 (7pp + 6p)

3a 3b

3 (7pp-+ 6p) 3 (7pp + 6p)

4a

7pp +3

5a 5b

5 (7pp) 7pp +5

4b

3 (7pp + 6p)

6a

7pp +3

7a 7b

3p + 3p + 5p 3p + 3p + 5p

(wwx) (ppx)

6b

3 (7pp

(iy

gy

8a 8b

4 (7pp) 4 (7pp)

(zc (1i

zc) 1i)

7c 7d

3p + 3p + 5p 3p + 3p + 5p

(cc2) (aa2)

3a 3b

9a 9b

4 (7pp) 4 Opp)

(ga ga) (as as)

4a 4b

pergitis'

viam

per

+ 6p) + 6p)

(7pp

+ 6p)

(ab, ab cb) (c ca. da da)

-

(e of of gf) (gh eh ih)

-

(c jk ik mk) (c cn cn an

-

(c

co

po co)

'(ir

(7pp + 6p)

+ 6p)

8a 8b

gs ea)

(c tu iu

nescia')

-

(iiiie) (q qqqqe)

(7pp)

ante

-

vu)

3b 3b

ly)

2a 2b

10a 10b

3 (7pp + 6p) 7pp +3 (7pp + 6p)

(34 54 v4) (z z4 c4 c4)

-

11a 11b

7pp +3 7pp +3

(7pp + 6p) (7pp + 6p)

(z pg 6g lg) (a a7 17 17)

--

12a 12b

3 (7pp + 6p) 3 (7pp + 6p)

(ap ip gp) (11 a1 g1)

-

13a

7pp +3

(7pp + 6p)

(j

j8

13b

7pp +3

+ 6p)

(j

g9 19 g9)

-

14a 14b

7pp +3 (7pp + 6p) 3 (7pp + 6p)

(j vA BA cA) (1C gC 1C)

15a 15b

2 (7pp) 2 Opp)

(DDCCg) (33ggg)

9b/9a 9a/9b

16a 16b

3 Opp + 6p) 3 (7pp + 6p)

(eg vg 8g) (vD 4E sE)

-

17.

3 (7pp + 6p)

(py Fy ay)

-

B

1.

C 1. 2.

(7pp

+2 (6p) + 7pp + 10p + 6p + 7pp

QUANTITATIVE

'Scotia

a8 c8)

-

VERSE

plange'

(L144)

hexameters

PROSE (L29) te' 'Doleo'stper (L71) 'Infelix ego,

(motet)

124

(aa,

bb etc. )

The forms

and metres

reliant

on existing

mainly (7pp

+ 6p),

a time

8pp,

languages

the

With

(6pp + 6pp),

the

the writing

forms

a hymn relatively cris S

sollemniis

vetera,

Per dies

noctesque

aquas deducere,

become

stanzas accent

patterns

the

final

provides

was not

a prime

the

'Samson

dux

of

word

same question

my ears)

would

emerge:

poem the

first

stanza

a dactylic

stanzas especially

accents

short

lines

is

scope for

limited,

especially

ytones.

That

by a consistently

is

not

others

the variation

say that

deployed

8pp

b

6pp + 6pp

a

6pp + Epp

a

6p

a

+ 6pp

in

relation

rhythmic

the

shape

(at

of

dactylic

the

words

accents least

them? the

each of

such is patterns

words

rhythm: 125

it

occur

to

In

this

remaining is at

the

In

accent

rest

which

pattern. to

normal

heed them or ignore

all

(in

6pp

the

in

of

normally

discussed

odd

two

'noctesque'

of

if

might

imitation

the

case,

b

first

with

trisyllabic

to

a

conform

are trisyllabic.

the

6pp + 6pp

exception

accent

this

that

since

a

seems to be most frequent;

of rhythm fact

6pp + 6pp

that

the

somewhat exceptional:

by the

and most

not

the poet

did

type

promoted

final

a rather

regarded

the

of

with

was

In

a

sections

indication

final

does

(L141).

fortissime' were

the

which

6pp + 6pp

accentual

previous

a compdrision

concern,

three)

line

towards

in

noted

a useful

here

even

on 75

modelled sollemniis':

dere,

tendencies

occasionally However,

the

8pp

period

pieces

(L137)

raises

this

norm.

accents:

dabit'

each

by

have

the

these

of

apparently

mortem praesulis?

I

which

is

effundere, suffi

established as in

omnia,

mültum

last

This

sint

(L137):

as well

et opera.

debit

that

formal

of

praeconia,

lachrymas

regularity

'Quin

(L137)

dabit'

nova

expect

at

vernacular

been long

as a whole

Et fonte

One might

of

all

Recedant

Quis meo capiti

+ 7pp),

dabit'

'Quis

used have

sonent

Deflenti

and in amount

of

Et ex praecordiis

voces

(8p

on

composed by St. Thomas, 'Sacris udia, iuncta sint g

recently

are

Nevertheless,

Latin

metre

verse

'Quis

Corda,

at

the

Latin

of planctus.

in

period

evidence.

and metres

of medieval

composition

both

is,

that

one exception,

based

metres

a considerable

be in

this

hexameter.

planctus

to

continues

is,

quantitative

declining,

was clearly

inventiveness

in

in

during

composed that

models,

8p and the

interest

when

planctus

of

of

therefore

are normally

the there

poem is

proparox-

typified

are a number of

deviations;

it

through

verse as the

paroxytone,

accentual

the

for

number

position

lines

of

the

of

that

from

poets

position

were

'Sacris

All

each

the

for

the

was

or

poet

of

a prescription

and the

is

words

pro-

stress

that

stanza

trisyllabic

such

of

aiming

sollemniis' in

accentual

with

on regular

it.

for

the use of

not

based

and half-lines

accent:

words

consistent

listening

derived

trisyllabic

ultimately

not

were

(L137)

dabit'

likely

a feature

they

less

of

of features

combinations

rhyme,

or

more

quite

regularity, because

'Quis

is

It

chance

disyllabic

and the

accents

accent.

pulse,

line,

poetic

the development

a case for

argue

through

accident:

short

final

does however

normal

his

own

contribution. This final

is

accent)

(L120), It

also

'Pange

might

a lack

the

degeneration

in

the

form

parody:

'Pange

lingua

(L151)

is

rather

than

'Pange

Hence the

..

maintaining

accentual

admittedly on the

subject

of

in

in

expect

that

In

lingua

necem'

(L120)

final

accent

where

on the

are

in

syllable line

of

the

word

3.1b

the is

are in

accordance

with

first

in

examples

number of

it the

stanza

marked contrast is

with

technique

syllables

in

is

occurrences

apparently

accented

it

is

treatments,

verse,

the

of but

an earlier

else

following

for

of

the

the word.

of of

'Petrus'

on the the

first

second

the

accents

line.

effect.

halfthat

'Petr(s',

ironic is

of versification

126

one poem

can be an occasion

work

each half-line

in

accented or

arguably

within

treatment

However

names are

therefore

two

three

to

to base conclusions

However,

8p.

satirical

Proper

on such is

metre

Gaveston.

committed

pronounciation:

first

to those

no poor man's

the

the

celebrate

briefly

be consistent

should

various

given

a new composition

these the

line

either

contrafactum ting

there

prodeunt'

planctus

'Petrus'.

word

hymn

poets'

was not

argument.

a circular

one would 'Pange

their

the

exemplified

irregularity

accentual

to become entwined

of the

treatment

somewhat variable

be

can

purpose

regni

Peter

from

a contrafactum

of

written

on Fortunatus's

11'sfavourite

Edward

regularity

to the

reference

prodeunt'.

are

particular

and 'Vexilla 77Both

certaminis'

evidence

these

the

modelled

7- 11 two metres. derives

the writer

That

is

clear

of

for

necem'

..

composition

poet:

two

hymns

the

prodeunt'(L151). verse

of

the

of

However

(L120)

death-of

regni type

part

well-known

regls

of these

choice

this

for

'Pange

contrafacta,

'Vexilla

type.

proelium

the

ambitions.

with

two

'Vexilla

on

mourn

on the

necem'

gloriosi

based

to

(except

regularity

three

resort

the

of

the

and

a poetic

of

accent

(L119)

inspiration

and metre 76

in

evident

that

of

of

to

gloriosa'

.. be thought

betrays

of

indifference

apparent

of

The for

associa78

In

based on imitating stanza,

is,

normally

with

is

It (L50)

also

introduces

some-variation

consisting

of

to

eight

the

the

original this

In the

often

begins

form

the

of

Apart

of

the

accent,

two stanzas

which

has

attempt in

used first

been

'Planctus is

new stanza

the

decision It

mine.

to

quite

be based

on the

could

conceivably

here

German:

case,

these

contrivance 1 stresses.

be more like

can

stanza. in

changes

internal

the

accents.

are each based

an incomplete

'Planctus

of

prosody are

is

design.

since

speculation

also

and

it

in

this

and

syllabic

too

much obscure

as having there

would

four need

to

to corroborate

setting

a musical

is

could

language,

Without

the

occasion

one or

be'regarded

each

could

metres

tentative

Kunstprosa,

importance

No

whether

but

a vernacular

most

of

than

be

debatable

on all

of

to

new stanzas

is

it

and nescia'.

ante

My analysis

and possibly

stanzas

the though

final

sequences

the

of

either

be a form

lines only

the

of

Indeed

rather

four

This

0'

version

stresses

an accident

regularity

with

stanzas

the

as in

as a disyllable

simply

begins

systematic

into

syllabic.

'heu'

in

through

as well

nescia'.

treat

expanded

(L123) or 'Flete nescia' ante (L54a). is simply one heu virgineus floss

adapt

purely

is

stanzas second

line,

last

'Planctus

corrupted

ante

the

subsequent

recurs

have been inserted

made to

dolorosa'

as a proparoxyton,

(L102)

'Heu,

or

modified

The In

achieved

either

planctus:

five.

stanza

variation

(L42).

slightly

first

final

three

continues)

is

anime'

fideles

(and

mater

pattern:

first

(8pp).

+4

heu Christe'

composition of Marian 79 the first However,

overall

the

10 jam Christi'

from

on existing

the

remaining

+, 8pp

the

'Heu

and

'Stabat

century

in

the

(8p)

example

position

of

in

S'3.

accent

into

the

in

thirteenth

syllables

seven

syllables

pattern

final

from

time-of

popular

the

verse

(L13)

crucem'

this

extremely

devotional

accents. 'Ante

contrafacta,

became

It

stanza.

final

that

likely

quite

are

the

for

regard

consistent

such a suggestion. For 'Qui

ante

in

the

with

is the

quite

dependent

on 'Planctus

an impressive

so-called

Golliard

metre

being

versicles

'Qui

directly

suggests that the Golliard 82 However this is regularity.

seem that of his

per viam' patterns its

poet

in

which

there

is

are

nescia'

ante

All

adaptation.

Norberg

accentual

that

highly

more elaborate

accentual

evidence

would

the

nescia'.

promote

in

in

are written

composed,

is

(L132)

per viam'

which

it

that

all

the

passages

apparently

newly

taken

'Planctus

metre certainly

from

tended

to

not

in

some considerable

range

employed.

On the

face

of it

therefore

it

has cleverly

fused

the

prosody

of his

model

own inspiration. 127

Though '0

also

on an existing

planctus

(L99)

is

ambitious

fratres'

its

dependency

double The

overall

basis

'Qui

of

'Flete

fideles

interested

in

a long

is

-

they

author

not

One

discernible

also

as those

was evidently

order

in

obtrusive

anime'

not

in

rhymes

barely

fideles

stanzas.

as systematic

piece

though

its

through-composed.

disyllabic

of

'Flete

from

varied

some extent

this

of

versicles;

work the passages

is

are

deployment

elaborate

symmetrical

to

conceals

ignoring of

(L42))

anime'

almost

virtually

(L99)

that

the

It

a series

additions

anime':

the

to'-highlight

the

(L132)

by

fratres'

'0

fideles

piece.

anime'

accumulating

that

about

viam'

per

fideles and

is

affect feature

in

a much more

'Flete

on

versicle

striking

('Flete

based

contrast

such

with

the new additions. Of

the

'Scariotis'

motet

(in

and verse is

the most examples 83 (L143). In the first

for

a motet,

unusual

to conceal

the

forms

new life.

are

characterised

by

form

either

true

remains

a great

of

this

6.

Throughout associated

poets

with

about

be

its

six

the

planctus.

in

this

inspiration. as derivative to give

1300

after

hundred

began to invent

what

many cases. and content

of

imitations

possible

the Ambrosian

such terms

to be imitating:

between

the to

seems

were employed

of one or other

count

in

pattern for

used

pieces

as the various

became unconcerned

anachronistic

own formal

regularity

became exhausted

be said

a rather

formal

existing

composed

examples

septenarius,

They effectively

evidently

the

accentual

syllable

is

this

it

of

which

trochaic

the

relationship

of

such as the

by repeating

are thus

a lack

that

metre

could

of

possible

the Golliard

piece

may have been declining

planctus

is

It

most unlikely. of metres

the

of versification That

this

be original:

or recreations

arts

that

The metre

metres.

evidence

contrafacta

mixes

written, his

prose

poet

metre.

seems little

old

they

in

fact

devises

poet

may well

motetus

interest

there

To denounce is

the

wereoften

existing

of the Golliard

Although period,

of

the

the

undoubtedly'

the

place

aside

the

Secondly,

of

an inversion

texts

prose

which

combinations

sections

setting

motetus):

phenomenon.

by unusual verse

the

is

striking

remaining

metre

and

new forms

the half-lines.

early

form

metrical

as trochaic That

there

or form

septenarius is

no consistent

and social

context

period.

Conclusion

year

history

Instead

it

128

no single is

characterised

poetic

form

is

by considerable

inventiveness.

formal employed

are

which

metres

new cultural

norms Plainly

patterns. a 'planctus

it

is

the

to

a metre

which

had

planctus

from

somewhat

archaic

The form

to

are

the

to

forms

as a whole.

a non-fictional

planctus

rhyme,

are

in

literary

imitation accented

to create

in

written

that

conceivable had

which

a

final

line their

its

for

form

accents;

line

the

of

sentiments

for

the

by substituting

by adapting

in

other

order

count

to

cultures, 129

of

concomitants

not

is

for

only

from

a means of

of

syllabic the

various

through longs

with

and normally stanza

which

is

a new stanzaic example,

the

quite

seems

Ages:

a metre

as a

-

distinct

some of

two-line

create

in

ways:

patterns

types

Middle

existing parts

definition.

quantitative

on syllable

by repeating

fýoms from

in

its

its

is

to

and

syllabic

existence

reference

with

twelfth

normally

form

different

the

sequence. sequence

the

almost

its

the

though

and

are

available,

and

in

This

examples

majority

form

terms

little

of

of

accent

relation

and with

are

various

verse.

were created

lengths

is

own sake since

Some of

in

in

and

nevertheless

both

forms

feature

for

in

seen

in

in

talents

indicated

vast

common,

thus

lengths

have

form,

planctus

interested

been

have

metres

one new line;

the

As I

they

main

most

be consistently

derive

the

three

should

by depending

syllables;

or by borrowing

is

proportion

prose,

can be accounted

forms

of classical

two different

Occasionally

to

said

enjoyed-popularity

forms

can be accounted

on the

the

expression;

which'verse

in the

that

differing

the

a small

clearly

to have an autonomy.

ways in

by

nourished

metres

they

which

through-composed

fact

strophic

be

as a whole

of

forms

exercised of

versification

in

however,

from

or

one

the

The

same as an interest

almost

whereby

traditions

also

context.

this;

planctus

in

form,

seem to

expression

to

although

inventiveness

which

social

metres

forms

in

its

to

the

written

assonance,

organising

is

written

therefore

period

of

centuries.

poets

often

were

it

devised;

been

cannot

nor

and through-composed

challenge

of

verse

quantitative

strophic

general

also

Latin

exceptions

strophic

Formal

the

medieval

planctus

history

and frequently

-

existing

that

process

not

followed

historical

in

thirteenth

were

they

recently

content,

verse,

these

planctus

of

commonplace

traditional

of

instead

Nevertheless,

the

namely,

designs

dramas

the

of

the

syllabic

Of

only

occasionally

written

in

of

a combination

of

flavour.

significance. are

formal

of

forms

verse

a combination 84 bricolage: the

of

out

establish

particular

respect

the

religious

its

to

there

crafted

corpus

possible

related

are

of different

range

through

a type

as

tradition':

common to

invented

so often

be described

could

the wide

Indeed

forms made up shape;

the Mozarabic

There

rpeces. drawn

are

and much debated

is

the

question

of

ignored

around

the

As for

the

of the

Latin

Whether

its

musical

nature until

six

remains

form

of they

this

of the

been

it

of

rare

not

rather

of

though

out, in

the

form.

130

cannot light

commonplace. lai

the

Latin

a study

planctus

The with

be regarded of

such a

be begged

discussion.

consistent

or

grounds.

would

the

logically

carried

corroborated

many questions into

than

however,

clearly,

nature

be

regularity.

on subsequent

the

brought

to

characteristic

or metrical

too

Latin interest

began

accentual

considered

is

complex

medieval

words

on formal about

and metre,

chapter,

of

an open question:

be learnt

were

favour

scholars

be established

investigation

have

in

of

be

could

Of particular

were influential

planctus

considerations

conclusions

accents

on the whole

much can

poetic

normal

previous

highly

A history chapter.

century

which

this

of

this

twelfth

cannot

treatment

of

the

composers

However

scope

which

distinctions

subtle

over-looked.

whether

planctus:

relationship

from

the

refrain

Abelard's

planctus

has

subject

beyond

lies

more

cursory

my necessarily

which

prosody

undoubtedly

the as final

of

musical

if

MELODIC MODE, FORM AND STYLE

CHAPTER FOUR:

Introduction

1.

of this

The purpose melodies

As indicated it

that

in Chapter

is

to investigate

are typified

by specific

chapter

the planctus

of

is

One, a number of previous

considered. Chapter

Six. it

style two are

The

should

motets

the

and

treated

each melody

to

this

upper

the

the

form

music

non-liturgical the

of

system

the

least

achieved

system

different shown

is

music

theorists: definitions .

medieval

music

musical the

of

is

is

or versicle

plainchant

of

of both

theory

the

As is

liturgical

the West around

the ninth

is of

a synthetic chant

in

both

in tonaries

inconsistencies applied.

was often

only

lent

super-

composed from

melodies

liturgical did

at

song into

fit

not

modes to which

and in often Moreover,

partially

the

century.

system which

the

and

well-known

on the Byzantine

it

mode were

in

numbers

modes, modelled

by inconsistencies assigned 5 these

in

number of melodies.

layers

several

In

indicated

and in

a number of problems. in

melody,

form.

sequence

of

plan

general

a strophic

case letters

the

to clarify

of western when the repertory 4 forms. That a great many melodies

are

about

the

mode or tonality

the melodic

attested

chants

particular ieval

basic

in

and conductus,

order

form

it

lower

was expounded

to

be

exception

century,

sixth its

in

ecclesiastical

consistency

of

each stanza

of

in

whether 3 in or sense),

musical

raises

to western

As applied

this

eight

system,

oktöechos

ficial

of

therefore discussed

responsories

is,

composed of a large

The definition

in

discussions

that

and then

lpanctus

case of

the

In

(in

case letters.

melodies,

are necessary

remarks

considered,

through-composed

the

with

with

2

analyses. is

is judgments

affects

passages

as isosyllabic.

scope of the

all

melismatic

Some introductory

addition

that

be noted

issue

this

however

Since

will

style

and

linked

closely

or

by

sadness),

with

interpretation

rhythmic

of

question

form

have argued

scholars

fifth,

the

interval by the of an opening melisma, 1 the sequence Melodic mode, and lai.

extant

characteristics.

musical

by the D mode (a mode associated

typified

the

whether

the

works

of

med-

because 6has as-Crocker

resulted

related

to

practice.

to describe

music

theory

their

discipline

redundant

medieval

or misleading

the

was also

they

authority

In order often

to use the vocabulary

tended

Theorists

frequently

the mode of

feature

as important

regarded

the

into

to give

effort

terms

relation

a particular

which

were

to medieval

practice.

its

was

melody

final 7

consideration.

there

since

and classical

invoked in

was taken

which

in

practices:

when considered

to define

only

of Byzantine

Ambitus

was a need to define

the

bounds within which the internal relationships of a melodjr were organ8 ised. For more detailed analyses initials and medials were also 9 Nevertheless, the final the basis considered. was ultimately for

determining in

cadence indicate

the mode.

final

from manuscript this

system

is

that

is

the

Moreover,

a composition

final

does not

tonality belong

as in

the diatonic Since

concerned

small most

ecclesiastical

melodic

tonal

of

centre

the

which

within tion

the

of

it

letter

the

under

the rubric

'model

notation

An asterisk

beside

survives

of

in

noted

the

letter

a heighted

its

a great

rather

than

cyclic

with

which

to

to

the

final,

but

together

with

the

range

is

its

clearly

tonal

not is

centre

An empty pair that

the

modality

melody cannot

denoting

the

notation

there 132

final

am was

system

to not

the always.

indica-

an adequate in

given

brackets

Of brackets in

survives therefore

placed an

be determined.

means that

are no clef

to

melodies

refer

to

de Grocheo the

planctus

'mode'

I

system

normally

final

indicates

of

neatly

assign

here

nor be said

as Johannes

conform

word

the final.

and that the

is

a melody

denoting

unheighted

melody

if

occurs;

tonality

after

is

final

the

use

This

not

do not

normally

a melody. the

analyses

does

one tonal

first:

oktöechos

and because,

song

I

the

system.

tonality

melodies before

the

diatonic

the

final,

the

a random

in

position

to the

or progressive,

tradition,

mode.

which

not

moves from

to the

effect,

composed

I

has in

melody

of*liturgical

likely

modes

a particular

In

number

the central

returning

In

linear 10

system.

from Byzantine 11 non-liturgical

implies, of

the were

borrowed

is

melodies

differ

can often

Though clearly

tonic

according

to one mode exclusively.

many medieval

the

necessarily

be defined

can neither

final.

seem to occupy

without

melodies

The main difficulty

source.

or non-liturgical

a chant

another

and non-liturgical

same melody

and its

system which

modal

final

inconsistencies inherent its from apart between the tonal relationship a fixed

necessarily

of

often

to

centre

to manuscript

therefore

not

of the

the

of the

variants

as melodic

liturgical

essentially

presents

architecture

tonality

of source

there

element

of both

many examples

the

However,

though: the

signs:

here

-

is

modality

to

Musical

one

chapter

nor

can

medieval

equal

style

been

This

according

in

arranged

they

which

the

in

argue

it

can be composed in

in

the Middle

Ages;

melodies,

The thrust

this

of

frequency I will

with

which

from

survive

with

rubricated

planctus

in

be taken

into

the Excursus summarises from

this

is

details

that

general

musical

mode is

they

were

later

planctus

available of

a large

of various is

written

in

all

proportypes. a

however

to underline

the

employed,

a subject

to which

I wish

before

this

the

setting, or St. Gall

chapter.

form

133

six

One (see Chapter sequence

sequentiaries of

these

melodies will

also

are included

The following

and modality

period:

950

in Table

listed

Transcriptions

the

forms

and that

planctus

is

that

syllabic;

characteristic

patterning

the

composed

St. Martial

about

to

Six.

a musical

follows

sources

relation

to the

normally

patterning

consideration. which

is

are no extant heighted the pre-950 period refer

dominant;

styles.

Planctus

Two) which

used in

periods

is

by musical

melodic

discussing

tonally.

organised

unless

from

melody

three

significantly

in Chapter

2.

units

melodic

them in

There

no one melodic

musical

be returning

Apart

planctus

argument

number of different

of

I discuss

Two)-; I therefore

are typified

examples

if

in manuscript

period.

any of the

or

intervals;

to me.

the

that

or

occur

which

and antiphons

available that

time

considerations

a sense of chronology

periods

a later

One, Chapter

versions

is

range

were composed originally,

responsories

Table

I will

time

these

one of

in

repetition

that

order

or

is

to the

main syllabic

step

of

scope

exhaustively;

is

by

melodic

the case of melodies

recreated

in

in

chapters

In

of

of

there

is

effectively

tion

if

employed;

chapter

period

planctus

is

movement

The

a melody

chosen

from more than

heighted

whether

the

be treated

example.

and how the

maintained.

versions

each

has

which

within

cannot

recall;

two previous

(listed

melodic

are

to to

made relate

whether

motive

the

be given

an area

Clearly

planctus

all

is

music

attention.

of

weight

formulae

melodic

early little

the

have

the

in

style

melismatic;

or

conjectural.

relatively

received

which

some extent

of planctus

analysis melodies

in

Form

Type

Mode/Range

A STROPHIC MELODIES 1.

'Mecum

2.

'A

3.

'Hug

Timavi'

(MT 43a)

AB CD EF GB HF /

(MT 43b)

AB CD EF GH IJ

(MT 1)

solis'

(MT 34)

dulce'

AB A'B

CD CD'

AB A'B

CD E

()

AB CD EF

()

--R EF EF GH IJ

R'

() ()

B THROUGH-COMPOSED MELODIES (i)

(ii)

Responsories 1.

'Montes

2.

'Doleo

3.

'Planxit

(MT 46b)

Gelboe'

(MT 15)

super'

E-d

G:

F-f

ABCDEF G

G:

D-f

ABCDED

G:

D-d

AB

D:

C-A

ABCDEFGHIEJ

D:

C-d

ABCDEFIiE'

D:

C-c

G:

C-d

ABCDA'D

(MT 61)

gutem'

G:

AB CD EF

Antiphons 1.

'Rex

2.

'In

3.

'Montes

4.

'Doleo

5.

'Saul

6.

'Planxit

autem'

(MT 65b)

excelsis'

(MT 35)

(MT 45)

Gelboe' super" et

(MT 14)

(MT 68)

Jonathas'

ABCDE

autem'

(MT 60)

ABGB'

G:

G-g

Virgo'

(MT 62a)

A BB CC DD EE FF. G

G:

D-e

D:

F-g

"G:

D-f

C SEQUENCES (i)

Texted 1.

(ii)

'Quid

Untexted

tu

sequelae

(See

one)

Excursus

(EX. A)

A BB-II-J

1.

Planctus

cygni

2.

Planctum

MC. Ej_

3.

Planctus

Bertanae

(EX. C):

AA-MM

4.

Planctus

sterilis

(EX. F)

A BB CC D EE-II

5.

Planctus

pueri

6.

Planctus

publicani

ABC

captivati (EK. D)

(EX. B)

DD EE FF G

J

()

A BB-MM N

G:

E-e

D:

C-c

A BB CC DD EE FF G

134

in

As unfortunately the

odies period

they

therefore gain of

be determined,

are

be said

can idual

notes

the

aside

clearly

are in

composed

each

six

not

survive

the

sequence

'A

provided to

is

is

It

it

four

the

to have survived is

entirely

by the

first

that

the

a number

of

Argentea

(3.2),

(4.5),

ponding bothered of

helping

each

syllable

or

melismatic indiv-

of

same as the

add them a singer or

with

the

in. cope

are

are

notated.

notated:

also

(6.5).

first

differ

They with

it

stanza do not

seems seem to

a different

liquescence.

Either

135

strange

stanza

the

scribe

If

two

this

and also

seems unnecessary

latter

since

stanza

one.

(3.4), Since

However,

nutritus their

the

that

they

(3.2),

oriundus

be intended

distribution

the

that

from

significantly

version.

contradicted

perdidisti

and Dalmatiarum

(CH-BEsu

Aquitanian

of

one

MT

x):

end of phrases

French

It

in

lines

two settings.

one

in'the

first

the

for

the

(s. ix-s.

the

at

not

the

famesum

civem

do not

the

is

reasonable

other

French

to doubt

which

corresponding

the

1154

only

reason

music

provided

(3.3), (5.2),

the

only

musical

lat.

Northern

the

is

justified,

to

these

(MT 43)

Timavi'

seems

different

of

assumption in

it

Northern

were

second

and words

units of

This

do

destruction),

or

probably

a melisma

seem little

period

setting

(MT 34)

dulcet

(F-Pn

the

of

source

source,

have

lines

that

to

of

two

version of

this

(which

'Mecum

relation

have

to

from though

stanza

in

melodic

song.

pater

melodies to

syllabic

a death

though

contour

Aquitanian

and note

first

have

would

lugere

pauperum

contours

there

other

'Hug

melodies

manuscript

should

be the

Since

However,

different

hhlf-lines

scribe

to

appear

the

a strophic

six

to

minority.

describing

rendering

both

French

planctus

can

contour

melodic

sequentiaries

at

the

for-its

Aquitanian

however

somewhat

Northern

the

the

MT 43b):

is

source

in

possible

planctus

of

in

required

appears

ornamented

and nine.

the

this

distribution

from

be made so easily

Timavi'

that

much in

strophic.

cannot

a more

(s. x):

394

to

mel-

nothing

nevertheless

the

a lament

notation

is

'Mecum

is

notation

the

structures,

melodies

as strophic.

musical

possible

43a)

that

are

of

formal

main

very

is

(MT 1)

same deduction examples.

is

number

containing

structure

that

assume

from

Although

they

whether

planctus

a text

with

with

examples

by referring

examination

three

the

of

so-called

Solis'

it

a significant

Some qualification and

of

through

fact

planctus

ligatures.

and

There

the

extant

semi-diastematic.

form,

question

be resolved

also

to

of

several

modality,

their

of

the

phrase;

each

only

their

about

idea

a general

a number of

owing

is.

written

of

case

intervals

and exact

pitch

cannot

which

the

melody corres-

the

scribe

as a means of

notes

simply

for

enjoyed

filling aware

that

order

to

the

(for

therefore

thesis

light

of

does

not

the

Here

the

sake

the

even

'Glebum The

former

the-former the

of

two

is

there

were (4.4)

latter

melody

the

of

second

do not

the

made a mistake;

scribe

the

of

second

the

it

should

improvisation

strophic

a certain

The two

settings

with

to

of

E,

the

While is,

that

first

stanza. but

even be incomplete;

an alternative hand,

it

melody

by the music

suggested the half-line

after

F cannot

a different

melody

formulae.

flexibility.

altogether, was

in

somewhat

this:

much of

be determined,

Whatever

is

melody

be that

could

B or melody

this

of

make too

amount

is

melodic

structure

be over-zealous

is

Whether

be sung to

melody

notated.

regularly,

might

other

than

be sung to melody

should

whether

text

On the

two stanzas.

first

also

inconsistency.

stanza

were used more flexibly

The halt-lines

A.

of

the

made up of-an

melody

alternate

this

reflect

that

not

do not

which

refrains,

XYYXXX,

stanza,

has

stanza

that

are

latter

two

first

is

song

(5.1)

Columbane'

'0

and

the

inconsistencies.

two

not

J the

that

simply

hypo-

last

the

of

the

since

melody

the

would

be obvious

have

of

he

song) Seen

The deduction

stanza.

indeed

idiom

the

latter

for

melodies

does

for

intended, It

second

would

the melody

or indeed the

the

the

of

the

'0 Columbane'

in

None

to be sung strophically.

provided

be

should

of

the

except

J and

the melodies

been in

and there.

Solis'

notated,

are

melody

the

nature

'A

have

pattern

he

what

here

should

or possibly which

in

the-two-

Perhaps

by

raised

refrain.

tradidit'

opening

the

strophic

have

improvise:

or

about

line

_Secöndly, in

melodies

and notes

phrases

stanzas

stanzas

terre

the

he might

or

seem implausible.

alternate

number

best,

reminded

was

difficulties

second

melodies

liked the

retaining

a few

appears to be included two

he

ornament

singer

of

in

first

the

of

tune

would

that

the

the

of

singer

sketched

the

words

parts

ensure

singing

in

the

out

doubt. is

my suggestion

was possible

in

based

consistently

the

strophic

melody.

on new melodic there

is

'Mecum

of

phrases,

of

the

to

AAB and AAB R CCD R,

stanzas

cipates

that

of

be compared strophic,

to for

In. contrast antiphons,

'Hug

of

vary

the the

in

the

dulcet

the

'A

Aquitanian

two

canso of

'Aeterne

strophic

and

a number rerum

structures

136

of

hymn

of

of

in

the

which the

contrast

be further

trouvere

conditor':

number and length

In

can

The use

almost version,

lines.

Solis'

respectively.

structure

to the

are

the

last

and

troubadour

example,

in

for

except

some repetition

Timavi'

simplified

AAB form

chanson stanzas

forms

anti-

and can which

AABC (=

the

responsories,

their

musical

also

are

AAB).?

1

like

the

phrases,

and

i

in

correspondingly responsories

only

with

a partial

are

The

te'

antiphons

(MT 45)

either

these

the

interesting

to te'

super in

melodies that

is,

The

sequences last

and

the

common,

this

with point two

the

examples,

in

one versicle itself

the.

fact

As I

this

to

description is

The

not

the

of

forms that

it.

the

of

further

number cygni

unusual: It

in

origins

on it

of

a simplification employed

forms,

the

case of. the

or

or the

responsories,

nature

planctus

employed,

let

antiphons 11 137

of

is

the

musical 18 In

captivati,

a subsequent

fact

melody

early

one. sequences to

attention possibly

composition.

that

the

repetition' of

these

clearly

examples. do not

exclusive

to

and sequences

form

alone

from

relationship

'progressive

formal

are

pueri

of

the seen

sequences.

of

the

be

as can

draws

method

any

characteristic.

differences

reflects

pre-950

one was consistently

the

have

frequently

which

a number

nevertheless

responsories

sequences

in

is

melodies',

and planctus

repeated

exactly

it

to

formulae

early

con-

Considering

appear

'main

of of

quite

a confirmed

incipit

the

structure'

versicle

have

previously

the

of

in

a

occasion,

These

them

-

varied

their

antiphons.

made up of

rule.

planctus

especially

nature

and

and melodic

of

melody

had

however,

double versicles; 17 although repeated,

none

almost

are,

exception possible 15 none of them autem',

not

in

expanding

same liturgical

are

of

phrases,

(MT 65bb or or

of

exception or

the

characteristic.

'double

suggest

In

is

sequences

something

the

a significant

demonstrate

shall

to

19

that

pointing

responsories

a general

seguelae

each is

this

have

also

are

for

are

'Montes

the

adapting

of

each

not

melodic

structure

phrase,

autem'

of

of made up

alleluia

departure

of

idiom

most

because

a plainchant

'Rex

phrases

is

interest

a previous

opening

versicles

analysis

particular

with

although

are

of

which

of

With

characteristics

'Planxit

and

conventional 16 mode.

each

first

formal

that,

repertory

phrases

forms

complex

(MT 14).

of

the

belong

note

more

as in

in

all

include

the

two-phrase

simple

te'

super

composition

chants

the

repetition

These

in

ventional

'Dolen

longer

form:

material.

that

the

exactly,

modified

used

of

is

there

example,

slightly

from

'Doleo

and

an old

two

entire

which

repetition for

the

This

(MT 28).

range

(MT 35)to

excelsis'

each

super

here

may represent

except

in

verse, 13 by Amalarius.

responsories

conventional

'Doleo

excelsis'

'In

this

from

different,

six

Gelboe'

respond

successively

in

repeated

the

of

Apart

chant.

phrases

'In

repeat

three

the

Roman style: that

suggests

the

of

after

described

as the

Apel14

each

repeated

convention

he identifies

what

is

respond

Frankish

In

complexity.

the

of

was repeated.

Gallican

In

the

with

contrasts

formal

half

only

accordance

respond

their

loosely

relates formal

plan

to these

of

deviations

from

Nothing as in

Just

the

antiphons, the

be

can

there

it

this,

and

tradition: that

if

the

subject

other

of

ally

with

points

the

by

'A

solis',

is

effectively

flourish have

patterns

such which

of

single

Aquitanian

short

note

although

groups

leaps

of

highlight would

and melismas.

is

of

the

composer

sung.

they

are

such readily

the

the

(especially

the

for

is

as if These

method

end of stanza

second is

the

of

are

stanza

may seem

basis.

writing

they

of

an emphatic

observations

of

any

the

out

quite'simply

seen

melismatic, recitation

138

in

first

there

normally

employed

the

made on,

not

are

at the

of

is

; '21 and

often

the

units

unit

units

although

melody

have

in

musical

a two-note r' ' note: .

units,

though

even

Firstly

contrasts:

Melodic

interest

special

a melisma

occasion-

style,

certainty,

(except

is

in

are

one-note

It

are essentially

a third

to

now be considered.

and three-note

the

notation

(particularly

notes

response

the

of

established fact

of

in

syllabic

'22 Secondly,

with

phrase

The responsories

it

the

a single

stanza

last

a singer

antiphons

the

spite

ways:

main

there

the

as to

in

will

case.

up of

each

however

in

two-

of

a stanza).

in

is

neumes

by

alternated

value;

qualification

an as yet

result

types

each

two

half

limited

contrivance:

in

only

before

type:

mode was

In

to

under

are

responsories,

in

reasonable

in

positions,

if

which,

be the

with

melodies.

of

the

occur

written

phrases-made

phrase

to

modes

chosen

of type

each

each

text.

belong

Two-points

clusters

at other

penultimate

is

unknown

to be static

occasionally

to

of

the

D mode -

main

and followed

simpler

appear

four

the

balanced

consisting

the

modes

sadness.

melismas.

are

that

unlike

said

two

only

amongst

of

the

could

be established

can

preceded

balanced

the

short

be carefully

phrases

be it

in

do not

in

examples

and intervals

frequently

that

-

of

strophic

which

seem to

text

conventional:

assuming

be said

examples.

the

distributed

matter

written

mode with

a few

exceptional

strophic

structures,

Although

subject

cannot

style

°

examples

were

the

of

The musical Each

the

strophic

this

associating

what

for

examples

matter

pitch

no grounds

however

they

are

commonest. evenly

of

the

any

general

be exclusively

could

the

of

formal

general

fairly

are

should

sequences

the

are

on account

were

which

modality

and sequences

therefore

are

selected of

their

of

they

consideration

the

about

responsories

G and D modes

there

traditions

the

about

planctus. said

case

nothing

that

suggest

respective

the

of

is

There

to

examples

their

characteristic

function.

social

consisting sections

movement is ascending

of

normally

of passages the

verse),

by-step,

or descending

triads),

the

tl

a fourth Each

or

developed

a slightly

not

are

the

of

while

the

static

or

first. The

which

points

melodies'

layers

of

of

chant

confined

to

can

be seen

more

typical 'main-melodies' 24 the Gestalts recognisable: of

the

Apart

mode.

the

of

the

of

departing

the

first

recitation

In

four

phrase

departure the

(in

the

interest

the

highest

distinctive

it,

is

the

reused.

It

recurs

respond)

and at

to

(occasionally unifying

in

character

changes

as five leaps;

it

is

occasionally in

one of

the

verse),

but

but

includes

however

much less

static,

but

simplest

also

fluid

on the middle

and finally

to

occur

the

until

is

again than

conclusion though

only

excelsis'

of

not (phrase

provides

Gelboe'

of

are

the

motive

is ways.

almost

(MT 45) which

occasionally with

it

different

antiphons

of

a

its

of which

slightly

by step,

'In

139

not

'Montes

through

on

a brief

with

'Gelboe'

notes

the

that

third

respond.

final

on

the higher

centred

the

the

the

and at each cadence

in

unit

unified

examples,

all

'Qeniant',

the

note-groups

movement is

Melodic

almost

some variation:

also

to the responsories

The one exception

include

It

since

inevitably

is

melisma

the

barely

melody

in

common

centres

this

responsory,

form)'.

modified

the

before

'pluviä',

earliest

almost

on the

at

to each musical

syllabic

notes.

(in

somewhat each time

syllabic.

primarily

partially

responsory

In marked contrast is

the

which

'gutem'

made up are distributed

entirely

in

way

this

this

the

of

than

range

about

a slightly in

motive

the

of

less

scope

lower

more

the

are

concentrates

fluid

centres

point

is

exclusive is

and is-much less

c,

they

Here movement is

the verse.

of

What

verse.

one)

phrase

an example.

occasionally

will

does not

range

of

with

phrase

second phrase

at

to

define

to the

least

at

h_mode,

melodies

range,

passage,

one

chant

the

the

in-relation

eight

not

of

range

two phrases

of the

before. as .

a recitation

opening

briefly

only

melodic

to

the

note

note

the

recall:

whole

extremes

effectively

The first

The highest

phrase,

the

these

from

though

range,

range

degrees.

the

therefore

the

this

of

they

since

independent.

essentially notes

case

On-the

clearly

Although

motive

in

recur

frequently,

points.

with

which

neume.. group

(MT 46b) opens with 23a associated melody

mode'eight,

any

of

a narrower

is

of

especially

begins

on other

in

phrases

same

move within

normally

composition.

be present

the

found.

occasionally

idiom

the

cadence

to

are of

recurs

at

'Montes_Gelboe'

responsory

'main

also tend

ornamented,

These

in

motive

respond

verse,

on in

repeated

but

phrases

a number

further

a particular

within

phrases

form

descending)

or

melody',

necessarily

Occasionally only

a 'main

with

opens

they

(ascending

a fifth

as many

occasional respond

recall.

(MT 35) these

and Even features

are

in

each

recalled

only

with

As in sequences

case

have

their

syllabic: for

musical

in

each in

is

This

to

range

be

explored

case

fifth

phrases

on particular the tends

to

but

highest the

the

the of

the

range

of

notes

highest to

seems

be

melodic

versicles

5 and

6).

sequence melody

and which

often

not

is

leaps

of

made up of are

soars or of

and falls

through

cdcdc., renews

for the

the

is

Virgo'

its

the energy

in

melodic

of

In

the

energy

trill-like

a phrase

which 140

figure began

with

rhapsodic the

sequence

a melisma;

although

no

systematic second,

in

some examples

conboth

distinctions

first.

occasional

example, a new tonal

in

are

Its

through for

4 establishes

versicle

to

the

of

figures (MT 62a:

Virgo

the

The

figures:

the

melody;

or

by

are

tu

of

little

an example

and mordant-like fourth

idiom

demonstrate:

will

Although

balanced

'Quid

melodies.

normally

examples.

phrase.

musical

repeated

renewing

trill-

a descending

exploration

tu

is

there

as I

present

the

roughly

recall,

short,

'Quid

absolute.

in

melody,

sequence,

frequent

in

example

5 the

climax,

leaps

still

This

the

end of

these

this

can be distinguished: 25 The former refers segi3ence.

within

melodies

the

ex-

is

range

sequences

motive

features

melody

leap

of

F-c.

particularly

as for

and falls

soars

range

occasional

uncommon:.

motivic

contains

repetition trast,

the

the

the

3

versicle of

by

step

in

for

placed

previous

climax

preparation towards

the

the

of

not

of

(c),

is

the

Then

and

and gradually

of to

Even

versicle

(C)

motion

characteristic

triad,

types

in

range

normally

are

rising

Two main

these

is

the

made up of

the

of

part

narrows'to

range

chosen.

lower

In

on.

fourth

in

range

melodic

versicle.

emphasis

cadence).

reached

included

a deliberate

movement

is

range

point

movement

stepwise

it

the

of

the

to

contrast:

each

chosen

third,

the

The in

length the

as

7).

concentrated

the

contrary

of

exception

is

units,

1 and

different

of

entirely

three-note

versicle

range

the

in

is

almost

enables

which

note

Some features

a different

through

versicle

melody

point

exploration at

fourth

the

in

lowest

the

at

the

of

is

versicles

from

the

antiphons

styles.

or

it

ways

the range

of

two-

same length,

the

of

the

(with

versicle

and

in

(D-A),

used

different

publicani

begins A;

in

planctus

parts

melody

be deliberate:

part

are

or

of

to

the

Each

there

consistently

a different of

style,

is

piece

cadence.

and

(MT 62. a:

Virgo$

syllabic

final

responsories

are

almost

seems

versicle

the

tu

'Quid

the

discussion.

under

occasionally

phrase

example.

the

this

of

in

own distinctive those

all

only

example

both

of

phrase

modification

slight

the

common to

are

The opening

evidence.

versicle

static

the area 5,

movement;

The following units, marked denoted units, Thus patterning planctus

includes the larger only repeated analysis melodic in the Excursus; in upper the smaller case letters have not been taken into by lower account. case letters is even more marked than suggested below: in these melodies (EX. A)

cygni.

1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.10. A

BB

CC CC

planctus

DD

pueri

GH GH

JJ

JJ

J'

5.6.7.8.9.10.11.12.13.14.

BC BC

DC DC

EE FF GG HH

IJ

IJ

KJ KJ

LJ

HHI

HHI

JG JG

because

its

W

MM NN 00 P0'

(EX. C)

Bertane

planctus

II

(EX. B)

captivati

1.. 2.3.4.. A

GH GH

EEF EEF

1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.10.11.12.13. AB AB

CC

planctus

DD

EB EB

FG FG

EE

KK

LLM LLM

NN NN 00

(EX. D)

publicani

1.2.3.4.5.6.7. A

BB

CC

DE DE

FF GB GB

E

(EX. E)

planctum

1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8. A

BB

(planctus

CC

D

EF EF

sterilis

E'F

E'F

(EX. F):

GH

omitted

FIGURE

ONE

notation

is

unheighted)

PP

the

triad

rising

in

restorative

in

figure a long

the of '6

of

which, is

There

same.

(AcbcAG);

it

in

the

second

is

not

however

is

be discussing.

than

as the

The

which

6:

also

repetition

of

short

of

of

other

the

of

if

However what

this

like

'Quid

the

latter

tu

the

Virgo'

is

cygni, Planctus-

planctum.

as my transcription St. Gall the

subjects, 'Stans that

it

Bertanae,.

sterilis

could

and

that

the

first

this

style.

As the

of

the

remaining

three

structure

of

in'Figure number

1. of

Latin

lai,

that

there

examples,

This

which are and

will

are

formal

some differences also

titles

some problems

not appear

exactly sequence

short, not,

indicate up of

therefore

to

secular

refer by

established

141

antiphon 29

melodic,

however,

composed the

of

The

of

versicles

analysis

of-the

as indicated

to

to

However,

concerning

the

repeated

and ultimately

raised

style

to

can be compared

treatment

this

unlike

be rewritten

later.

and

but

most

motives.

that

motivic,

already

are

the

sequences.

unheighted

inspired

has

versicles

in

of

captivati

pueri

survives

clearly

made up of

be discussed

indeed

as motivic,

in

30

or

an early

of

be described

only

complexity

-con-

establish

it is

sequences,

to

the

deo

'Laudes

exul-

fully.

Stablein

could

'Nunc

exactly

composition

composition,

built

consists

is

be in

transcriptions

each

German

early

few

this

example

Virgo'

planctus

melody

largely

in

al. sb conceivably

publicani whose

is

in

formal

but

for

style

will

refrain

melodic

mentioned

a need

the

can

planctus

an ecclesiastical 28 5013). a longe'(Hesb. i

if

four

is

cy

is

be appreciated

sequences

examples

planctus

units,

to

Planctus

five

in

the

I

which

may be coincidence, in

recall

Some comment

sequence

there

case

indicates,

neumes.

other

the

the

used

consisted

'remaining

planctus

tunes

of

is

common stock

Of is,

common stock

tu

'Quid

3 of same as the opening of versicle 27 These melodic c. nat'. similarities part

just

versicle

repetition

melodies

sequences,

4 of

versicle

of

motives.

repetition

in

of

phrase

motive

examples

particular

last of

of

The use

a type

as

virtually

are

phrase

idiom

the

shorter

the

last

like

quite

into

seven,

the

dbcbG.

more

occurs

Additionally,

in

some of

nature

divides

the

would

is

repetition:

functions

instance

second

of

as a it

hand

sequence

versicle

of

end of

as in

be made on the

sequence.

tet'.

It

this

suggested

versicle

disciplined

also

a figure 26

faintly of

the

at

as systematic

soon

of

exactly

phrase

two

acts

other

phrases

instance

a further

also

that

musical

first

similarly

On the

suggest

longer the

5 recurs

versicle

should

the

of

two

phrases,

to

Each

FAc,

phrase.

musical

be an over-simplification a melisma.

6,

versicle

it

that

the

twelfth-century be noted

should

motives their

of-a

in

these

interpretation.

While

planctus

planctus

is

Bertanae

descending

motivic

nature

of

were

bear

titles

the

sequence

that

unlike

they from

ecclesiastical

themselves,

originally in

religious If

a large

it

which is

clearest

words

are

and

12 ('fave

and

'caritas')

quite

were

to

this

not

or

phrase

texts

that

repetitions

of 9 are

of

are the

the

AFGAFG:

in the

these

melodies

words. 6 ('presta

but

in

not 'haec

not

The treated

142

GAFG captivati

Two or

four

syllable

nobis'

and

'delicias')

9 ('laudibus'

versicles virtus').

than

the melody

interests

in

mind,

hand

the

On the since

have

cunctas

much later other

pueri

are consulted

phrases'may the

versicles

has

to

in

are clearly

syllable

question.

some

necessarily

pueri

ambiguous

of

and planctus

planctum

repetitions.

poet

were not

and 12 of planctus

had

is

entertainment.

of

and

it

melodies

phrase

hymum'

the

of

no reason

short

authors

somewhat

phrase

in

the

was often

is

there

how-

most

compose these

not

example,

originated

their

of which

the recurring

four

or

in

subjects,

style

of

'obtineant'),

('reboet

10

so conscious cited

two

and

the

possible

exceptions

versicle

to

votis'

however,

Since, is

set

does

Since

period.

repetitions

6,9,10

It

was included

songs which

versions

that

unlikely

the derivation

sequelae

for

of

hand,

did

purposes

all:

some explanation

of

other

for

some of

versicles

when set

the

texted

after.

in

occurs

On the

only the

that

been so obtrusive

the

song,

These

the

secular

evidence

musicians

if

becomes evident

to

refer

on

Although

planctus.

the

of

number of melodic

However,

evidence.

to

provide

for

one examines

captivati

centres

note

a figure

highly

which

perhaps

content,

...,

short

and 9).

is

sequence

lai.

assume that

it

of

secular

the

of

may provide

passages

of

the

.'', 31

examples.

to

appear

to

cadence

three

several

2,3,4

exclusive

type

a

the

Planctus

which

returning

these,

of

on a series

was

religious

that

melodies

by

either

phrases.

phrases

of

melodies

melodies

possible

keep

planctus

to

based

are

other

long

various

of

repeated.

than

way in

the

units,

collage

systematically

and

for

melodic

of

phrases

openings

melodies

main

are

which

the

short,

a type

short

resolved

these

these

of these

quite

the

in

witness of

of

rubricated

of

prosers

(see

found

style

ever

most

began

of

repetitions

also

why they the

contain

frequently

is

which

longer

notable

are

passages

rather

a mixture

figures,

they

which

which

especially

do not

which

not

is

planctum

of

of

some of

has

Bertanae

while

consists

only

melodies,

Planctus

made up mainly

captivati

pueri

short

is

cygni

they

other are

notes

at

the

notes

not

the

it and two

exact

beginning

of

as AFG AFG and

not

keeping in

10 the

versicle

are

than

too

texts

the

to

information

source title

planctum.

In most of in

the

full.

interpreters

Planctus different there there

any

is

intended (L133)

It

to be sung,

The following

1.

the

all

the

manuscript

melody with repeat the

the

signs. repeats

other_, sigrs as his later melody is even more

a number

be no grounds

for

to

planctus;

different by

in.

written

specific the.

the

assuming nor the

styles

musical

formal

a particular

of

arrange-

feature.

composed 950-1130

proportion however

of planctus

from

this

that

'locus

et

be noted stave,

musical the

and that

analysis

and

three

the

are

seem to

within

Planctus

indicating

period

indicates

the

also

form

(L76)

leticia' it

that

two German sequences,

were most likely

survive

was

'Qui

set

and modality

principium'

to music. of

the

examples:

Form

Te A

period

features

summe' (L77)

and 'Judex

proverbial

this

only

much older

the

he seems to have written

There

a blank

the

includes

has marked in

stylistic

should

neumes

of

phrasing

being of

which

was distinguished

small

the

reflect

melody

the

which

this

musical

mode or

Equally

indicates.

from

that

in

quite

the

product

to include 33 to have thought, then

any

beneath

surviving

manuscript

styles.

a very

written

the

or

versicles

instances

3.

music.

set,

includes

The scribe

a planctus

Only

is

repeated

evidence

melodic

with

it

melodies

were

of

ment,

the

my analysis

musical

melody

of

result

he has forgotten

than

repetitive

that

may be the

only

appear

which

interpreting

other If

words

in

which

- the 32

given

are

repetition.

some difficulties

concerning

gives

motivic

used

GFAG G.

My transcription

error.

scribal

out

also

they

planctum:

than

rather

are

which

the

of

GFAAG are

notes

GFA GG,

There

words

interpretation

his

with

arrangement

is

The trisyllabic

as AF GAFG..

Mode/Range

STROPHIC MELODIES

'Hactenus'

2.

'Ad

3.

'Armonicae'

to

(MT 22a)

AB CD AB

D:

C-d

(MT 22b)

AB A"C DE

D:

C-A

"D:

C-G

namque'

(MT 6)

(MT 9)

AB B'C

...

AB CD ED' 143

DEB'C ...

FG HD'

E+2

()

r

Form

Te (A

STROPHIC MELODIES)

4.

'Flete

viri',

5.

'Omne

quod'

B

'MIXED'

1.

dulces

'0

('Noli

the

in

few

the

case

little

doubt

and b)

melodic

material

However the

frequently it

in

with

which

hand,

two

musical

has

these

wish

to

filii'

CCC R

Lamentatio

Rachelist

from

period

this

are

the

In

only

one

is

case

the

viril the

latter.

There

the

of both

be

'Hactenus'

some

seems to be straightforwardly texts

first

can

although have

which

settings,

required

IFlete

of

Similarly,

strophic.

strophic

is-notated,

stanza in

last

in

all

some qualification

the

long

the

of

there

the the

strophic.

remaining

examples

-

(MT 9) - are notated throughout. stanza of each is the one most

first are

notation;

boredom,

made on this The

period.

value

are

treated

out

flexibility

adds the

strophic

on the

of each text

other

the

an educational

he might

therefore

conclude

that

flexibility

in

treatment

of

the

the

about might,

sceptic

deviations

minor

face

subject

carrying

were effectively

not

its

the whole

by notating

that

of

number

melodies

strophic

suggestion

argue

in

a significant 34 Taken at

stanzas.

previous

scribes

reflect

!0 dulces

essentially

respective musical

D-c

ED FG HDII

(MT 6) and 'Armonicae'

subsequent

from

"G:

common, it

in

to

examples

F-e

and were

melody

credibility

'G:

(MT 53)

these

employed

from

AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB

'strophic'.

of

comparatively

the

C-c

section

former,

the

'Ad to namque' Although

previous

that

(MT 22a

+D:

examples

meaning

of

AABB'B''

the

of

'Omne quod'

and

C-d

CD D'D

CCCC R

extant

the

the

concerning

D:

(MT 48)

exception

As in

(MT 21)

(MT 53)

filii'

the

forms.

(A)B

Rachel'):

With (MT 48),

(MT 21)

Mode/Range

the the

exercise

deviations strophic

melody. The

forms

viri':

Although

the

canso which numbers they

these

examples

ABA and AA'B;

'Hactenus': 'Flete

of

ABB'B "B"

AAB form

these

rather

to

of

some'early..

none of an element

of the

be simplified

as follows:

ABC;

namque':

'CB '' '' ; and

was characteristic

amongst

reflect

'Ad

can

'Omne

two.. landtus

of formal 144

later

from

the

has any special diversity

ABB';

AB.

quod':

hymns and the

others

'Armonicae':

within

chanson, and previous:

period

associations: the

strophic

structure. have

I

the

of

dulces

'0

Rachelis,

Lamentatio

the responsory aside 'mixed' setting even since, as (and I is it trope am (Hesb. which 7713) a Dei' of which

(MT 48),

filii'

'Sub altare

to

appears

two

a further CCC R, into

pairs

two

in

stanza

phrases

(with

short

stanzas.

and the

formal

difference

closely

to

style

this

the

(F-Pn

example

way the

between lai.

the

of

the

two sections"in

a different

Rachelis:

melody.

ang

sings

design

of

short. clearly

had for Each

of of

repetition

it

However

in

so few

Were

can

the

former

be

only is

very he

piece

a different

one was

I

which

the

to in

interest

is

this

not-exclusive

to

by

characterised

itself

In

phrases.

a subject

or

planctus. and contrasting further

return

will

the

not

balancing

the the

on

is

the

Nevertheless,

several

the

two

are,

the

death

of

composed

case

of

the

three

strophic

modes

of

the

latter

known

at

While

it

found

and

the

is 145

is

either

strophic

the

be D,

mode of

the

un-

examples ehough,

non-fictional

to

tempting

signif-

an analysis

curiously

from

planctus

to pay some heed to

speculation.

of

doubt

are

in

emerge

beyond

Both

pure

pitch

little

period

which

statistics

be established

not

this

from

extant

Moreover,

conjectural.

pitch

the

to

largely can

are

examples

modes.

be impossible this

under

composer's

melodic

D mode.

as is

the

is

discussion

and tertainljr

be attached

can

their

whose

lai

section.

icance

known

to

formal

the

fortuitous...

musical

phrases,

musical

this

the

previous

the

consoler,

his

That

forms.

mixing

hardly

examples

points

Since

of

is

remarkable

especially

the

of

its

Lamentatio

between

however_the"-composer_donceived in

the

and her

speaking,

relatively

since,

singer the

and that

religious

in

lei

in

A relationship

second.

no hesitation

each

section,

of

distinguished

occurs

first

this

relate

the

the

normally

what

the

verse

contains like

exactly

Rachelis

Lamentatio

Nevertheless,

short

the

tentatively

suggested

used

in

solace

the

in

laments

Rachel

is

This

units

the manuscript

also

xiii))

the

melody

use of repeated

drama known as the Sponsus, itself remarkably 35 is in this Each play structure. personage by

by

followed

Furthermore,

1139 (s. xi-s.

lat.

subdivided

phrases

main

A and B),

melodies

Either

two additional

nine

of

and CCCC R

form

the

with

phrases

nine

of

A and B,

melodies

with

consisting

adequately.

classify

made up either

songs,

longer

slightly

to

difficult

each

phrases

long

one

is

strophic

short

of

stanzas

of

or

it

detail),

different

be two

with

stanzas

in

discuss

to

going

not It

form

the

described

in

personages, previous

then

it

former.

to imagine

that

period. would

However, the

melody

composers

mode because

its

of

association

great

many non-liturgical

in

G mode, the 36 Furthermore,

the

less.

and 'Flete

'Hactenus'

of

songs

deuterus though

in

non-fictional

planctus,

10 dulces

the

icance.

D mode in

The

fact

that

the

responsory

of

The

style to

relation each

syllabic

'Flete

viri'

composer

of

the

deployed.

In

entirely

In

to

spite

leaps

Although

phrase. second.

the

In

fourth

the

first

two

in

following

is

exactly

In

the

the last

in

same as the the

second version

first, section,

by beginning

is

at pitch,

consisting at the

More unusual are used. (particularly fifth

In. the

and a fourth).

is

of

first

narrow

the

the

third,

However,

the

next as the

some contrast.

brief

concentrain

also

phrase,

moves mainly primarily

the middle a fifth as

while

provides

and

melody

only

begins

the

hovers

preceding

(MT 22a)

s

opening

melody

of the

a

the

give

which

which

viri'.

give

same notes

the

section,

two new phrases,

of

Similarly

middle

'Flete

of

the

which

is is

range

phrase

sections,

the

since

phrase

each

stanza)

second

in

especially

leaps

to

versions

are

and movement

briefly

version

its

examples

melodic

the

melody,

in

treated

it

and last

of

top

in

both

best

movement,

with

each case. (MT'22a and b),

in

the

cannot

first

varied

the

Generalisations

variation.

a recitation

in

is

movement

this

of

stanza,

achieved

contrast.

the

changes

in

to

in

units,

first

stepwise

melody

'Hactenus'

is

variation pitch

of

insignif-

be attributed

range

the

begins

eighth

the

into

strophic

very

the

In

one

pales

and concluding

phrase

are different

In contrast,

through

the

of

it.

last

thus

chosen

is

provides-further

imitation

notes

by step,

(the

units

phrases

on F as if

the

of

phrase

two-note

of

third

of

the

The

The

the

which

opening

with

G mode.

period

melodic

the

the

direction

of

for

contrast

this

(MT 9).

range

to

the

three-note

and

narrowness

to

can

employed.

the

emphasis

a third

of

from

nature

category

a trope.

namque'

the

of

in

and

a biblical

of

same mode as was used

is

way in

except

different

slightly

tion

the

with

stepwise

third.

the

about

'Ad

the

'Armonicae'

and

is

less

used

a pitch

section higher. i of

repeat Its

contrast

range. ' Here a greater but they

a

or

mode,

being

different

that

be noted

this

planctus

instance

this

two-

in

examples

melodies

occasional

(MT 21)

the

chose the D

should

apparently

strophic

forms

it

written

filii,

example

particular

in

also

employed

planctus

with

tied

two

this

which

were

a slightly

mode in

of

be made so easily closely

the

choice

sadness,

admittedly

and conceivably

of

with

and tritus

personage,

use

deliberately

viri'

also,

are 146

number of intervals

on one occasion

always

balanced

each,

by stepwise

a

dI-

u nj

VI - numKtýf'Ur

tl ne Ee Suf my-d i cuwm fQm11

D

l'ý

cLuý-

pic

.-nec

ini-pie -a

pyO-GQ-

I'2.

ýroýý'

3.4

rur

f rc. nu-menýS -

CCS

! 'Z.

nti,

pro

xi-s.

xiii),

nu

y 0.bL _

0 DULCES

FILII

(MT

95)

FIGURE PAN-A412STAUE

do

(F-Pn

TWO

lat.

1139

(s.

f.

32v

The

movement. (melody the

D).

organisation

In L.

figure

instance

figure

mentioned

on the

lowest

in

contrary

appears

it

is

motion

to

the

previous

introduced

upper

above

a game of

musical

in

found

that

might

they

melody

the

repetition

contrasts, not

entirely,

are

not

especially

'Sub.

based

entirely impleatur'

in

the

the

in

responsory elements

F-Pn the

with

'impleatur' There

FAc.

The

Figure

2.

and

almost

lat.

1139

versions

entirely xiii)

in

the

found

disguise.

their

is

however

composer

of

no doubt the

that

Lamentatiö

in

around

Setting

aside

the

purely

melodic

melodies constructed.

responsory

lament tempus

is

the

chosen

short

Lucca,

its

is

It

this

of

Sarum

the

the

has'also

unrelated

essential

of

1139

range

concluding

Worcester'and

lat.

almost

donec

response

in

agrees

F-Pn

an almost,

of

strophic

the

and

The version

interpolation 147

range

the

angel's

Rachelis

in. itelodjr A, (for them example,, at 'filii'). , that the scribe unlikely made a mistake.

a strophic

carefully

of

isto

is

value

which

the

syllabic.

(s. xi-s.

in

and

some

playing

refrain

up and down

the

of

is

treasure

modicum

soaring

melody

modified

figures

one

Rachel's

'sustinete

from

two

difference is the melody - One . notable 7 In F-Pn lat. 1139 the notes are FAc; in

antiphoners..

GAc.

the

refrain,

responsory,

in

and

the

quite

filii'

apart

contrast,

are

dulces

neumatic,

final

melody.

that

in

some of

'0

of

melody

mainly In

phrase.

flourish

indicated

on the

and is

each

others

on the

highlighting

artful

the

a slightly

is,

that

melodic to

details: ways

Though

phrase.

between is

dei'

altare

these

The

climax

as if

the

of

the

C-A.

the

is

different

through

range:

discover

occurrence

interesting,

relationship

to

be organised:

also

fixed

It

note

first

a phrase

and in

in

but

apparent.

to

by

phrase

the

recurs used,

three

can

and

but

The

least

at

suggest

final

the

echoes

begins

which

only

the

spanning

preceded

(F-d),

are

seek,

fussy

seem over

with

pitch

and

manner.

a much stronger

refrain

same notes

hide

recognising

It

the

no longer

are

then

of

range

each

to D.-G and concentrating

a wider

triad

unit,

phrase

which

is

favour

a rising

the

essentially

described

to

by

it

In

different

introductory

the

of

part

a three-note

with

in

00 (CDD).

a slightly

spanning

briefly

abandoned the

units

.

a phrase

by

characterised

by, a short

D-E;

on a refrain

itis

dropping

range

range

Finally,

in

the the

in

form:

above,

note

in

by

of

contrast

ends

introduced

centres

cadence

preceded

is

it

larger

is

the

approached

part

successively refrain

and by

is

next

melody

occurrence.

refrain

first F-A;

range

last

(ED EF),

this

When it

its

but

all

this

of

the

beginning

rest

they

notes

of area

are

made something

therefore

of

seems

a melisma

most

into

of

be

new words is

are

normally

into

a chant to

first

last

there

are the

with

types.

examples

the

entary: however,

in is

melody

rest

The neumatic

in

as for

the

about note

before

note

give

units

begins

the

trope.

syllabic is

is

melody

to

by

examples they

treated.

None

of

a musical'style

their

be

some significance

do not, represent

melodic

and

that

the

provides

two

main

of

melodic

choice

with

pitch

are

the

it.

syllabic The always

of

the

planctus Although

D mode in

indications

for

not

range

to

of

evidence

and

that-the

exclusive

styles:

phrases.

tonal

suggest

three-

one.

a neumatic

way the

of

as a new

of

the

amount of

unit

two

but

striking

distribution

previous

common,

was

specially

and the

in

neumatic

the

they

any general

to be drawn.

In contrast planctus

a musical

composed

features

in survive

a sufficient

4.

extant

these

which

two_strophic'examples-which

are

repetition

in

vary

the

verse.

somewhat

accumulating

of

much in

share

also

energy

pattern

song

in

might

the

in

or

two-note

phrase

the

seems

is

What

a comm-

Here,

written

melismatic

))

ends

filii',

systematic

first

melodic

strophic

was written

conclusion

almost

the

period

characterised

strophic;

of

the

of

this

from

not

are 39

which

the

is

The

cadence

a sense

strophic

rigidly

is

dulces

in.

provides

composed.

therefore

St. Martial.

from

and returns

Each

syllabic

text

filii'

tropes

Rachelis

the

The planctus of

the

and

it

'0

of

(s. xii

begins

newly

1444241334441.

a contrast

that

section

dulces

'0

example

is

less

the

12044

which on

however

and

course

of

Lamentatio

units:

phrase

is

melody

of

inserted

a new text

of

lat.

new text

a responsory

of

first

treatment are

(F-Pn the

which

syllabically,

There

design,

in

dontrast"to-the

treated

unusual.

the

of

one

in

seems to be a mixture of the 38 indicates is not unprecedented: this

tropes

phrases

concluding

is

which

into

St. Maur-des-Fosses

of

melody another

melody in

which

filii'

As Apel

from

antiphoner

and inserted

dulces

'0

the

syllabically;

a third

and

melody

here

non-liturgical

an existing

composed

set

one in

trope:

of

melody;

is

a text

as a responsory;

such

types

main plainchant

which

to

chants.

and the

to

set

a newly

three

are

an existing

a melisma

melismatic

in

to

set

a new text

which

set

there

chant,

an existing

setting.

Planctus

to the from

this

Composed 1131-1300

previous period

The following

two periods, - almost analyses

mode: 148

a large

two. -thirds summarise

proportion - survives form their

of the with and

Mode/Range

Form

Tie

Monophony

A

STROPHIC MELODIES ABCD

C:

b flat

ABC DEC'

D:

C-c

ABAB CDB'

G:

D-e

D:

A-G

AB AB CD R

F:

C-c

(MT 54b)

AB AB CD R

F:

E(D)-d

(MT 54c)

AB AB CD R

F:

F-d

(MT 54d)

AB AB'

(MT 54e)

AB AB C

F:

F-b

(MT 54f)

AB AB CD R

F:

F(E)-C

(MT 54g)

AB AB CD R

G:

G-e

(MT 54h)

AB AB CD R

G:

G"e

(MT 10a)

AB CD EF GH

()

10b)

AB CD EF GH

D:

C. d

(MT 10c)

AB CD EF GH

D:

C-d

(MT 10d)

AB CD EF GH

D:

C-d

(MT 10e)

AB CD EF GH

D:

C-d

(MT 10f)

AB CD EF GH

D:

C-d

AB CD A'B'

()

(MT 24)

XI.

'Heu

x2.

'Jam

x3.

'Cuncta

x4.

'Lamentemus'

(MT 41)

AA'BC

x5.

'Omnipotens'

(MT 54a)

X6.

michi'

...

(MT 39)

moratur'

(MT 11)

sorores'

'Cum venissem'

-(MT

7.

'Libram'

8.

'Mentem

9.

'Organa'

10.

'Voce

B (i)

(MT 42) (MT 44)

mearn'

AA'B'C')

CD R

CD'

A:

ABCD

(MT 56)

AB CD A'B

(MT 73a-b)

tristi'

(AA'B

-a

flat

G-a

()

CD

AABC

"D:

A-F

THROUGH-COMPOSED MELODIES

Simple

forms

(MT 47)

dolor'

x1.10

a cauda

without

AAB CD

EF GH IJ

KL P

()

OP

QR ST UV x2. x3.. x

'Heu, -'Heu denotes

quid' teneri'

(MT 25) (MT 33)

a planctus

from

ABC BD ED'F. GHH' ABC ABC DEC DEC FGC' drama.

a religious

149

G: FGC'

CA'C'

D-d G:

C-d

Form

Type

x4.

'Heu

...

x5.

'Heu

miseri'

x6.

'Tu

x7.

'Heu

dolor'

x8.

'Heu

misere'

D-d

D:

C-c

E:

C-b

AB CD EF

D:

C-e

(MT 29a)

AB CD EF

A(D):

C-d

(MT 29b)

AB CD ED'

A(D):

C-b

(MT 29c)

AB CD C'E

D:

(MT 29d)

AB*CD CD'

A(D):

C-b

flat

(MT 29e)

AB CD CD'

A(D):

C-b

flat

(MT 29f)

AB CB'

A(D):

C-A

(MT 29h)

AB

()

(MT 29i)a

AB

A(D):

C-b

b

AB

A(D):

C-A

c

AB

A(G):

F-d

d

AB AB AB'

D:

(MT 30)

A BC DE FG HG III

(MT 23)

(MT 31a)

4(AB

(MT 31c)

fHeu

AB CD CD

b1.

(iii)

'Eclipsim

b3.

'Rex

M.

'0

b5.

'Quis

Complex

f b

EF CD

D:

C-c

AB CD CD

EB CD CD

E'B

CD CD At

D:

C-c

D:

D:

A-G

G:

F-g

G:

D-f

ABCDEFGD'H'I

G:

F-a

(MT 51)

ABCDEFGH

G:

D-a

(MT 63)

ABCDE

F:

E-a

AB A'BC

DE DE DE DE'DE

FE'C

A'GC

HE"H'

HIJ

A'A'A'

HIJ

DE '' K

HE"J

HEJ GGG FC'

(MT 59)

A BCD EFG HIJ

(MT 18)

AB CD EF GH IJKHJ

(MT 66)

dabit'

denotes denotes

F CD CD

melismas

monialis'

forms

C-c

(MT 31f)

passus'

obiit'

D:

EB CD CD

---'Plange-Castella'

f2.

CD EF

EB CD CD

HEJ'

with

dD CD EF

AB CD CD

HE"K

-Simple

F-f

(MT 31e)

(MT 28)

C-A

G:

....

..

D-A

O

EF CD

(MT 31d)

me misera'

forms

_EF

CD CD

CD CD)

FE'C

(ii)

A'H

CB II

AB CD CD

(MT 31b)

x10.

D'LB

ABB'CDEFG

(MT 71)

nobis'

ABCB DEB BFB GGHB IJB

G:

quomodo'

Pater'

'Heu

x9.

(MT 26)

Mode/Range

with

opening

a planctus a planctus

from from

or

closing

melismas

I-F1 Pluteo 29.1 E-BU1h no number

B'L

or

a cauda

(ca. 1240) (ca. 1300)

C-c

Fly-

'Anglia

fl.

(MT 8 ) AB B'C

planctus'

DB")t f2.

'

Form

Type

'Turmas

(MT 72)

arment'

rv.

Mode/Range

DE B''F

BE'

B

BID'

GBr't1

G:

C-f

G:

D-a

G:

D-g

G:

F-g

G:

D-g'

G:

D-a

Bº'

A. B CDEFG HIJKLMNO PQRSTU VWXYZAbcdof

ghijk 1mnopgrs (MT 40)

'Jerusalem'

f3.

ABCDEFGHIJKL MNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdeF' fghI''iJ' jk1

j'

n Lt. Ft (MT 52)

10 mors'

f4.

m F'' opq DO F At

ABCDE HGO

G E'

KLMNO

IJJ'

?QRSTUVWXY f5.

(MT 7)

'Alabaustrum'

ABC DB'E

FGH IJK

SCB' 'LM ND,

QL' P OM' R

STU VWB' XT'V' f6.

'Sol

(MT 70)

eclipsim'

ABCD

At

YD'Z

E C'

F

GHIJKLMNOPQ C (i)

KI

R

SEQUENCES

Lais 1.

'Abrahe'

la lb Ic

ABCD ABCD ABCD DE

2a 2b 2c'

FG FG DE FG Ft' DE FG FG DE

3a 3b

HI HI

4.,

PQ PQ

2. -

'Infelices'

la 1b

AB AB CD CD AB AB CD CD

+ letters

(MT 4)

()

-

HI JKL JKL NNO NNO HIT JM JKL NNO MNO

underlined

(MT 37)

or with

O

a dot

'Y

denote melodies 151

with

refrains.

7

I

IIA

Mode/Range

e/Form

2a 2b

EE FE EE FE

3a 3b

GHIJ GHIJ

4a 4b

KL KL KL KL

5a 5b 5c 5d 5e

NNO MNO NIIVO MO NNO

GHIJ GHIJ

"G:

(MT 5a-b)

3.

'Ad

1a

AAB AAB AAB AAB

2a

CDE FDG FDG FDG

3a

HIJ

2b

CDE FDG FDG FDG

3b

HIJ

2c

CDE FDG FDG FDG

4a

KKKK

5a

A'L. M A'LM

6a

festas'

HIJ

I-IIJ

4c

KK

5c

A'LM

KK NK NK

6b

KK NK NK

7a

KK NK

7b 7c

KK NK KK NK

8a

OP OP O'P

8b

O''P

4d

KK

5d

A'LM

6c

KK NK NK

IIB A'LM

41D KK 5b

III

9.

A'LM

A'LM

A'LM

QR QR QR

10a STU STU VTU 11a PIXY W' XY WXY 10a STU STU VTU

11b WXY W' XY. WXY

IV

12a 12b

ZZZ' ZZZ'

13,

cccc

14a

ddef

15a

gh gh

14a

ddef

15b

gh gh

ab-. ab ab ab ab ab

ddef

ddef

A""AB'

lb

AAB AAB A"fAB'

2d

CDE FDG FDG FDG

1c

AAB AAB A"rAB'

2e

CDE FDG FDG FDG

A''AB'

152

A'LM

A'LM

0''P

O'P

A'LM

A'LM

F-g:

la-8a

Mode/Range

Type/Form

I

4.

'Abissus'

la lb

ABC DEF ABC DEF

2a 2b

()

(MT 2) 1a lb

ABC DEF ABC DEF

GGGH GGGH

2a 2b

GGGH GGGH

3a 3b 3c

IJK IJK IJK

3a 3b 3c

IJK LJK 1JK UK IJK LJK

5.

'Abner'

1.

AB AB

2a 2b

CC AB AB CC AB AB

3a 3b 3c 3d

DEF DEF DEF DEF

4a 4b

JK JK' JK JK'

5a 5b 5c 5d

LMNO LMNO LNNO LMNO

6.

'Dolorum

II

LJK MJK LKMK LJK MJK

,

MJK MJK MJK ()

(MT 3)

GHI GHI GHI GHI

solatium'

MT 17a

(MT 17a)

G:

(MT 17b)

()

(MT 17c)

G:

la lb Ic Id

AAB AAB . AAB AAB

2a 2b 2c 2d

CC CC CC CC

DE DE DE DE

3a 3b 3c 3d

F? FF FF FF

GG' GGt GG' GG'

4a 4b 4c 4d

HIJG HIJG HIJG HIJG

JKLM JKLM JKLM JKLM

5a 5b 5c

KKKK LLJM HHJM KKKK LLJM HHJM KKKK LLJM LLJM

NNNN 00 LM J'KLM NNNN 00 LM J'KLM NNNN 00'LM 00 LM

6a 6a

NOP NOP

PQR PQR

MT 17c DE DE DE DE

CC CC CC CC

DE DE DE DE

DF DF DF DF

G'G HI GG HI GG HI GG HI

153

D-g

D-g

Type

7.

'De

Mode/Range

Form

profundis'

(MT 12a2.!

D:

(MT 12b)

()

Cie,

G: D-d

MT-12a la

AB AB C

lb 1c

AB ABC AB AB C

Id

AB AB C

MT 12b

2a

DE FG

2a

DE FG

3.

HI JK

2b

DE FG

2b

DE FG

2c

DE FG

2d

DE FG

4a 4b 4c 4d

LK' LK' LK' LK'

3a 3b 3c 3d

GH GH GH GH

5a 5b 5c 5d

MM NN MM NN MM NN NCI NN

4a 4b 4c 4d

II II II II

6a 6b 6c 6d

OP OP OP OP

5a 5b 5c 5d

KL ML K'LML KL ML KL ML

7.

RST

6.

NOP

8a 8b

UV UV

7a 7b

QR QR

9a



8a

ST

9b 9c

Tr x WY

8b 8c

ST SU

8.

'Planctus

QP QP QP QP

ante

nesc ia'

JJ JJ JJ JJ

(MT 58a)

G:

D-g

(MT 58b)

G:

C-g

(MT 58c)

G:

D-g

(MT 58d)

G:

D-g

F:

C-b flat

(MT 58e)

(1a & lb

()

(MT 58g) MT58cß la

ABC

lb

ABC

2a

DEFG

2b

DEFG

3.

HIJ

4a

KLKM

4b

KLKM

5a

NOPQ

5b

NOPQ

6a

RSTW

6b

RSTUV

only)

HIJ

154

Form

Range

Form

Range

Form

MT 58c

MT 58b

MT 58a

MT 58d Range E-c:

C-c: 8

Form

(A)

6

1a lb

AA'B AA'B

(b)

D-c:

2a 2b

CDEF' CDEF

(b)

D-e: 9

3a 3b

GHI GHI GHI GHI

(c)

F-c:

2c 2d

CDEF CDEF

(b)

D-e: 9

3c 3d

GHI GHI GHI Gill

(c)

F-c:

4a 4b

JJ'JK JJ'JK

(d)

G-e: 6

5a

LNWO

(g)

F-g: 9

5b

LMrrO

6a 6b

PPQDR PPQDR

(b)

F-g: 9

7a 7b

L'L''SS' L'L''SS'T

T(g)

8a 8b

CM'W CM' W

(b)

F-f:

8

CM'UV CM'W

CM 'UT CM'UT

ZM'VU ZM' W

9a

CL'wX

(b)

F-g: 9

9b

CL' WX _

CL'WU CL'WU

CL'WU CL'WU

ZL'WX ZL'WX

10a Yaba' 10b Yaba'

(d)

F-f: 8

11a cdcDR 11b cdcDR

(c)

F-g:

9

12-

(b)

D-c:

7

AA'ef

7

Range D-c:

(A) D-e: 9

5 (A)

D-e:

(G)

D-c:

JJ' J'' JJ'J''K

K

G-g: 8

cdcUA cdcUA

cDcDRI cDcDR' A'IA'ef:

D-d: 8

ee'fg

Only

Mode/Range

lype/Form 9.

'Samson

dux

9

5

these formal four in the makeup of variations significant All begin with essentially are given. 'Planctus nescia' versions ante of differences to owing the same melodies, MT 58d has occasional though that the the is of the fact its same as initial that always not note initial the indicate note of each letters three. Bracketed other this, follows The number which The versicle versicle. of each range follows is the interval. this NOTE:

7

fortissime'

(MT 67a)-

G:

(MT-67b)-

O

(MT 67c)

G:

MT 67a

MT 167c

la lb

1a lb

AA BC BC DDD AA BC BC DDDD

" An analysis is not of this it neumes in which survives to enable a reconstruction

included owing do not provide be made.

155

to

the

clear

D-g

D-g (incomplete)

AA BC BC DDD' AA BC BC DDDD

the unheighted that to enough indications

fact

7

MT 67a

MT 67c

2a EFGH 21b EFGH 2e EFGH

2a 2b 2c

EFGI-i EFGH EFGH

3.

JJJJ

3.

7_

4a 4b

AAA JJJ KKJ JD'D'

4.

M

5a J(: )J

(5a)

LL

5b JJ, I, L .

5a 5b

NNOH' NWOH'

6.

KK JJ

7.

6a 6b

MOP MNOP

PP QRQRKR

7.

KK KK JJ JJ

8a 8b 8c 8d

KKS KKS KKS' KKS

aa 8b

QQR QQR

9. 10.

TT UU KR KR V WW XX QR KR

9. 10.

SS SS JJ SS QQ JJ

11.

YZ abcd

11.

TT S'U

12.

JJ

KR-

d' R'

KR We

13a 13b

JJ JJ

14. 15.

ggh . KR gggh gggh JJ

4K Vi

16.

Y' Y' Y' j

XR

17.

JJ

18.

KK I&

19a 19b

IR

1(R

kkkh

KR KR

1111 mmmm KR

21.

nn

KR

Vi

Normal

melodies are the

sequences

'Omnis in

lacrimas'

ABC ABC DE FGHI

2a

JF'KB'

3a

PQRE''STUVW

4.

XYZabb.' cZ 'Divina'

are of MT 67c which parallel same as those

Mode/Range

la

f2.

12. JJ QQ QQ'JJ ---

UHUH

Note:

f1.

S'U

ff ff

ggh

2n_

(ii)

JJ QQ

(MT 55)

G:

F(E)-g

G:

D-f

LF''MNE'F'""O

(MT 13)

la

A BC DE FG HI

2a

JK LM NO L'P

3a

J'S

QB

TU VW XY Z

156

underlined in MT 67a.

Mode/Range x3.

'Heu

pius

1a lb

AA R AA R

2a 2b

BB R BB R

3a

CC R

3b

CC R

4.

DD R

5.

A'E

6.

FG R

1. 2. 3. 4. 5..

pastor'

(Mr

32a)

D:

C-d

(MT 32b)

D:

C-c

(MT 32c)

F:

E-f

"

R

R

AB CD R AB' R EF_G -HI-J

1a 1b 2.

AB R AB' R CD R

4.

'Flete

fideles

anime'

(MT 20a)

()

(MT 20b)

()

(MT 20c)

(reconstruction)

(MT 20d)

D:

(incomplete)

A-d

G(D):

A-e

(MT 20e)

MT 20d

(MT 20f)

F:

C-c

(5a

(MT 20g)

D:

D-c

(5a only)

MT 20c

MT 20b

MT 20a

ABCDE: ABCDE.

ABCDE ABCDE

ABCDE ABCDE

FGFGHIJKLM FGFGHIJKLM

FGHIJKLL'MN

la 1b

ABCDE. ABCDE

2ä 2b

FGHETIJHH'KE FGHE'IJHH'KE

3a 3b

LL MNO PM' Q MNO PM'LQ

LL NNO PM' Q NNO PM' Q

NOP QRS NOP GRS

4a 4b

RJ' STI' J'' UVW RJ'STI'J '' UVW

RJ' STI' J"UVW

TUTUVWXWX TUTUVWXWX

5a 5b

MNOIE'XYZ MNOIE'XYZ

NNOIE'XYZ

YZ asb a®b YZ aab aab

(OPQRSTUV)

6a

äabcdef

ccdefgh

(WW'XYZab)

6b

aabcdef

ccdefgh

" "

FGHE'IJH'H

'' KE ''

only)

B

157

only)

Mode/Range

(MT 19a)

D:

1 A-A 2 Ä-d

D:

1 C-d 2 C-d

G:

1 F-d 2 D(C)-d

G:

I E-g 2 E-g

G:

I F-b' 2 D-g .. 3 D-g

(tenor

e/Form

Polyphony A

STROPHIC MELODIES

fwl.

'Eclipsim

patitur'

AB CD EB' fw2.

'In

FG HI

(MT 36a)

occasu'

JK LM At

AB CB DE FG HI fw3.

'Pange

JK

(MT_ 57a)

melos'

AB AB CD EF G

B

THROUGH-COMPOSED MELODIES

f1.

'Regi

1.

A BA'

2.

HI

3.

Q RS TO'

C

(MT 64)

regem'

BA IN C DE FG

JK LI'

MN OP UV WS' X

SEQUENCES

fwl.

felix

'0

(MT 4%)

Bituria'

la

AB ABCDEFG

2a

HIJk'LMN



QR IOS TU VW XY Za b

From formal

which

is

to

above is

the

to

which

'Mentem

(MT 73a-b)

-

all

the

meam' the

examples

monophonic

through-composed

polyphonic

examples

w denotes

-examples-

are from

this

the

of

examples to

exceptions

the -

and

'Voce

strophic

planctus

and

each

from

Heimst-r -D-W-,

to

with E-BUlh 629

melismas

as well

mid.

of

are,

repertory 'Libram' tristi'

of

the The

as the

(ca. 1300),

no number

(s. xiii

ones

within

dramas.

religious

main

Moreover

There

(MT 56),

belong

three

main

dramas.

generally four

the

period.

context,

religious

only

of

'Organa'

planctus either

from

do relate

With

monophonic

each

characteristics

which

(MT 44),

through-composed

and

formal

belongs.

that

seen

social

a particular

categories:

a planctus

(MT 42),

simple

in

be

by planctus

Dame repertory

Notre

main

can

represented

well

differences three

it

analysis

restricted

are

however, these

the

types

no form

OP

).

-

-r, ., -"." ,-.. ... , s.

I-Fl

Pluteo

two

(ca. 1240),

29.1

the

representing

context,

or

two

belong

and

'0

'De

to

felix

the

in

Two,

Chapter

manuscript thus

that the

association

exact,

by

the to

inevitably

by

could

liturgy

include

use

the

in

-

repetition;

As in

(and

musical

of

short

two

(MT 42),

'Organs'

in

the

first

thus

stanza,

raising in

form

strophic

there

for

from to

the

of

to

(MT 41).

the

first

and the

the

rest

the

accommodate

text

is

is

in

then

the

three

written

text:

the

not

There

forms

strophic

first

of

occasional

the

the

it

neumes than

'Cuncta

and

a half

out

as prose.

can the

phrases

be

text.

provided of

reflectin

sorores' is

to

added

rather

in

former

Alper

differences

irregularities in

units

notes

line:

melodic

the

sections).

be repeated 40 otherwise

the

to

stanza of

neume

Thus

that

(MT 73a-b). from

number

examples

stanza:

tristi'

previous

same.

of

typified

flexibility

the

159 r

of

in

to

evidence

The melody first

of

the

of

flexibility

'Lamentemus'

of

stanza

flexibility

and

stanza

exactly

to

stanza

slightly

type

are

in

forms.

variations

appear the

the 'Voce

and

question

in

stanza

in

significant

these

is

This

exact.

number

merely

in

or

normally

is

-

rarely

are

(discussed

irregularities

variations

shortened

the

again

'Organa'

each

point

any

not

exact,.

through-composed

complex

(MT 56),

some differences

in

for

compensate

than

some instances

are

phrase

there

are

form

a small

periods

previous

'Libram'

further

the

'Heu

they

though

repetitions,

the

the

are

through-composed

types:

of

a number

is,

or

had

simple

by

melismas.

through-composed

rather

melody

occasion.

social

strophic),

and

extended

the

both

throughout,

ing

on each

one

ecclesiastical-

typified

each

phrases

of

in

notated

employed

than

more

no longer

early

polyphonic

are

or

majority

are

musical

the

most

forms

a simple

while

a few

though

book

form

sequence

in

different

several

which

of

exceptions

(MT 2;

Only

have

as indicated

survive of

and

a liturgical

to

However,

which

pius

(MT MT 17a)

one

same type

the

of

sequence

repetition

contrast

dolor'

they

strophic and

characterised

are

thesethe

('Heu

enjoyed.

through-composed

marked

(MT 20d)).

(MT 55)

lacrimas'

plays

a further

anime'

in

be established:

solatium'.

and

as

in

latter

the

The precise

always

Easter

('Dolorum

occur

the

to

12b)),

choice

with

The monophonic

almost

cannot ('Omnis

one

such

do not

and that

sequence

and

(ca. 130c

628

Dame repertory.

sequences

a proser

examples

apparent

purposes,

to

fideles

source

Notre

Dame repertory

(MT 12a U'Flete

close

the

the

(MT 49)),

two

procession

is

of

Bituria'

profundis'

It

of

Notre

(MT 32),

pastor'

bulk

contexts,

D-W Helmst.

or

the

this

expanded A (MT 11) only

for

second:

As can be seen from the

(L22).,

text

lines

of

in per

it

'Lamentemus' not

four,

here

is

basic

The

to

actually in

the

in

to

the

the

majority

of

fictional

two

in

lingua

in

the

unfortunately

musical

settings.

'Orbata

patre'

text

as the 'Deus

solution stanza.

second 'Cuncta

the

creator

sorores'. its

once

will

with

melismas

were,

something

there

analysis

the

degree

is

however

requires

in

the

cannot

it

of

of

an exception.

is

no fixed

material,

be newly of

non-

form

-melodic

inventiveness_

are is

some qualification: in

chapter

be resolved

in

whether

songs,

to their

has only the

to

relation

relation

an open question

wo

musical

they

is

sequences.

from

occasionally

previous

strophic

some

planctus

musical

examples

fact,

sung

has

death

the

'..

be

to

appear

through-composed

in

However

at.

This

existing

at

was

to

was

a number

period

of

instructions,

marginal that

some

structure

be guessed

the

it

to

Whether-it

only

of

modelled

a contrafactum

formal

lines.

(L115).

patre'

certaminis'

indeed,

writers.

contrafactas is

planctus

a remarkable

Each of

'Orbata

and

from

this

both

-

forms

song

either this

of

planctus

both

show,

from

raised

simplified

omniuri'.

examples:

problem

that

specify

derived

provide

be

41

as I

statement

actually

sense

three,

varied,

normally

adopting

hymn can

contrafacta

thus

forms

these

In

for.

being

proelium

the

melodies

source:

complex

for

only

the

adopted

are

opening

occasionally

manuscript short

in

detestando'

from its

of

melody

through-composed

so-called

lines

The musical

(L118)

gloriosa

echoes

Instead This

evidence.

of

by contemporary

These

apart

through-composed

oda continuata.

can

lingua

'Pange

As can be seen from adopted

consists

some evidence

point.

thus

personages

four

incomplete.

is

structure

detestando'

this

planctus

These

composed.

lingua

are

of

and the

systematic

been

number

be used

phrase

have

the

The manuscript

notated.

much used

although,

dramas

religious

text.

should

musical

thus

Ambrose's

interest:

however

examples

containing

of

the

of

stanzas

strophic

forms

same hand

melody

general

the

also

the

is

fourth

however

to

three

therefore

That

hymn it

the

its

is

at

manuscript

written

text

end

consisting

in

established.

'Pange

sung

the

stanzas

that

strophic

'Pange

hymns.

famous

is

in

conjecture:

this

scheme

There

Fortunatus's

extent

rhyme

of

the

of

-

on existing

their

of

been

be mentioned

should

melodies

the

composed

Two planctus

which

omit

is

AB.

were

as to

must

has

forms

the

stanza

effect

AAB or

period

of

to

outline

at

Each

procedure

general

lines

second

lines. simply

three

seems unlikely

the

Some such The

six

Since

performance.

uninterrupted

to

of

no indication

provides in

one

some inconsistencies

are

in

is,

that

stanza,

each, and in

C there

Appendix

simple

and some of

the

one forms

-

types

Two main

up to

or

by

the

repetition

subsequent

Although

sequence. it

occasions a lai

the

is

it

scale,

which

the

phrases,

and often

the

than

plays

(MT 54),

pies

pastor'

The two

heighted

from

However their

texts

English

breaking

in

versicles the

structure employed

of in

in

each

version

one point

in in

and five

such as to

of

themselves. state

of

musical

the

the

of

that

same point: but

On the basis the Norman-Sicilian

in one)

of

this

the

the

design

it 161

although

is The

contains (for

more in

example, general

musical

same melodies

are

they

a

have

English

share unique

of

not

melodies.

version;

was conceived

versicles

melodies

differently

and At some others are consistent

and considering

would

phrases.

MT 67c)

combinations

point

and c)

'Unförtunately

the

also

two versions

evidence

version

one

the

(MT 31),

versicle.

MT 67a)

clearly

the same at this

analysis)

twelfth

both

to

(MT 67a

ex. ):

the

little

same musical

affect

points

the formal

not

the

polyphonic

nobis'

somewhat,

(s. xiii

in

survive

problems.

same material..

normally

phrases,

of

fortissime'

Norman-Sicilian not

'Heu

a number

diversify

this

'0mnipotens'

-

(MT 29),

the

form:

I belonging

source

share

(versiclexfour

though in

vary

(ca. 1250):

Norman-Sicilian

suggest

tradition,

I. B 16

certain

the

at

particular

each version:

(as illustrated

at

written

the

978

does

but

song,

the

to

middle

the

This

number

significant

are

than

some parts

the

the

Harley

versicle).

eighth

four

(GB-Lbl

version

begin

(I-PLn in

off

anticipate,

and

essentially

version

might

dux

five

repeated.

which

'Samson

of

least

at

melodies

pose

(each the

to

misere'

Indeed,

contrast,

melodies

-

depending

relation

five

however

they

In

one manuscript 'Heu

-

in few

the

structure

four

Norman-Sicilian

occasionally

and

settings

made up of

are

incomplete,

At

(MT 32)

versicle

are

relatively

(MT 10),

same formal

the

with

made up of

be raised

than

have'more

which

normally only

lai.

phrases.,

is

As one

lai

The

source.

different

once).

on some

or,

least

an essentially

'Cum venissem'

'Heu

the

to

the

only,

by

typified

ecclesiastical

the

at

also

source. in

phrase

in

recur

is

early

as in

as eight

these

of

may not

phrases

and'persistent

sequence

should

the

melodic

on one musical

characterised

sequence of

versicles

of

also

may or

'strict'

of

as many

transmission

which

repetition

systematic

issue

is

and the

lai

the repetition

it

structure

be repeated

transmitted

source

begin

as

one manuscript

examples,

and

versicle

many more:

One further

Easter

double

'strict'

of

from

the

may include

versicle

more

conträst,

however

will

concerns

In

may be based

versicle

on its

units

is

the

versicle

melodic

there

not

the

by

short

of

to

typified

within

versicles.

an adherence

of

times;

: five

is

lai

The

sequence.

be distinguished:

can

sequences

42

'strict' no,

of

be unwise

the

within incomplete

to conclude

too

the

that

readily , Norman-Sicilian

traditions,

(D-S1

script

than

one

(MT 12)

consistent

in

result

differences

are

structure

the

of

as in

the

(GB-Lbl in

by

X is

clearly

This

type

(MT 54)

same throughout

their

distinct,

the

'Omnipotens'

is

discussion:

those

these

G,

in

discrepancies

obvious

as melodic

but

strophic: the

as the

first

phrases

of

first

plays

the

of

(MT 31) it strictly

tune.

familiar

(MT 10) remain versions

of

the

comparative-transcrip-

the

tonal

later

centre

under (F-SQ

significance

86

of

three

remaining

one source, version

of

versions

to the

speaking

of

occur

be argued

could

two phrases

former

from

differences

it

but

are based

The

relation

).

triad.

and possibly

Origny-Sainte-Beno±te

more than

with

melody

in which

there

to version,

as well

differences.

two phrases the

seen in

best

formal

and tonal

'Heu nobis'

sources

is

from Easter

are quite

they

Moreover

from

MT

rising

an already

(see

two

However

versions

the various

history,

XI

melody

and Narbonne

sources.

and 'Cum venissem'

in

plays

to

to melody;

varied

(NL. DHk 71. J. 70 (s. xv)).

and Egmont

examples

the

similar

overall melody

of bad memories,

result

Gestalts

F,

nescia'

opening

approach

and MT 10g).

not

ante

MT 58c) its

even though

same musical

MT 54i

each:

U. (with

performers

'Omnipotens'

on essentially

in. ):

be the

could

the

version.

(s. 2 F-EV xiii): and

39 (s. xiii)

by melody

to

version

MT 58a)

MT 58d)

xiii):

(F-EV

very

'De

formal

affect

'Planctus is

with

relatively

are

-

their

they

(s. xii):

A 506

a more flexible

each are melodically

(s. xiv))

(F-Rm

ways in which

the

of

FAc,

(F-Pm 1002 (s. xiii

reflect

Although

tions

triad

of discrepancy

different

formally

rising

substituted

equally

from

in

Dame de Lyre

and St. Victor

differences

example,

36881 (s. xii-s.

Additional

58b)

the

the

(MT 58)

nevertheless

lais

other

solatium'

in

for

St. Ouen de Rouen

the Notre

could

biet

slight

manu-

(MT 17),

discrepancies

melodic

both

Weingarten

the

nescia'

ante

the

contrast,

'Dolorum

design:

from

whole:

distinguished

In

That

other.

treatments,

by

attested

'Planctus

formal

normally

make-up

further

different

the

of

different

received.

-

and

their

a corruption

(s. xiii)). source

manuscript

profundis'

U,

is

Asc. 95

HB I

one being

two

-.

it

may appear

represent

versions

planctus

and musically,

how it

this'is

two

to

and complex

textually

These

the

that

as opposed

long

more

melody

the

of

an.. elaboratiop

represents

Although

one. likely

seems more

this

English

it

of the the in

is

should In its

not.

first

second

stanza

succession 162

stanza

in

be described earliest are not

- although the latter.

as

extant used again

the

remaining

Moreover,

the

third

is

stanza

textual

two

history on how it

light

form.

In

and its the

it

that

was

fourteenth-and text

length

and

each

a strophic

to

In

song.

the

the

two latest

and CS-Pu 1. B. 12 (ca. 1384): third

the

is

melody

stanza

so that

almost

entirely

first

stanza

the

comparative

pius

begins

the

sequence

the

remaining

first

three

If

this

that

form

last

represent Whether

its

(EIRE-Dm

second part

of

not actually

the original

the

Dublin

However

in

opening

with

it_appears it

is

from

In

former

in

quite

subsequent

source

idiom

of

the

one

the

of

(see

three

MT 32a)

pairs

though

'Heu

versicles

of

the melodies

some of

one can only if

of

conclude then

not,

of this

may

sources

(s. xiv):.

d. iv

they

manuscript.

and Braunschweig

it

begins

but

there

of versicles French

different

MT 32b - both

version,

speculation. melody.

is

one further

only

set

to the

texts

that

versicle of

though

fortuitous;

more importantly

whose-tonal

centre

differs

versions.

one Norman-French are entirely

are two distinct

and the

other

musical

German.

through-composed,

more regular 163

is

source

as a sequence,

(MT 29) there

become successively

of

suggesting

is

and Dublin

sources

the French

as a through-composed

are

melodies

'Heu misere'

earliest

versions

the

that

be treated

to

source

pair

fact

seems to me a matter

appears

the French

traditions: the

the

different.

still

compiler

as- a- sequence this

the case of

and textual the

to'begin

of both

that

or the

of versicles,

and 2a of

written

equal

gthexs;.

phrase

state,

the Dublin

Braunschweig

a pair

la

versicles

as the

(s. xill):

GB-Ob Rawl. Liturg.

it

The opening

provided.

After

by the

each versicle;

sources

the

of

MT 32c) indicates same - and D-Wa VII. B. 203 (s. xiv ): to its previous formal design; the absence of the

the

an indifference

In

are

MT 31g).

201

original

provided

(s. xv),

in

ways:

in

were an afterthought;

shape in

Z. 4.2.20

essentially

its

versicles

formal

melody

are

represents

an addition

the

derived from those of the . they are effectively through-composed.

versicles

three

stanzas

are

to be abandoned;

of versicles

pairs

the

planctus:

(F-O

source

a sequence.

appears

three

version

the

as

second

this

of

extant

different

that

except

the

of

irregular

this

in

same, length

strophic, one

in

(ca. 31e MT 1973 1400)1, D-TRs line has been added to

copies

the

transcription earliest

pastor'

is

through

and non-musical

throughout,

MT 31f-another

it

and phrase

its

In

(MT 31b)

same melody

any clear

cast

sources

regularised

version

sung

musical

The

stanzas.

developed

fifteenth-century

were

Origny-Sainte-Benotte

have

conceived

originally

early

corresponding

as to

such

both

two

other

could

from

evidence

the

not it

Though

existing

suggests

sources

is

planctus'43

originated.

the

accretion,

this

of

than

shorter

phrases

through

In

while the use

of

dates

manuscript

it

is

in

elaborately

different, their

short

surviving individual

the

or

that

one

of

it

improbable

seems most

these to

that

be tentative

it

analyses

Most examples'-

the

role

of

in

the

F-O 201 (s. xiii) the

fact

(s. xi-s. The

the

that

(MT 62a),

in

this

of

compiler

laments

the

the

which

of the

provided

to

have

affinities

Freising

the

explanation

the

compiler

he uses

that sings

in

play

to

have

choice

F-O

201

(s. xiii)

mode to

in

all

individualise

E and D, "while.

in men (Hesb. 1442)

of

in

Rachel

the

fourth

used

the

to

the

treated

mode,

employed.

Dame conductus. without

'45

exception,

be related

tu (in

to

the

Virgo'

D-Mbs a part. tu

(Quid

6264 46

Virgo'

as

melody

which on occasions 47 Virgo'. In contrast 48 Whatever melody.

tu

Notkerns

have

the

passages

individualised It

personages

herself

has

conclusion

forms

quid'

same mode. the

with

consistently

Innocents

G mode for

seems

mode,

happen to be the most

"Quid

of

the

so thin.

different

that

the

the

is

associated

sequence''Quid

... however

with

for

them

G.

of

play.

a different

this

the

from of. -the Holy Innocents to This may be related

play

'Heu

not

occur

can often

Notker's

lament

seems

by writing

planctus

in

a'somewhat

compiler

of

are all

has

former

but

the

the

Freising

a sequence, appears

In

play.

play_includes

as does xii),

the

to

to

and Notre

Here'mode

trans-

of

an Easter

modes and these,

other

develop

deliberately:

no mode is

lai

MT 29i).

the

not

of

However

however

sequence,

dramas.

religious lament

these

in

did

mode was

that

evident

few examples

are very

are found

is

more

according

into

is

treated

me that

adapted

changes.

44

Initially

channels

compiler

evidence

are in G or D:

commonly used modes of

were

same melody

extant

to

and ornamented

suggested.

the

since

From the

they

one

1. B. 12 (ca. 1384):

planctus

a particular

as Lipphardt

is

corrupt

notable

the

essentially

examples,

There

most

it

seems

five

individual

the

of

transposition

that

the

of

it

through

was varied

requirements

Considering

these

of

likely

more

(CS-Pu

only

Israhel'.

though

evidence

merely

Gestalt

same melodic

taste

musical

includes

redemptio

phrase, version

versions

seems

'Heu

the

of

evidence

development,

text:

identities

It

mission.

a later

Prague

the

of

on the

which

exclamatory

later

the

basis

On the

be

Norman-French

one

simply

to

appears

the

from

stanza

tradition,

The German

repetition.

could of

the

'sings

the

as is

conventional.

antiphon

lament,

of

Rachel's not pläy:

be

argued Herod

'Anxiatus_

fo'r', 'this

chant. 'Jam moratur' in

the melody,

In Filius

form

Getronis

(MT 39) from F-201 and mode employed from

the

(s. xiii)

is

throughout

same manuscript 164

the

quite this

planctus

simply strophic

written play.

of Euphrosina

for

the

son

c.

The

others

the

are

when he prays

for

the

good

is

offices

by his

and son take

to her

One melody,

the

play,.

from

this

is

not

in

G or

(MT 23) two

the

only

F.

Since

planctus.

items

in

the

first,

closely

of F-0

modality

as a means of

are

the in

not

any

(MT 29b),

which

are

there

is

a

rosa

this

play

then

the

is

does

affect

its

tonal

contrast accidentals

the

colour. within

of

Of

the

tonal It

seems

to

not

only

me

four

items

the

of

lines

of

from

possible

to

establish

However,

if

it

their

for

in

and removal

165,

but

piece,

a new way II51

transposed

them

modality. in

the

quite

ab

musica

clearly Dame

flat.

certainly creating

This

changes tonal notes

ficta,

mode

centre

Notre

several of

the

tonal

interestingly of

compiler of its

is

of

'0

that

around

original

however

reasons

is

some variation

interest

represent

Bourges

the Tours

it

the

quarr magno'50

ceremony

that

is

However,

D mode for

'0

of

D;

Anonymous

a composition.

may be used

is

special

centre

'Heu

Here

introduction

occasional

(MT 30),

(MT 12a).

profundis'

versicles.

sets.

misere'

he should-have

there

it

'Heu

choice

retaining

examples 'De

sets

three

planctus not

longer

in

same mode.

not

the

(MT 54b),

'Heu me misera' that

than

included

the

priority.

for

(MT 32a) 49. The-

in

interesting

melody

example, five

last

has

especially

D, rather the

some of

first

is

two

more importantly,

into

for

it

up the

and,

employed:

the

of

is

It

are

dolor'

'Heu

of

latter

sepulchri

f. 151v).

others

the

two

first

a visitatio

(s. xiii),

which

the

they.

Even

the

play

seems to have used. in his plays.

misers'

each

in

includes

precedes

down a fifth

not

are

of

planctus

(MT 71).

some significance

1255

two lines,

the

'Omnipotens'

to

have built

In

is,

unique

quam magno', should

that

Pater'

It

thus

in

Easter

although

another.

planctus

'Heu

the

majority

compilers)

(MT MT 41),

In in_D;

one

several

'Tu

doubt

with

Finally

employed

pastor'

the

and

lat.

Pius

the

in

phrase

play

(MT 28)

which

beyond

G in

one mode,

me misera'.

(F-Pn

of

Easter

perhaps

'Heu

emphasising

'Lamentemus'

misera'

'Heu

Tours

vast

from

(or

a different

both

final

father

joy

grief.

and

both

grief.

of

third

individual

Euphrosina's

infrequently

mode the

through

each

despair

his

of

released

is

are

associated

201 (s. xiii)

compiler

In

this

in

in

play

husband

that

part

her

sings

planctus

be derived

are

with

moments

two

most

this

her

of

soon

when

mode of, which

the

to

appear

associated

highlight

manuscript

the

Euphrosina

the

to

used

and is

but

own melody,

son,

that

and finally

son,

For

in

items

few

of

comforters,

cell

prison

up the melody

when restored melody.

his

one

his

of

St. Nicholas.

of

distinguished

are

recovery

from

son who complains

her

of

songs

the

is

be dead

to

assumes

she

but

that also

first

the

for

of

sake

he actually

variation; of

this

be closely

to

there

That in

this

to

As in

the

to

the

case

in

scope

relation

occasional there

units

function

fifth:

or is

then and

number

of

different

chosen

melody

in

range;

the

final

this

phrase;

reached

briefly

also the

a further

type

the

both

ascending contrary

contains

contrary

it

of the

final

in

'Mentem

interest

is

motion.

first

two phrases . or three-note units Except

where

there

point

the

of

example thus

and

repetition

in

the is

range there

is with

the

exhausted

a fifth;

are followed

in

move across

only the

larger

which

this

it note

descending

by similar of

entire

is

also

units

Particularly

phrase.

the way in

the

with

spanning

final

the

conjunction

having

with

of

This

phrases. in

every

contrasts

of

166

of

marked exactly

this

a

almost

part

is

short,

contrast

upper

the

melody

in

achieved

repeated

(MT 44)

markedly

is

the

Although

especially

previous

on'the

and of

a third,

approaches

as if

narrow,

contrasts

two phrases

in the two-

particularly

and thus

first

centres

outline of

of

two phrases

Then,

motion.

with

as it

melisma,

The first

in

is

through

way

In

Six.

normally

through

highest

will

Chapter

notes

is

meam'

the

notes

is

the

of

make-up

in

highest

cadence. a short

I

on the

lower

the

phrase

of contrast.

syllabic

noticeable

melody

used

variation

range:

purely

first

the

also

in

but

mode of

The

syllabic

is

range,

technique

before

the,

form

occasionally

these

is

the

much

syllabic

movement.

of

this

third

to

in

direction

common is

reached

ultimately

units;

variation

of

which

technique

is

exclusive

some intervals

stepwise

scope

is

which

the

The use

the

essentially

change

drops

in

a refrain

to

belong.

essentially

with

then

(MT 54).

second

step

by

a climax

group

melody

'omnipotens'

by

planctus

outlined

a melody

three-quarters

about

cadence.

of

relate

chosen

but

planctus

employed

amplified

notes,

The most

ways.

range;

are

three-note

in

limited

the

two-

serve

normally

by

the

style

style

categories

up to: five

for

which

Since

and

Dame planctus

no musical

are

balanced

therefore

is

melodies

mostly

these

to

provided

ornamentation is

Notre

and-modes

repertories

made here

an example

exclusively

forms

formal

of

made up of

Movement

simple

the

the

strophic

as melodic

syllabic.

which

to

concentrations

are

fourth

limits

points

The monophonic

the

either.

or

occurking

coronatus'as

used

The

period

The general

analysis.

form

the

as an irregularly

which

and mode there

this

of

on the it

to

song 52

of

form

of

is,

cantus

self-evident.

traditions

planctus

discuss

of

related.

is

the

dependent

the

was no mode or

period

rather

that

cites

a type

practice,

seems

beauty,

melodic

units

the musical

or in phrase

there

are

There

is

the

instances

rarely however

some use figure.

recitation

ornamented

note

'Lamentemur'

in

are

essence

to_the

The most

simple

and consistent

'Heu

michi'

(MT 24).

two

...

phrases

then

the

the

melody

one

and three

the

melody

have the

melody

recites

becomes

a decorative two

first

stanza

the

rest:

this

recite The

and

in

is

set

figure this

by

on it.

in

first and

the

last

phrase

of, phrases

point

at

which

five-note

units

between a certain the

phrase

of

than

shorter

the

one of

amount

second

syllable

one

omitting

The

units

permits

is

is

figure

in

to

deployed.

are

Finally

example:

which

units

slightly),

the

which owing

varying

two-

larger

phrases

recitation

contrast

in

accommodated

to

other

of

a text

note

two-note

opening

provide

type

to

each

essentially

different

based

on g.

the

evidence

is

leading

notes

This

as is

is

of

while

static,

phrases.

the

treatment

on e.

function

flexibility

melody

to

as passing

act

entire

higher

climbs

again

first

of

on e (the

recite

the

of

is

like

slightly

and four-

treatment

The

is

three-

two-,

which

two

examples.

namely,

made up of

with

each

melodies:

in

ways

Although

begins

these

(MT 54)

tOmnipotens'

also

in formula,

melodic

melody.

(MT 41)

recitation

varied

A of

recitation

figures

cadence

one particular

of

Melody

a slightly units

repeated

of

repeated

notes

two

types:

on e. through-composed

The those

which,

those

which

divided of

are

like

particular

that

to

the

in

more

(compare

dulces

the

phrase

example,

seven

and

phrases

melodic

eleventh

of the

is

of

'Tu

can of

dramas.

of

lines

teneri

partus,

with

pater'.

167

to

sufficiently to

teneri'

that

of

contracted text,

as for In

be

'Heu

contracted

be expanded,

'Tu

is

a shorter is

'Heu is

be omitted in

for

in

flexibility

seems

melody

made up of

evident of

can

In

figures,

recitation

example

(MT 71)

pater'

examples

as for

be used

can

strophic

type

the

The

the

religious

notes

made up

units.

Melody

occasions

melody

phrases

'Heu

those

stanzaic

especially this

sub-

of

accommodating

figure.

recitation

melody

use

examples

same notes

Alternatively tenth

these

On other

nati').

that

order

the

the

This

irregularities,

textual

accommodate

of

a means

In

from

by

syllables.

(MT 28).

malleable

(MT 33)

of

all

and

be further

built:

are

common with

these,

of

characterised

provide

restricted

nine.

are

much in

can

a number

of

consisting

have

they

on which

scale

majority

numbers

me misers'

the

the

most

irregular

the

latter

The

melismatic.

forms

frequently

which

in

to

syllabic

are,

'Heu

partially

main

syllabic,

essentially

are

examples,

strophic

and those

stanza,

simple

not

the

according

one

and

like

into

be divided

can

melodies

contrast.

for in

phrase

example to

in the

source

obvious

'Heu

planctus In

in

the

use

of

three

style

The

style

on the

melismas: Although

in

repetition

of

in

fact,

the

of

a previous

here

thus

on A,

where

a phrase'-opens

each

there

one

cadence

ially

of

of

the

in

for

(MT 59)

the

first

three

phrases but

elaborate, in

phrase

of

the

examples

two

the

(MT 33)

Abbc

'Heu

of

ness

seems

Each

melody

exactly

is

a third to

or

could

be

in

more

instances a previous

consists to:

elaborated (MT 51)

phrase

three

to

cadential is

repetition

AbcbA

such

cadences

one

AG.

for

of,

In

the

more

it

is

Ab AG.

GA AbcbAG;

on account

figures

in

they

are

that

Ab AG;

shape:

is

cadence

degrees

'Plange

of

basic

phrase

essent-

different

GAb cbcbc

the in

the

the

least,

at

composed

phrases of

is

there

with

three

occurrence:

these not

as

'Heu

example,

teneri'

(MT 26).

chiefly a fifth.

simplified

treated

last

the

given

because

result

is

introduced

though

however,

figure

quomodo'

movement

the

onwards, it

note;

already

frequently

repeated

unit

consideration

under

and in

their

that

motion.

in

each

AG;

of

...

examples

monialis'

treatments

as the

Melodic

at

bcb

effect

and

'0

as those

begins

passus',

on a different

exact:

and is

other

is

is

never

a way

identity,

the

it

this

of

varied

differing

obtrusive

interval

line

penultimate

such

In

repeated;

cadence

in

'Eclipsim.

has

is

there

same notes

note

which

distinct.

it

examples

diverge

short

(MT 66)

obiit'

the

some features

quite

fifth

is

example,

the

the

with

with

the

examples

which

has

from

contrary

five

are

with

12 of.

begin nbte

types

tonal

on G. to

same notes,

elaboration:

Castella'

than

normally

figure

short:

closely

examples

both

different

differs

with-a

the

of

very

them

and-'Rex

normally

phrase

new phrase

is

each

it

rather

for

In

then

on a

9

usual

phrase,

but

Hence although

cadencing

In

phrases.

planctus

two

begin

phrases

repeated

as phrase

recur.

repeated

normally

identify

in

phrase,

musical

takes

the

(MT 18)

passus'

phrase,

varied.

exactly

however,

whole,

material

is

as to

figures

the

other

through-composed

monophonic

the

in

melodic'unit

long

cadence

(MT 26)

through-composed

simple

'Eclipsim

is

melodic

the

the

common with

different

a text

the

In

pattern.

quomodo'

such

by

lai.

the

of

thus

an

regulated

as a motive

the

examples

of

i..

repeated:

always

several

treated

is

not

syllabic

'Heu

and

also

repetition

patterned

in

is

these

a form

(MT 28)

(MT 33)

frequently

are

a consistent

me misera'

figure

cadential fact

in

teneri'

'Heu

in

control

of

lines

made up of

figures

cadence

examples,

strophic

by

step

However, of

the into

with this

presence a purely

168

only

apparent of

the

syllabic

the

occasionally melodic

short one,

smooth-

melismas. the

melisma

normally

acting ing

the

between the

example,

fills

out

and fifth

third

note

units.

In

the

be reduced

to

fggcdd;

(gfed)

The melismas fluidity,

but

syllabic but

just

not

each

(gfed)

phrase

five

at

pitch.

and Abc bAG. is

confirm

the

absence the

range

in

short

is

much

thus

between

through

the

and through a conclusion means of

the

and closing

Therefore, in

important

contrast,

in

than

they

usefully interesting

(MT 63)ý

sequential Quite'

role.

the

melodic

the upper

in

recall.

aiming

each

part

this

melodic

The melody process for

169

the

of

type

This

passages. which

can to

climax

range

through-composed

simple

contrast

a sophisticated rather

these

of

although

and melismatic

use of motive

through

the use of

of

of

examples. melody

is

highlighted

line

proceeds

seems to

exhausting

a clearly

AG)

b flat

examples

the

of

centre.

dabit'

'Quis

this

_melodic sweep, up and down the

in

source

b,

note

of

in

than

the

melismas

a'passage

directions

varied

the

these

of

one

One particularly

has a distinctay

melisma

complex in

bAG (or

a flat.

is

the

tonal

occurs

include

respectively,

noticeable

syllabic

of

its

have

variation

of of

never

to

and removed

not

an accidental

recurs

seems

this:

highlight

'Plange

though

a number

though

('fons'),

five

element

added

are

both

presence

or

be located

The most

a further

serve

they

melismas

less

Here

to

Since

each phrase.

some extent

recall

colour1

where

(MT 51),

here

passages:

motive

tonal

point

opening

and 10 monialis'

the

each

employed.

of

often

its

particular At

(MT 18)

contrast.

In on

In

('etate'),

As in

figure

slightly

(Gab bA)

melisma

at

phrases.

varied

eight

accidentals

examples,

in

motives

tonal

purely

descending

('omnibus').

opening

function.

changing

Two motives

feature

passus,

through

found

through-composed melody,

the

and phrase

'Eclipsim

a decorative

thus

in

a figure

on the'

mostly

phrase

nine

the

melodic

recall,

eighth

Olabitur'),

and phrase

fourth

melisma

with

the

and

normally

one

('plangunt'),

In

be

figure,

phrase

('manibus'),

in

to

in

fourth

thus

(MT 66)

obiit'

contrast

(MT 66)

the

G bA) the

creating

motive

obiit'

in

descending

(MT 59)

than

'Rex

recurs

occurs

eight

more

In

(edcbA

short

for

for

introduce

simplified

obtruding.

a resource

occasions

present

the

be

between

'Rex

a fifth

of

For

could

note

of

exist-

melody.

a sixth

here

and frequently

Castella'

it

also

a longer

phrase

is

provide

only

the

fourth of

intervals

the

(MT 51)

phrase

leap

not

always.

occasion

first

the

they

mentioned

addition

otherwise

prevents

passages

pitch,

of

be a leap

would

note

elements

on the

The melisma

what

could

melody

bridges

10 monialis,

of

phrase

second

basic

the

of

notes

bdeeGGAG.

to:

which

as an embellishment

defined

arrive the

is

at

available

climax.

through-composed

The complex discussed

in

that

occurring

at

the

to

movement

(MT 40) in

also the

others

of

the

third.

oda

is

movement In

each use

fact

that

that

certain

cadences

stock

melodic

example,

one based

on the

(MT 70),

'Jerusalem,

and

'Anglia

The figure several

three

cernitur');

descending is

latter

(MT 7),

the

both

(for

in

'Jerusalem

in

gec

the

and

first

are

section

12

and

a figure

the

several

and

'Alabaustrum'

several

others

are

figures

are

section

of

same pitch;

AG GA, AG Ab(flat)

example,

1

phrase

there

at

occur

this

in

and phrase

(MT 72)

(MT 52)

mors'

(MT 8)

planctus'

-(for .

the

case

'Eclipsim

and Abc bAG and

example,

of

contrast

through

the

use

(MT 8),

'0

(MT 52)

and

'Sol

these

mors'

examples also

typical

melismas,

they

'Anglia

planctus'

musical

phrase

opening

much of

the

of

the by

are

no means

repeated

melismatic melodic

the

material

in

common,

than

once

together of

the

from

example

or

with rest

170

of

planctus'

However,

although

a number

of

planctus by

characterised

more

phrase

(MT 70).

features

twice, that this

with

a uniformity this

in

quite

phrase

piece:

which

short of

group is

of

derive

examples

'Anglia

eclipsim'

only

three

accidentals:

through-composed

simple'

(MT 8), is

of

some general

share

(MT 18)

passus'

melodic

The

arment'

edc). As in

are

eclipsim'

9 ('luctui'),

always

not

in

frequent

second

for

(MT 72),

bbA,

(MT 70)

*ý r'

composition:

('Anglia'),

arment'

'0

eclipsim'

pattern

and in

bA Ab), def

'Sol

suggests

'Sol

'Anglia

section):

does

in

particularly up the

making

also

'Turmas

which

found

in

phrase

first

the

notes

in

while

also-used:

in

used

Abd found

melisma

opening

in

may be the

(MT'52).

as a motive

the

on the

marked

are

as in

'Turmas

another

3 ('considera'),

(especially

motives

the

in

and

mors'

AAG recurs

phrase

('generaliter

'0

and

positions:

(literal),

(MT 40),

cadence

normally

example

their

(Ab AG) FFG,

notes

(MT 8);

(MT 40)

informed

phrases

intervals

providing

frequently

particularly

Jerusalem'

planctus'

Jerusalem'

are

devices

each

although

recurring

cadences

varied

examples,

(MT 7),

are otherwise

recurring

individually

longest

two

one

both

'Jerusalem,

occasional

least

in what

with

the

with

at

recall,

and contrast

However

certain

is

there

motive

The phrases

analysis.

stepwise

generally

in

leaps

'Alabaustrum'

and

melodic

affects

more

(MT 72),

(MT 8)

of

This

noticeably

arment'

example

of control

continuata.

above

'Turmas

planctus'

and frequent

an element

are

normally

melismas

a phrase.

end of

or there

and

'Anglia

in

figure

beginning

just

type

the

from

syllabic,

principally

are

some extent:

Jerusalem' and

they

differ

melodies

style.

which

a

unusual. five

melody

provides B is

in

derived

essence

from

material

notes.

melodic

contrasts

this

recollections 13 the

phrase in

first

(phrase

4);

opening

melisma

also

phrase the

few

part finally

phrase; melody

in

the

of

first

'Jerusalem,

the

latter

way in

which

(for

even

characteristic,

of

the

sequence

passages in

Considering (ca. 1240)) songs

of

appear

that this this

at different

In

is book

times

in

fact

belong

were

very

different

sight

the it

likely

50) which

by

-

'Turmas more similar

in

various

different

provides composed

musical in

and then

one collection. 171

the

it the

use such

to

challenges ways. 29.1

Pluteo that

evidence

later

(MT 72)

complex

(I-Fl

various

notes

might

arment'

present

same manuscript

scale

A second

is

to

styles,

(MT 72)

(MT 40)

these

new

which

a descending

style

and in

therefore

treated to

figure

although

-

the

'Jerusalem,

arment'

of

Jerusalem'

and 49; While

by

introduced

improvisation

two

suggested

and 45).

'Jerusalem,

first

significant:

in

often

use

contrived

15,27

at

are they

is

a deliberately

phrases

they

composer,

of

and 40.

might

the

which

suggestive

8,13,15

phrases

structures the

in

'Turmas

through

these

after

gathered, in

While

a trill-like

7,14,16,18,19,36

passage.

occur

is

are

the

45 and

be explored;

evident

phrases

to

point

by

typified

previous

being

In

deployed.

are

one;

the

(MT 72)

of

even

particularly

energy

melodic

more

also

conceivably

is

This

ornamented)

example,

freedom,

the

DC recall

melody,

refrain

melodic

often

mode can

(frequently

passage efg

is

planctus'

phrases

are

where

chosen

feature

of

previöus

of

(MT 8).

places

put

F

the-next

of the

arment'

7,12,20,26,27,31,3ý,

phrases

the

and

b cdc

bAGF AGAb A AG FG).

cdc

'Turmas

'Anglia

melody.

these

a point

itera':

the

notes

opening

FGA Gb AG AD

'merso'

of to

AGFs, -17)_ of than the opening

a recurring

melismatic

(MT 40)

represents

this

around

impression

the

example,

to

melody allude

the

in

phrases:

efec

notes

(MT 40)

conception

short

Jerusalem'

of

('planctus

an improvised

of

areas

phrase

organised

give

record

(for

in

is

examples

18 the

flow by

introductory

Gab),

higher

phrase

the

1 ('planctus')

the

be

16 the

(d

a third

Jerusalem'

different

quite

is

this

of

to

e(flat)dcb

an embellishment

other

section

phrase

back

cd dcA

which

melismatic

recall

phrase

5 (dcb

phrase

representing

first

5;, in

phrase

to

related

notes

or

interrupted

preceding

(AGAb bA)

15 the

second

AG...

opening

against

delicately

(baG GAG) looks

phrase of

of

its

either

same (cb)

FGAb

refrain

the

is

melody

notes

opening

in

in

the

with

normally

occasion

In

fragments

small

14 the

phrase

are

syllabic

of

comprising

sounded.

begins

D'

melody

as a melodic

acts be

can

essentially

B,

on each

thus

It

closing

while

Melody

varied

constantly,

recurs

of

5.

as phrase

1,

phrase

the

and

together

in

Versicle/initial/range/final

Versicle/initial/range/final

'Ad

(MT 5b)

festas'

1c 2g 3f 4c 5, 6c 7.

G-e F-g

A

G G 6c profundis'

1F 2D 3F 4A 5A 6d 7E 8D 9c

D-c F-e F-e F-g

G G G G

c-g G. g G-g F-e

c G G G

(MT 12a) C-b C-d C-d C-c C-b F-d D-d D-c D-c

'Planctus 1. 2b 3c 4d 5g 6b 7g 8b 9b 10 11 12

(MT 17a)

solatium'

1G 2d 3b 4G 5g

G G d G d G G

c-f G-c A-f G-c G-c

c

'Dolorum

'De

'Samson

ante b

d c b

nescia' D-c D-e F-c G-e F-g F-g G-g . F-f F-g, \ F-f F-g D-c

D D D D D G F G G (MT 58a) G G G G G G G G G G G G

FIGURE THREE

(MT 67a)

dux

fortissime'

1

G

F-e

G

2

g

G-g

G

3 4

b G

F-b F-e

G G

5 6

d b

F-e F-d

G G

7

D

D-d

G

8

b

G-d

G

9 10 11

d c g

F-d D-e F-g

G G G

12

b

F-d

G

13 14 15

b c c

F-e F-d F-e

G G G

16

g

G-g

G

17 18 19

b b d

F-d G-e F-d

G G G

20

b

G-e

G

21

G

F-c

G

Both types

sequence - the

of

lai

and the

strict

of larger syllabic, with concentrations (MT 13) is something of an exception, providential primarily the

of

later

The

note

earlier

towards

sequence

greater

larger

thus

lai.

normally

is in

units

In

the

latter

the

20d)

in

idiom

of

motive

in

to be found note

units

for

contrast

with

between

the

the

the

a

reiteration

of is

there

strict

than

sequence

are used sparingly purely

the

of

strict

recall:

the

with

instance

In

through

created

either

this

time.

melisma.

begin

also

in

be found

many

a short

with

and

through

larger

as devices

either

to

like

since,

suggesting

often

number of these

a greater

the

and 20b),

elaboration

interest

note

however

not

(MT 20a

melodic

certain

is

units.

note

opens

(MT 20c

fideles'

which

sources

tendency

in

unit,

it

examples,.

'Flete

of

versions

a larger two

through-composed

complex

- are 'Divina

sequence

syllabic

and passages,

or as ornaments. The main the

of

lai

is

the

exception

lais

which

case of

systematic

the

of

first

in heighted

survive

many This.

from Figure

Gbd and then

clearly

and simply

does not

therefore

reveal

icance.

However,

of

G final

tonality 'Omnis

-

that is

strongly

in

lacrimas,

Gbd.

Within

the

of discipline, these

the notes

of

scale,

prominent

In

effects each of

systematicity,

are

number

the

The aim is

'open'

and

occasions

when

at

cadence

points.

creates

some tonal

melody

of

beginning

melodic

of

The

moment of tension

versicles

for

part

the

strict

fluidity,.

172

signifthis

the

two with

to reflect

a similar

and ending

'closed'

begins

the

triad

before

from it

sequences

is

the

for

and this

final

reached.

there

on'various than

on other

FAc, of

on one

defined.

and well

a melody

a

(MT 13) to the

belongs

notes

distance

rather

analysis

with

introduction

and ending

of

statistical

beginning

usually

normally

type

sequences

providential

these

tends

are

a brief the

of

thus

lai

these

ön such occasions

and thus

scale.

cadences small

the

especially

triad

each new phrase

notes:

relatively

the

tonality

general

that

and 'Divina of

from

The strict

fact

the

As is

accordance

by the

neither

versicle,

the

to be of in

the

in as to make

a similar

proceed

With

all

on a note

each lai.

indicated

triad

begins

lais:

(MT 55)

final

means that

throughout

do not

(MT 12a)

organisation.

normally This

organisation

sequence.

possible

tonal

of the

strict

have aG

enough evidence

they

the

therefore

tonal

the

profundis,

of this

scale

on f and A, respectively;

of

is

It

begin

type

'De

that

of

notations

defined

on the

type

of

ends on G.

conceived

are not

that

3 each versicle

triad

is

two

than part

comment on the nature

evident

is

more

a great

specific

the

difference

is

no such

points

of

emphasis

the

on the

On,

tonal

is

movement

thus

are

lais

The

share

figures

cadence

phrases

in

falling

third;

be

of

melodic

lal

in

order

They

also the

within

in

occur

repeated

to

the

systematically

or

the

malleability: the

melodies

This

is

used

earlier

of

a longer it

is

of

a melody-are tonal

which

of the

can be observed

of

the

many

to

manuscript individual

which Gestalt

It

by

is

is

removing

was not

is

in

common in the

the

strict

has a somewhat different 'In the enabling musical its

latter

particular

effectively

previously phrase

purpose

familiar

it

is

melodic tonal

is

However in

functions

different.

counter colour;

It as well which its

in

provides

this

familiarity

173

of

it

the

a fixed to

shape.

the

lai. in

and also of the the

lai

it two.

other

length

of

in

lai

recurs

been associated highlights

unity.

economy measure,

facility

as functional: has already

in

context

even if

recur,

aesthetic

melody,

either

in

ways melodic

exclusive

the

melodic

manuscript

same basic

melody

the

affect

versions

the

them

used;

repetitions

which

represent

as a melodic

to

used material

aesthetic

than

here

from

a lai

notes

already

does not

through-composed

to play

role

adding

occur

and gave

clear

already

to different

by no means a feature

sequence.

very

flexible.

way in

the

to conceive

simple

or

which

which

ornaments,

normal

malleability

quite

evidence

or

is

melodies

variation:

individualised

presented

their,

lai

by material

seem to

they

not

is

very

from

reference

the

different.

the

an additional

with

by

-

omitting

differences

the

of

performers

it

is

superficial:

adding

as if This

It

are

melody;

represent

indeed

nor

themselves

ornamentation

static

work.

are

is

of

local

of

his

formulae

derived

and

of

framework, function

or

invoked

they

since

simply,

a rising

are

design

but

are

are by

through

malleability

same lai;

tonal

descending

seem to

which

melodic

consists

by instances

colour

These

can be accommodated

phrase

varied

triads;

architecture

same lai:

indicated

also

general

those

the

musical

it

which

in

evidenced in

tonal

general

falling

their

these

of

certain

melodies

or

by

tonal

of

exactly,

feature

ascending

formulae the

type

of

introduced or

sequence,

same disciplined

One significant

but

strict

a number

melody.

articulate

common:

distinctive

on rising

or

whereas

in

material

while

occasionally

resources

Melodic

sequence,

simple

a recitation

lai.

lai.

melodic

examples,

based of

a vocabulary

of

the

strict

the

as follows:

motion,

idiom

the

The most

summed up

the

composer

deal

most

melodies

in

common in

lais.

stepwise

in

melodies

in

as in

units,

step

a great

several

can

by

quite

occur

common to

elements

melodic

normally

intervals

triadic

are

discrete

of

colour

the

the

the but

as a halfwith

a

different

tonal

colour tonal

The general lai.

About

a climax

is

reached:

After

this

of

melody the

of

range.

heard

in

have

been

the

first

the

through

the

certain

implicit

melody

towards

possible

based

clusters

the

range;

context;

has

two

in

It

is

sequences each

is

fact

in

through-composed MT 32a)

it

form.

their they in

use of melodic are conceived

this

with

larger

note

more

elaborate,

Interest

in

centres

more

figures, ornamented.

the - units.

on the

As the

especially In

use at

contrast,

the

used

parts

of

in

melodies

a

differences

small

certain

between

was of

melodic

in

the

exposition for

melodies

similar

(MT 32)

has

of

this

-

strophic

differ

radically

recall

end of

each

that

and

it

providential

of

is

where (MT 13)

since

contrasts made up of gradually

same melodic in

it

interest

becomes

'Omnis

of

from

Gestalt. (MT 55)

lacrimas'

and on recurring versicle

(s. xiii):

201

on account

It. it

the

been to

Of particular

essentially

motive

since

sequences

lai

progresses

174

(F-0

to the

in

(MT 20)

and already

source

versicIe..

anime'

strict

from-sequence

scale.

versicle

sequence

'Divina

period

the

after'eäch

each

this

extant

which

the

about

from

of

but

however

of

different

have

can be compared

of

fideles

'Flete

betweeh

prpcedures

earliest

refrain

retaining

passages

identity

shifting

repetition,

melody

syllabic

they

extant

simplicity

which

the

purely

employing

on a much simpler is

sequence

markedly

the

55

and those

pius'pastor'

its

In

approaches

Adam of St. Victor,

its

to

to

attention

passages

make. generalisations

'Heu

relation

constant

(MT 58) nescia' 54 (MT 17). Comparison

solatium'

so few

are

distinct.

quite

mentioned

to

there

since

the

of

compositions.

difficult

more

to

ante

comparable

independent

mode

adherence

development

through

'Planctus.

often

-

the

previously

although

and obey

architecture

in

are

that

reveals

are

ornamentation.

'Dolorum

common,

tonal

of

that

suggested.

however

formulae

they

through

on., Abelard's

modelled

their

been

groups;

locally,

and,.

achieved

notes

a particular

stepwise

between

recurrence

of

with

between

five-note

the

colour

general

achieved

triads;

to

and tonal

through

and

is

This

falling

highest

nature

the

contrast:

two-

of

tonal

It

of

or

tonal

concerning

a climax. means

the

formulae

melodic

the

way through

on the

centres range

a microcosm

versicle often originally repeating melodies 53 The aim of the lai composer seems to

of

rules

melodies

the

of

through

different like

exploration

on rising

and

last

the

of

initial

the

is

type

strophic

interest

versicle.

use

the

of

three-quarters

the

recovered,

gradually

all

logic

the

that

of

new location.

its

of

cadence the

latter

derives

is much

often

of

its

motive

recall

role.

This

posed for

and recurring particular

that

it

survives

before

stave

the

be difficult

the

of

planctus

such

a few

general

difficulties

the

examples: the

of

a small

of

each

on the

not

musical

it

would

through-

complex

(MT 11)

planctus'

it

provided),

from

stylistically

were

second

space

is

versicle

'Anglia

an important

play

highlight

text

in

next

it as

also

to

the

as prose

distinguish

to

composed

music

figures

with

although

accidentals,

through-composed

(written

versicles

of

serves

sequence complex

fact

use

cadence

the

of

the

from

by many of

the

pair

interest

melodic

'Sol

and

eclipsim'

(MT 70). Only

type.

formal to

tonal

they

here

he is

is

is

a different

in

individually

a frame

or

does

in

styles

accordance.

to

appears exception begins

have

and or

some of

their

of

general

concluding one

and they

another,

Contrast

between

in which

two-

two voices,

not

with

only It

might funeral terminal

at the

occur

been

be based

cauda

that

suggested

on previously

liturgy,

than

rather of

'0

felix

a third,

existing being Bituria'

melody,

in

for

the

contrary

the

phrase.

through

of

larger

the

the

note

movement is

melodies, newly

175

is

Notre

probably

composed.

(MT 49)

between first

they

The

apparently

two do are

by step,

one instance, the

manner

units

melodic

from

the

motion

first

or else

planctus

illustrate

to

as before,

and in

example.

distributed

the

since

On the whole of

as in

The repetition

varied

each

of

in

are intermittently

points.

melismatic

except

rhythmically

same positions

leaps

part

strophic

cross,

the

examples

serve

written

normally

achieved

units

notes.

occasional

has

is

3 and 4 is

by single

replaced

voices

at different

phrases

always

are

as it

With

is

will

syllabic,

essentially

are

poses,

this

main

This

occasionally

to four-note

but

in

phrases

the

the

of

much

different

polyphonic

style""of

characteristics. is

the

very

developing

examples.

(MT 57a)

melod'

The voices

cauda.

The

style

syllabic 'Pange

of

each

examples

voices

it

achiev-

each

is

form

challenges

monophonic

a cauda.

AB AB CD E (= AAB),

form

to

in

-

these

of

that

for

each challenge

that

different

the

particular

(MT 36),

the

is

an opportunity

relation

with

with

discussion

in

each

left

'in'which

the

occasu'

closes

A brief

impression

present with

done

'In

of

and contrasts

to

not

Although

of

texture

ensuring

also

polyphonic

musical

musical

while

the

examples

different

with

parts

device,

controlling It

secured.

concerned

the

so few

are

a quite

interest.

of form,

there

present

between

consonance

voice

that

fact

Clearly

a domposer:

ing

the

owing-to

planctus,

be made about

can

observations

of

a fifth.

Dame repertory from

the

second not

newly

the

56

However,

composed. chant

At

planctus. be based

was not highly

also

to

attributed

the

the

style

of

from is

that the

the

that probably

times.

Although

quite from

common;

namely,

melodies.

The

the

that

the

of

polyphonic seem to

examples

of

from

is

dramas

these

in

this

discussion This

collection. of

localities

the

and the

in

songs

and

there

at

differing

different

are

a number

lai

style

of in

features

of

have

malleability

be discussed

will

Nevertheless

sources.

this

be

appears'to

included

and in

repetition,

be

minds of medieval -in 'to general changes

an anthology

. formally

of

It

whole

other

within

various

significance

style.

Dame repertory

represents

religious

this

the

related

Dame examples

in

of

D mode can

On the

Notre

planctus

or

sadness

mode is

'distinct

use

form

had with

variety it

composed

planctus

these

the

of

planctus

Notre

styles,

to this

it

considerable

suggests

which

choice

tonality.

of

evident

tenors

of

one musical

melodic

from

it

strongly

the

planctus to

there

confidence

any

western

distinct

that

in

rather

quite

between

resemblances

and the

sections

with

association

of

clear

material.

that

the

history

is

syllabic

composed

theorists:

music

the

unlikely

any

liturgy

funeral

be. concluded

can

period

least

found

not

the

on new musical

It

in

from

melodies

have

I

the

in their conclusion

chapter.

5.

Of

the

small

a third

survive

forms

and modes.

Planctus

number with

of

music.

Type,

Composed

planctus The

after

extant

following

1300

from analysis

this

less

period summarises

their

Form

Mode/Range

A BA'

G:

F-f

AB

A:

D-e

D:

A-d

Monophonic THROUGH-COMPOSED MELODIES 1.

'Heu

2.

'Infelix

3.

'0

infelices'

fratres'

ego'

(MT 27) (MT 38)

than

(MT 50)

176

Type/Form (0

Mode/Range

Fratres)

1.

A BC BD

2.

EE FG H

3.

IF'

4.

FG H

5.

KL MN 0

6.

KL MN O

7.

F''p

8.

RS TO'

9.

FG H'U'

10.

FG H'a

11.

U"V

12.

bcdefgbcdefg

13.

b cd

14.

hi

15.

FG H

16.

F''

'G H'U'''

17.

jk

jkk'k'

18.

h'V'

19.

IF'

20.

h' V'

J

F''p

QK' WO''

UV T' T'' Off

XY Z

T"'W'

0''

e f'g,

hi

jk

jK'

llm

n XX' Z

op U"V

qr

sst

J

op U1 1V qr t

Polyphonic MOTETS 1.

2.

'Doleo super 'Absolon, fili (unknown)

(M.

te'

16)

(see p. 179)

G:

1: c-c' 2:: d-c' 3: c-b'

G:

1: G-b 2: F sharp 3: D-C

mil

'Scariotis' (MT69) 'lure quod" 'Superne matris'

tenor (see

repeated p. 179)

tenor repeated three times.

177

twice

-a

A

i. ! ary

per-

cus- so

He-t IVl

ýE ýrff"

he-u Pas- ýv-re

GUiLý

ýi

Q-

2,

b- "ýF5 eý- raym

q ul-

ýýýu5

a

ýOn,

rnum h0f+ru, i

I- se - fe

mi-

vii -paC

r-z-re.

C

ýg fe n

/x...,

9u a

em

C

10

e

se

rv,i

.

C

V

B: C:

Jam percusso Heu infelices Infelix ego

(MT 31b) (F-SQ 86 (s. xiv), (Heu nobis) (MT 27) (F-SQ 86 (s. xiv), p. 618) (MT 38) (F-SQ 86 (s. xiv), p. 618)

FIGURE

FOUR

p. _609

r/-

nius

A

CCAn, e B hn

M-

ri_

All-

lýlnn_

n

),p

A 1TT

\/ýL-

CLk -

lull

B

cL-

cis

c5-

roc-

fe

cl is

la

'' 0-

c-

A 5

ýt

fQS -

Cl-

nr

ýG_

06

"tf

ref--

ra

--

B 1n1,1v

-

ifAw

'ýý

r-

ýr

ýAC

-a

A C!

-1

1,-ýI-

--

ý, IIIA

-

/: Ic_

Wn

-l.

rP

--

B Plan -qe

A: B:

m1(-

Cvo'.

iumco -

Cum venissem (MT 10b) (MT 50) I-Civ 0 fratres

,o-

re rvtot-

tevh

d(11--

LIS Ala

I-Civ CI (s. xiv), f. 78r f. 74r CI (s. xiv),

FIGURE

FIVE

i

v'f

-1

A

B A6_

So

loh

-

A bitt

-

%i

det

(t

e-

5o

V),70-

1)

rio-

Grý

n-

; -ý

rr

Ila

B

k1

ml-

k;

ok

u4 2-

"fe

pro

A,f-

pl -

A ý1 ir

p--

Ir i_

w1i

//

A1ýb-

11

I

3 a-

on

B

ml,

A: B:

Ion

(GB-WO Cod. F. 160 (ca. 1230), (MT 65b: D) Rex autem David p. 165 (GB-Cgc 512 (ca. 1330), (MT 16) f. 258v Doleo to /Absolon/unknown

FIGURE PAN-A412STAVE

'4ý-

So -

SIX

Two examples lingua

necem

be mentioned. gloriosi

lingua

they

While an opening

with

the

above

the to

that

they

its

should

-

form

same poetic

allusion

'Pange

lingua

'Pange

of

have

evidence

analysis (L119)

gloriosi'

be contrafacta

to

appear

no documentary

however

in

'Pange

and

certaminis'.

and begin

hymn

is

there

both

They

proelium

as this

(L120)

Petri'

included

are not

which

line

first

intended

were actually

to be sung. The common is In

one

melody;

planctus

from

derive

their

as illustrated

he had

to

to

the

on

fideles

_its

from

versicle

also

the

some of

these.

Mariae

What

'Flete

fideles

the

in

manner

individual the often

they

phrases

with

The

barely

triplum

a newly_devirýed as its

point-of

David'

(MT 65)

phrase

which

of

of

the

fact

in

this

play

together

pieced

texts

new prose

pp. 122-3);

It

which

'Planctus also

includes

one

12b),

which

composed,

although

this

formal

been

has however

to

order

inspiration

the

of

strict

as a result the

of

In

contracted

or

accommodate

super

the

(see'Figure found

in

te'

second

either

expanded,

is (MT 16)

melody,

6 ).

contrast

a new text:

recognisable. 'Dolen

The

whole.

been retained.

(MT 10b)_ are

of

essentially

into

woven

Both

half

of

antiphon.

super

the-duplum

while

texts

178

'Dolen

-

the

In

with this

te' takes'Rex

antiphon

conclude

does

clearly

provide

shape

lost

quite

Poss.

ante

The remainder

(MT 20)

'as

(MT 10b).

setting.

is

in

primarily

(L132;

the

have

based

pergitis'

about

that

elaboration,

Three,

to

anime'

(MT 20)

through-composed

not

viam

'Cum venissem'

departure

is

included

'Cum venissem'

interesting.

versicles

considerable

are thus

of

is

certain.

be newly

of each versicle

nature

musical

version

(MT 50)

allusions

fideles

anime'

its

which

to

'Flete

is

to

a musical

especially

piece

Chapter

not

per

with

of

is

is

'Qui

appears

melodies

(see

melodic

this

sequence

through-composed sequence

and

related

simply

two

fratres'

owes much

contains

survive

planctus the

also

although

unfortunately

this

for

it

(MT 58),

nescia'

has

infelices'

'Heu

-

is_also

these

of

'0

(MT 20)

anime'

opening

ibly_,

length

The two

adapted

which

The composer

Mariae

planctus

5 illustrates

Figure

not

suit

the

this

music.

The Cividale 'Flete

percusso'), 4.

to

set

('Jam

play closely

from

material

melodic

both

are

-

discussed.

Easter

melody.

existing

(MT 69)

already

(MT 38)'-

in F. igure

fragments

melodic

of

in

has

above

from-an

'Scariotis'

a planctus

of

ego'

(MT 31b)

nobis'

derived

Origny-Sainte-Benoite

'Infelix

and

-

that

the

much of

'Heu

is

tenor

the

listed

planctus

partly

or

entirely

instance

existing

(MT 27)

is

the

of

each

which

it

that

but

all

feature

one

autem

an additional

particular

motet

the

duplum

tenor

being

to

appears likely

most

function

a new composition

is suggested du plum. This . is organised in a particular

Only derived this

triplum

the

whereas

the

from it

time

this

as is

a planctus

Marian

bass to the

of ground

is

composition

indeed

The normative palindrome:

duplum

the

fact

that

ABC

A'

duplum (=AA'),

matris'

is

in

the

opening

the

three

occurs

-

motet: phrase

times

He comments: is

which

in

effect

of

thus

As Sanders

artifice.

talea,

the BD

normal

and triplum.

a curious is

factor

from

It

sequence.

the

complement

'Superne

-

more

but

the

through-composed.

(MT 69)

is

from

both

are

does,

normally to

the

pattern:

tenor

melody,

Adam of St. Victor's a type

formal

an existing not

by

'Scariotis'

of

tenor

written

particularly

and the

tenor

as the

providing

demonstrates 57

a rhythmic

/o-f 'Superre the rest is necessarily the tenor/ matris', at the end of the piece, the entire tenor, omitted consisting . is likewise is the rest six talea, a palindrome, whose center the third talea. All three demonstrate the motet's voices

Since

modular

(25)

number

and the

palindrome

of follow-

concept:

(17+8 16 B+ 17 +8+ + 17 +8+ (17 +8+ 15 B+ 17 +8+ 17 +8+ 5 (12 + 13 B) + (12 + 10 B)

17B) 17 B)

17 +8+ 17 +8+

+ 14 B + 15 B

The two types thus nearly the upper voices of phraseýof stand 2: 1 relationship. the palindromic The tenor contributes'to the symmetricäl structure with of modus perfectus arrangement The irregularity modus imperfectus. of the enframing phrases the the triplum is accounted by the necessity for of avoiding in the two upper. voices. coincident rests It

thus

would

survive

with

a greater

music

or

planctus

be too

lesser

its

period

degree

type,

an existing

melody,

to emerge in Easter

the in

effect 'Heu

sepulchri this

we might

from

the

ceremony,

of

the

previous

appear

material

be set

which

Furthermore,

plagiarism,

consisting

unusual

to

the

of of

artefacts

lanctus

in

the

style

while,

accrued from

a new style

the

the

of

gradually

used to

of composition

period:

particularly

musical

their

me misera' to

most

As for

music.

a tradition

and''Heu

technique.

term

the

of

Origny-Sainte-Benoite,

dramas of

one

to

on a tenor

based

polyphonic

(MT 23)

dolor'

religious

a great

probably

belong

clearly

normally

continuation

plays

deal

is

medieval from

play

reflects

The motets

waning

inspiration

as musical

newly around

the

with

(MT 28),

great

exception

most_planctus

composed the

eleventh

melodies,

century,

179

with

'

visitatio was composed

what,

esptcially

and of

to

material

the

reflect

a

which

planctus

on existing

based

are

all

since

inevitably

they

though

which,

using

this

composers.

composition

from

in

that

conclude

as a musico-literary

failed

of

to

easy

in

reference

to

(MT 50),, was. integral

10 fratres' existing

number

small

with is

in

no consistency

in

the

are motets

forms

of

is

it

a partial

is

Notre The

Dame compositions

commonplace. larger

the

It

is

monophonic

normally

units

and,

in

order

to give The

syllabic.

intervals

being The

variation. of

the

chosen

melodic

at

the

highest

point

be obtained.

In

those

short

or

of

phrases

(often

repetition variation

is

depends

on the

main formal

particular

types and the

contrasts unusual

combinations

indexes

of

have. types

the

These of

to

logic.

This

for

in

emphasis

be deployed

conclusion

is

aim

of

posed

by whichever

either

to

these of

the

through

which

lai

an interest

melodic

variety.

to

certain

implicit

-

these

three

these

results the

means

basic

of

in

can of

another

sublety

of

180

contrast

yet

is

necessarily

a climax

systematic

which

which

melodic

exposition

-

more

given

of

reaching

recall

or

with

by which

included,

interest

.,

are

means

the

-

reflect

however

which

careful

example

the

are frequently

the

motive

originality

according

of

to

The_ remarkable

sake

variation

movement,

means

is

special

dramas..

a further

unit

Rather

as I have illustrated

stepwise

which

note

contrast

the

of

genre

chants ,.

to passages

a further

musical

of

composed

religious

melismas

with

of them - as for

resources

that

composers

challenges

considerable

is

formulae)

employed. . occasional

patterning

appears

examples

office

from

provides

is

this,

The

there

a musical

with

contrast

by

of

music,

though

normally

melodic

style

tobe

monophonic

towards

paid

that

not

melodies

sparingly,

provided.

is

short

a particular

of

permit

two of the

alone.

syllabic,

range,

that

continued

planctus

melody

tendency

of

Indeed

not

that

reveal

a number of

rhythmic

attention

mode and

to it

occasionally,

included

melodic

exclusive

repertory,

and certain

note

employed purely

of

does

period

Conclusion

of medieval

sequence

this

instances

the

by characteristics

the

aesthetic

form,

the planctus

of

history

to

half-familiar

were most fashionable.

which

history

typified

reference

recreating

of

is

which

from

factors.

that

reflects

6.

which

practice

something

particular

any of these

and styles

The musical

medieval

extant

planctus

However the

confidence.

examples

into

be made concerning

to

generalisations

the

new.

nevertheless

The

it

and turning

material

and yet

in

are

compositions in

different

Patterningrules

tentative

of_musical

since

the

of

elements

exact of

recall

motive

in

considered

religious

from those

the

their'features

strophic

examples

on these

stylistic

of

the'e

largely

in

My suggestion

is

that

dramas

in

lai

or

are to

compared

the

of

melodic

type

of

of

course

been

to

the

resources

melodies

of

have

style

closest

as follows:

Stevens 58

antecedent

is

drawn

summarises

Since

in

sequences,

techniques

belong

which

flavour

the

music to

to

composed the

characteristics

(v)

it

in

relation

consider

importance of

(ii) (iii)it (iv)

will

Notre

it

may, positively,

be the to their

purpose the

texts

rhythmic

be neutral,

of Chapter of

planctus

Six

an infinitely

to teat which

interpretation.

181

out

survive

this with

religious

when

from of

form.

chosen

though notes, principally of single will consist an end-of-phrase melisma; it is likely to have 'open' forms; and 'closed' formulae; or incorporate stock may be formulaic it will be measured, and indeed not normally strict is likely to hamper the fluid movement and varying of the text;

It

emphasis

different

the

of

that

melodies

later

attention

the

associated

owe their

as those

such

contrast

by older

archaic

a somewhat

Having

that

developed

planctus

-normally

sequence

provided

compositions

narrative.

repetition

music

(i)

the

their

singing

of

response

contemporary

Dame repertory: for

inspiration

have

early

dramas

religious

__:

stylistically.

to deduce

to

features

composition:

directions

from

'open';

those

century,

the

of

seems reasonable

and planctus

is In

distinct

quite

the:

often

phrases

twelfth

planctus from

apart

are

malleable.

the

sequenced

though'

others

formulaic,

Notre

and most

syllabic;

final,

characteristic

950 it

composed before

normally

are

the

common,

be

Six.

the

styles

in

features

of

Chapter

examples,

frequently

are

melodies

also

are

different

to

the

of

from

role

has

melismas

of

and those

on the

styles

these

subject

strophic

possibly

short,

melodies

Dame,

of

are

normally

fashionable

most

Notre

with

of

and the

employed;

they

is

cadence

the

of

certain

share

above:

repetition

exact

number

-a

dramas

mentioned

concluding

to

lais

of

a consideration

compositions a variety

the

organisation,

function in

and music,

represent the

is,

that

liturgical

the

Dame repertory

words

tonal

the

and

context,

between

Although

forms,

chosen

and repetition, a wider

relationship

especially

the

of

significance

this

it

may have

measure rhythms

flexible

mould.

proposition music

and

to

EXCURSUS ONE

transcriptions

The sequence

melodies

melodies

from

earliest

known

survives

only

of

in

Appendix text

EX. A:

are

EX. B: EX. C: EX. D:

planctus

pueri

planctus

Bertane:

planctus and

the

'Stans EX. E:

interest

particular

far from usage

survive

the of

which

there

then

melodies

the with

EX. A2:

in

order

Unfortunately

a text.

Only

planctus

cygni:

'Altissime f. 185r

the

Deus' pueri

'Exultet f. 135v

nostra'

these

these

with

to

first

versicle

lat.

(s. xi),

1121

p. 337

f. 13v

is

melodies

of

transcriptions

a text

from

a sense is

Bertane of

each

(s. xi1),

As

a proser.

of

been

the

text

is

taken

local

known

not

to

provided:

'f. 67v

(AH, 7, p. 253):

F-Pn lat.

1121 (s. xi1),

(AH, 7, p. 153):

F-Pn lat.

903 (s. xi2),

F-Pn

captivati: (AH,

7,

p. 267):

lat.

1121

F-Pn

the

of

have

and prosers

maintain

(s. xiii), f. 88r

27

comparative

planctus

F-Pn

filii'

planctus

were

to

f. 212v

derived:

supra

sequentiaries

melody.

'Clangant f. 196v

EX. B2:

of

from

same manuscript,

set

follows

and versions

melodies

as possible

texts

(s. x ex. ),

GB-Cu'-Mm. 2.9

GB-Ob Selden

f. 67v

f. 213v

1240 (ca. 923-24),

F-Pn lat.

sterilis:

way in

the

Since

(sic):

planctus

which

(s. xi1),

(s. x ex. ),

is

it

(Hesb. 5013):

a Longe'

planctum

EX. F:

from

f. 67v

1121

1084

lat.

F-Pn

antiphon

lat.

1084

lat.

F-Pn

publicani:

(s. xi1),

F-Pn

captivati:

Instances

transcriptions:

1121

lat.

F-Pn

p. 55).

53,

this)

of

an explanation

(AH,

on these

marked

cygni:

planctus

for

celebris'

the

tran-

a diagrammatic

provided

Introduction, dies

'Iste

repetition

melodic

sequence

D:

these

of

versions

As far as possible -----------------Since sterilis planctus

first.

have

I

planctus

six

Untexted

transcribed.

neumes

the

of

Four.

presented

been

unheighted

those

are

Chapter

are

has

version

the

with

along

in

discussed

sequentiaries

(see

scription

follow

which

lat.

(s. xi1), 887

f. 67v (s. xi

in.

),

(AH,

'Ad to sancte' f. 147v EX. D2:

planctum/eia '0 alma f. 120r

(AH,

should

of

these

be noted planctus

transcribed

from

a full

study

history

of

contrafacta Schwanenklage,

of each and

only

subject and its

some of p. 491

been

restricted

melody

7,

a selection has

melodies

their

(table),

1084

p. 254):

(AH, 7, p. 90):

that

this

(AH,

trinitas'

a very

7,

entail

the

various that

of

manuscript

a detailed For sources

a list see

),

(s. x ex. ),

1084

lat.

in.

f. 212v

in. ),

F-Pn

and

and pp. 500-1.

183

lat.

GB-Cu Additional

of

(s. xi

887

(s. x ex. ),

F-Pn

p. 110):

contrafacta. manuscript

lat.

887 (s. xi

included, range

would

F-Pn

lat.

F-Pn lat.

musa:

'Eia mesa' f. 68r.

It

p. 248):

F-Pn

publicani:

planctus

'Stans a Longe' f. 279r

EX. E2:

8,

f. 91v (s. xi

887

in.

710 (ca. 1360),

contrafacta they

have

Clearly

sources. analysis of Stdblein,

been

of other

the known 'Die

),

EX. A:

z.

planctus

F-Pn

cygni

w

b,,

0

I

67v

1 VIJ.

1at.

sa --

3

cc. /

4.

U/i'

--__x.

rb. 11

i`

bi W 94

E4 Jr. r

11

01 A'2)

isýý t"N

is -. .,

iff

rA

. --r

fe

--r

r7-c-

I..

g 10.

(x)

184

I

Ex. 13:

planctus

puc-ri

Captiv,

+t 1

F-V'll

r

kil

1-`ti

.11 .'(:

".:..

1 ),

."

v/

"

3.

5

i

6.

4rCr

ci ""

HH

:7.

Y r

d

'

T-

-ý I Ti /IT

i

ö

º--y 1

Ks r---

Y r

-

--

44

rv1ty

(o ü

EX. C:

planctus

Bertane

F'-Pn V

I.

lG 2G

DIA IFw

`f

r-,

J

aýý

ab

s

NN

lip

-T

8

HN

G-1J Cr

klk

9" --

0-

-

1

I L-LM

aL

I D, r-

LM

ý

%ý ,v rv

aNý, ý1. I--lb

gi

41.

_

º3.

186 IMRI

AA

a/o

PýP

EX. D:

- planctus

if

F-Pn

publicani

X)

10ý3'1 (;.

lat.

x x.

),

1 '1? v .

an

--

13113

r,

r7 i) ;=l 1) F-

1,

-

x

0

+-

6

(Hesb.

a longe'

'Stans

(s.

Mm. 2.9

GB-Cu

5013)

p. 337

xiii),

"

A.

-. `

:)fens

ü.

Ion-9Q.

t

Pub--

Ii

- ca - ni

"

Jýa

Pftý-cuý

ýý-ý-vKý

Iý.

-i.

us

SL4

t

W1

p1D-L

'1

a

ve.

De- %Äs pr-o- pl- cz-&S

es-to M,c-4i pcc-

13 7 RWM

ca-

to

- ri.

EX. E

---

1.

a,

pIanctum

-x +. r --- -

1at.

F-Pn

1240

1 ticI

"1

----x--T,-

-- --

.-L

-

3.

-

--

E}"

ö-'

i(n)

f-

--+sat

-f,l_

--z Tr

51

/7

_7

ýi a-

PANAG 12STAVE

-.

£1

-

ýý

ýý

188

ct

EX. F:

dies

1.

Iste

2a

Ob trinitatis

GB-Ob

sterilis

planctus

constat

celebris

o%.

""

""r"

"

27

2b

Cuius

(s. xi),

f. 13v

j"

y"ý'""

Iohannen

in

'Ay'

terris

" ti

..

t"y"

"r~"s,

notionem,

ter ""yy"

vox ad (ilium

patris

y" " "y

baptizatum

semper felix.

"""

f

fuit

mediestinus

ý

"

Fit

supra

A

manifestam

3a

Selden

3b

y "r

in specie

Et Spiritus corporals

"Y" A

4.

Hunc

invisit

5a

Mansurus

ut

super

e"

columba,

'""y

eum

ý' ""

ý' ""

5b

"

uncturus A "

nos creari

,,,,,,,,,,,,,,

""

y "y

"

er

"y"

'f

"r'ry

y genitor,

7a

Eius

"y

precamur,

foveas,

in

quo

tibi

6b

"y "

" ;,.



Ut,

in quibus

displicet

tuae bonitati,

7b

"ý "

spiritus.

ý1 "

"~"ý.

"~"f

iunctos

membris

"

'

igitur

Misericors

testantur

""y

""yf,

ipsius

capacesque

..............

6a

Dei

netos

beptismo

"1'"

et prae consortibus.

Res istee

Bene

complacuit

" "

~'r

unico

nato

tuo.

A

Ba

Ergo persolvamus gratias

gratias

"

Deo patri,

p""f

Et

prodigo

sanguinis,

10.

"r

""A

" 9a

ý

"y

"r

Christo,

""

9.40

A " y"Y"

Qui nos coheredes fecerat

Christi

"H.

sui

Iubilemus.

8b

9b

y"

Spiritus

cordia

"" Is

" y"

A

eý J-

189

quoque,

unctori.

sui,

A: EX. A2:

c

planctus 'Clangant

E:

C:

Deus':

'Altissime

lat.

F-Pn

ni: filii':

(s.

1121

F-Pn

lat.

1121

F-Pn

lat.

903

xi1), (s. xi1),

(s. xi2),

f. 67v f.

196v

f. 185r.

A

B I.

U4rl-,

4ºtt

fl.

I i-

1

Fle-

r0. - t1-

e

o-p,

--

C

1. Al- iis- s1-me De- us ¶i 9M-6er-nas or, -m-a.

2G.

A-

2w

Ce- Ios

h-

EI

ýwi

ij -mi

eV owr- v-

re-'

trvis

fK4...

V.

t

2- ro-Y4

lS º+ºw'-nw re- ten-fi-

0.

i

I

f

"R

30.

JL

d!

ro

11-

0 yis-

S0

t'O-

re

-le.

m

!t

C 0

3w

faht m Sub- I, r' -

5a4-d .%t et u-Sul-

fen-n'ä

i°-

L4-

1:

0.

an-

v%i-

Lh

Iu-

CI-

jJo-rI_

d

#6 non

Q

cre-a-

tk-

Po-

to-eo

IiIc

rat,,

in

S+Cl-

-

IL

C

T6 PAN-A419STAVE

in- cu-

son-terJla-vans-

Iis

Can- to-tL, 190

6a,. 1en, -Per Ad-stNf'

A

B

i

---

J

J"

-

C

IL A

B Hon

(-5)

in

cue-a

den-sosSur-9i-

es

aS-Su-rte-re

o-(i-men-ta

op-E%-mq

C ýs

Garn

.mu-it-e-

6u3 non sunt. Ei tus-ný. cor-ro-ºa, ron-

t4*

tM, tmp-k-

J. 4tß- ten.

A

a B O-

L

tus

0.

*L-c

-sus

p'jk-4t

po

11

wJ

wýý-nýS

(u-

trý-tA

Cl-

At

dt.

Sf-

rrý_

C%

6q

Pro -

Gýý-mu+tW-cet:

Daiý

IAA rýý %eý

u3

1115"t&

t11-

41-

cl.

A

{u-

4

A

C T4,

vM

k"cc

CO-91-ta

rcwý tA--. i-t4

Ve-hot

ri_



ýa

041-m, -nb

Cu-

14L

!

D

V

ýl

PAN-A412STp.E

Et

au-

d, -unt w Banc- tts-sI - rna

vo-cc

Pre-cla-ra

teen -Po-na

sus - t,

au- 'So - ra

!

IýT

Ee n ¢-

ca.

A

B

0 -re-

ti- fans le.., a- je- ba-tur

L Ea ! ýucej co. in- er ßa1-

nu- 6. - uº"

so- de-ra

C

84

0-rr-tats4c-r;

Ees-ta-. 1WIT10-r; "+e., -tt,

oM. "1-a

re-, u»trr1r. p e-4.*5 fre-do-co-t4

A

B yul-ci-

wno -,je

cin_tI-tAn$

Vo- 1t- t&-vi[:

co-ro-

QC perve-

pd 0.- ººmer-nd

a-

ri-

aQ

C

10,

! tc-ce-pe-ruwT

pi's

h-e- ruvL

wA ~j-mA

1"u-al.

A

x B Rc

js

r ijq-na

Sit

vntn

910 - ru -aa-

C O.





Je.

SN1 jUM.

yC

noj

C4AM;

p-1i$

(n

jio-

192 PAN-A41?NAVE

rl

-&

CL.

14

EX. B2:

A:

planctus

B: C:

'Exultet 'Ad to

pueri

F-Pn

captivati:

(s. xi1),

1121

lat.

f. 67v

f. 135v (s. xi in. ), 887 lat. F-Pn (s. xi in. ), f. 147v 887 lat. F-Pn

nostra': sancte':

A

73 I

C.

I

0,1

It-

nrtnD-

r-

1lar_kn

C-

Le

--

I--

,...

-. -

----

L.

a

A-

B

Zo

Con-so-nei de-vo- to Do -w -no jau- Gc$

Z.4

S"- ra nao, va -t4

Cer-ri-

mus

twn

-Aeti.

f

A-

a B_. 0

3a

t Q"+ý deto caet rct Fro jws- pl- a- VP- Mo- M-mk.ne

r'

amOr-ro-grns.

c" SK6 ho-no-

f bcw, I tNiSot-ro, cs o, nom 4 vnus -pii -t4 -tw-

re claº-vo.

A-

B-

ý

4"

44 PAN A4 ^%ETAJE

MIA-&to "-'

Vir-tw-

tes

tº fc-tor - mws ow)-n0 Ki no) Coºl-,.r v,.y

>-cras

no - b, s p ro-fs_ý. u- as

rtd-dentson,:

ta.

(S.I IL

A A

B

Sa

Tw e- nsrn es sa Ius, vi- to, lux

Je-cu5 twet , vnun-di a Per-Pe-

C

5a,

Jus-l%- cI -z

ttm-Pt-ran-tý-a

fortE

ti-

EN- do

k

r-Jcn-Lo

-oL

A

B

ý,

a

14bU uwýý uy- x1no-

P

-tor

po

äitýl)

rcJ

pf

ý1-

Ei

-t

i

?o-

lo ruwj --

C

l"

bernan-Jo tr"ýs9y tos De- 1,- fl- as pre-c.-Pý as ws ý++ý-nos

r-rf-rlq

A

a B

ý0.

Noe Leo Cri-mt-nhwi

termw5 p&a{- me nes-tre -nomC, -n&vn re- . i- pi - a-

(

chi- ma-to

C

as nc

¢ýt sWraPer

Or- b, 5 oon-nj-

A

B

C&

Non(on-ion-qi nds-trs vo- «s JA-IC-Io Vrum

C

as

sawn spt-cýle», DedAns nart o910I r-ll I'M

tcn-to-

4

A

ý-

B

c n.

"T.

A

a B-f-__-

--I-IIIII-----

Nýec

IO

cWK-t.

sN-

1 VIr-tuS

Per

et

S4-pe-

be-o.

rn-de

-

to

re-

r'-

"

49

B

110.

Qua ar-vawý con"Jý_dýt we ýon-trº. ý,ce-luny'

at

/T

s-tom ýºýcr_n*t

C Y

_

--

A""""w"n

i_

r_

L6

__.

--

-

. _.

I-nc

ý. nn

"

B 12a

fa-ve

vo-tis

äe- ýi

-tRýdrs-t

4-

tnt

b-o"-rwin

"

C""

(2q

Ob"tý-ne-nnt,

Mar-tl-a

(es r't-ca-tct

kette:, u-r&

_. ennn_C

_I --IL..

a_

_

c

do-nat

---

a-

m-

m45

.4

A

-

17

"

B 13

ýuocw-Pa-ct5

Se

mu-ht-r'S

cf-fec-ti

-ý,_for-weisgrvº-ti-f

C

g

13a

SL4P-64-MNS

Haecst-re

o- 'et

at;

vanet. r*s-dw

"

iuS-cg

0

lot

A

"I"I

"

B I1.

giAO

Ao-cat

41-

4. t

Srien-d1-dl

1Y/! i-t

Las

LMrt-

S-11, -

to.

Gr1-

/11-

t+s

04^

1

ter

n&

"

C

g

II..

pan- äst f º-wiw- to$ op t4- to

Uors-to Co.

r-MIS, - io

196

ce- les- to- 4

Pie-. o-., '- w

A:

EX. D2:

puhlicani: a longe':

planctus 'Stans

B:

(s.

lat. 1084 F-Pn (s. 1084 lat. F-Pn

x

), 1.21; ("x. 1.279r ex. ), x

ß'v

A-

a B= --

.-V

-.

-V-V---

r..

-l

-

--

AT

a B-

3a

." No- le- bat

Ei al-

ad-

(ý cc

SPA- ce- re

5ý-

ý_ dQ 1-06

ri

es-

A

0s

BDe-,

l}Q

4s

pro-

pi-

ti-

u5

rº+t-

ha

to-

Pec-t4-

to

A-

13 -1 I.

F

.-

A

4-

.

d B-

A-

Bi

49

ý.

Lis ml-

et

r, os lus-

. S- ft-

ca. D7

EX. EZ:

n:

'C

C:

'Eia

lat.,;

trinitas':

alma

GB-Cu

musa' :

ý37

(ca.

710

Additional

1360),

1 . 00r

A

A

"

B

/,

U

al-

de-t-

ma bri- ni- tas

tag et

} In- vi- 01w-a

C V

---t,

-f



-I-



:;:

0

*-

0

r-

.4.

t

i -

-f-

a Cs, L)

B -ý "".

2a Qo.e ka- 6i- as ce- (e-!

laci_ a pa-

s ,-ej-ni

C 2a.. Äst

mo-du-!

"nr &(- b4-

4

re-

su! - et

Ina-fa (au-du». plec-Ero

carn,

- na.

A

B

3a J-

bi - lat Ca-ter- va ma- is ä4

äctk- rx. Eei- Cusf

c C

a

Pa- ra- ýIý ýý C a- riS-ma

ho-cý,

fum-n. f Ch -h d -tat

ea

ü A 0

f-

-0-

-*-

'r"

«#.

B

4d. Et

UQ

cla" ra

- SP -

ho

con- tu- cn-

ple-na

Eur

ruC-ýu

Ea al-

Fee-f:

-

ct

mi- ra

d-

a

Mu, j-t0

ni

mss

0.

1 `)8

sy

-luri1-na[

dr_ rd

mu- de- re

)- qtr f(A

A

-r

-r B-

1 4- 0. er-na-C -11

C-

6

A-

-4-

B_

ýa

Ma- iec- tas

e- is

est val-de le- to

cla- ra

due s. a, - -

"e- bo-ant a9 wýý-

Cr

..

_ý.

__

.. _

Af-

f-

ra

B ýa)

CAe

les

tr-

ct

äi-

can-

-t-es q{-

Aec

fan-iu"

ver-6a

N4-r",

-c2

C

n

A

"

B

" lea

Pre-

ces

Stl f

mar_rum

fr-

ji-

a-

darn

Sa-Cer-äo-

S! - mul

quo-ry

-

0.

rle

on-nis

ex-

(

tAý

"

C

1

f

PAN-A4 12STAVE

Ec- cc

öer- vu C(,nr to ca It IIC

tu- a-

ui

kg( au- la 1139

dc-

tiprm, lot Faf G,r-r+ýna uF uc can

to n-

A

a B ý4)

j'

-

&-

r0.

per

e-

o-

rum

doc-fn-Nam

Jrec

Aptý+n-tut

ver-6t

rýZi, -Ml-CQ

C-

r-, C(, -) 9_

1

mi-

in-

nl

Banc ýe Sanc to-

did- cre-te

14w n'iIb-te

ä1-cat

VOL t

'10-

vnI-I, -um

cl, o-re-a

bur_rýI-ccs

wmari-neJ

I'L

4A

Po5-cl-

vncAS

on-oe5

t4-

a.

Iý- cL

B

8,

ýt

con-fun-ýaNt .n

su per-na 1er-pas rc5-na.

C I-I

PAN-A412STAVE

u$-tM4

Clare

So-

ptC

Ar-le-ILA-

a

200

bi

pro-wjQhf un-ft-

ca

Introduction

1.

the

In

to

order

previous

settings

musical

of

establish

its

social

results

have

to

defined

this

has has

to

The working the

gether

this

the

destruction

of

The

specific

whether

the

texts

features, the

As pointed how to

are

often.

and

In to

therefore is

This

in

named order

to

it

distinguish important

the

from that

other the

is

that

types

question

each

are

by

additional are

about

about

or

of

to

establish

literary according

composed

they

represent

merely

unity

no extant

which

would

must the the

prescription

the

of

funeral its

was not

be considered examples had

term

the

fact

discussion

under

a restricted of

literature

possible

of

planctus

characteristics

of

nature.

precise

therefore

that

sources

specific

of

genre.

this

Against

to-

an utterance

whether

indicate

suggesting

identify

but

a degree

an underlying

there

manuscript

planctus,

is,

have

might

genre.

rubricated

Chapter

gathering

is

they

whether

One,

Chapter

as a literary

where

ing.

in

in

texts

by

chapter

as a literary

classified

out

be

can

personage,

typified

that they

whether

the

characterised

principle:

of

the

style;

classical

each

determine

to

a planctus.

write

regarded that

are

concerned

being

their

operative

genre,

introduced

outset:

or

this

of

purposes

and

the

are

and

function

or

it

whether

a literary

the

for

matter from

a city,

class,

the

As indicated

constitute

biblical

same controlling

a taxonomic

permit

literary

and ultimately

is

variety

consider

discussion

under

an historical,

of

to

employed

texts

of

instance to

The

proven.

definition

grief.

to

been

fact

is

according

characteristics.

musical

characteristics.

be made explicit

must

death

each

assumed

as regards

the

in chapter

literary been

corpus

predefinition

this

of

in

or

in

be defined

can

planctus

form

negative:

normally

never

Latin

and

investigated

been

have

form

verse

manuscripts,

planctus

the

poetic

proved

according

One it

Latin

extant

context,

the

chapters

whether

The purpose

word.

of

three

MATTER AND STYLE

LITERARY

CHAPTER FIVE:

the it

literary

mean-

planctus is

also

antecedents

addressed.

The main

arguments

which

will

be advanced

are that

each example

is

normally (i) (ii)

these

features in

presented

are tone

historical likely

influence in

practised

this,

for

two

of the

I

will

Although

characteristics

I

typified

by

variety

provides

grounds

literary

genre

a remarkable for

types,

main

of

Appendix

of the

C (where

will

indicated

in

Tables

in

notion

planctus.

of

to

relation

these

lamentation;

of

four are:

A small

Roman digit

period

to

the

type

Planctus

genre

relation

is

that

impression was fixed

it

is

possible

types'which

impossible to other

kinds

of funeral

given

of

single

are also

to identify

the constitutive

and remained to

what

out

defined is

historical

elements in

entirely

the planctus

to subject

about Since

structure planctus

a so-called according

terms

as a in

unchanged

individual

literature. 202

the

of

Personage

of

thus

as illustrated

an outline

are presented

they

it

literary is

is

refers

be consulted.

should

descriptions

as

this

belongs,

an Historical

that

While

and content.

it

of previous

the

tables

following

For

discussion

number

reference

planctus

Two).

about

planctus1

of

which

Chapter

these

planctus

matter:

subject

(see

Four

In

alphabetically).

arranged

in

are provided

consideration

under

A.

Appendix

two categories

first

others.

in

of

other

are

the

each of

to, their

One to

literary

in

planctus

to one of the

according

The weakness

matter

the

to studies

of

to

chronological

of this

in

material

they

2.

from

argue

will

previous

subject

be referred

distribution

of

the

to

belong

planctus

The texts

the

Latin

consider

according

a few examples

only

to

to

in

evidence

is

examples about an historical personage, those about a biblical personage, those about a classical and personage, those about the destruction of a city.

The majority

they

in

been be

will

defined

(a) (b) (c) (d)

with

has

to

planctus

I

approach

encomium

according

Latin

This

flexible

a more

is,

that

the

the

originally

genre

treatments.

of

were

a literary

show that

also

adopting

than

My procedure

will

in

be located

which

The

unity.

rhetoric,

as

a public

planctus

underlying

can

Sophistic

definable

specific

its

of

exercises of

schools

the

grief

of

utterance

gives

contend,

rhetorical

Greek

and prosopopoeia.

basis

the

mentioned:

already

deceased;

characteristic

This

language.

and provides

basis

the

with

those

to

addition

and of the

address, a eulogy

along

a formal

address

of

in

features

main

use of direct of employment

the the

and that

two

by

typified

there

planctus is

historically is

include

in

contemporary

treats

encomium epitaph

monody

in

as that

previously

reference

apparent

the

However,

firstly,

especially

several' his (L77:

in ii)

form

of

the

Short

in

'0

jam

'Mecum

examples: tetendi'

(L46:

(L85:

angustia'

is

definition elements however

is

a discussion particular

is

or

mons'

of

the

purpose,

iii),

style

of

the

or purposes,

mode or

eulogy, which 203

tone

of

the

(L82:

in of

address

(L66:

longer

i),

'Hactenus

'Me cordis

and

subject

other.

iii),

in

marked

this

problem

eight

each this

of

constitutive

matter

which

of

her

type

of

employed,

and a consideration individual

fused

dulce'

(L80:

found

descriptions

previous

the

not

the

a large

'Hug

of

are

the

remarkably

from

one

Her catdlogue of

summa'

carefully

round

elements

of

in

of getting

analysis

to

voice

is

ecclesiae'

(L149:

utters

takes

it

include:

fibris'

this

Secondly,

often

more

a definition.

element.

refrain

separate

still

of

become

'Judex

thirdly,

'Laxis

method4

in

gives in

same

terms

speaker

fact

is

the

matter:

prayer.

lament

is

which

the

in

'Lucifer

the

subject

the

and

a more detailed

indication

speech,

and

As will

or

where

evidence

it

each

a central

stanza;

to

i),

fuit

in

the

on consolation.

be useful

where

concluding

ii),

emphasis

of

element:

in

is

iv);

lacking

praise;

consolatory

and constantly

ii)

no more satisfactory.

What

i)

impossible

Cohen's

includes

is-an

is

(L86:

'Ubi

iv).

simply

also

examples. planctus

ii),

lament;

undoubtedly

(L1:

exordium

Timavi'

and

Thus

to

ordering

the

after

(L102:

Christi'

with

same in

the

ca. 1130;

(L15:

fortissimus

the

concerned

weaknesses.

(L78:

this

which

True,

sub-types:

more

general

is

a constant

it

the

for

speech.

planctus.

each

to

the

so that

planctus

too

following

examples

is,

18-20)

and

not

prayer,

(s. iii)

and the

places

Latin

solis'

addition

is

personage,

consolation

lament;

deceased

composed

eulogy

'Bellatorum and

in

these

of

sub-types

and concluding

primarily

specific

'Lamentemur'

planctus of

the are

'A

refrain

prayer

proportion with

the

Rhetorician2

matter

in

7,10,

the

with

no'strict

in

(st.

a prayer

in

is

and in

concluding rare

there evident

prayers

grief

the

an historical

and consolatory

monody,

more

of

eulogy

that

frequently

most

deceased

and is

subject

has

schema

which

matter

3

description

description

inevitable

the

intense

the

observed

this

of

This

is

the

essence

is

each

praise

but to

related

in

dead

combines

on a brief

it

monody

emphasis

long

one

normally

closely

However,

of

of

centres

though

by Menander epitaph,

differences

subject

about of

eulogy

offered

of

the

Thus planctus

lament,

encomium,

are

the

range

literature

of

matter. to

or

that

precisely

the

kind

relation

exordium

of

there

this subject

similar

presented

is

in

appropriate

that

a limited

and universally

planctus

of

the

served.

Thus

i),

as

as well before

of

two

of

combination and

adlocutio

the

Greek

(or

Greek

to

the

belonged

elementary

education, the

into

tinople thus

in

Along

Greek.

and Priscian's numbered

amongst

(fabula),

fable refutation (locus

the

includes

It

professional the

the

precepts

de arte standard century.

of

(narratio),

(adlocutio), (de

which

Priscian

legis

(laus),

encomium

latione). includes

The in

his

account

of

Priscian

those

minor'

monastic

may be approached: (sententia),

proverb

commonplace

(comparitio), (positio),

is

following

9

Praeexdercitamenta

of medieval

following

thesis

a Constan-

Ars grammatica

the

comparison

closely

were

to

Sophistic

and confirmatio),

(descriptio),

ecphrasis

a bill

chria

which

accomplish-

rhetoricis.

(usus),

(refutatio

and confirmation communis),

texts

back

a boy's

of

by Priscian,

grammatica11

how the

part

The Exercises

Second

teaching 12

a number

of

to

oratorical

as Donatus's

such works

descriptions tale

formed

century

the

one

Hermogenes,

society

life.

of

to

the

civic

in

included

are

looked who -

necessary

sixth

encomium)

Sophists?

De Praeexercitamentis

with

sixth

the

of

early

his

Institutio

from

schools

his

the

made available

without

basis

(or

He was

exercises8

the

in

schoolmaster,

In

as a

attributed

are

Second

the

examining

laus

Tarsus.

of

declamatory

in

Latin

initially,

Both

which

Gorgias.

of

such

adult

Exercises

-

least

conformatio).

or

rhetoric

by

exercises:

schoolmaster

tradition

Hermogenes

translated

/

of

achieved

at

rhetorical

or

pagan

teachers

of

Sophistic

Progymnasmata6

Sophistic

ments

might

of

constituents

5

be described,

prosopopoeia

a second-century, of

it

terms

be

it.

conceived

be investigated

also the

usefully

can

may have

poets

their

In

This

planctus.

how medieval

must

be made concerning

can

an assessment type

this

matter

subject

factors

these

prosopopoeia and introducing

a summary 13 laus:

of

the

elements

Intrinsic family, the marvels attending subjects: city, race, birth, the nature of body and soul manner of life, education, to be treated beauty, the headings: stature, under agility and for the body; might self-control, and justice, wisdom and for held, the soul; manliness office and deeds.

Extrinsic kin, friends, household subjects: wealth, and the like; the length how he died; the omens seen at his death; of his life; him; what happened after his death (for example, funeral who killed his bones; and games); whether there was an oracle concerning Comparisons something about his children. can also be employed. In

his

discussion Adlocutio person. object. and the example,

of

adlocutio

Priscian

outlines

the

following

14 points:

is the imitation or prosopopoeia of a of the character This be an actual person can-ei-then person or an inanimate Two types the definite of adlocutio are distinguished: indefinite. for The latter to typical refers situations, his family leaving what a man might native say to his on

204

0

individuals, for the to former of particular words land; to to Deidamia go Achilles about when say might what example, is single Adlocutio when a man makes a speech by himself, to war. from a victory, for say on returning might what Scipio example Scipio interlocutor, for he has what double example, an when and Three main types of a victory. army after say to his might for that example, distinguished: mood, concerned with are adlocutio is feature dominant the to Hector Andromache where say might what for to the habit that what a example, of mind, relating emotion; the the farmer first of attitudes where a ship would on seeing say the combines which and that personage are of most significance; two, for reflecting might say to Patroclus, example, what Achilles in his habit his the Patroclus mind of and emotion at of slaughter firstly be employed: tenses for the war. three Finally should plans A the future. the present tense, then the past and finally in relation to the person be adopted who is suitable style should imitated. being the

Since

Priscian

outline

of

includes

this

will

in

comparison

indicate

to

serve

his

of

account

his

praise, of

understanding

a brief 15 it:

is of three the comparison types: of similar things. to greater things things or of lesser in in the commonplace for misdeeds, amplifying

Comparison of diverse employed

things, It is praise,

It is carried and extrinsic. all respects

in censure and as an exercise in its own right. by covering both intrinsic the topics of praise, in In the comparison which are similar of things

out

the similarities and are outlined or in the majority of respects the one is to another, is preferred When one thing compared. in just the of a comparison as praised and other censured, justice is also made between Comparison a man and and wealth. between Ulysses his better, and for comparison a example as is he favourably is Hercules: here the lesser since seen man his (on a smaller the to on account of man greater similar scale) in required are Powerful style vivid a and virtues. oratory transitions that the can be made swiftly. order Although

the

detail

tendency

strong

have often

in

towards

been

Hermogenes

neither elements

had

which

appropriate;

nor

Nevertheless,

Cicero

or

the

forensic 18 Quintilian.

education

and do not

the works

of Cicero.

It the tions

seems quite

death in

an historical

mind.

This

of a particular (L86: i), the

is

example, earliest

is

given

the

the

personage best

extant

worked

illustrated

followed

designed

writers with

through

by reference

planctus

205

or

at the

were 17

in

aridity, of

of

qualifications.

Cicero,

for

Pseudo-

elementary

and inspiration

value

earliest

works

as a set they

whether

academic

the

were

practical

that

of

of

that

note

examples

one

The Exercises

likely

of

without

sophistication

have

of

they

which

prescriptions

regardless

presented

impression

their

present

be included they

are

the to

contrast

to

to

a

suggests for

important

is

Priscian

nor

conceived

are

overclassification,

pedantic 16 it

criticised,

lists

these

which

of

of planctus

at

Priscian's

recommenda-

a. detailed

discussion

to others. death

of

'Mecum Timavi' an historical

centres

personage,

of

a man might

say'

the

idiom

but

on hearing

of

the

murder

the

expression

of

the

speaker's

his

of the

'what

of

'habit

speaker

to

lament:

mind'.

calls

upon stones

Adriatic

Sea,

formerly

belonged

address,

he invokes

a number

as its

'renowned

to

place

the

to

tense

the

second

to

the

church

and its

his

gentleness

the

returning

it

invoked

a chain

the in

Eric's

direct the

joys

address

and rhetorical the

second

are countries is

cosmic

phrases, 1.1), sanguine'

he

the

digresses

the

idiom

a prayer

the

to

now

effect

of

that

formal.

derives

happened

distinguished Eric's

enhancing

to God asking

own grief

what

both

the

on

his

expressing

future,

died

ignominiously.

immediate

further

reproach

thus

is

shield

personages,

thus

nobly

of how Eric

a description

to

how

initially

a curse,

description

numerous

towards

of

he interjects

him,

for

looking

with

speaker

bereaved),

related:

are

the

and its

the

and

he had won,

and mutilated

Returning

lists

land

tci

generosity

deeds

once strong

murder

speaker,

his

Having

His

from

speaker

concludes

may benefit

Eric

in

from

of paradise.

The tone direct

the

who lamented

address

in

his

this

his

in

Continuing

belonged.

body stoned

of

refers

Eric

and changing

for

up the

rightly

of comparison.

He then

unfortunate

Then

places,

address.

Finally,

stature.

whom it

powerful

death

and ordinary,

prowess.

was killed

friend,

the

poor,

comparisons:

direct

renewed

(the

direct to

educated).

Eric

the

which

alluding

present)

he praises

auspicious Eric

(and

up

them

into

in

Still

lineage.

noble

address,

flow

and places

Avars.

-

on

urging

lamentation,

and divided

to

the horror

deceased's

after

in

those

and his

Emphasising

his

direct

which

Italy

story-telling

person,

barbarians

based on further

shattered

the

physical

device

to

was brought

dependants

of

rivers

barbarian

and to

third

where

the

employing is

to

the

Northern

is

emphasis

in

interlocutors,

nine

land'

native

on an exposition

imagined

home-town

Eric

and his the

in

defeated

(sometimes

past

mountain

lands

citizen'

the

the

of

Eric's

where

he conquered

Timavos,

the

tense

present

in

presented

his

than

rather

the

of

of

the

As such

emotions,

a series

leaving

'on

- not

in

and is

Friuli

of

a friend.

of

Opening

of

the

Eric

on a eulogy

of

the

poem is

and from devices. person,

the

chiefly

or rivers,

not

(3.5),

through people, Direct

such as are typical famosum'

employment

The language

and generalised.

'civem

This

(3.4),

'nomen ...

of

of direct

the praise

celebre'

206

the

of

is

made in

germine' (4.2),

since

scale

like

is

address

imperatives;

Beowulf:

features

articulated

the

addressees

implied

scenario

epithetic 19 'dulce

stock

(3.4-5), 'largus

use of

linguistic

of particular

an epic

'nobile

from the

in

'claroque donariis'

nomen' (st. 2, de (4.1),

'pauperum (5.3),

'karus

nature

hero.

the

him

and

or

to

allusion

formal

its

and

stylised

than

the

serves

The praise

following

it.

of

To the

a particular

conceived

do the

places

diversity

of

indirect

praise

this

public

projection

speaker's the

of of

the

poem is

praise-and

tasks is

of

with

is

his

of

range list

deceased not but

fame,

the

idealisation

is

not

however

only the

also

a form

represents

to

contributes

have had

Christian:

a model

the

effect,

list

the

of

out,

puts

would

deeds

of

points

as Curtius2l

praiseworthy

no

account

no random

each place

home.

is

there The

larger

be at

As Becker20

better',

geographical

deceased

objects

to

seen

art.

invoked

God and

of

or

justified;

sake

the

the

which

accurate.

the

In

values to

or reader

further

of

tribute

to the

about

too

is

language

Eric

of the

the mountains

body may also

the

is

recommended

emphasis

it

functions

deceased

of the

of

to God's

contains

of Gelboe,

be drawn from

remarkably for

on emotion,

clear

for

this

the

close:

adlocutio; and even

the the

general

implied use

of

207

to Eric's

and the

three

possible

and Saul.

The

reproach and to his

shield

suggestions

mode of

address of

a

a moral

is

It

to David's

presence the

itself.

even the best

die.

Jonathan

references

planctus

making

that

mercy when they

and the allusions 22 this.

between

for

namely,

as a type

an end in

as a means of paying

and as an occasion

to be regarded curse

both

of human history:

subject

The relationship by Priscian

virtues

course

are

that

particular

example

of Christians

that

the

feats.

particular

formal

to

style

he however

more

with

indicate

Idealisation

point

the

the

Christian.

good

In

for

a soldier

and

(11.1)

nevertheless

listener

as

his

is

'the

association

who is

attention

particularising

of

and countries of

informed

a poised,

draws

which

spite

historically

rivers

a doctrine

virtuous

received

necessarily

relation

which

facts

is

achievements catalogue

him

the

grief

the

in

seen

human beside

falsify

formalise

apostrophe,

in

idealise

to is

to

the

with

'subtilis

the

in

couched

Thus,

(5.5),

epithets

of

expressing

consolatio'

grief.

virtue

accorded

to

Eric's

own feelings

emphasis

merely

attempt

his

is

These

without

emotion.

of

His

of

'summa

armis'

vocabulary is

his

concern

represents.

the

means

expressions

This

in

an individual

of

amplifying

brief

the

stylised

response

(10.1).

lamentation

of

in

'potens

fortis'

deceased

language

controlled to

the

(5.2),

subsidium'

(5.4),

'vir

and

of

The

'miseris

sacerdotibus'

(5.5),

ingenio' the

(5.2),

pater'

made is

precisely

interlocutors,

different

tenses

the

follow

Priscian's from

omitted his

race,

length

marvels his

of

bones.

Since

evident

that have

would

life, however

his

this

the

life.

birth'

that

eulogies

the

'soul';

is

an attribute

his

to

therefore

physical

that

the virtues

by Priscian

the

are

use

Priscian

subject

which

and the

purpose

and inspired

the

the

provided

the

organise

a response

poet

Exercises

with

of

death,

but

as

It

work.

would in

extolled they

have

These

the

matter

and mode of

laus

and

adlocutio

style

the

are

of

adlocutio

contributions

be

suggested to

said

have

he could

which

idealising

of

-a

address

could through

a means

and with

suggested

discussion

his

serve.

framework

directly

a formal in

open 2

not

are

of

choice

a conventional

to

not

own sake,

and that

which

leaves

might

-

the

God's

Eric's

values.

the

Otherwise

poet. by

work

rather

are

-

Adonean warrior

planctus

but

raises

which

medieval

Christian

verse,

of

the

some change

this

of

its

used

praising

when

for

has

emphasis

gentleness

performing

of

i)

as a guide

greatest

admired

soldier

by contemporary

given

impression

(L86:

by Priscian

prowess

included

The

school

and his

church,

'marvels

of

topics.

at

are

recommended

The characteristics

the

the

days have undergone

been replaced

of

which

main

personages

Timavi'

learned

the

exception

these

'Mecum

of

have

the Christian

of

Hermogenes's

poet

The values

same as those

nor

appear

the

especially

to

completeness

of to

is

it

soldier

sake

historical

other

the

his

concerning

irrelevant the

are

household,

his

the

with

are

Eric

of

eulogy

wealth,

for

are

allusions

he would

as a recipe.

quite

of

contain

which

generosity,

which

Moreover,

Paulinus,

Exercises

than

his

the

which

as a Christian

these

of

elements

and oracles

presented

elements

discussion is

given

is

his

death

amplification

of

attending

his

at

Eric

introduced

achievements

in

omens

in

praise

birth,

his

attending

the

for

topics

Priscian's

The

exactly.

almost

outline

contemporary

values.

Planctus to the Its

composed at the death

broad

scheme suggested

flexibility

permits

can be amplified stances

the

of

to rehearse for

every

deceased.

planctus

of

illustrate

Timavi'

(L86:

that i)

is

it

of the

type.

of variety

since

is in

not

However,

to be found

through of

of features in

to

variety. 208

two Exercises.

in

to the

elements circum-

one chapter (L86:

'Mecum Timavi' a discussion

amplification

there

of

employed

characteristic

each and that

adhere

'different

according

possible

relation

the main types nucleus

these

of

more emphasis

presented

this

examples

given

personage

combination

deal

Clearly

arguments

I will

scope for

and thus

the

representative

by the

a great

an historical

of

of is

also

'Mecum

i)

-.

Since noble

interests

the

differ

normally

ecclesiastical differences

of the

extolls

in

that

I

emphasis

can

qualities

in

courtly

in

poet

those

of

will

the

good

writing

the

former

here

troubles

lying are

takes

the

eulogised,

first

include

becomes

which

are

the

gften is

king

frequently

for

a central

topic;

dead;

their

his

express

main

planctus

digressions

to

opportunity

the

now that

ahead

Four

first. is

or

a deceased

about

there

government;

a king

about

poet

consider

human mortality

speaker

a planctus

of

be identified:

values

which

the

which

of

on the

which

that

sake;

from

personage

made reflecting

the

of

own that

and political

opinions. Examples

of

(L135:

ii),

dabit'

habet

'Qui values the

(L131:

ii),

are

praised

in

which is

his

for

supporters,

ruler

generous

to

whose

moderation

and wisdom

there

is

Although

these

are not

peace.

is

gentleness the

begins

interjection person,

of

the

stressing

his

justice,

the

church

by the

kingdom

both

then

considered.

Italy,

France

lost

'glory'

third

and his

sword by

from

implied controlled from

the

general

Christ,

for

the king

The formal

use of

epithet,

scenario

which

the

that

the

speaker, the

virtues

of

direct

this

and the

deceased

terms. 209

form

rather

is

wealth

invokes

they

of

have

the

The

also

are

not

of

the

from

the

employed, treated

all

to hear

derives scale

is

angels

he asks

deceased

but

of the

third

wisdom

address,

cosmic

verse

deceased

respectively.

planctus

chosen

the

that

the

addresses,

(L77: ii)

a brief

speaker

to the wish

and exhorts

apostrophe

manner in which fact

loss,

in

Christian

summe'

the

by

the

a manifest

tone

'Judex

its

two

still

the

up a dwindling

first

according

In conclusion,

song of praise.

the

king.

mercy of heart and 24 His subjugation

he built

address,

feudal

which

in

enemies

civil

the

bless

virtues

that

and

importance,

of

After

people.

direct

of

upheld

and increasing

advising

and been deprived

and

to

his

That

power to

and Bavaria,

men to pray

the

its

serve

of

dependants

in

Henry'.

his

and to

merciful

in

Christ

Henry's

praised.

restoring

to

to

king:

feudal

df

Thus

no part.

crushing

are next

and the Virgin.

his

Realpolitik

moderation,

Returning

he urges

faithful

of

he describes

'alas'

barbarians

-type

The

opponents,

are

be typical.

peace-loving

of

to

virtues

ii),

ii).

ideal

is

law

the

an invocation

with

to

to

plays

universal,

generosity

than

of

'great,

emperor,

Friuli

harsh

assumed

an idealised

Eric

of

speaker

his

in

the

and its

Christian

but

of

church that

'Quis (L78:

(L16:

tantus'

who is the

ii),

'Lamentemur'

those

are

ensure his

emphasised

The interest

each

ii),

'Cesar

and

a strong

(L129:

'Plasmator'

summe (L77:

'Judex

vocem

concern

to

the

in

and

only

The

lines

short

disyllabic

rhyme,

compressed

into

the

identify not

to

his

own particular The poet

(L129:

of

Vercelli,

idealising

the

of

question Both

what

it

takes

be made the That

to

richest

of

some of

these

there

may be a more specific

the

poet,

the

virtues

of

the

at

life

Perhaps However, secular

pains

king26

simply

the

two

bodies

he may have

being

doing

Hamlet,

that

is,

on how good

patitur' (L10:

'Alabaustrum' (L76: that

iii)

'contains

much the a man. time

in

an eclipse Geoffrey,

Thus the

in

-

Count

Brittany,

he,

Vercelli

Leo,

should

the

to

of

of

who is

world

210

his

account

successor.

Church

and the the

or

Latin

of

to

a. lady

players

in

the

the

poet

how the -

and '

at

leticia'

qualities

who is in

(L76:

leticia'

et

loved';

relation

sun29 the

'flower'.

to this

opens,

sustains

death 30

-

body

mortal

iii)

all

examples

as its

divine

'Jocus

out,

declines'

other

et

(L371

of

conceived

fallible

'Jocus

iii),

was in

legally

was

new king's 27

described

remembers

the

the

king

other

Wipo,

patronage.

points

(L35:

the

in to

'Expirante'

the

listener

or

ii)

of the

virtues in which

stanza

include

values

(L131:

habet'

the

Gorbuduc

of

author

is

exercises

'Qui

and fallible

a description

with

school

presented

summary in

patitur'

of

that

explains

and are attributed

light

of

reader

As Dronke28

a perfect

'the

Leo

feudal

iii),

'Eclipsim

how

while

fourth

be maintained.

(L35:

person,

order,

involved

the

advice

be said

third

departed.

extolling

his

one mortal

could

same

the

consider has

new monarch's

that

courtly

make up courtoisie

for

how closely

fact

iii).

addition

ruler

case of

As Wipo

the

should

'Eclipsim

the

poem was

as the

government

eulogising

ii),

his

-

also

new king

the

king.

presenting

Planctus

in

reason

mind

In

Glaber

a great

merely

were

hand,

seeking in

authors,

(Ralph

ii)

they

social the

The

25

that

the

and

the to

ensure

of

as having

of

in

melancholically

further.

step

they

same time

ii)

(L135:

such

specific

government.

king

now that

to

deceased

-bearing

feudal

the

that

and poised.

sufficiently at

good

go one

in

the

affairs

dabit'

suggested

of

he was

'Quis

other

is

This

is

and

examples

On the.

king.

of

bishops!

likely.

former

ideals

the

not

single

result

balanced

(L77:

summe'

the

with

are

although

Each

other.

*,image,

are

is

matter

each

eulogy,

the

suggest

quite

with

praised

'Judex

of

subject

with

often

sequence,

mirror

nature,

breakdown

himself

upon

is

happen

will

on the

reflect

chime

respectively) virtues

of

example,

of

ii)

range

as its

king

the

this

of

which

for

and celebrates

and Leo

the

same topic

which

'Plasmator'

versicle

phrases

for

untrue.

generalises of

that

containing,

The virtues

are

ensure

the

versicles

to

each

short

treats

versicle

of

of Death

is

as a force

seen

and now Christ's then

speaker to

how he

and

'the

kindling

of

the

is

government terms

they

greater

confidence

in

the

ability

a topic

mentioned

but

not

amplified

The ruler

is

of

one

of

the

young

pretz,

(P48)

for These

main

'0

and

(L121:

mors'

(L104:

iii).

None

mourners

itself

by urging

because

the

death, the

grace,

to

day,

the

church

patronage,

the

army the

With

counsel. up.

After

reflecting

the

speaker

urges

war. material

snatch

away

In

bereft of

loss

of

the

of

that

his

someone

to

peace

problems

uncle

should

the

idiom

as noble

some of

of

'mann',

contemptus as the

and great

the

guide

examples 211

of opens

has

direct

address

death,

using

'murderous fountain

a second

is

robbed

dies

types,

darkness,

of

and discord

him

-a

in

boy to

order

when

deceased

discussed

her of of

king

worth death

-

avoid

can

ruler.

so far

all

flares

questioning-the mundi

of

invocation

and France

new heir

day'

deprived

cleric

support

the

of

he addresses

conclusion in

ruler,

of

a

often

other

In

the

a protector,

is

their

the

iii)

and the

that

world,

with

express

in

which

man.

poor

to in

how Champagne

the

service,

on the

world

In contrast

and generous

explains

speaker

the

the

fair

planh

(L73:

speaker

Champagne's

the

of

epitomy

plaudens'

subjects

the

land

virtues

delight

of

people

of

the

ii).

'Magri 'Da

death

iii)

day

the

the

concludes

the

also

Continuing

Henry

(L77:

whose

are

address

Champagne'. of

-

Jerusalem'

planctus

the

strong'

iii),

of

(L113:

enshrouded

'the

and

these

direct

are

is

planctus

examples

and the

cleric

in

fickleness

death

eulogise

kingdom:

security,,

civil

of

and a courteous,

that

lacrimas'

the

as an opportunity the

in

having

amplifies

from

that

there

de Born's

'Jerusalem,

as in

of

,

(L113:

While

those

which

chivalry

amongst

these

of

and

summe'

Bertran

II.

honesty

generalised,

'Judex

celebrated

deceased,

the

sun

in

iii),

of

tame

of

lacrimas'

place.

the

eye',

away

speaker

stole

to

to

or

'every

'snatched

its

and the day 3,1 In '0mnis

invocation.

grief

take

to

was in

Henry

on the

reflections life

of

made to Death

in

in

ruler

Included

'0mnis

society

his

in

conceived

flower

those

melos'

transience

the

of

'Pange

normally

also

extolled

on mortality. iii),

virtues

as it

1183)

iii),

prayer;

it

is

these

as the

normally

are

(L84:

Theclbaldi'

(+

between

refined

virtues

chief son

virtues

emphasis

(L23:

the

manner',

of

as a friend,

seen

of

are

a more

reflect

alluding

'maturity

they

though

that,

The

'

'friend'

as

and

fountain,

a friend.

world,

directly

difference

The main

path',

th@ refreshing

the

his

to

levelling

'its

virtue,

deceased

strong',

from

in

soldier

the

addresses

'tamed

idealised

no one

remaining

generosity.

good

spares

away

snatches

which

which

in which

of

commonsense number

of

political

the

William

the

Norman

eyes,

English

what

planctus

at

'Huc the

of

that

(L65:

Examples

'Vexilla

(L151:

regni'

(L85:

iv),

'Pange

'0

(L149:

iii)

he was killed this

author

and classical

personages (L85:

'Me cordis' the

Earl

22ff.

and the

manner

two

iv)

in

to

alive

destroy

laments

parody

(L151:

iv)

address

sardastically,.

former,

and

troubled

and

and

'Glory

die

with

be to his

throughout of

the

England. deceased

fait

the

Creator!

Glory

Henceforth in

to

political

to

latter.

systematically

212

prayer, in

the

who have

be peace

the

with

to

destroy former; made Peter

and rejoicing than

reproached

offering in

who a

address:

Amen',

Rather

in Peter

of

concluding

Earls

regni' direct

use

death

those

the

are

him',

an earnest

the

urges

'Vexilla

executing

direct

nobles

speaker

Both

Of

Peter.

In

England's

-

on the

in

how

admonition.

however

iv).

may there the

to his.

Gaveston

a curse

of

of Robert

similar

effective

Instead

status

of biblical

the

hand

and

mons'

a range

was betrayed

my tongue,

supporters

he is

(L102%iv),

Not content

of

(L120:

'Me cordis'

and relating

corruption

Peter

iii),

the manner in which

of

we beg you with

Amen',

political

iv),

'Ubi

the

of

end with

charms:

the

_O latter.

the

the

fates

be the

a song,

effectively

forever

death

... 'Blessed

in

(L120:

of

particularly

centuries

(L149:

conspirators.

Most

necem'

God and Trinity,

annihilate

praise

'Compose

both

highest

the

'Pange

England',

prayer,

traitors.

at

of planctus

mons'

rise

Gloucester

how he

about

gives

outlined

which

manner

Simon de Montfort

amplification

was killed

Having

).

the

controversial

author

Simon to

compares

the

ii)

amplifies

a number

the

of

(L130:

jam Christi'

'0

by petty

who suffered

Gloucester

of

(stanzas

still

also

the

two

how he was a follower

and dismembered

the

In

him to Thomas a Becket,

comparing

tell

dolor'

necem'

The

illustrating

to

fuit

'Ubi

to give

pains

at great

(1),

iv).

through

seen

man.

more

... iv),

(L105:

(L119:

saint,

Grosseteste

'Pange

dolet'

quarr

is

a martyred

include

of

and fourteenth

for

type

death

on the

clearly

in

thirteenth a voice

ii)

narrative

however

as

iv),

gloriosi'

...

the

used this

of

is

It

is

each

a short

for

There

Good-'Proh in

a

factions.

a great

the

providing

from

is

such

are

as a vehicle

opportunity

speaker

by infidels.

planctus

are

the

Charles

death,

(L44:

takes

ii)-the

used

particular

caused

of

provenance

the

with

they

deceased's

views.

of

trouble death

is

viril

there

articulated,

achievements

speaker

ades'

English

his

and the

the

of

'Flete

Conqueror:

was murdered of

in

often

planctus

views

this

of

the

which

political

some evidence

and

in

examples

expressing

are

opinions

each.

and

The planctus in

similar

design

difference was

adapted

too

it

lies

in

to

suit

at

the

death

of

to

that

of

a king

the

topics

the

values

is

modified

to

leader

or

monastic

teacher.

(L133:

ii).

The

and then

invites

relating

the

As in

begins

the

of

to

as the

'holy

Changing

from

the

second

Heribert

as God's

'faithful

an early

age.

progress,

the

of

natural

holiness, the in

his

the

and

for thus

and the

in

to

are his

of

of praise

community (L100:

i),

and

'Quis

meo capiti'

the

death

of

'Orba (L137:

aspects

of

in

values.

manner

social of

Archbishop

prays

to

the

to the

(L114:

suo' iv)

the

of '0 Fulk'

With

values

life

Fulco'

(L100:

213

evidence

a piece

signs.

all

this the

poem derives

- the

use

leader

and guidance

exception

i)

(L115:

planctus

relatively rather

of

patre'

praised-in

of

address.

ecclesiastical

the

the

of

direct

care

than differs

preparation

land

men

scale

in

of his

at

God that

'Orbata,

remain

monastic

s death

travellers,

life.

his

iii),

personage

then

virtuous

of prayer

to God.

is

he had

of

to

the

and balanced

controlled

him

people

was. in

and from

refrain

gentleness,

for

to

tone

achievements,

an ecclesiastical

different

his

at

boy

led

nature

of

formal

are particular

devotion

reflecting changes

the

recurring

and theological and his

the

made many

apostrophe

and

which

by

death

Christ

speaker

as from

and the

form

-

goodness

approved

ii)

epithet

as well

academic

Fulco'

the

address

(L77:

scenario

The topics

heaven

his

Christ

needy:

his

this

of

providing

the

eulogises

Heribert's

ascetic

his

Thus

Subsequently

summe'

language

sequence

as the

generosity

he is

morals, of

by

works His

Him.

the

good

upheaval.

end with

'Judex

-

Cologne.

was decided

education his

him

with

of

speaker

he was -much_loved

naked.

that

direct

virtues

address

flock.

describe

the

Anticipating

burial.

Like

implied

'0

his

indicating

may have their

of his

this

weak

his

Concluding

the

of

and externally.

prepared

from

a time

after

internally

tömb,

in

the

poor,

his

a song

vocation

as a soldier

where

He continued

even

praised

archbishop

of

care.

churches

His

the

to of

direct

ecclesiastical

whose

story

and bravery

generosity

position

the

character'.

good

sing

principium'

Heribert

person

metaphors

relates

poet

third

'Qui

personages

his

of

so

ecclesiastical

God in

Archbishop

servant',

biblical

Using

to

list

soldier,

in

to

ecclesiastical

the

the

see

a prayer

shepherd' to

as Priscian's

Christian

to

interlocutors

of

Just

of

clear

deceased

many planctus

important

the

virtues

with

imagined

virtues

referred

the is

The most

chosen. in

is

personage

noble.

extolled

This

speaker

or

praise

accommodate

his

a great

of

an ecclesiastical

at

constant the

nature

only of

his

insofar body

iii)

ýý

ýý-..

and the

burial

examples

service-are

'Orba

-

both

on the

murder

iv),

on the

execution

to

in

events

in iii)

from

there

a few

are

Examples

i),

namque'

(L9:

he is

that

involved

are

a reflection

are

written Fulco'

'0

the

latter

constantly feels

about

with

a heavy

unlike

(st.

soul'

Alas!

(L100:

i)

are

persons

a deceased deceased it,

is

as in the

(L46:

classical

ii)

this

does

to

with

'Heu time

his

for

present

not

personages,

me hope;

his

complicate

with I

grieving

long

at

this

time,

and cities

and

but

use

(L49:

ii),

Archbishop for

and there

own opinions. scenario

poet 214

of

is

his no

The by

of

'Omne quod'

26).

and

of

second for

planctus

Canterbury,

attempt

invoking

this

eulogy

the impart

to

ability

author

not

qualities. (st.

first

another

is

for

and your

the

of

and

a watchful

me,, -alive,

Lanfranc,

such as the

it

he

style

which

you

eheu'

the

of

miss

the

author

name except

I

countries

ii),

the

his

say

to

particular

he thinks

appearance

joined

scholarship

(L46:

'Hactenus'

speaker

In

the

examples

in

formal

what

never

grief

these

While

who

impression of

applies

ii).

of

one which

Scottus,

the

all

customary

'I

achievements

clumsy.

praised

the

and unhappy;

lamenting

of

teacher,

(L46:

face,

gave

not

This

whether

is

amplifications

poets.

to

de Bourgueil

giving

However,

am always

always

living

not

academic

seems

I

am wretched

a backcloth

deceased's

it;

his

of

his

example:

imagine

'You

you

capable

Fulco'

of

grief

Baudri

or

Makar. is.

'Ad

question

such as Sedulius

'Hactenus'

for

The

of personal

accounts

cherish

or:

ii).

person

deceased,

I

ii),

first

the

I

(L101:

in

to

heart;

Gauzline'

topics

reverts

while

'0

usual

the

grief,

i),

i),

of

competent

of

a small

(L87:

poet,

quite

ii)

tristamur'

and that

and

covers

now I

why

Against

of

most

4);

just

man;

the

mine.

'0

a deceased

the

(L87: is

(L114:

suo'

for

own feelings.

his

of

noble

or

Laments

(L26:

personally, of

by

ii),

ii),.

virtues

call

as an expression

(L26:

'Doctorum'

wrote

'Orba

(L133:

might

'I'ente

tristamur'

'Mente

of

indeed

expressions

one

what

The competent

be resolved.

author

the

and

a king

principium'

'Doctorum'

was intended

a planctus cannot

of

(L46:

'Hactenus'

the

as personal

include

former

ii),

'Qui

of

manner

of

king

ruling

song.

idealise

which

examples

the

of

(L100:

to

the

death

relate

-

the

offended

expressed:

a protest

be intended

seem to

number

than

planctus

in

ecclesiastic

the

less

nothing

Apart

are

(L137:

York

of

three

iii),

meo capiti'

Scrope

personages the

(L115:

'Quis

and

at

The other

patre'

Richard

planctus

opinions

political

is

a Becket,

ecclesiastical the

some detail.

'Orbata

Archbishop

of

resemble

which

iii),

Thomas

of

which

and closely

(L114:

suo'

in

amplified

on the of

'Hactenus' of

a chain

(L110:

part

ii),

33

of

32

who is

poet

(L46:

'Hactenus' difficult his

of

be applied

(L26:

ii),

inspired in

Rheims

namque'

(L9:

a register loss

the

at the

of

in

his

for

death

the

scholarly Adelman

poet,

by

is

in

'In

patristic,

Arabic

planctus

direct

address in

presented death of

the

being

at

of

Peter

Latin replaced

include

Latin

and

a public

the

deceased,

That

the

two

Gaveston, planctus, by blame,

both are

also

composed organised

and direct

address

215

in

to

the the

being

By to

the

same

is

variety

classical,

their

works. to

central are of

end

the

at of

are the history

the

same manner treated

use

which

lanctus

parody

towards

Makaris'.

exercises.

that

both

of

a limit

personage

of

a eulogy

as Dunbar

of

and

evident

an historical

of

tone.

is

it

pupils

personages

range

personages

his

belong

the

success

just the

more

since

a remarkable

discussion death

iii)

the

list

as school though

these

long

suggest

examples

Ambrose,

(L68:

and medieval

the

writers

described

of

for

as a

praised

of

this

ii),

and

Fulbert's

of

seven

'Lament

(L14:

begins

scholarship,

remaining

Domini'

preceding

his

both

accurately

mourning

of

of

in

three

the

iii),

of

By praising

ideals

poetry,

to

who is

nature

accomplishments

praise

nomine

in*

the

more with

described

From

in

The

are

and concerned

evident

dead

ii)

Chartres

the

reinforces

literature

of

Hence

a saintly,

As an amplification

the

community

(L117:

(L14:

of

work.

indicates

tone

'Armonicae'

Deum patrem'

Fulbert

teacher's

death.

of

manuscript

each

the

the

power

Each

praising

ideals

up the

immortalising the

then

Adelman

scholars sets

Liege,

formal

admired.

to

or

include

'Armonicae'

Bishop

(LMO1:

others.

'Oro

iii).

of

their

who continued

iii),

and

Odilo,

of

the

achievements. of

as a teacher

of

(L68:

(L108:

'O transeuntes'

case

-

the

of

to

'Ad

poem dedicated

the Makaris

for

Laments

nomine Domini'

at

the

the case of

The so-called

lament

in

saint,

guide,

as a devotional

here

Archbishop

Cluny

their

gives

loved

male

Gauzlinue'

'0

-

of

Fulk,

of

response

who was

'Doctorum'

for

-Abbot

the

leader

a spiritual

a local

of

Odilo,

i),

flow which

ideal

the 34

laments

the

are

and reflects

functions

spiritual

'In

(L100:

intimacy,

planctus

memory

the

of

way

the

de Bourgueil's

celebrate

of

is

possibility,

Fleury Gauzlinus of and . use of the second person

ii)f

these

In

a different

poet it

interrupt

De amicitia.

by Cicero's

Fulco'

'0

to

the

own feelings, to

Baudri

trying

he-is

his

One other

to

readily

If

exercise.

bothered

he has

own opinions.

that

Personal

a school

expressing

not

why

more

is

friendship,

ii).

is

his

poem with

might

of

ii)

imagine

to

in

engaged

plainly

-

praise

sarcastically

-

bears

witness

death

of

the

as the

framework

lamentation,

to

literary The

mixed. contrasts

economy

excess

inconclusiveness

to

of

the

in

exercises

for

example,

'Bellatorum

ii),

'Oro

to

mention

to

extent mood, of

not

invocations

for

it

is

in is

of

differs

however

Whereas

the

their

suggestions are

homework,

school 'Omne

(L110:

quod' (L108:

of

iii),

however It

day of

from

it

a planctus: planctus by

statement

persuasively.

Geoffrey and Pseudo-Cicero provided 39 There apostrophe. are no clear-cut

interest

is

in

the

of

is

aptly

is

Geoffrey

iii).

with

itself

216

time. not

accumulation 38' suggests

instances

which

de

is

had already As Dronke intended

as

Geoffrey

poem.

of

of

planctus:

and is

a model

death

This

as regards

Gallo

described

out

a poet's

and

form

the

Geoffrey's

writers

hybrid

at

and Death

is

its

a curious

most

ii),

and the

sustained

to previous

piece

(L75:

planctus

(L93:

death

demonstration

proceed

language

stands

composed before

other

has

St. Odilo

The

different the

1099,

presented

'Neustria'

substantially

write

36

are

luge'

in

Jerusalem

of

others

'Jerusalem

of

is

accomplished,

a few

(L127: i) is 35 Of particular it

Songs

are

examples while

translation

which

a virtuoso

latter

uses

the

used

examples

of

de Bouillon,

because

Song

the

of

of

eclogue.

the

planctus

how to

a model

have

of

the

Moreover,

transeuntes'

'0

detail

quaeso'

Richard

to both

been included

Geoffrey

the

of

lament

it

to

i)

i),

with,

iii).

ii),

detail,

Godfroy

both

personage

because

suggests

ii),

language

in

capture

a pastoral

and because

Vinsauf's

the

at

'Plangite

(L8:

an historical

pr

adapting

and

number

above

author,

and

fletus'

the

its

striking.

a dialogue, in

dead

which

is

(L11:

(L15:

journalistic

The

the

a planctus

'Ad

discussed

unusual. for

ii),

sense

iii),

a significant

those

a lament

(L112:

(L86:

a few.

only

Nevertheless

clearly

(L117:

(L66:

number

narrower

fortissimus'

Deum patrem'

including

the

dulcet

appeared

a good

undoubtedly

'Hug

a recipe,

instance,

clearly

quite

than

is

Timavi'

itera'

writers

rather

particular

etas'

of

'Mecum

of

planctus

planctus

of

as a guide,

suit

'Omnis

of

subject

type

Paulinus's

of

amplify

he belonged. this

of

aimlessness

'Anglia

majority

Exercises

the

the

which

planctus

of

eloquence

with

to

to

poet

interests,

period

this

Within the

the

at

these

recognise

for

opportunity

achievement

histronic

the

the

own particular

and

to

planctus

a planctus.

of

historical

markedly

the

while

his

the

or

The

with

however

of

continued

attributes

main

according

medieval'writers

personage

is

there

that

fact

an historical

components

topics

to

his

objectives. of

that

how to would

detail, Quintilian deploy permit

the

7

to

claim

planctus

is

one

in

not

either

closer

in

detail,

make the

a direct

was

to

spirit

moving

his

ways.

This

of

Geoffrey,

is

Geoffrey is

strategy

other

in

laus

to

with

contrasts by

s

if

conquestio,

Cicero,

adopted

procedure

straightforward

much more

pity;

to

many different

in

same point

account 40 Like

spirit.

listeners

his

influence.

of

source

Cicero's

in

assuredly

most

with

concerned

the

that

planctus

writers. If

my suggestion

provided then

two

points,

into

taken

works

of

planctus

conforms

For pragmatic

the

fact

and his

as Paulinus it

However

can

The works

evidence. not

enjoy

popularity

eleventh forms.

Thus

planctus been of

(181:

point

their

and

their

approach

it

is

also

death

Like planctus speaker

to

topics

of

panegyric

of

of

in

De Oratore. of

a Biblical

death

of

lament

at

the

of

a fusion

of

individual

217

such school.

did and authentic of

works

both

the have

would

reinforcement Phebus'

'Libram the

speaker

makes

seem to be derived 42 In spite'of approach the

what

from

to

planctus

consisted

in.

Personage

an historical direct

that

In

normally

about

to

a different knew

examples personage

Planctus

would

which

his

their

iii)

praise

these

3.

an explicit

(L73:

and knowledge

to

in

that

note

Jerusalem'

an historical

consists is

to

interesting

owing

tenth

in

planctus.

of

negative

of

their

that of

source

at

the

foreign

unlikely writers

earliest

authors

of

the

the

access

the

expression

the

only

is

'Jerusalem,

account apparent

the

at

is

reference

Cicero's

of

it

iii)

direct

at

to

read

always

not

style

evident.

what poets

until

schools

monastic

is

and Quintilian

Pseudo-Cicero

times

but

writer,

this

the

and

not

available

in

the

likely

basis

on the

these

centuries, 41

of

Cicero,

with

specifically,

actually

tentatively

the

concerned That

most

exactly

of

contemporaries

be proposed

in

former,

be verified

cannot

are no records

close

the

not

seems the

Priscian

This

there

that

latter,

the

reasons

inspiration.

Sophistic to

to

is

balance.

eloquent

with

and ultimately

of

as evidenced

Prisciän,

be

should

nature

persuasive

later

and

unconvincing

pragmatic,

other

approach,

Menander

Hermogenes, detail

system,

Sophistic

and adlocutio

seems

planctus

the

to

contrast

the

rhetoric

of

the

In

account.

Ciceronian

and the.

aesthetic

one

the

for

inspiration

initial

the

Exercises

Priscian's

that

personage

address normally

and the

eulogy.

bereaved

this

type Here

biblical

43

personage. is

or

in

the is

placed

ment

his

loss.

and reproach in

the

planctus

Thus, for

Joseph

the

contrary

happiness,

ing

again

on his

'mission

of

comfort

of

a father,

own sense

of

guilt

peace

was

of

his

son Jacob

Joseph

as

'my

son',

that

body

lie,

must

sense

of

Joseph

dead

flesh

then

reproaches

savage

in

a series

as his

the

beyond

and violent

and dishonourable own death

after

concludes

that

grief,

death

ill

died

in

memory of

in

order

evil our

in

can

to

and young boys to bloomed',

himself

nothing

wishing

his

the

him

and

because

both

Joseph,

as a warning a little

for

favour

the

for

he. longs

his

He

for

son

being

uncivilised for

again

He

questions. song

can

his

soothe

and invoking

old

fresh

his

men

flower

which

about

how a tomb has been erecter life's misfortunes and

boy.

Wishing

he describes

Finally

Joseph's

on the

'the

Joseph,

as

qualities

wounds.

his

no

him

of

Joseph's

and wishes

that

to

and

where

as his

rhetorical

bore

that

parents

violently.

the world,

of

Joseph's Returning

identifies

killed

suffered

a series

console

lamentation,

to procure

son

Dwell-

Crystallising

he reflects

Next,

measure. which

asking

has

he assumes

beast

wild

life.

these

asks

limbs

young

son,

a father',

himself.

Jacob

eulogised

apostrophes

of

on

his

for

of

and

die

and Joseph's

funeral

lost:

himself:

three

hand',

you;

then

by me. '

light

comparisons

of

than

for

slay

is

he has

through

first

to

not

reproaches

'the

'right

death

lament

a medicine

virtues

desire

the

expressing

guilt

his

did

committed

the

repeats

also

was

and

face',

his

Joseph

what

Jacob

his

suggests

He then

of

robbery

as a 'young

offspring'.

adding

of

an act

assess-

much more

begins

that',.

who did

father

and

deceased's

beast

wild

description

eulogy

'dear

'That

the

of

to,

died,

personage.

Jacob

iii),

eulogy

amplified

an historical

of

the

the

are

just

normally

reaction of

it

Jacob's

the

in

manner

for

himself:

was your

has

immediate

the

(L57:

michi'

through

his

emphasis

speaker's

death

by blaming

indirectly

more

responsible

the

'Heu

it

lamentation

Accordingly

at

in

dying,

on the

those

of

of

subject

of

process

deceased of,

the

Since

day of

judgment

planctus

focuses

that

there

'which

will

was no check

tongues'. In

thoughts qualities planctus

spite

of

for

'patris

solatium'

'patris

lumen'

death

of

is

Apostrophe

and rhetorical

formality,

by

stylising

is

style

eulogiesed

'vitae 'cars

the

speaker's

also

serve

expressions

218

to

are

'eins

the

idealised:

facies'

(5.1),

dextera'

(6.2).

enhance of

persona The

as in

and,

'tenera and

inner,

formal.

they

(3.4), (5.2),

proienies' questions

general

personage,

remedium'

on the

nevertheless are

an historical

(3.3), (5.2),

this the

father

Joseph

which the

that

fact

a bereaved

of

at

the

grief.

the

poem's While

the

repetition Joseph

(sts.

agitated

quality,

they

a public

level

an historical 'Heu ment,

(L57:

of

understood

with

the

for to

the

the

the

speaker's

bereaved

the

is

the

of

and state-

some logical

This

treatment

about

by

provide

grief.

to

latter

normally

to

emotive

planctus

between

an attempt

their

best

scriptural

37.32-5:

Genesis

in

in

proceeds

poet's

by

of

evident

first

is

there

reasons

event

the

Jacob's

affected

difference

chief

that

second

reference

the

of

the

the

explanation

is

iii)

in

whereas

account

The

bereavement

to

formalise

thoughts

as is

such

expression,

inner

the

project

it

to

reaction

fact is

which

rhetorically

response

in

imagination

virtues

containing

Jacob's

features

the

of

Jacob's

and

that

these

personage.

michi'

lot

impression

ultimately of

6),

listener's

the

or

ti . and passages'

Joseph's

and personal,

Although

grief.

5 and

the

give

fili',

'Ioseph

as

between

contrasts

7 and 8)

such

(sts.

represents

balanced

is

phrases

of

Hanc invenimus: et dicerent: ad patrem, qui ferrent tui filii an non. vide utrum tunica sit, filiii Quam cum agnovisset Tunica fera mei est: ait: pater, devoravit Joseph. pessima comedit eum, bestia lugens filium Scissisque indutus est cilicio, suum vestibus, tempore. multo Mittentes

Congregatis liberis ejus autem cunctis noluit consolationem sed ait: accipere, meum lugens

in

infernum.

The poet

has amplified

devoured

Joseph;

to

However, to

the

for

and he

the event:

his

death

wishes.

human

depiction

wider

significance:

is

thus

Hence strategy

speaks

for

putting

The majority with

the nature

man will-be with in

reference relation

the

joyfully

personal

elements

forward

an implicitly

sin

of

this

and the-fact

social

context

from

in

torment can

type in

Saviour.

are

and

spite;

a more is

and

given along

be

his

a with

Jacob

a vehicle articulated.

part

of

message

of

the

Salvation.

explicitly

a

emotively.

concerned fallen

" This

can best

material

is'treated

each example.

219

reaction

when

poem are

didactic

biblical of

the

of

that

redeemed by the which

benefit

his

responsible

lament

Judgment,

of

Salvation

of

Jacob's

Jacob

given

for

mourning

of

Jacob's

soul

message

to the way in to the

he will

grave

beast

he refused

self-reproach

has

Day

the

time;

ultimately

of

poet

Testament

Christian

nature

account,

awaits

of planctus of

the

biblical

Old

the

inclusion

the

souls

the

his

as a man who feels

although

Testament

apparently for

Hence

a long

go to

this

to

added

Jacob

the

which the

Jacob

than

a type

through

has

However,

Old

many other

said

poet

death.

son's

he would

the wild

story:

on for

his

for

this

of

dolorem patris, ad filium fletu.

perseverantein

the main points

Jacob mourned

be comforted;

illo

Et

lenirent descendam

ut

state

be seen and

son.

The responsories from

II

and from

Samuel

II

David's

lament

skilfully

first

part

lines

from

the

Psalm the

of

David,

cooperto

lament

proper

as in

the

his

in

strong

eulogy brother of

that

he was

the

extolling as in

life

his

they

were

the

of

he had Priscian's is

aim

to

praise

of

their

of

Jonathan

Glossing David

hearts;

wanted

strongest

In

to

battle

antiphon

in

of

'Montes

love

in

place

trope

epithets and

to

David

gives is

David

recalls

Hrabanus were

After that

just

together.

remain a literal based.

As

David's the

constancy

David's is

employed

than

swifter

men and in

his

surpassed

he says that

that

the

him

relates

they

the

him-as

faltered.

death

two

arrow

In

given

for

never

mind,

and Jonathan

their

Absalom,

describing

responsory

these

of

Jonathan's

Spul

show-that

is

Maurus44

he mentions the

emphasis

in

this

beauty

of

The

how the

own soil.

and Saul

1 Hrabanus

physical

description

'

Absalom

illustrate

arrow

so too

on laus

interestingly

autem

died

to

leonibus')

his

Exercise

and eagles

men in

the

the

informed

to

he had

on

autem

dicens.

suum,

in

('forcior

on which

verses

'Rex

directly

separated, Samuel

line:

Jonathan's

Jonathan

lions

to

the

not

on II

commentary

interpretation

if

of

Cushite

Jonathan,

that

and that both

'Rex

on'their

most

for

fact

aquilis') nobility

i)

lions

than

based

opening

how the

to

killed

Jonathan

Praising

the

apostrophe

vignette'is

grieves

the

to

('velocior

eagles

In

David

the

Vulgate).

(L28:

te'

from

is

verse)

that

'Saul

includes

addressed

wish

further

treacherously

super

stronger

the

each

of

were

a woman.

one

with

i)

antiphon

apostrophes

by David's

as in

(L90:

the

in

antiphon

although

filium

lugebat

text,

However,

in

has

appropriate,

the

(the

i),

deviser

extracted

of

paraphrased

repeated

of

where

the

account

incedens,

objective

and alluding

that

is

the

amplifies In

(L139:

phrases

effectively

scriptural

two,

dead.

second

and Jonathan,

biblical

Thus

part

Gilboa.

of

and concludes

the

of

the

Gelboe'

'Montes

followed

'Doleo

responsory

from

1.

II-Samuel

which

death

battle

however

of

Saul

David'

each

event.

quotation

for

autem

them

simply

125.2,

capite

The main

the

19 the

the

with

phrases

of

21 and

Vulgate,

than

or

consists

consists

son,

(rather

i)

Absalom's

In

and paraphrasing

Mountains i)

'Rex

Absalom.

scriptural

laments

of

case

responsory

verses

(L139:

David

son

the

and 19 of

of

to

David'

his

(L142:

from

reproach

in

a vignette

24,25,27

a line

18,

of

David's

of

case

sentences

provide

Jonathas'

verses

the

amplifying

to

order

of

for

selected

occasionally

et

in

1,

Samuel

consist

antiphons

and

the

comparison 45 hyperbole. that

explains fiercest

and

time.

Gelboe'

(L89: 220

i)

most

emphasis

is

placed

on David's

to their

the but

the

describes

He thus

He says:

Vulgate

lament

literal

meaning

their

from

Apart

in

considered

them

Firstly

appreciate

Since

grief

they

seem rather

they

have

case

the

of

is

carried to

the

Old

antiphons

and is

thus

which

Christ's

and appropriately

coming est

indicating

to

for

Saul the

the

are

meaning Hrabanus is

Maurus

that

the

both

Lord

the king,

is

more straightforward responsibility

for Israel's

into

are

Israel,

(Isaiah

5.6).

the

This for

disobedience

was

answers

the

liturgical the

of

slow Accordlament

down

to

on Gilboa

is

sin

the

explained question

Both

see

them to Isaiah's for

reproached

infidelity

chant

sufficiently

by David.

to God. who,

its Hence,

as God's

Characteristically

of Saul

and Jonathan

than Yes, obedience is better is the fat of rams. Rebellion crime of teraphim.

by

this

of

Hrabanus49

of

saecula',

struck

teacher

to that

in

David's

a personage

of Christ.

'Sicut

be redeemed by

was

Isaiah

its

line:

consideration.

reproached

have betrayed

deaths

their

Saul

glosses

(I

Israel's

more simply

by

Samuel 15.22):

better sacrifice, submissiveness a a sin of sorcery, presumption 221

to

anima meal

ejus

Bede48 comparing

by analogy,

his

the

it

The nature in

seen

at the news of

for

king,

In

each belongs

performance

explanation

sin.

seen as a type

the

of

anointed

Gilboa

than

constantly

suggested

be taken

and Hrabanus

mountains

is

will

thus

of

literal

of

the

semini

singing

for

and thus,

as Israel,

comparing

of

as a type

of the

infertility,

anointed

Bede

is

accounts

to

God's

an act

mountains

the mountains vineyard

-

texts

liturgy.

of

with

et

of

Pentecost

'Magnificat

personages

the

the

Saul,

Amalekite by

If

reliable47 the

history

concludes

meaning

expressed

retelling

message of Salvation:

Old Testament

of

scheme

Abraham,

antiphons

liturgy.

the

after

song of rejoicing

nostros,

antiphons.

period

figurally why

cyclical

Mary's

A typological

of

this

ing

of

that

Saviour.

the

by

ad patres

the

Sundays

Testament

(Luke 1.46-55)

context

on the

in

of

by the Canticle

followed is

include

to

these

of

and vehemently

as a part

to the New Testament

in relation

locutus

items

out

have to be

significance

so explicitly

unusual

belongs

ultimately

for

cöntemporary

factors

other

the

be considered

to

history

Testament

Vespers

to

order

and responsories.

at

in

David

of

terms.

rhetorical

the

also

is

it

which

virtues. 46 this

of

explanation

thus

with

the to indignance David of if, place speaks with as it, deed the out on was carried which abominating murder, its to mystery. great pointing not without

literal

the

Maurus

Hrabanus

death,

their

men met

a

allusions

Old

both

where

place

provides

brief

in

the

of

reproach

than

there

Thus

three

are

the

and responsories: the

typological. lamentation

On the

one hand

in

the

which

on the

The

by

the

levels

ii),

similar

for

weep

will

formalised

has

as

a result

that

is,

of

been

transformed.

the

of

manner

as vignettes; setting

are

-

and

tradition

Hebrew

liturgical

and ceremonial

antiphons

liturgical,

or

significance

a Christian

tu

to

those

each

is

whose

the

with

redemption

the

of

(L95:

The

scriptural

31.15)

that

be comforted,

the

fulfilment

the

of

2.18-at

Matthew

Rachel,

of filii'

above.

(Jeremiah

prophecy to

dulces

'0

and

discussed

and refuse

in

i)

chants

Jeremiah's

laments

self-contained

(L134:

Virgo'

children

announced

two

the

of

meaning

her

is

which

of

the

constructed,

have

'Quid

for

from

these

Saviour.

of

sequence

inspiration

they

scriptural

Notker's are

been

in

meaning

ceremonial

their

dead been

have have

hand

other

sinners

derived

the

they

texts

associations of

for

of the

scriptural,

Although

ritual

levels

main

slaughter

the

Rachel

children

by Herod: Vox in Rama audita Rachel est, ploratus et ululatus multus: filios suos, et noluit plorans consolart, quia non sunt. to

Compared

the the

responsories the

of

treatment

her

spoiling be accused

having

of

the

one who would

her

land,

lamented. has

God's

her

one

than

as Mother),

to

three

rhetorical 51 However, made. it

has

Although 10 dulces fulfilment sons of

(in

the

apostrophes

her

weeping

plural) which

and for culminate

the

that

to

the

her in

deaths

if

her

one be

should

her

of

Mother,

lament

the

who may

(rather

mother

of

text

statements

around are

Common of

a Martyr.

and comfort

structure

a different

prophecy.

son,

context.

same. complaint:;

presents

are

should

her

and the

no positive

litt}rgical the.

asks

organisation

belongs

sequence

for

the

tears

she

lost

a bereaved

as

her

brothers,

tone

means

Testament

then his

(or

age, - protected

old

The vehement

questions

ii)

her

Virgin

since

(L95:

in

expansion

why

she has

when

the

Ecclesia,

and

a voice

that

questions

for

praying

especially

this

sequence

The voice

she is

that

in

who was responsible

after

Christ.

organised

Old

vain

brothers.

a celebratory

filii' of

looked

represents

suspect

in

antiphons

a considerable

commenting

Rachel

reply

the

Notkerns

weeping,

presence,

beloved,

lead

As such

In

tears

shed

ed his

Rachel

lost

In

have

and help

now in

represent

narrative.

appearance.

in

scriptures

Rachel

of

why her asks she is

voices50')

who is

laments

biblical

brief

the

of

Rachel

own wretched an invocation

of her 222

treatment laments

both

condition to

children.

of

in

'wicked

the

for

her

a series Herod'

The comfort

she is

which

Rachel.

by Notker's asks

why

her

sons

ing

for

eternal by

liturgical

The

the

of

is

a type

its

of

a formal, message

liturgical

Their

the

general

this

six 'Ad

festas'

(L6:

the

have

parallels

discovered

'the

does not rather

penance, centuries.

preparare

words

rejoice'. is

lament

which

belongs

this

lament

than

is

a trope to

the

Rachel

as Ecclesia. in

specific

it

is

designed

nevertheless to

highlight

the

which

liturgical

grief

reveal the issues 55

4

Abelard

manageable as that

of

of

the

much under In'each

fides

the

ways;

theological

(L70:

in

outer

thus

nature in planctus

have that

his

of the

sin,

in

has, thoughts

its

own

to have made

its

purpose own sake,

confession,

twelfth death

reason

private

underlying for

undergone

talent'

world

be said

were

-

mutilation.

'individuai

the

art,

iii).

planctus 53 For

the

iii),

'Abner

his

can enfold

223

quaerens

The nature

iii),

self-expression

discussion

of Abelard's

his

of

could

through

Rachel.

of

(L30:,

Abelard'e.

place

exploration

(L2:

undeniable.

its

still

Abelard's

following

that

can take

itself

that

previous

expanded

'Infelices'

multa'

creation

although

that

iii),

is

is

devotional.

subjects

own life

dramatic

main

'Dolorum-solatium'

the

of

St. Anselm's

have

meaning

laments

three

self-expression

Dronke5

are

probability

vere

of

tone

formal

do not

understanding'. in

(L4:

type

range

inspiration

the

and

his

their

and the

which

this

self-contained

'Abissus

for

with

However,

personal

is

and more

of

the

however

proles'

iii),

as artefact '

both

rejoice

Christ

message

-a

an imperative,

'therefore

In

which

seeking

about

iii),

with

agree

but

'Abrahe

experiences

one would

and yet

to

Rachel,

be summed up in

'faith

said

as a vehicle

That

her

rather

angel

of

typological,

(L3:

written

in

positive

7713),

Notker's

retain

two

varies

been

fidelissime'

his

is,

the

Much has

the

of can

that

and doctrinal,

right.

case

understanding

planctus

weep

Rachel's

however

sources

purpose 52

intellectum,

imperative

planctus

they

biblical

in

than

more

the

context;

Although

their

examples

the

grief,

self-contained

diminished.

not.

by

to

received

celebrates.

remaining

a confirmed

angel's

impassioned

of

of

brought

the

dolorosa,

that

than

tells

December).

more

expression joy

also

The

longer,

reference

of

(28th

that

and because

(Hesb.

Dei'

as mater

is

stylised

ceremony

of

lament

not

different.

altare

Virgin

her

happily,

also

Innocents

the

her

terms

the

'Sub

Holy

of

Although

is

than

positive

and

containing

context

the

of

breasts,

Moreover,

refrain

responsory

Feast

her

life.

more

commands

now living

are

the

is

angel

angel

beats

because

reinforced

the

The

still

she

her

by

offered

and

and thirteenth has resulted

from

i

an act

revenge,

of

to

powerless can

prevent, the

undo

neither

a death

for

himself

a sacrifice,

Abelard's

which

conclusions

on their

The

or

personage,

'Abissus

vere

of

'Abrahe

son

face

the

by

from

revenge

situation

like

implications

the

of

describing

the

attitudes

was made the

her

was blemished

race

herself.

Then

she

something

understood

by

her

Again

she blames

looks

at Sichem's

his

race

and the which the

too,

for

recognises

that

the

issues

raised

that

than

his.

In

in

own family:

of

for

her

to

her

she blames As if

the

him.

poem is

224

foreigners,

foreigners. as

she

own; he has disgraced was in

the neat

academic

by her

of

she blames

changes

that

contrived

meted out

the

circumcision

recognising

moral

consequence

understand

to her His

the

she was badly

perspective

them are purely

punishment

to

efforts

to

by

this

understand that

one analogous

of the

a descendent

For

their

of the

voice

in

to

is

facts

she,.

enemy.

the

to

of

man;

an understatement

However

ruin.

its

by

by

sister

the

after

was very

tone

an uncircumcised

helped

what

formal

a cold,

her of

from

pair

response

to

closely

Simeon

now have

their

whether

ask

keeps

he will

Dina's

situation,

structure

Jacob

it

she has drawn between

sequence

that

retelling

herself.

of his

cause

is

in

still

by

own people

which

moral

concern

and mocked

in

were

reports

the

brothers,

Dina's

they

insulted

However,

circumcised.

dishonoured,

her.

on the

he explores

prey

commenting

were

the

marry

who agreed

However

of

asks

matter

'subject

however

to

and wished

Vulgate.

event

Abraham,

the

the

and Jacob;

the

She begins

view.

of

point

in

as outlined

her

while

Abelard

a whore.

Leah

with

simply

and

how Sichern,

relates

of

much greater

iii)

(Genesis'34),

and Sichern

leaves

suffering

(L6:

festas'

bereaved.

the

the

of

the

a chorus.

narrator

and Levi

Simeon

anger

be treated

forces

of

been

main

he leaves

testimony 'Ad

of

people

Jacob's

unexplored:

offers the

Hamor

he

actions,

that

to

about

Hamor's

The difficulty

sympathy

love

Though_the

their

is

He

reproaching

nor

-the daughter

have

should

avoid

prevented.

narrator

of

people

nor

was

late.

explicit

Dina

in

too

provides

that

the

was

he neither

case

iii),

Jacob

massacred

father's

story

of

he fell

circumcision.

event

iii)

Dina,

sister

and Levi,

angered

(L2:

been

present

with

_

raped

that

their

their

the

approached

condition that

in

(L4:

by her

father

His

left

or

proles'

captivated

value,

it

until

lamenter

the

which

reparations,

to

appear

is

of

have

should

moral

multa'

Hamor,

of

by making

open-ended:

biblical

the

done

listener

biblical

In

was unaware

which

each

commentary reader

or

planctus

of

a battle

or

parallels

- parallels

to mirror fanatical

vain

- she brothers

which

did

fit

not

the

Moreover,

crime.

crime:

human weakness

was not

an unforgivable

finally

motivated by

fault,

Their

relative

situation the

individuals

self

and for

Sichern that

is

Abner,

in

'Dolorum

in

'Infelices'

of

influence

to

be

iii).

indication

any spite

come to

events)can

these

questions

on the

value

of

the

explains

that

sought

through

prayer:

prophets

Just so too

if

compared

foolish

vow

but

he cites

David.

her

husband thus

to

At

it

David and the prayer

broke

out to

not

as the the

of

be

entreaties the

the

of way

o

judgment. the

justly

God they

what

declared it

through to

be

men

learning

of

his a

As an example wife

Samuel

the

"

killed

sworn

(I

house

225

his

compromise

Abigail,

his

Ethics.

foolishly,

as the

he had

57

as a man who made a

seen

of

Some

These

an oath.

to

Abelard's

hesitate

not

more

of

oath

it.

who seek

even

exaltation

destruction -

must

who feel

won by prayer

those

whom he regards

carrying is

earth breach

the

Jephtha

rather

set

the

of

means

Mercy

judgment,

Carmelite,

it

and in

daughter.

the

lords

to

mercy

proles'

should

ä wrathful

God away from

'Ad

powerless

with

of

have

and turned

as God shows the

Abelard

for

pray

mercy

in

minds

were

terms

vere

'Abrahe

in to be found 56 prayer, and in his

Abelard

to

'Abissus

are

latter

Jonathan

how those

they

that

fact

people.

and Benjamin

as in

as to

given

the

of

of

to

Heloise

even

David

is

-merciless

murder"

of

how such

of

account

or

communal

daughter

planctus,

each

no explicit

course

merciful,

oily

is

guilt(in

intention. prayer,

in

the

in

Samson

Jephtha's

of

sacrifice

she

and his

of, Joseph

of

her-

fanatical,

death

the

loss

in

killed

caused

iii),

for

laments

simply

Sichern

of

downfall

either

that

which

the

the

However,

nor

forbidden

were

iii),

the

death

(L3:

iii), and

answers

the

can

(L30:

is

as these

such

been

the of

both

that

and

judging

from

she

have

any

by Simeon

laments

claim

his

which

and motives

she

story

the

was for

pardon

them

instead

the

of for

solatium'

the

valuable

moral

Sichern

offered

circumstances

should

it

as he did;

the

prevented

she does

as a

make reparation

was not

conclusion

a race

such

fidelissime'

with;

him

time

minds

there

be dealt

In

In

to

it

see

point,

However,

responsible;

(L70:

iii),

desire

specific

this

iii),

the

honour

'Abner

(L6:

festas'

letter

the

precisely

(L2:

to

given

responsible

in

of

a sense

to

The implied

It

(L4:

family

man of

ultimately

multa'

of

individually

slaughter.

more

woman.

have

Sichern:

were

behave

and the

concerned.

a young

were

love

would

sense

to

Yet,

a foreign

judge

reasonable Levi.

by

longer

no

Sichern

compelled act.

marrying

she can

of

Nabal

concerning 25.32ff.

meaning

of

). mercy

-

minds

justice;

above of

his

(cf.

1c. 1)

L6

the

prayer In mind

of

his

over

having

it

too

gone

that

find

'I

satisfaction. to confess shame ... those

a pardon. planctus

with Tears

articulated in

is

planctus The

with

seriousness

of

pretation

of

Samson,

Samson

the

are

mere

the

is

and meaning

of

in

like

Adam, *David to

contrast iii)

the

Abelard,

of

Abelard's

planctus

was heralded freed

and

their

through

events

in-the

temple

Israel

and

are

in

David

evil

treatment of-'Samson

before

that

and sent Christ;

pride

God's

in

only

in

evil

deeds.

judgments;

deeds,

as a result

of

initial

Samson

is

by

a woman.

of dux

Samson fortissime'

226

in

mocked

blinded

and Solomon he emphasises

betrayed

her

to his

involved

constantly

as

leading

who take

'Abissus (L141:

iii).

an

from

he prefigures

which

by

and those

woman,

Church

be regarded

to

to be mocked,. imprisoned-,

and Solomon

poet

birth

his

by a cunning

betrayal

Christ,

Abelard's

clarity

significance

some respects

'Nazarite'

called

those

involved

as one

(L2:

tone

company oflAdam,

role

guilt.

controversial,

albeit the

sees Samson as a man helpless

Abelard him in

name of

of

Abelard's

to

purpose.

Hence

he overthrew

not

he prefigures

rather the

he is

to foreigners mill,

quotes

sense

analytical

a wider

serve

their

dimension the

with

because

Christ,

and because

delivery to

with

his

and

'by

(L141: dux fortissime' 'Samson of 61 interSeville, who sums up the medieval

Isidore

However,

that

those

to

him.

on he claims

away

penetrating,

the

of

According

enemies,

at

ashamed

doctrinal.

markedly

because

is

the

of

sorrow

to

right

issues.

contrasts

angel,

and

mercy

'the

avoided'59

wipe

a personal

to

order

theological

of

the

earn

ultimately

a prefiguration

him

persuade

someone

Further be

God,

avoided.

as

namely,

can

often

concerned of

been

have

judges

to

through

repentance when 58

to

aim

entreaties

of

minds

an oath

Thus,

planctus

may be

is

investigation

his

they

there

is

as always,

his

in

While

a dialectician

of

'

by

the

tears; I do not read of his read of his it is disgraceful wipe away a wrong which pardon and voice guarantees and weeping one's it. ' but deserve do not request a pardon

tears

it

bound

by

out

I

he wept. Tears

who lament

their

Through

demented

could

confession 60

tears:

on Peter's

Ambrose

wrong,

something.

dispensation

a wholesome

Thus

in

far

people describes

done

has

such

intention.

declared

Abelard

wiped

Gdd should

to

prayer

thus

if

mercy;

innocent

of

Ethics what

exercise

his

death

the

and other

Jephtha,

away from

turn

Jephtha

should

case

was

wrongdoing

Hence

wife.

as in to

Nabal's

placing his

sin:

vere iii)

In multa' stresses

Samson's long to

passages the

series

voice

that

triumph.

It

and

its

origins

1a. 2;

'victor

('dux

the

manner

the

celebrates

at

may Samson

be glorified'.

The is

that

portrait 'Planctus 'Qui

ante

per

viam'

(L13:

liturgical books The

nescia'

(L123:

(L132:

iv),

iv),

iv).

item of

object

understand

these

the

to

comprehend

of

the

the

Virgin's

in Luke 23.27-31

these

of

mystery

reaction

there

planctus

used is

to

Christ's of to

are

associated

four in

are

private the

stir suffering

Salvation. seeing

son

any reference

the

'raptor

enemy,

voice a victory

prefiguration)

suggests

different__ the

at

(L42: 'Filii

(L50:

iv),

and

have

listener

a

in

devotion. or

deeply,

to

reader

thus

and

give

cross.

made to the

as

found

religious

on the

'Ante

originated

frequently

cross,

iii),

iv),

The Gospels

her

the

with

so great

more

of

Hence,

(L20:

to

appears

both

1a. 8;

fideles'

Christel

fact

potentissime':

A quite of the Virgin

'Flete

last

the

planctus

is

heu

of

as were

nature

Christ.

iii),

'Heu,

None

such

the

the

of

.

'Cum de cruce'

although

hours, of

in

ultimately

understanding

completely.

his

to

strength,.

unidentified

Samson(as

tone:

of

will

it

'For

will

serve

overwhelms

poem:

victorious

painted

(L38:

praesentia' crucem'

is

the

they

principum':

the

he will

spite

'victor

'captor

which

in

of

conclusion

strength it

the

of

a lightness

a true

1b. 1),

which

conquering,

him

of

7;

that

Samson's

1a. 1;

of

Christ

of

the

of

a feat

conclusion

picture

which

mirabilis':

Christ,

of

epithets

`'1a. 4 and 'dux

and

overcome

fortissime':

omnium': 1a. 9,

civium':

in

for

denied

to

the

and that

reason

unable

described

knight

victorious

thus

are

tone

well

that,

ultimately

the

again,

with

divinity

that

response

an unidentified

grow

Samson's

of

physical

are

too

only

and divine,

of

this

locks

treated

source

God-given

Philistines and

is

by

posed of

in

Samson

anticipates

his

knows

the

the

if

that

listener

a measure

who is

Samson,

is

spite

The voice

Samson

discovers

the

she

In

overcome.

contains

example

by

questions

treachery

it

This

articulated

rhetorical

discover

is

Dalila

are

which

the

to

attempts

Christ.

of

celebratory.

Dalila's

emphasise

in

opening

(1b):

again.

that

of

reminding

be redeemed

her

lament

however,

poem by

grow

of

why he was

about

poem is, the

as a type

significance

no account Only

presence

of

mourners: Sequebatur turba autem ilium multa populi, et bant, et lamentabantur eum. Conversus Jesus, dixit: autem ad illas Filiae flere flete, super me, sed super vos ipsas et

227

mulierum, Jerusalem, super filios

quae

plange-

nolite vestros.

in quibus dies, dicent: Quoniam eccevenient Beatae steriles et ubera, et ventres, qui non genuerunt, quae non lactaverunt. dicere Cadite Tunc incipient montibus; super nos: et collibus: Operite nos. in arido ligno haec faciunt, Quia si in viridi quid fiet? In

19.26-7

John

identified

is

there

as being

Cum vidisset bat, dicit

present

biographer,

his

encourages

Virgin's

in

suffering

the

Truly

to

reader

his

think

on the

de e xcellentia

Liber

sword of grief

pierced

quem dilige-

hora

nature

the

of

62

Mariae:

it

soul;

accepit

Canterbury's

of

Beatae

your

son:

stantem, tuus.

Anselm

is

Virgin

Et ex illa

tua.

Canterbury,

of

the

her

of

et discipulum ecce filius

Ecce mater

Eadmer

but

mourners

crucifixion

matrem, Mulier,

discipulo: in sua.

rhapsodically

of

the

at

ergo Jesus matri suae:

Deinde dicit eam discipulus Somewhat

no mention

is

more bitter

to you than all from physical other sorrows resulting suffering ... let him teach Let John comfort him console let you, you, you that he is not dead, but triumphant ... let that be considered 0 most chaste Virgin, me imagine which should in relation to another person. Eadmer

does

have

dwelt

that

adopted

not.

by

the

(L38:

crucem'

(L13:

scene:

the

iv). is

to

condemned

she reproaches

the

about

Christ

world. let days

his

time. world.

the

mighty

that

then

should

and everyone as a means of the

Passion;

speaks;

but

In

serpent.

should

spite the

he will

triumphant: the

conclusion

the way of

the

reader further

it

goes

one

step

she

does

not

in

between

fact this

the

than

make direct planctus

228

again

to

this

she

must

in

three her

not

in

advising

should

be chosen;

thus

functions

a meditation since

statements and both

in

with

now defeated

planctus

Eadmer,

on her

support

cross

listener

Then

he was

speaks

This or

betrayal

cross:

and

narrator

done? ',

you

loneliness

he has

God faithfully.

serve

have

focused

rise

her

to

through

while

and her the

son's

innocence.

is

attention

from

her

Christ's

his

unlike

the

sets

articulated

of

not

'Ante

and

of

'what

would

'Filii

briefly

Redeemer

be a son

finally

stimulating

The difference

in

comfort

will

iv),

of

bereavement

be feared;

not

then

is

iv),

thinking

example,

her-because

John

mood is

is

Next

her

trouble

His

death

her

(L50:

cross,

reader

approach

(L20:

listener

or

killing

offers

Moreover

the

the

for

world.

of

His

a narrator

grief

death

for

the

nature

suffering

latter

at

reader to

Jews

saving

on the

emphasis

the

Her

the

remind

theme.

Christel

questions,

and how he was

setting

in

standing

rhetorical

serve

heu

his

which

'Cum de cruce'

'Heu, Thus

emotions

this

of

lamenting.

and of

authors iv),

Virgin

sufferings,

which

the

portray

on as he contemplated

praesentia'

a series

to

attempt

on

the

Virgin

about

her

'Planctus

ante

grief.

(L123:

nescia' latter

are

longer;

aspects

in

'Planctus

is

for

of

ugliness

morals,

with

source '0

apostrophe: the

colour

In to

given has

Christ the

of feel

the of

next

grief

are

indications

she

should

to

spitting

and that

then

she begs

she

in

hands

thorns

asks

that

her

them

why

she

asks

the

sun may shine

and by asking final

by Geoffrey

scene

from

cross

to

the

latter

is

in

conventional

fuller

by

that

the

her

death

of

rhetorical is

earth

by

the

guides picture

into

of

emphasising

the

229

son,

turns

she

embraces,

to that

his'suffering: sorrows.

the her used

emotive

perceptions

of

get

the

to fulfil

on the

Virgin's

how

man can

through

nature

her

questions

'weep for

iii):

she

and

Christ's

listener's

the

first

quaking;

comparable

Christ

of

son has

reproaching

organised

(L93:

son in

her

After

some compensation: is

She

be returned

for

to rush

employed

she would

demands:

and how a sick

cleverly

wickedness

wounds,

should

-

She concludes

understanding

achieved

a wish

people

her

and embraced.

a series

'Neustria'

the Virgin

dead

light;

of

The poem is

de Vinsauf

a

beside

In

for

The strategy

the

cross

amazed

listeners '

details

on the

or

which

of

her

of

a

external

buffeting,

prison,

with

the

place

on what

be kissed

deprived

in

die

out

of

suffering.

scale

her.

are

rewards

the

thoughts

they

her

request.

-

he can

around

to

living

no medicine.

a mother.

to visual

body

loss

the

her

nails:

rushes

that

-

reduces

by commanding

Jews again,

of

his

if

he has

Jews

the

prophecy

reflecting

the

she

private

those

if

of

of blood

that

guide

a brief

Simeon's

allowed

juxtaposes

of

the

internal

After

nails;

goodness,

her

be

on the

his

then

of

are

bitter

She explains

be nailed

that

to

attention

-

should

order

concluding

loss

death.

the

at

sorrow.

people

the of

of

effect of

that

flowers,

use

laments

she

life,

fulfilment

of

that

her

as a result

and the

suffered

better

in

so late

both

of

the

a stream

and

concentrates

instead

but

the

apostrophes

sword

asks

her,

of

experienced

an invocation

to

pales

Virgin

'Flower

describes

she

face

a series

her

Jews

signs

my sorrow'

language.

rhetorical

focuses

like

through

the

crucifixion

Jewish

she

son:

Then

pardon'.

Christ's

of

and drips. son

of

the

are

her

of

a eulogy

of'. the

establishing

that

they

that

correspondingly

the

Firstly

what

of

is

a formal,

iii)

and

death.

son's

are

after

her

for

no description

she gives their

her

(L123:

iii)

scene

in

sufferings,

a new experience

responsible

the

amplified

nescia'

on Christ's

attention

grief

are

ante

and

qutlining

it

of

detail

greater

than-merely

rather

Thus

in

(L42:

fideles'

'Flete

and

conceived

different

her

iii)

allusions

of the

The

is

listener

doctrinal of

typological

or

biblical

to that

laments

of Rachel,

Although

designed

style

performance63

of

of the

a liturgical

monies Lazarus,

is,

the

Holy

Three

A.

liturgical

drama

functions

liturgical

significance

(see

of

Table

recognition in

the

large

f. 107r

the

of

-

Chapter

(D-Mbs

'Planctus

ante

includes

temperature

the

rejoicing

of

the

been

held

('Heu

offices

of

of her

of for

still

the

filled'. quomodo'

(L54:

a series

of

until

laments

Her

iii),

and

'Heu

to prevent

her

tu Virgo'

(L134:

is

Good Friday informs return son

are

'Gaude,

dead.

At

Maria

virgo'

Thus to

this

Joseph (Hesb.

Rachel's

emphasise

the

sings

2924),

planctus joyful

after

introduce conclusion

2 30

consist

-

from

that the

'Te

a moment the

... of

of

of

an angel they

life

of for

can now their the

Assumption

Deum laudamus' of

the

'Quid

lauds

antiphon the

of

'Heu

Finally

joyful which

'endure

The sequence

seeking

the

the

at

The attempts

to Egypt,

who sere

the

iii),

iii)

by antiphons

has

may be ful-

(L63:

vain.

(he

good

advice:

brothers

your

dead

structure. the

In

of

Day, respectively.

those

is

assumes

lamentation

words

laments

Euphrosina

boy.

into

with

St. Nicholas,

through

questions.

who have fled

because

of

(L53:

are in

iii)

heighten

and comfort

partus'quid'

...

weeping

and of Innocents

to Judaea

teneri

sung, followed

Mary and Joseph,

follows. serves

i)

of

and rhetorical

consolers

Play

angel's

a number 'Heu

apostrophes

the

of

marked

contrasting

missing

bursts

Rachel

spite

time

a short 64

in

these

achieved

the

a

(L123:

nescia'

whom she

is

The

(ca. 1220-30),

Clm 4660

a complaint

who rescues

Innocents

sons

in

a

especially

pp. 196-205)

iii))

conclusion

St. Nicholas

Play

murder

by heathens) a joyful

the

(s. xiii),

(L52:

michi'

is

crucifixion, In

201

F-0

...

captive occasion

the

Resurrection.

(from

On this

Fleury

during

from

contrast.

iii):

cere-

of

celebratory:

This

(L42:

fideles'

'Flete

plays

planctus

ultimately

Seckau

Easter

St. Nicholas

achieving

from

emotional

son

of is

play

the

play

the

her

Normally

as a means each

from

and of

Salvation.

from

for

Magi,

of

which

Getronis,

the

from

are

proportion

and

awkwardly

obtrude

examples

message

and versicles

Filius

a smaller or

language

do not of

self-contained

and typological.

formal

they

Two).

of

Passion

112v)

their

that

Innocents

and the

ceremonial

emotion

with

dramas is

liturgical

antiphons

The majority

plays,

planctus

self-contained

from

scriptural,

ensure

the

to

Compared

a new departure.

planctus

express

setting.

Passion

or

other

responsories,

that to

of

represents

in

of meaning

similar

in

this

her.

with

treatment

personages

The range

identify

to

encouraged

sadness

ceremony.

The

which

typological

significance total

represent Salvation.

despair:

her

In

loss.

spite

There

is

thus

of

her

significance two

embodies

their

of

laments

different

his

observations

the

death

in

wakes

woman he

an old

of

and the

the

west 65

to

who was 66 man:

a young the

keen

a part of intense own family.

Planctus

from

commentaries

Play

introduces

her

generations The

death

fruit. for

de III

meaning

of

guiltless

Mary

Jews

body.

At

soul

is

culpa

(F-Pn

lat.

be mortal

she

attributes

(E-VI the

Magdalene's

taught

the

death

at

the

wake

of of

the

to

the

that

it

eating

she

tells

iii)

! once

of

how they the

the

wound

dear

has

the

fate

the

can

verses the

on during the

forbidden by wishing

f. 58v-62r)

result

~ xu

ýw

A Lf)

FIGURE

ro W

THREE



ý"

\N

vo Naa

\ý "rI A l0

0

r-i

\Q

tn I., öÄö4

°\'i

:3 aý "ý >



H

, is r-,

cn

(a

u rou t4 Q) CQ 4

N NM

O Sa

v

c-i

MMMMN

NM

ci

c-i

MMNNMN

CV

NNNNNMMNMMN

vl

C

r-i

to

M

c-i

N

c-,

Lf)

NNNN

d'

T-4 N

c-'

MNM

c{

d'

NMM

CV

MM

%-4

U1 Vi

N

N

ri

v-1

cl)

to 171

N

v v v

41

to . ri OcIM M

Sa ,

CV

X-I

NM

e

CV

MNM

cm

NN

M\cM



HMMM r-I

w

lf)

CV

le

MN

cY")

v tn 10

NMN

MM

Cfl

vU

N NNMNNcN

vi

MNMNNNNNM

X-i

cn1



10

O

%-i

(V

N

c-l

d

c-{

CV

c-l

N

c-i

MNNM

r

wwS

In

t(1

11

ciNNM(

Nd

c'I

vu .v .3 Xv ro sý

-_

WI NN

U

(i

ri .ý4

,I:1

uroi

'\

R$ )a 1-4 v .PE 4-1 .

-u ro 3

PO

4-J

Ov $,

ro

O

-P

LH

Y.

ta

'24

a)

N

NIö

O

4

4-ý Uggr4, 4

a)

$4

to "r l

$-I

ro H +) s-i omI.. LH 4,

ºý` +)

r

aun una v "ý

Q)

4j

ov

No SU) 10 10 04 r ro ööN rl

.C

+> ý4 41

N

10

-u

ro x

ý,

: iu

ro

.14 N

En

C) Uv

.P

°J

auäH

ý4 a)

4J

U) (a



ul

-P (a

",4

aý 4-J

41

bo

U0o

-P 04

:1

0)

W

UvNNO

Ern



C:

r-A U1 -

"rl

o ui .ýv

U) o"'

.JN Ul

:ýNH-P

dJ

4)



U)

r"H 4-4

a) "d

C

to

xai

O

,j d ro N

-P 'b cn .bNb NN

zu

I

v" -2

4-) S. 0a) ro -r4

:2

br-i s4r-i(0 3

"ý En

04 4-1

113 a) 4.)

A9UU

(o

Ef)

0 4-1

4-1

"r4

04

cu

4-)

ej

N a)

L\

N

'C

ar

ýe

Ell

\,

Irc

ý

g .0 of

v

'd ". a,

En 19

!%

v

U"rl «i 'd



r4 C) chiri ri

ä

Ctý

lii

S

04

vi

U

FIGURE

tT

FOUR

'A

can

be speculation.

only

that

All between that

words

the

of

art

to

the

musician;

depended

to the

related

tive.

The rhythm,

be established

and that

the

were

strophic

relationship architectonic;

probably

planctus

its

the

and historical

aesthetic

no

a type

was

but

singing

may have been isosyllabic;

as performed,

of

organisation,

composed for

of music

the

primarily

text

for

on 'number'

that

was

the

of

is

of

planctus

accents

style

on both

certain

strophic

and

syntax

song which

closely

in

and music

meaning,

importance

be reasonably

one can

was also

of narra-

this

can it

though

grounds,

cannot

be verified.

4.

As pointed sequence are

considered

this

category

account

in

is

its

it

is

ences in

of

in

of

its

the

in

derives this,

in

is where

made up of both,

In

new unit

between is

and which

normally

there

is

of

each has

Hence

a

there

and music

which

throughout.

sustained

on a much

pairs

normally

words

deployed

sequence

larger only

than

scale one

in

form

stanza

melody.

the

depend

early,

'liturgical'

also

much

in

lai);

the

the to

according

arise

structure

with

degree

on whether

the

text

sequence),

or

up to

four

and

case

of

the the

whether

as in

structure,

versicle

the

patterning,

and verbal

deployed

and in

double

sequence

In

design

is

on

the

a new melody.

relationship

melodic

emphasis

a regular

as in

in

correspondingly

sequence

a freer

is

and

primarily

units. each

in

and melody

which

sequence

five-versicle

shape

systematically

later

The

same melody;

corresponding

(as

inventiveness

the

planctus,

Kunstprosa the

to

one-

inventiveness

The range

for

has

varies

strophic

strophicplanctus

composer.

architectonic

Accordingly

with

of

a unit

a general

the

the

lai

formal

constantly

opportunity

the

both

of

and music

text

between

relationship of

nature

when words

understood

that

from

afford

the

different

The

greater

forms

versicle

be fully

only

together.

the

lces,

versa

can

the

and Four,

Three

Chapters

differs

of

lai

and

lai

and

in

out

and Lais

Sequences

the

in

is

text

which

in (as

verse

latter,

strict

to

differis

composed

sequence,

repetitions

of

an early

sequence,

each

or

versicle,

lai.

Notkerls

'Qui. d tu

an elaborate from since

Kunstprosa.

the'repetition each

versicle

(MT 62a),

Virgo'

The most of

versicles.

differs

in

269

sustained There length.

type is

of

variation

Within

this

in

the

text

patterning inherent generally

in

there

pattern

continuous

in

conventional

quite

5a.

than

5b has

and

repeated;

the

semantic

the

smaller

factum

'Quid

shorter

units

est tu

The importance

the

of

ceived

the

the

text,

most

obvious

(6a)

than

rather pattern

within

each

result

of

each

are

that

first

the

instance,

description

smaller

Notker to

According

of

teacher melody

singulas

cantilenae his

first

first

the

reflected

in

instances

may,

the of

units

syntactic

'nato,

to

be. the (with-

text

(5b).

attempt

at

sequence

composition,

units, is

It

a syllabic

to note

thus in

pattern

'number'.

he was not

entirely

this

was because

have

separate

debent

intricate

semantic

interesting

should

syllabic

phrasing

the

is

Iso,

mihi'

sancta

course,

or

of

for

more

it

that

count

versicle,

melodic

paupertatem'

corresponds

was con-

'quos

est

of

of

such as

The

on

syllabas draft

of

based

this

of

of

somewhat

syllabic

melody

Moreover,

'Haec

and

syllabic

syllable

notes

the

tu

'Quid

smaller

unit.

thus

complete

phrase

layouts,

the melody

melodic

is

example,

explains

his the

normally

a pattern

of his

concinat', .

of

The

musical

In corroboration

text

two

manuscript

versicle

phrase

Virgo'

compared

These

for

always:

last

separate tu

by

the

by the

the

pattern.

of

of

phrase.

that

the

unequivocally

coincidence.

not

motions)

are

versicle.

versicle)

apparent the

is

which

to

'Quid

when

solemnitatum'

that

though

belong

emerges

which

likely

contra-

reinforced

these

whether

flowing

more

their

a short

turn the

syllabic is

whole

as suggested

as a brief

existing

solemnitas

in

(6b)

in

to determine

seems

'extuli'

and

than

it

reasons,

strict

subdivisions

However,

phrases,

its'

transcription

On the

made

in

which

and

in

are

3 indicates

principle extent

).

in.

cadences,

a very

a diplomatic

or as one continuously

musical

is

This

ones,

As Figure

follow

4,

impossible

is

as two small

of

it

a complete

longer

solemnitatum'

a large

each versicleounambiguously. 3 it

music)

though

normally

'open'

text.

to

(s. xi

381

to

correspond

versicle

not

versicle.

single

the

as an organising

Figure

CH-SGs

text,

by

marked

solemnitas

reflected in

from

units

this

the

especially

(MT 62a)

Virgo'

is

as exemplified Virgo'

sancta

of

it

that

fact

2a,

from

of

the

of

versicles, units,

'Haec

of

unit

musical to

that

primarily

versicle

Most

unit.

correspond

is

unit

to

corresponds

7 are

1 and

corresponding

different

slightly

however,

are,

same.

The melodic

texts

2b is

(with

more

syllables

which

Versicles

sequence.

early

three

Melodically

syllabically

up of

the

discrepancies

minor

are

habere).

was:

2 70

'the

that

in his

'Laudes

deo

successful. notes

syllables' 48 Notker

(individual

(singulae says

that

motus the

deo

Laudes

orbis

concinat universus,

est

gratis

qui

5

redemptus. he revised

This

to: deo

Laudes concinat

orbis totus,

ubique qui

gratis

est

liberatus. The modifications he had

text In text,

too

to

order

few

is

of the

melody.

The

1.

Virgo

7.

frequenti.

former

in

occurs 49 in

occur

the

and

every

The general is

melodies which

would

reiteration

as indicated

of

the

Cum sim orbäta

5a

incassum

5b

qui

7.

Numquid

from

by various'types

of

melodies

and

flendus

est

aste

or

same melody; same.

and even rhyme,

6a quos

and 6b extuli

curaret

the

in

the

in

the

does

which 50

Virgo'.

repetition

of

syllabic

The melody

contrast. it

early

the

for

not

instances

of

-

repetition,

Four:

fudisse

the

nature

units

case

the

were a few

contains

-

are no syntactic

repeated assonance

results

of the

significance:

tu

'Quid

of

his

of

repetition

a note-unit

_. /----"-i---and 7 quique prece

5b

sung to

seven,

source

versicle

5a

text

the

versicle

melody.

syllabic

the

often

first

more.

the

are of no special

as is

the

of two-note

be through-composed

in Chapter

there

consistently

which

counterpointed

--/ -_/-"iHeu heu heu

Clearly

in

manuscript

essence

almost

one,

latter

in

through

his

meaning

syllable

one

effected

they

versicle

of

in

the

altering

in

that

notes

of

two instances

are only

patterning

solus

consist

by the

Textually

sequence.

sequence, not

There

number

without

patterning

complemented

the

this,

which

5 and indicate

3 and

for

for

synonyms

The continuous versicle

lines

syllables

compensate

he chose

whole

in

occur

5

and

Although

they

Jacob mihi adquisivit sset profutürus

7 qui

semantic nor

frequenti

regem

the verbal

in

the

are occasional 271

in

parallels

is

last

possedit

the

accent example

rather

caeleste

than

lines

of

pattern there

is

systematic.

of

14

U)

bb ,b 04 A

o

"1

a)

\hv

v

,,

ui

'd

v"

fi

"\

.lwü

u;



ö

U m



£4 m OO

b

UN

ýýý

>>

-u"U.

"ý N

'fib vo 04 N vi OO

i

E 4-1

4J A

V)

4-3

N O

ol

N Jv"

100

ý\

U

co 4-) En fUl .q

R.

I1LN . rq

4-

y--

04

a)

0

r4

41

1

1

'i

'o

'0

$4

(

ýý

Azz

1!

Mpp

CL 'd

ýý

ro

ýi

VU4u "(Ä

0)

CO

11

(0

-H

CC) l-

ON -rq

ÄJ1vU\Ö

T-1

.

"

ö'

rON

'b

ci

9I

.l P7 UÜ

v0i

to

Q

CQ

E

H

IL

I1



ýi *9

7 .AANAbAb Ln LO

ýal

rx

In

to

U)

In

FIGURE

0.0

FIVE

.A tý

(U to

L pý AbA WW

The

thus

repetitions The movement

6b

esset

The few larger

That

intervals

3

sororis/lippitudo:

4

tercq/quaý,

5

fletus/meam:

7

Deum auxiliätur:

important

devices

which

melody,

and thus

Further by the 'Quid

of

5a in

those

the

melody

the

argued

asking

structure

the of

5-6

C:

7

Rachel

the

rhythmic

of

the

is

supplied

sources

of

nuance varies but

source,

also

in -

of

three

the

text.

X:

However,

related, 1-2

of

shortened

range,

This

phrase.

main parts

lamenting; of

the

her

melody the

is

272

their

division the

the

of

text:

the

reply,

might in

reflected

be

the

of versicles

1-4 could finals

a 5 and 6

impassioned

melodies

of versicles since

of

on

reaching

Thus it

comfort.

although

3-4,

(B) concentrates

and because versicles

three

those

and Y:

or

main sections:

melodic

6;

words

design

Clearly

text.

section

of versicle

why she is

the

).

1-4

end of

to the

in.

be lengthened

could

into

(s. xi

381

CH-SGs

central

elliptical

general

the

into

high-

musical

the melody

the manuscript

to manuscript

(versicles)

exactly

5 and 6 are closely subdivided

are

direction

of

some of

a common concluding

and the

that

the

to

serve

they

evident:

changing

accents

B:

beginning

through

climax;

in

natural

the higher

corresponds

speakers

of

notes

because

primarily

linked

is

intervals

contrasts.

be divided

could

movement towards

are

larger

5 illustrates,

different

for

at the

the

text

source

A:

climax

are:

phrase

4th

5a and 5b in

of

that

regard

is

musical

the the within versicle: rhythmic nuances of GB-Lbl 19768 (ca. 968-72) differ from those of 5b as

The melody

This

caeleste

4th

self-sufficiency

As Figure

same manuscript

without

the

provided

est

the

within

A iste

4th

nor

the

in

or

step

4th

melodic

of

signs

the

occur

as a means

from manuscript

indicate

possedit

features

only

they

7.

triads

not

as from

and

ascending

evidence

well

flendus

descending

tu Virgo'.

versicle

7.

rising

device.

musical

by

normally

and

descending

provide

is

a purely

triad:

descending

function

rhythmic

recall,

melody rising

which

-n te:

the

neither

light

distinct

the

extuli

as melodic

syllabic

FAcDF. Jacob

I.

6a

this

of

including

thirds,

function

be further are different.

7 could

Versicle

its

melodies: its

third

the

melody

(2b),

phrase

defined

the

find

to note forms

that

the

structure

opening

the

tune

in

the

shorter

be

that

argued

it

in

former

there

speech

as in

rest

the

or

the

ergo"gratias

5b

Rex regum Christe,

cui

More likely,

however,

most anguished

pattern

There

thus

Moreover, articulation melismas.

the

'pro

is

syllabic of

the

Thus

this

nothing

in

nature meaning apparent

of

the

of

set

to

set is

two thus

might

and the

However,

sound.

melody which

are

both

was probably in

point

the

is

tone

nostro

the

assertive

instance

of

273

on these

to

the notes 'open'

it

a close

is

other

cbG, which cadence:

treatment.

musical well

notes.

her

of coincidence:

is

since

redemptori. famulantur.

outburst

its

melody

a text,.

iuge

preceding,

about the

Rachel's

melodies

type

agamus

is

special

tu

'Quid

It

corresponding

instance

dolor'

of intervals

speech

Rachel's

again'an

solemnitatum'

(which

fluid

dnngelorum chori

to place

is

expression

the

mirror

it

surprising

sequence:

Redempti

has contrived

be

are

5b).

more

emotionalism;

5a

At most Notker

a climax,

(5a),

They

solemnitatum',

this

of

of

interesting

of

heu'

recitation

solemnitas at

design

Thus the

text

in

previous

and the

Virgo':

7.

melody

phrase

imitate

to

is

the

of

solemnitas

the

recitation

the

not

it

comment.

corresponding

no direct

and celebratory

dcA.

tu

towards

would

heu,

'Heu,

of special

count,

the

moves

of

is

coincidence.

simply

from

Since

3-6 and C:

B:

a short

out

that

'Haec est

of

notes

commonplace

whereas

5.

it

structure

is

sancta

'Quid

is

the

an attempt

est

before

composed

1-2;

of

the

syllable

'Haec

text

of

be completely

Furthermore,

treatment

stands

of

present

A:

idiom

may represent

irregularity

of the

deserves

than

text,

form.

and clearly

the

6,

versicle

coincided.

melodic lament,

to

the

(6),

groups

which

versicle

vultus'

tripartite

small

in

of

way,

a smaller

'cuius

different

some preparation,

melody

of

syllables

it

its

words

a simple

of

between

of

However,

beginning

4;

as versicle

of

a neat

Moreover, in

previous

'cederet'/'fratribus'

or

rhetoric

of

and in

that

of

passages

occurs

pattern:

and that

that

explore

almost

relationship

to

which

require

two

5;

phrases

the

the

versicle

into

organisation

climaxes

same range

divide

contrast.

that

apparent

that

the

the

fact

Short

recalls

motive

back

to

Deum'

a melodic

at

of

looks

climax

melodic

a different

Virgo'

in

through

like

and because to

not

of

undoubtedly

melody,

opening

range.

as part

the

is

'spud

of

the

of

tastefully

accurate,

of

composed

recalled

text

does

parts

varied

the

of

explore

fratribus'

melody

is

as a series

phrases

recalls

melody

it

two

'miseris

of

the

Rather

are

first

and the

Thus

be described

disposed not

cluttered

relationship

to

the by between

and the

melody in

this

wider

'Haec the

Virgo'

share

accent

patterns.

This

in

did

contrafacture in

However, of

some versicles

is

by

not tu

'Quid

one versicle

are

there

Virgo'

in

paralleled

in

of several

all

or

size

the

its

of

the

of three

and

process

Verbal

instances

part

same

parallel

columns

or

accent

are

the

Thus

systematic.

the

Similarly,

in

coincidence

imitation

include

the

patterns.

(indicated

no means

have

3 where

Figure

tu

'Quid

and

rarely

only

accent of

amount

in

it

from

seen

same verbal

a certain

units

italics)

the

they

pattern, be

can

have is

there

word-syllable five

seen

when

significance

solemnitatis'

solemnitas

sancta

est

same syllabic

'x'

marked

although

little

of

context.

Although

lines

is

text

the

of

meaning

of

patterns. the

where

accents

image,

mirror

for

example: 2a

Mater

formonsa

Rachel in

However

2a

is

Ceu sororis

is

probability it

although

the

of

6b

is

the

is

consistently:

also

in

but

extremely

through of

size

contain

Thus,

same.

the

word-syllable arises

situation

correspondence

units), with

respect

and its

unit

towards

within

number

word-

the

an impulse

occasionally

6

versicle

short

be the

will

the word-syllable

a, close

eum iuvet.

between

corresponding the

two in

6:

text.

cederet 3 fratribus rather

source This

example

it

created

through

can

is

of not

be

seen

than

contrast however other

against

as a counterpoint

33 33 angustos terminos 212 1 quos multos pro dolor

3 3

an exception,

A further of

the

A sifnilar

there

3 3 11 Qui non hostibus 3 2 Quique stolidis

this

is

patterning

between

delectat.

2 and 4 also

patterns

in

unlikely.

although

versicle

6a

to

Jacob

re-established,

and are

there

regularity

to the relationship

W11

that

vultus

Lippitudo

versicles

accent

or

is,

seems most

neume:

same size

may appear

(that

versicle

Since

their

that

regularity,

accentual

is

Cuius

coincide

3b

regularity

unsystematic.

units

syllable

do not

accents

aniculae.

4 accent

again

this

3 the

versicle //////

In versicle it

2b

ploras

how in

assonance

and

the is

rule, to

treated types

of

Kunstprosa alliteration:

274

as Figure

bd found

in

32 4 122 4 quos mihi Jacob adquisivit. 32 4 extuli esset profuturus. 4 illustrates. the

but

systematically, In

patterning. a rich

aural

sound

the

picture

patterning functions following is

ui eeee au asaaaa 000 i

uuu 5b

Cum sim orbata

meam

paupertatem

nato

curaret.

Bolus

qui

cqc mmnmmm Sss

rrr ttttt bpp 1 Recurring

sounds

with

alone

as two

thus

of

-

set

syllables,

types

of

the

from

instances

few

of

of

repetition

composed

melody;

Prosodic

contrasts

result

and

found

and their

Virgo'

occur

in

figure

cadence

early

musical

formula if

patterns

out other

through

Notker's

early

- possibly notes

expanded

to include

includes

the

addition

Four,

the

one which

notes,

FGG indicate.

could

as in 51

the

275

is

melodies

to be

point. of

'Quid

interest with

which that

suggests to

in

tu

is

the

it

occurs

it

is

another

one which

instances

Considered

which

rhetorical

be appended

and clearly

lines

theological

The frequency

the G mode strongly

accentual

the word-syllable

Of particular

5 and 6.

versicle.

systematic.

the

use of

some of

of

contrast

a conventional

sequences.

in

or of

each

the word-syllable

of

Textually,

varied

were required, extra

image,

motive

of

not

normal

through-

individual

are

which

neumes.

in Chapter

of

the

of

suggestions

coincidences

mirror

eludicating

sequences

extra

but

picture,

of versicles

in-other

melody

sound

through

as a means of

As pointed

the

corresponding

particularly

question

occasional

and its

shapes of one versicle shapes

the

in

sections

identities

various

intervals;

occasional

tonal

numbers

by

changes

an otherwise

from

come about

contrasts

different

differing

to

unity

the

aural

attractive

create'an

Verbal

also

from

short

through Pattern-

counterpointed

of

and

passing

from

of

introduction

at

give

which

versicles

derives

exist

conceptually

independent.

is

-

contrast the

and from

regularity,

melodies

syllabic

melody

of

sequence

are

they

repetition

Melodic

the

both

recall,

to

contrast. of

movement

the

this

of

together

joined

otherwise

pattern;

through

effected

let

syllables,

accented

and music

words are

which

shapes

synchronous

the

that

evident

a common numerical ing

with

coincide

devices.

musical

is

It

however

do not

could

on which

it

relation

to

be

a

factors

other

-

and its

cadences

normally

'open',

end of tu

like

Virgo'

form

in

verse

the

single

the

but

text,

at

repeated

tu

Virgo',

The most both

from

use

of

the

former:

of the

melody

second

the

corresponding by

three

same stanza

As was normal melodic very

repetition

few instances

'Divina composed.

there

la

form

in

the

pair

of

in

the

melody

strophic

of

slightly

the

systematic in

last

for

versicle in the

example,

(MT 20d), is

the

or

less

than

that

contracted.

pius'

(MT 32a)

structured

versicles,

but

though

melodies

of its

the

derives

variations

minor

'Heu

and constantly.

the

accordingly

sequence

in

discrepancies

syllable-count

and its

is

sequence

example;

fideles'

'Flete

it unit

strict

versicles,

and

varies

minor

for

repeated,

are

throughout,

is

conforms last

repeated.

the

nor

are

(or

text

and from

versicle,

of differently

providential In

in

the

occasionally

where

same,

are not

versicles

patterning

of

Although

than

versicle)

in

unit

normally

syllabic

smaller the

single

the

organised

the

of

by

created

pattern

is

each

one versicle,

also

lb

the

made up of pairs

to the

of

versicle

definition

Excursus.

are

there

line

the

(within

versicles

the

in

of

melody

line

as indicated in

Virgo'

semantic

complete

share

however,

the

corresponds

Virgo'

tu

'Quid

does

only

poetic

length

the

time,

the

more

of

tu

'Quid

this

-

sequences they

to

phrase

second

of of

phrase

Moreover,

not

all

style

musical

strict

Like

Not

a normally

systematically

of

(MT 49);

melisma

opening

the

not

of

to

type

As in

tu

'Quid

style,

musical

forms

the

the

repetition

their

Thus

musical

rhyme.

felix'

'0

is

sustained

the

for

composed

its

five

the

Four,

scheme.

employed

often

where

corresponding

'Quid

relates

planctus, but

the

at

music

of

style

and music.

rhyme

half-line),

alike

are

formulae

strophic

versicle

phrase

once.

phrases

musical

its

least

versicles

full-stops,

organisation,

Chapter

double

musical

are

metres

several

in

a regular

the

to

the the

words

correspond

the

occasionally

'Quid

between

versicle

to

as regards

group

by

marked

in

out

composed

each

are

melodic

melody

traits.

as pointed a unified

its

for

'number'

of

like

Thus,

relationship

a similar

sequences

'narrative'

Although,

use

its

of

like

'closed',

and

the

of

style

phrases

shorter

likely

the early

on

several

do not

of

narrative.

of

depends

betrays

the

commas,

-

syllabic

uncluttered,

(those

and other

singing

they

fluid,

a versicle)

Virgo'

the

the

planctus

strophic

to recurring exact

cadence

melodic

(MT 13) the modified

rhyme relates figures.

melody forms

is

almost

melodies 276

are in

There

In,

repetition.

neither

ffr

entirely

example, through-

J and L recur:

to fact

of

J:

L:

This

is

In

hora

sacri

canonis

3a. 1

Post

2b. 1

En sua

poster

Symeon

3b. 1

Celebräto

2a. 3

tot

rivulis

2a. 7

et

2b. 3

revelat

fidei

2b. 7

cuius

a text

a number the

2a. 1

nostre is

which

the

of

lacrimarum

the

Otherwise

rhyme.

repetition

of

the

use

this

'-i',

sounds

are

quite

used

melody

is

the

melody

a previously

ut

prandio

digne

capiti

prece

Mo si

disyllabic

of

end with

rhymes

above

by

marked

mensam dominicam

Thus although

rhyme. is

sound

different.

only

Hence

clearly

of

no

part

of

the

significance

here. In

'Flete

versicle

ends

of

a melodic

the

preceding Although

is

there from

the

the

no parallel

rhyme

it

notes

of

in

first

the

it

out

each

procedure of

sounds

last

since

stands

end

the

of

figure;

same cadence

refrain.

punctuated, be seen

the

with

than

meljsmatic

(MT 20d)

fideles'

phrase

is

also

thus

and

the

each

more has

is

versicle

of

the

thus

rhyme-scheme:

three

versicles

where

cadence

effect

as can

each

is

one

different: la

lacrime

1b

puerpera

2a

transverberat

2b

profluvio

3a

macula

3b

nescia

Similarly, ally

in

recur,

in

'Omnis

lacrimas,

(MT 55),

that

type

it

is

1

est

.1

2-.. patrocinio/gladium; rapuit/crudelibus; 4. tenuit; titulus/proprium; actitas;

plain

this

is

repetition

of

figures

occasion-

a purely

musical

phenomenon: FGG: bAGG:

Although

the

first

six

mirrored

by this

courses.

While

in

design

is

comparable

by various which fact of

do not that

'Quid

the

the

thus

a scheme which

the patterning

is

they

3_-..scelerum/ humana.

ABC ABC -

example are not

exactly independent

and rhyme pursue in

last

evident

(MT 32a)

'Heu pius,

three

versicles

depart

that,

as in

strophic,

the of

independent

normally

of

'Quid

the

styles overall

tu Virgo'.

to of

the effects

the

likewise

which

provide

text.

strict are 277

repetition is

It

patterning

significantly

melodic

by the

effected

of unsustained

relate

tu Virgo'

this

of

of versicles

is

It

symmetry.

to that

types

pairs

Campanie/debitum.

the

the melody.

of

In essence

three

melody

the-rhyme-scheme,

rhyme follows

planctus, formal

exactly this

aab ccd,

both

and subsequently first

from

completely

of the melody

rhyme-scheme

the

igbus;

operuit/re

phrases

by the

are complemented

are mirrored

causa/serenus;

However,

sequences

of

each versicle

counterpointed contrast

and

on account

differ

somewhat different.

from

the

of

the

style

Motive melodic

are

musical

motive

recall

in

accidentals

in

of

bbG occurs

1

(MT 13) (the have

ab

by the fact

it

That

flat.

Since, sequences

is

'Heu

Pius'

the

as indicated

in

Chapter.

Four,

(MT 20d):

(MT 32a):

in

lacrimas'

the

include

a third

ergo/solum

'0 felix'

'Divina

It

is

words

(MT 49):

apparent of

special

from

with-

colour.

is

strict very

slight.

1

dum nobis/fatis:

2

stiperidiis/visceribus: et

descending

4th; limine: ascending _.... fundo: fuit ascending

tumulo:

5th

ascending 4th

4th

ascending

4th

5/6th 5th;

melior/carni:

profundo: 5th

descending

5th;

5th

1

exercitio/virtutis:

2

4th; renovatus sudore/rei:... ascending 4th Christi pre-: ascending

3

condescendit/sunt., alterum sic/utrique:

examples

that

significance.

2 78

intervals

4th

ascending

ascending

ambitus:

3

5th

5th

ascending

descending

ai:

4th

ascending in

4th;

dum actus/eum: ' descending 5th descending

above

twice

istro:

quimus:

2

the

of versicle

ascending

providit/re

(MT 13):

tonal

intervals

1

providential

especially

motives

culpe:

descending

4. for

3 should

versicle

'hic/crucifigi/agemus/ma

vetet:

(MT 55):

in

locus:

ille/dum

agnus sine/caro

eamus

syllable,

following:

3

4

the

of

hic

iustus,

first

movement of the

the

2

3

providential

has occurred

change

the incidence

by step,

6 'Omnis

shortly

'Diving

highlighted

it

after

made of

fideles'

'Flete

b flat

is

of

one of

of

occurrence

thus

than

Those larger

motive

urbibus;

why its

all

and

device

a musical

is

normally

of

exitus.

In

reason 2,

versicle

of

is

the

2- AbAF - includes out one: a feature

the

suffragiis/totis

self-evident.

prosodic

or

third

the

that

treatment

former

the

mundana;

pauperes

is

features

most

cauda),

opening

4.

comitum;... 2 vanitatum.

no literary

is

there

the

role

at:

musical

are

In

the

to

points:

c

tristitie/flos 4. to torquet;

these

(MT 13).

and to

of

melody.

reference

with

(MT 55)

20 ulus/aruit;

g fed

motive

I

That

following

resources

through-composed

seen

lacrimas'

providential

oculus/induit;

and the

can

in

'Omnis

be

further

are

accidentals

an otherwise

devices

'Diving the

at

of

use

vary

which

patterning

these

That

and the

recall

ascending

in-:

4th; 6th

ascending descending

do not

occur

on

re-/

Unlike not

in

organised

is

treating

the

of

of

'Omnis

same melodic

the

patterns

device

lugeat. 111 // vidua

the

half

second

combina-

in with

examination

note

neither

units

coincide

of

'Quid

systematically

the

plica

2a are

as two

as follows:

21

41

1 11 ...

in

emerge

which

in

paralleled

different

Counting

syllables.

unaccented

or

is

A brief

do they

nor

lies

employed

larger

con-

whole

passages

syllabic

that

text,

not

melismas.

indicates

the

of

words

short

with

(MT 55)

lacrimas'

accented

either

or

units

note

one melodic purely

the

or

metres, versicle.

by

range

This

way.

each

of

the

interest

melodic

a different

in

balancing

the

that

is

sequence

normally

different'

metres,

strict

of

parts

versicle:

such in

the

of

different

of

made of

design

each

use

varied used

important

highlight

notes

the

much is

large in

in

range

namely,

of

with

it

previously

Virgo',

groups

of

versicle

However, tu

part

each

by

prosodically tions

order

balance

in

covered

tonal

the

Virgo' to

on one

centrating range

tu

'Quid

ecclesia 1121 presidio

11 // clerus

31

12

1

patrocinio 31

11

111 // milites

stipendiis 3

111 pauperes

124

suffragiis

31 14 1 11 // Francia consilio.

The role 'Heu

paus'

90 felix'

and caudae is

of melismas (MT 32a): (MT 49):

1 1

2

0/0;

on closer

Plebs/O;

3

inspection O/Heu

Aquitanie/potentia;

0/In;

sors;

again 5

Gallie/gratia;

celestia

'Divina

'Flete

providential

fideles'

2

Per/Penas

3

isto (MT 13):

(MT 20d):

1

Divina/Quem

3

condimentum/talentum.

1

Flete/Fleant;

2

virginee/dici_tis; transverberat/profluvjo

3

macula/nescia

4

peccati/virtutis

5

morienti/crucis

6

nolentis/occidunt 279

lacrime/puer:

2era

prenuntius/lateris;

melodic:

Quo ecclesie/

In

instance

each

of

a versicle,

at

the

the or,

beginning

or

seems

2).

versicle

suggested

versicle

in

or

the

(s. xiii)

it

considerably,

of

'0 in

not

52

in St. Victor. is

There

a remarkable The

sequences.

la

of

anime,

flete,

sorores

optime,

doloris planctus However,

a number

accentual

regularity

basis

determining

for

larger

unaccented accentual

In hora

tot in

'0

in

of

the

have

for

example:

1b

/// Fleant Marie

felix

et

läcrime.

of

factors

indicate

is

that

such

musical occur

secondly

felix'

sacri

the

that

this

text

could

Firstly,

rhythm.

there

unambiguously

are

are

often are

cauda and

originated

matris

vulnera: P/ doleo, soleo

puerpera. tendency

clear not

provide

as already

several

violated,

frequently

viscera

materna

a reliable noted,

instances for

towards

accented

on either

consistently

2b

canons

Deo loquitur,

lacrimarum

D-Mbs

other

or

where

example,

in

'Divina

(L25):

cum soli

or

one versicle

que dici

regularity

providential 2a

image,

of

indices

is

as often

(ca. 1240)

to

thought

/ materne

syllables;

(MT 20b),

terminal

29.1

Pluteo

are

and caudae

second

e/ multiplices

do not

units

note

patterns

mirror

fideles

sint

I-Fl

each

(s. xiii)

composition

melismas The

of

planctus

sources of

is

melody

passages may have been added later. clausula-like in these incidence regularity of 'accentual

Flete,

ut

their

) and is mid.

accent

its

dates

originally. in

unit,

as in

line,

the

this

con-

are

units

Asc. 95

manuscript

of

many

only

(s. xiii

Thus these

same as those

the

were

occurs

628

D-W Helmst.

strict

they

(MT 49a)

felix'

that

likely

than

elaborate

more

is

HB I note

probable

(or

of

this

but

note

sources

D-Sl

'Flete

to

penultimate

the

Since their

postdate

a versicle

ante-penultimate

(MT 20a).

sequences

strict

as the

same size

Clm 4660

in

as frequently

of

additions

manuscript

extant

earliest

the

that

fact

the

notes,

single

of

by

are,

in

3 they

versicle

end

(MT 49),

syllables,

in

later

moreover,

or

felix'

'0

Sometimes

syllable

penultimate

they

That

strongly

the

except

1 of

versicle

those

for

beginning

the

at

on accented

occur

melismas

on the

sung

sistently

either

the

occur

phrase.

a musical

of

end

be coincidence:

to

as in

occasionally,

(MT 20d)

fideles'

and caudae

melismas

rivulis,

En sua poster

Symeon

consummat desideria, revelat

...

(L97):

280

nostre

fidei

...

0 felix

la

in

or

qua viget in

'Omnis (1a)

gloria,

(1b)

patterns

accent

(MT 32a)

are

not

1b

occidit,

quern culpa

nulla

infecit.

Heu:

pastor

verus tam

Condimentis

A further

(L42).

trochaic

or iambic

same accent

the

opening

syllables

occurs

'Heu

pius'

5:

versicle

Moreover, the

this

and

accents

of

also

the scribe

2a the metre scribe

is

of I-F1

the

second

4 (7pp + 6p), Pluteo

each pair

to expand the melody a three-voice same position

at appropriate

composition in

this

each voice

are few instances

or else in

points could

only

a different

of

flexible

the

to

conform

lines,

remaining to

a

Additionally,

a

'O felix'

of

2b it

8 (7pp).

is

has made a mistake

mid. ) does not

of versicles),

use

of

in

whereas

dismiss

seem to

of versicles

(ca. 1240)

29.1

they

sufficiently

appear

pair

an accented

one would

be violated.

will

pattern, in

is

sung to

unaccented

point,

patterns

which

words,

the

by the

adopted

rhythmic

is

with

However,

highlighted

of D-W Helmst. 628 (s. xiii

second of

There

the

several

this

at

the

since

and 5 begin

irregularities.

rhythm

matter

Were

'Flete

a regular

each of which

1,2

found

to

neither

3 and 4.

lines

are

musical

arises

Either

lines

they

difficulty In

whereas so of

above from

does not

versicles,

or

accentual

(L97).

the

A of

melody in

conforms

itself

in

consistently

conceived

technical

is

debitum.

quoted

in both

variations

accommodate natural

not

not

Unless

end-rhyme.

the

exsolvit

...

rhythm

This

metre.

same is

be deliberate.

(the

crudelibus

occurrence

by the versicles

However,

as prosodic

clearly

regibus,

...

contulit.

raised

pattern

syllable,

the

final

The suggested

same melody.

to

impar

fätis

to

sung

comitum,

aromatum ... is

problem

fideles'

them

flus

///

5

the

...

obiit,

functis

v

text

the

of

pastor

qui

...

comes

paracliti

non

same on its

the

Pius

sancti

rapuit

Campänie.

the

potentia,

qui

operuit,

solem thirdly,

incliti

viget

(L113):

dum nobis

Heu:

...

tristitie

terras

la

to

pastöris

lacrimas'

nube

...

In

Aquitanie,

cäput in

lb

Bituria,

the 2b.

the

give

singers Since

be achieved

text

of

were expected 10 felix' if

one note

(MT 49) at

were repeated.

where there 281

is

a close

connection

between

-

the meaning of 'Omnis

in

(1a),

a word and its (1a),

'dolor'

descending

number

of

(1a)

of top

the

of

how light

just

range.

In

melody.

However,

treatment

it

meant

to

in

the

tenor

which

top

the

reaches

'vixit'

(3),

special

associations

in

the

apparent

extant

it

first

it

is

then,

in

the

set

but

the

this

melody

some kind

of

written Were

the

be written

close

3b,

seems as

Although from

however,

together,

possibilities

corresponding it

case,

that

'heu'. it

is

or in

word

evidence

was

The refrain, might

a conventional

be

even

argued treatment

are

raises

since

in

of

the

clearly

sung

of

'Heu

Pius'

(MT 32a)

more

refrains

282

in

melismatic which

about versions

it

if could

it

could

not

of

)heu'

(3b).

two

notes

neither

be

would of

and their the

'he=u' is

A, and

and

which

notes

as

3b (where

Clearly

the

separated

first

of

and 2a in

Since

fact

its

prosodically

later

a note:

in

that

the

that

above.

questions

way in

repeated

have

earliest

lb

occurrence

expect

otherand

b flat

notes

asa distropha. -

the

la,

This

fourth

the

one would

word-syllables the

repetition

upper

no significance

treated

in

only

two

(2a)

as a monosyllable. the

descend-

melody

thus

in

is

the

of

intended

as at

the

as a monosyllable

and

note).

the

a ligature,

as

Here it

musically

were

the

mentioned

'heu'

of

especially

sung,

treated

is

and music

consisting

be through

would

this

is

lengthening

out

these

it

note),

a single

was

words

similar

none of which

There

the

of

invite

'dum'

(1a),

qua'

a note

pitch

the

as

describes

poet

receive

such

the

at

sequence:

although

as a disyllable

a ligature

word

not

on words

(MT 32a).

musically

to

might

Moreover,

treatment

a repeated

refrain,

how exactly

be notated

to to

set

the

'Heu pius'

of

is

is

which

motion.

between

whole

a

melody

given

changing

expect,

or depth.

the

is

the

does

on 'in

range height

interest

as a monosyllable, (where

range

lower with

word

one might

contrary

connections

setting

another

be deliberate,

its

of

and its

Of special

of

in

move downwards

voices

(3),

'funde'

in

the

group

tenor

notes

when

in

note

(1a)

(MT 49)

to

(2a)

to

former

The

set

'lux'

reflected

apparently

were

phrase

lowest

set

'O felix'

versicle,

second death

the

above

is

the

are

the

depth.

or

as

'suspiria'

so of

appropriately

are

William's

at

a third

eclipse

wise

(1a)

melodic

William's

ing

and

'lux'

In

'lacrimas'

such

(2a)

between

height

example,

grief,

is

reverse

coincidence. with

associated

was obscured

is

which

thus

for

'flebilis'

relationship

apparent

are

with

and

the

though

is

phrases

words

'caput'

The

associated (1a),

phrases,

(2a).

and descending

words

'tristitie'

musical

'lugest'

and

(MT 55)

lacrimas'

In,

setting.

musical

and also

nature

accompany

manuscript then, of

in

interest. results

otherwise

-

syllabic

compositions,

in that

this

the

of

refrains short

refrain,

as long

instance

A further the

complete

in

a heighted

written

at

phrase

irregularity.

formal

as if

is

it

this

at

necessary is

was felt

that

the

at

horror

project'her

However,

one based

together

to

closely

the

from in

it

be rash

would

the

remaining

to

the

of

was

that

she

does

she

its

of

not

about

are

(MT 20a)

paus' it

be

as can interests

musical

so few

is

relate

as far

other

Since

'Heu

versicles

The

speak.

sequences in

However,

settings,

so to

strict

repetition

generalisations

attempt

grief

says

but

It

counter.

of

event,

these

narrative.

examples.

a

exclamation.

style

manuscript

by

matched

same short

Virgin

wounds,

the

dolor'

constitute the

share

to

pro

not

are

thus

is

contrast

dolor,

'0

expression

each of

syllabic for

3b and

after

The use

composed their

dominate

in

'number'.

phrases

2b the

of

the

evidenced

which

as an expressive

of

words

employed

two

Christ's

expressiveness

simple

music

determined

of

is

on

with

sight

explicit

this

words

direct

end

in

method of composition again

the

In

the

function

At

(MT 20d)

they

some more

point.

faint

growing

to

in

is

performance

(s. xiv)).

of

importantly,

seems

which

These

beginning

More

a melody

melody,

3a.

the

at

includes

it

This

words.

Gestalt.

in

C56

Although

compared.

self-expression

fideles'

(I-Pc

versicle

of

an additional

of

versions

beginning

the

for

the

when

on different

occur

melodic

'Flete

notation

unheighted

earlier

planctus

are

expressiveness

of version

only

its

to

as he adhered

suggested

some scope

However,

emotion.

of

strongly

normally

had

performer

this

of they

included

the

that

performance

versions

other are

melismas

suggests

in

from

resulted

is

an

increases

refrains

of

a swell

reflecting

of

consists

six pair

successive

as if

complexity,

melismatic

first

the

of

each

and

grief,

of

exclamation

text

the

under

their

consideration

nature

and

significance. the

Like

line

poetic its both This of

general stanza affords

(or

illustrated

levels

additional of in

the

more

and melody)

structure

occurrences

is

design

each

of

II

I

occurrences

12424

III

the

repeated

'Abner IV

28 3

a the

to in

versicle

(that

is,

four

times.

Firstly, can

fidelissime' V

with

However,

no or

unit

verse

corresponds

half-line).

patterning.

example,

versicle

also

flexible: is

in

written

versicle

successive

following

is

phrase

to the

occasionally

formal

lai

The melodic

rhyme scheme.

regular

the

sequence,

strict

up to

the be varied,

contrast,

number as

(MT 3):

instead

Secondly,

they

succession, in

be alternated

can (MT 5),

festas'

'Ad

versicle

all

arranging

of

where

arrangement

in

normally

each

of

I

II

III

to

is

unit

in

final

the

This

is

prosodic

structure

is

'Dolorum (II

and III) in

differences I,

units I

the

IV

4

7pp

7pp

5pp

6p

7p

are

and through

versicle occurrences

4432

pattern

rhyme-scheme

sounds are normally are normalljr

used in

sounds are'employed. rhyme sounds

already

relationship

throughout

between

be seen with reference to (MT 17). Here the melody

in

in

the

the

V

VI

12

3

the Excursus,

contrasts

employed

the

(L70)

that

is,

in

employed is is

achieved

repeated

rhyme-scheme

same):

xxx

each successive This

poetic

xxy

employed

line

contrast

IV

as can be seen from

Secondly,

line in

variation

formally

34

versicle

per

7pp is

metre

the

times

otherwise

the

filii'

metres,

units,

versicle of

number

the

where

six

unit

versicle in

main

V

8pp

(L30),

two

are varied:

accent IV

I

lines

or

III

and V,

(which

and VI

final

versicle in

'Infelices

metre

tend

occasionally,

or, in

Thus,

phrases,

repeated

successive

versicle,

lei

the

In

differences

through

strict

textually

II

of

the

made up of

successive

each

each

of

the

its

to

are

which

lai

on a different

'solatium'

is

repeated

of

complemented

the

and occasionally

unit

contrast

sets

the

pattern.

based

metres

in

in

lines

of

in

melodies

achieved

rhyme-scheme

unit

two

be

can

number or

versicle

close

distinct.

7pp

through

pattern

in

versicle

but

all

Thus,

I

however

as follows:

II

III

versicle

different few

versicles.

length

line

the

example,

is

sections

through-composed.

the

This

lai

essentially

sequence

the

versicle

each

in

later

accent

four

for

as,

versicles,

II

phrases,

made up of

strict

varied.

length,

In

the

Firstly,

also

is

usually

melodically

ways. is

is

in

recur

of

its

the

Four,

musical

frequently

versicle

whereas

other

first

Chapter

repeated,

which

in

with

in

a versicle

111111

As illustrated

sequence

repeats

the

occurrences

short,

the

new rhyme

successively

just as new melodies each Lai; . töo new rhyme versicle unit-so with

the

one versicle

rhyme and melodic the

opening

versicles

for

each is

in

284

the

strict

sequence

are frequently repetition of form

in

'Dolorum AAB.

where The

reused. the

lai

can

solatium'

The rhyme sounds

this

reflect

aab aab aab

for

rhyme-scheme

FFGG'

FFGG'

rhyme

kkkk

dddd

bbbb

kkkk

is

sounds

in

though

a partial

reiteration

repeated.

Samson's

triumph

is

the

the

second

in

-

fate;

otherwise

the

it

cursus

not

suggest

between

words

and music

the

Further adduced

with

melody,

its

short

repeated

point

of

the

and

rather

than

evidence

to

reference tonal

range

song.

Were

the'meaning

expect

that

the

undoubtedly when,

as the

the

of

literary

a sense highest

to

mutual

point

was

of

they

between of

distinctive

most

work

towards

text

the

in

reflected

climax

climaxes in

range

reached,

c:ursus

theme.

However,

Jephtha's Although

is,

at

formal

most,

structure

and melody.

and

text

can

of-the

lai

Four,

at

the

would

versicle is

the

the

his

introductory-and

Chapter

of

first

connection

feature

three-quarter

the

second

double

story.

a climax

be

the

the

about

meaning

in

in

-

melody

nescia'

(MT 2)

reflect

in

is

section

mood or

a close

is

3 should

the

the

narrating

which

and in

in

passages

cursus

ante

poem:

remarks

there

double

'Abissus'

of

character-

section

2 and

the

units

fourth

while

evaluative

and musical

of

that

melodies

partial;

(MT 5)

two

the

the

in

As indicated

the.

seem

two

device

second

as articulated

about

the

'Planctus

of

independence

phrases

musical

In

with

that

architecture.

musical

in

a change

relationship

the

is

other

that

a relationship

of

it

festas'

reflect

'number',

meaning

(MT 2)

considered,

'Ad

himself

instances

text,

is

makes

he confines

to

versicle

a formal

the

structure

coincides

speaker

related

versicles

when

why versicles

In

these

the

and

reusing

successive

section.

past

does

the

the

general

theme.

central

of

in

one

be argued

could

some of

of

as

always

form

What

(MT 58)

the

first

unfortunate

which

one between

not

closely

occasions

nescia'

reason

the

section

final

is

varying

irregular;

no literary

double

partial

which

avoidance

are

two:

are

of

mirrors

section

ante

there

However,

cursus

musical

a double cursus, 53 In 'Abissus'

with

slightly

is

there 54

the

there

'Planctus

complete,

(MT 58)

is

two

than

rather

eeb,

occurred.

towards

sequence.

(MT 5)

festas'

in

is

examples

archaic

complete;

the

3 the

the

already

tendency

the

the

of

double

towards

and prosodically,

as in

ddb

independent.

nevertheless

have

which

the

a pattern

impulse

a mutual

melodically

istic

but

form,

Although

recur,

follows

rhyme-scheme

musical

aab ccb

as follows:

are

and rhyme

'Ad

versicle

FFGG'

to-'share

is

between

FFGG'

the

of

in

example,

with

(j)

the

Thus

exactly

not

The correspondence

aab.

as this,

close

though

pattern

the

way

through

coincide..

the

'De

its

highest

melody'one

6 of

be

the would

profundis'

speaker

is

There

(MT 12),

exclaims

28 5

I

/}d

ýIT5)

Gýtar'euý

g /a-

ias

tfJ.

re

o-

/I ,.e - -6 es

- as

V

p/ý.

,," ,mau" i

,

3a

Flea

FIo-rum



ý'r>

do-

3c

o



0

eux

for

(nc

sg b)

Vt-

mo-rum £o- for

ef-

ni-e fu-Ji

Ur-bam

val-la-ve-rant

Sb

Nx. ýi

1N- cu- lo alg_ &-

_=--

14.

Pro{+ Pros,

T Z

do-l. Pu-dor

et

o

2k

Or

14 rww

116.

nt,

quarr hmc

o_rrs;

it

s er in c1a-v, Alm£ fl". un-d& -IC

Spa- ýuI I¢- 'I'S

o Is

s

qra-v, Jru-

o

fI-t

i

ý

re-na

cru-o-

r-'

en-f o 3e- "s vi-de ` fis Eie, i in pe- n's ,,,eis pa

) 6 40. (m-r

$a.

K 12...

vt

Sic mo-ri-en-6's rn- U- a des- Ee- r9L cru- c, - PJcv7_

ria fe- ra

`J"

PAN-A412STAVE

(MT

N.

-luvt

r

st

iur- rd-

do-lor pro%+ p.. -. lor froh

ýt

O

ýt

O

he- u

r "e a"1

Va -5i

vin-xe-rant

lan

KI

de-te- ýt. o ins-ra-+: /s V/r- tu

4. je

s-km - &:Ai-

.ºýe co- yor

0o-I6iat i»1-phi F'ICTJNE :SIX

vK-*siw va

-

fMNr

. n, -..

5i-

-tu -l0

u-Iwrº7 /uln

len- tar

. ", "

to-vºe-o M-

GId

-D

bi mo-1e-rye -

lºi

fi-aºa-dýý-trr

no-lu,

t

.

m, -,;

40

for-ca-m...,

12aý

MT

ah

(b

.0

0 ýý



no- br;

ve

. ºýr-; t - rt S

ýc

aE-ro

Fc n- t r-

»e

hN s ....

'--ýci

WE-

hr-

4

`'"

V Ic-

vvr

r1"ß.

tic

ywc I

wicl LrE-

ý-.

" -

..

.s

w"..

"

j

ma

K-

I (h 1 ». ti

`N -p t pNn, w1ri,

(C

(N -r 5)

^ .d,

aý^

ne

Flo - rv%l-

...

..

crc

...

iz)

...

ý.

,-Cb

ý...

.v....

:L

a6r

"

Ve-cc-

64

D, 4orw.

ti pos-

i ee*-' "-W

Ii-

t-

I(MT

/7 a.%

a

5

. o.

VQl eE

con me

{li!

K- nj-

It

Lit....

6

fC-/.

re - rer fit MO- rl

mb-

pA - rt re V"- ye-

/'A((weo,.

"(EXAZ)

JKx K-

Mc)

itr

luS to

-foS, oit

a

(EX. o

aS-S/-

-raf-tFr da-c

... ...

Az

nan"

6o-

Or-tus

ac-ca-

Prc-cIa-

74,

Et

üu-

di

- unt 0.

n "

no-1,

p(a-Je

rn,,ht vo - ces AD --a.

vari,;,. tr,

PAN-A4

ss

ve- re

ad-

1)e- u5

vni

- nij

gut- fa

- rx

iv-

di-

-I

Jane-

-&lsi»,

riS- fI - rna

Vo - Ce

p re-c(A-ra

e Deus"

(EX.

42

FIGURE

SIX

(continued)

/t1-ci-de.

-{-t

c, r-- -

4

Si - de

- ra..

Eu-a

tL

#en -po - rt

S us - tI - ne_

re

vno-c4

-c4

with

However,

grief.

dux

solatium' it

(MT 17),

the

that

this

seem clear

case

tu

'Quid

of

'Dolorum

and

in

while in

(MT 67),

fortissime'

the

in

place

This

of

is

melody

based in

and

some alliteration

from

are

not

the

notes

words

in

are

an association they The

subsequent it

association... versicle michi,

it

employed

the

4b,

in melody K from

and when

they

likely

that

Melody

Y is

especially

michi

it

articulates parcere'.

too

simple

'Samson

further

dux

in

recur

K are

they

not

effective the

vehement

Although

286

expressions

such

are

also

begin

to

for

take

on

16

counters. with

their

as a melodic 'Nolunt

6. )

used

14 and

expressive

with

and

in Figure of grief

associated

smaller

12,14

versicles

versicles

reverberate

Y.

and 20

and

of

fortissime'

K and melody

12 they

status

melody

quite

by

representation

versicle

achieved-the of

The (MT 12a)

are included

to be a musical much

in

which

units

Interestingly-all is,

the

rhyme

passages.

defined

versicle'8

with

have

of

syntactic

melody

K, that

3),

+3+

6,7,8,12,14,16,17,18,

11 and 16.

are

phrase

internal

In

in

(MT 58b)

again

line.

(3

text

profundis'

interest,

special

in

to

are

musical

'De

and

the

of

the

musical

Thus,

components

sequential

and

the

includes

of

of

this

subdivided.

nescia'

the

but

text.

the

ante

emphasise

count

the

which

in

a number

in

of

lais

lais,

be further in

to

However,

grief

6,

thus

it

point

the

unheighted

passage,

subjects.

16 where nolunt

been

units

(MT 17a)

consists

occurrences is

have

'Planctus

effects

syllable

be said

be-said

Gould

However,

poetic

and melody

which

In

solatium'

versicles

not

on other

takes

of

subdivisions

components

articulated

these

of

occurs

each

Figure

melodic

serve

versicles

K could

climax

in

divisions

this

at

in

(Only

Melody

the

by

occurs

of emotion 16.

text:

are of

latter

(L123)

climax,

climax

other

and can

sequential

two melodies

The former and the

syllabic 55 Spanke.

the

of

the in

short

which

pronounced

(MT 67a)

three

'Dolorum

subdivisions

and in

the

the

to

correspond

may also

comparable

on a short

reflected

passages

It 3)

to

by

out

are

that

parallel

nescia'

musical

occurs

repetition

the

to

pointed

the

literary

literary

the

whereas

As illustrated

(MT 5)

la--correspond

first

the

as in ante

no clearcut

patterning

(versicle

conforms

festas'

(20),

of

internal

contain

normally

'Planctus

(L141)

notations.

(MT 2)

phrases

'Ad

level

be established.

cannot

both

notations,

11.

heighted

'Abissus'

coincidence,

'Samson

'Dolorum

and

heighted

of

is

fortissime'

in

to

relation

(MT 58)

written

In

in

seen

nescia'

result

there

versicle

An additional in

the

(L30)

dux

versicle

survive

lais

(MT 62).

solatium'

penultimate

ante

remaining is

is

example

'Planctus

Virgo'

'Samson

this

when

michi, melodic

grief. previous

counter nolunt fragments

in

are

normally

be noted

should 'Ad

motive)

'Clangam

which

most

its

One might

is

in

the

in

normal are

practice

in

still

As one might conforms

(MT 17a)

its

those

mentioned

meaning

the

of

and musically

the

the

6 and the

to

included

style

of

an early

the

logic

above,

where

the

text.

In,

'for

in

line,

as

earlier

the

which

be

could

melody

'Dolorum

example,

said

prosodically

as the

g)

to

solatium',

both

(g

melody

no instances,

are

note

texts

above.

there

same repeated

like

verse

this

of

6.

the

sequence

as a disyllable

treated

of

Figure

poetic

cited

form

cygni.

within

of

some traces

examples

in

groups

in

development with

of

characteristic'

repetition

accord

the

or

melodies

of

the

repetition

planctus

units

role

own internal

is

melody

7 are

a musico-poetic

the

and receives

short

However in

(5a)

'Heu'

word

lai.

in

sequence

word-syllable

the

expanded

expect to

the

reflect

the

and with

evidence

so clearly

from

apart

repetition

role

further

of

melodic

that

Latin

the

process

of

recalls

became

units

This

in

example,

the

of

time

for

as,

it

words

the

Versicles

lal

of

through

repetition

speculate

6 ).

Figure

made up of

through

repeated more

is

case,

groups

one

with

it

the

or

extending

survives

the

filii':

'Clangam

(or

to

versicles.

phrase

(see

6a

units

always

be compared

therefore

musical

not

phrase

verse

mirror

of

is

versicle

which

in

not

word-syllable

this

can

filii'

Though

the

that

up a musical

a short

words

complete

(MT 5)

festas'

dividing

of

given

following

words: 5a:

(Heu);

adquievi;

ut

5b:

Vicem;

vel

oportebat;

5c:

Infausta;

Although

the

melody

of

the

poem.

The

melody

short

reaching

music

sequence between

la

of

is

a more

there

is

the

accent

Planctus ///// planctu crucior

and in

'Dolorum

hinc

(6b),

the is

this

point

receives last

percepi. a short

word

an ornament

of

the

of

an essentially

shares line.

penultimate

of

syllabic

indication

as a formal

possibly

it

melisma,

that

the

an end.

The question the

summe.

(6a)

melisma

at

essem.

non

quarr vana;

'planctibus'

'vocibus'

and occurs is

song

otitus;

word

the

unam;

tibia

the

relationship

difficult

question

undoubtedly patterns

between to

like

lassor

for

lb

Orbat

of

28 7

the

the

text

strict

correspondence

orbem radio,

gaudio, (L30):

of

example:

me Iudea

anxia,

dolore; solatium'

As in

degree

versicles,

ante nescia,

accents

resolve.

a considerable of

the

filio, dulcore.

and

/I infidelis

However,

there

example,

in

is

nevertheless

'Planctus

flentem

or

'Dolorum

non

in

irregularities

is

the

large

number

as in

or

iambic

as,

for

with

they it

that

created_by: since

accents that

lines

for

there

implications

can

be illustrated

The

first

light

of

patterns for

the

accents: accent

of

patterns

to

the

reference

Clearly this conform

to

not

last

it

is

inevitable

if would

own scheme

a fixed not with of

(L123), patterns

is

pattern lai,

planctus, the

of

iambic

systematic. the

of cited

in

thus,

rhythm

were to

the

the

accent adopted

musical Since

confidence. organisation

melody

above.

that

conform

so

patterning

of

F:

occur,

frequency

strophic

example melody

288

the

completely

to

be established their

accent

On account

sunt

accents

the

interpretation

the

be violated word

could

is

patterns,

accent

the

3c lines

also nescia'

the

in

trochaic

'substitutions'

also

rhythmic to

in

3;

either

with

in

the

as if

line

iambic

or

schemes.

3c are

3b and

of

some words-would

if

regular

patterning

for

together

than

and

this

this

varied

melody. even

lines

lines

their

defined

trochaic

ante of

Thus,

be accidental. is-more

with

coincidence

trochaic

a simple

on regular

patterns

'Planctus

same unit

in

(3b are

metres

of

noticeable

occasionally,

Other

of

irregularities

are

of

two

the

conform

trochaic

The

degree

is

example

lai

all

3 and 4)

to

hardly

often

last

irregularities).

to

accents

or

sclera

_que viscera. sciderunt

based

are

above,

the

that

say

the

conform

word.

tam misera!

I natha, fratre michi, anima, una mecum

which

which

examnples

(lines

2b

feature

versicles

as in

belong

can

que femina

que peccäta,

one

to

However, which

which

great

fact

in

for

vulnera.

felix,

nostra

without

example,

versicles

Plus in

two

not

(with-or

above.

3c

metres,

is

That

i

lumina

torquent

tam

of

first

iambic

an

1 and 2).

the

div

fi

mentem,

que mater,

prelio.

these

contrast,

of

tua

manus gladio

of

metres,

t

inconsistency,

Pectus,

nico,

spite

quoted

2b

esset

iugulatur

adversa,

(L30):

dom

sceleste

maximum

(L123):

respite

solatium'

Quasi

// plebs

m sum o nium

of

solätium.

consecratus

lais

degree

oleo

3b

In

a certain

i

der

gaudium,

conferens in

in

unice,

////// singulare

matrem

ludea.

nescia'

ante

dulcor

Fili,

sie

a m cerat

populüs.

(F) II In honorem

// Philistea,

1 iubilat

äum lamen tis

fidelibus

Insultat infidelis

dum corruit;

Israhel

2a

2b

invaluit,

2a-. Amalech

it

is

the

na.

desirable

that

the

interpretation

rhythmic

the

of

melody

accommodate

should

them. is

It in

the

thus is

lai

between

to

only

strict

defined

and have

flexibility

with

the

the

triad

rising

continuation

The

In

view the

sequence,

later

patterning

unnecessary a fixed

type

would

of

would

rhythm

an absolute

that not

musical

in

the

That

or alliteration.

singer

they

the meaning

and idiosyncracies

5.

Since, category

as

includes

already all

the

text,

of the

Through-composed

mentioned songs

which

in

in

of

I

if

this

rhythm, the

of would

be most suitable. consonants

of

rhythms,

part

accented

assonance

when syllabic of

a new dimension

mean that

would

This

emphasis

shape and its

sound,

melody.

Songs

Chapters

are

excellence.

many ways

patterns

rhythm

its

of

a metrical

prosodic

were an integral

of

the

reason,

This

bouncy

'liturgical'

level

accent

the

it

that

par

either

vary'the

be logical.

recurring

achieved,

one

emphasising

as if

between

is

neither

289

Three

as

a 'closed'

rather

and

would

could

could

design

from

such invite

which

early

lai,

this

For

rhythm.

singer

variation1would

the

employed

the

of rhythmic

of

is,

that

chosen,

repetition

interpretation

patterning

least

at

contrasting

occur,

and the

to

the

by melismas;

-

the

figures

of

and

clear by

short

is

and intermittent be done

play

contrasting,

and the

out

irregularities

shift

lai

elements

with of

on the

interpretation

to bring

order

of

identities

consistently

an isosyllabic

prevent

syllables

were

most

the

of

sequence

sustained

-

on the

or

suggest

strict

violence

one based text,

aesthetic individual

the

of

concludes

depending

and the

by

use

a series

series

music

effected

cadences

encumbered

a further

a possibility,

rhythm.

which

by

it

up by

rarely

the

'open'

of

broken

is

however,

are

repeated,

by

the

not,

melodies

are

before

versicle is

'narrative'

versicle,

presence

melodies,

is

rhythms

musical

the

duration

be affected

may also

the

within

the

defined

and clearly

verbal

units

and music

was difficult

'narrative'

This

versicle

it

Whereas

syllabic

the

and by

Thus,

normally

is

'Number'

that

quality.

within

cadence.

doubt

words sequence

strict

between

moving

phrase

the

work.

an onward which

musical

at

little lai's

The

role.

to

much closer.

relationship is

there

sequence,

is

two

organisation

the

about

an important

of

of

principle

generalise

the

between

relationship

Compared

architectonic.

relationship the

the

that

apparent

and Four,

strophic,

nor

this in

sequence

35

a

mo00

Bur-gen

n co -

ci-

of

7

2

li-

am

1

1

/ prop-

ri-

o)

1

4

6

no-

xi-

amp

1

1

6

3

vic-

to-

ri-

a

2

1

ri-

a.

/ plan-

s- sis

9

1

tri-bu-

to

/ da-

13

1

1

12 /

a-

mit-

tens

hanc

1

11

4

1

set

plau-

de

pro

1

1

11

2

10

2

7

3. /

7

lis

ni-

2-

1

2

8

1

21

ge

2 to 4

in

1

1 / fi-

8

46

u dum f l-

(Digits caudae

get

hic

in

o gl

-

to the number: of notes refer are underlined) and melismas

FIGURE SEVEN

per

syllable;

form,

is

there

included

in

it.

composed

of

inally, in

verse therefore beyond

established examples a dramatic as indicated

in

(MT 32a),

the

much of from

'Flete

centre

'Quid

tu

a number

to

this

'Iure

-

two

examples,

between In

which

it

most

important

sequence is

planctus type

of

and melismatic the

role in

of

more their

words:

nor

unaccented

songs and strict

7 initial words

than

four

meanings do the

'0'

sequences,

and

notes are

occur not

thus

of

terminal

is

of

'0

as in

a formal 290

device

syllabic (MT 51),

unambiguously

occur

on the

melismas random

with of

for

As

melodic.

highlighted

a number

most

monialis'

on an apparently

simple,

melody.

between

other

consistently

of

the

a connection

the

purely

while

as in

a number

and its

caudae

patterning

device,

indicates

group,

An

melodic

in

at

significantly

The cauda,

later.

contrast

look

alike

coincide

is

'Scariotis'/

and melismas

'cloria',

and

melismas

syllables.

this

or

verse,

and

line

the

phrase

(11T 16)

evidence

a poetic

and melisma

caudae

Figure

sisting

of

melismas

most

betray

exceptions

types

a brief

borrowed.

The

However,

is

are

prose.

clear

patterning

tonal

in

planctus

be discussed

caudae

with

sections;

the

of

of

the

musical

a melodic

lai.

directly

inevitably

the

of

normally

occasionally

one-stanza employed

is

and the

the

and closing

or

that

there

opening

melismas;

the

- will

patterning

illustrated

of

of

role

(MT 69)

rhetorical

contains the

matris'

Pius'

sequence.

in

written,

'Heu

taken

(MT 25)

strict

case

for

music

quarr magno';

possibly

normally

the

'0

examples

'Doleo'/'Absolon'/7

the

frequently passages

in

examples

motets,

the .

syllabic

Excursus,

line, in

...

quid'

the

with

the from

from

(and

these

Thus

Furthermore,

provided

text

(MT 48),

filii'

(MT 50Yare

'Heu

of

the

poetic

indicates

(MT 28)

and the

syllabic

simple,

derived

more

be

can

dulces

'0

written

perhaps

dramas.

is

fratres'

'0

figure)

from

(MT 23)

me misers' of

-

sequences

dolor'

associated

the

song,

existing

'Heu

unit,

strophic

Four

(MT 62).

the

of

each

which

liturgical

to

belong

is

the

orig-..

songs (stanzas

It

are

exception

one

(MT 20);

quod'/'Superne

type

With

and music

Virgo'

the

the

as through-composed

'Heu

of

syntactic

each

that

examples

say

cadence

to

examination in

only

be seen

corresponds the

that

features

of

As can

to

to

those

that

strophic

stanzas

several sequences.

fideles'

and one

from

consisting

been

been

of

words

of

a strong

and melismas

may have

that

and that

have

fact

is

there

caudae

with

types

and prosodic

styles

forms)

Chapter

these:

of

may in

they

-

previously,

only

caudae.

trope

argued

examples

doubt

without

musical

of

type

the

different

as I

case

stanza

and that

accurate

two

the

one

different

of

Moreover,

in

possibility

range

a wide

con-

selection

by either strophic.

indicating

the accented

the

beginning

melodic

the

achieved

and syllabic through

sections,

motive

recall, 'Sol

example, on the

occurs

and in

defectu

5

iustitie

8

operit.

14

terruit

18

bravio

21

regia

words

rhyme

sounds. The

4

vulnere

6

gloria

no

also

through

recurring

and

through

are

(MT 70),

caudae

essentially

the

and melismas,

balancing

deployment

the

'closed'

of

melismatic figures,

cadence

In,

accidentals.

of

(AbAG)

cadence

figure

Abd is

found

the

cadences

2)

'open' (stanza

1)

(stanza

2)

be

argued

(MT 72),

between

relationship

systematic their

figure

cadence

the

for where

final

their

meaning,

role

of

several

bbA

motive

motives

at:

on

accents,

or

their

recall,

as,

for

are

employed:

bAG

gec 3

Syon

3

devote

3, Syon

7

ecclesie

7

matris

3

filie

8

barbarie

8

que

4

cient

8

barbarie

5

triumph

9

pernitie

14

vorane

10

occiso

17

sanguine

11

Proditoris

23

accerimis

15

mutilate

16

contaminata

37

consilio

44

convallium

2

arment

sequential

FGG

1)

'(stanza

and either

arment'

Motive:

the

but

dispendia

same can

'Turmas

the

(MT 52) the

is

there

these

through

(stanza

4

14

for

melismas

words:

patitur

(Phrase)

Plainly

only

eclypsim'

1

'0 mors'

with

not

following

(Phrase)

type

through-composed

complex is

patterning

in

the

while

stanza,

ornaments.

In

for

the

and end of

antis

passages

in

this

planctus:

291

example,

bAG cbA 8

que con-(cussa)

13

ff(e)

decba

ee(d)

cebbG

gen-

tis

mer-

sa

f 15

cbA /

ee(d)

40

ee(d)

con-di-ta

and for

the

bAG

e-/dd(c)

(muti)-la-

mem-bris-que bd

df

to

cc(b)

AG

fel-

le

recurring

in

figures

rhythmic

'Sol

(MT 70):

eclypsim'

Figure:

b flat

19

solio

2

mortis

21

stola

4

defectu

21

regia

5

iustitie

6

terras

8

operit

9

Fernandus

11

gratie

21

reclia

there

Moreover, (MT 18)

,1

patitur

is

the

why

following

prosodic

or

syllables

in

reason

lines

should

planctus

is

or

'Eclipsim

passus'

the

accidental

have

added:

1

E(-clipsim)

3

1

precla/re sum occ

5

..... iteret

dolores

...

4

cis

medio

...

13

felicem

Clearly,

In

vitam

the

from

able

the

the

melodic the

in

'Heu

latter,

through-composed

strict

simple

syllabic

patterning. their

in

sequence

melodies,

me misera'

(Phrase)

tdrminat

complex

recitation-like

of

pätiens

...

12

for

no literary

However,

with

is

again

22 quid

the

9 oculis;

at

the

figure

10 patibulis;

dicam? 292

are

exception

melodic.

cadence

least. figures,

cadence

repetition

and melodic

(MT 28)_. have

respects

recurring

examples

function

2 tristicia;

these

indistinguish-

virtually

important of

The

resources

some instances

following

CDD:

11 an elgicis;

words

Two of

these

otherwise,

as

on to

added

Lines

'Tu

and patibulis

so often

other

with

resemble in

static

(MT 71):

pater?

(MT 50)

fratres'

3

tunc

sanctificatum

4

noli

me derelinquere

5

sed'demonstrare

8

quango

venit

inspection

and followed thus

melodies

they

where

by lines

occur

Except in

'Heu

musical

est"pater

or

in

discipuli

quos

ubi

sent

apostoli

quos tantum

15

Quis est

hic

16

0 vos omnes qui

scheme.

'Heu

interest,

special

into

subdivided

length,

repetition

planctus

is

the

where

where

there

is

is

the

exact.

between

correlation

examples

there

example, of

never

just

cited,

internal

no consistent

however,

are

instances

units

(as

in

smaller

for

as,

(MT 48),

in

either

(MT 28),,

me misera'

The words

no systematic

(MT 33),

teneri'

texture.

equal

is

there

Excursus

'Heu

as

Of is

the

are preceded

or narrative.

dulces-filii'

and rhyme-scheme,

such or

line

the

where lai),

the

which

same melody:

'Heu-...

'Tu

of

through-composed

rhyme

'Heu

are

they

The recitation-like

musical

in

only,

the

lines

poetic

syllabic

that

declamatory

notably

amasti

et videte.

evident

the

dilexisti

transitis

are more melodic. in

tu

non fleret

qui

lugete

however,

(MT 20)

fideles'

mea

phrase

others

'Elete

sunt

mater

'0

rhyme

have

from

(MT 31). and

repetition

poetic

nescio

nobis'

As can be seen from musical

dimisisti

Ubi

contrast

the

omnibus

14

is,

in:

noticeable

0 Maria

are not

where

therefore

are

est

versicles

which

provide

and

10

it

is

angelus

michi

ubi

it

example,

particularly

De celo

pariter On closer

are

6

(excluding

(stanza)

melody

movement

et

this

fragments.

melodic

a recitation

12 '0

in

but

F and E',

melodies

melodies

of

their

(MT 30):

miseri'

follow

-

other

combinations

which

essentially 'Heu

oculis

-

me misera'

pater'

10 Fratres'

(MT 26):

quomodo'.

90

(MT 28):

(MT 71): (MT 50):

10

dolor,.

17

Deus

21

Me miseral

Heu dolens!

stanza

20

et

0 patrüm homot

Deus

Me misers!

Heu amara! dolor,

14/18 293

et

proh

homo:

Deus

Me misera!

Heu miseral dolor

Heu me: Heu me (misera

Maria)

et-homo!

Undoubtedly atory

these

phrases

expression

each

of

repeated

in

example the

these

line

end of

stanzas

the

first;

the

Since

this

the

rest

a first

rising

section

in

is

with

their

first

the

of

second

the

melodic

unit

which

occurs

which

this

instances belongs the or

reaches

is

could

as in

the

it

the

contrast

be'coincidence:

('surrexisse'

is

smaller

as representative that

ultimately

highly

a numerical

pattern,

some extent

reinforced

is

not

likely but

of

that

more closely

when the

the

melodies 294

since

the

the

only

, between

joy

of repeated

and

sorrow

many

this

planctus

does not

occur

the

poetic

again)

have melodies Their

function, Since,

in

syllabic

was not

G,

melody

moreover

counters.

texts.

--

is

that

however,

a regular

musician with

especially

where

of grief.

in

also its

be cited;

could

expressive

written

is

drama to which

do not,

units

The

The

out.

a great.

These instances

varied.

into

text

liturgical

units

length.

same as the.

' 0. quath magnö', The

repeated

Interestingly,

'surrexit'

quite

stands

emphasis,

range

the

seems

receives

just

in

nevertheless

from.

not

in

syntactic

A and Ell;

end of the

lower

be described lai,

thus

the

is

each instance form,

invite-may.,

the

of

quomodo'

whereas

range

(MT 28)

'surrexisse'.

word

entire

me misera'

exactly.

not_clerived

'Heu ... the piece,

irregular

irregular.

is

In

and the

of the

subdivided

which

it

that

syllabically

the word

"resurrexit'

melodies

planctus

its melody_is__ although and 5 (demonstrare omnibus).

the music

of

the

of

higher.

rest of it is melismatic,

prose,

phrase

'Heu

long

The melody

therefore

in

phrases

i's

in

repeated

in

often

to

where

treatment

line

the

repeated

seems

figure.

is

a third

out.

covers

at

version

the

because

and it

melodies

phrases

on the

from

also

text

the

ensures

which

stand

alsoIprominent, qui es in celis)

I (in

of

is

would

this

it

and third

as a refrain

only

in

as

That

earlier.

an elaborated

(MT 71) is

because

text

of

but

and notes

second,

out

descending

phrases

regularity

verse

stands

same words

The second

employed

syllabic,

particularly

syllabic

same as the

it

The first

discussed

of

words

by chance.

the

is

count

between

and function

second

an exclam-

syllable

connection

of

first

The

repeated,

repeated

anticipated,

18.

melody

regularity

the

repeated,

corresponding

syllabic

this

is

and then

chiefly

close

improbable.

to

the

that

come about

otherwise

song is

in

true

(MT 20d),

not

the

not

'Tu pater'

anticipated This

is

is

the

of

has not

is

is

third

it

is

the

same,

fideles'

14 and

repeated

because

it

related

occurs,

(MT 26) the only

'Flete

melody

when it

and,

Though

is

Each

significance.

(MT 50) consists

closely

the

special

the

performance

are

of

examples

in

through

examples

is

10 fratres,

extra

arose

grief.

section

in

and music

are

working This

words

is in

with to 'Anglia

(MT 8)

planctus'

They

considered.

is

there

is

no attempt

at

melodic

repetition:

occasionally not

Here

case. are

do not

middle

to

or

upper

another

before

source

material,

the

independeptly

meaning

In,

for

example,

(7) (1)

'Plangel though

while,

so than

are

in

corresponding

is

frequently

and meli'smas,

as in

'0

mors'

is

work

the

derived

are

(MT 65), the

from

as

syntactic

they

cadence

which

occurs

the

of

together, twice

(8)

light

or

or

(MT 8).

at

occurs the It

of

(10).

imagery

no more

no attempt

example,

'Eclipsim

passus'

examples

which

at

the

295

cauda,

for

in

'Sol (MT 18) '0'

exclamation include

beginning

not

are

Moreover,

of,

of

a

a stanza,

a musical

phrase,

stand

from

out

and

occurrence

(7)

the

does

(5)

initial

the

Although

of

as

such

first

'plangens'

'cedes'

beginning thus

words

The

(MT 8) or

melismatioally

corresponding

'plangunt'

device

and

and dark

planctus'

always

59)

relation-

special

their

and

'ploratu',

formal (2)

no

normally

treatment.

and low pitches.

(MT 52),

planctus'

'quit

'Anglia

it

in

independently

(3),

'misera'

the

treated

rest

first

they

Castella'(MT

special

with

(2),

cauda

'Anglia

given

high

in

to

words

'plange'

melismatic,

(MT 70),

eclypsim'

in

not

made to represent

or

according

tenor,

there

'Plange

coincides

'Castella'

the

middle

duplum,

autem'

where

phrase

individual

of

(2),

'misera'

'plangens'

although

planctus

the

'Plange'(1),

'flex

the

this.

of

between

melody.

the

the

bass,

either

the

which

and

phrased

However,

through-composed

In

are

penultimate

cadence.

in

of

case

(MT 14)

te'

super

the

of

in

often

rest

occurrences

ground

texts

'Doleo'/'Absolon'/?,

of

parts

occur

first

as in

line,

Four,

until

'the

example,

Chapter

the-'final

moves

ship

in

their

one

for

rests

three

three

The

the

of

clearly

the

where

which

words,

most

an isorhythmic

points

Moreover,

lum.

'Doleo

out of

at

the

is

This

cadence. as

significant

different

over

(MT 69)

and

structure,

a quite

attached.

functions

which

a poetic

antiphons

units

present

final

text,

rhetorical

unequivocally

are

the

at

only

as,

The

pointed

its

motets

quite

notes

which

end

tri

of

triplum. the

dominates

melody,

the

or

two

the

meaning,

a sentence,

the

is

consideration

compositions

the

with

songs

parallelism.

syllabic

simple

'Scariotis'/'Iure'/'Superne'

begin

duplum

of

into

melody

the-tenor

of

taking

come together

voices of

musician

in

evidenced

directly

working

pegs

merely

the

these

of

composers

rhetorical

some of

the

its

also

of

the

the

Nevertheless

an exclamation.

highlighting

with

concerned

not

not

are and

consecutively

reiterated

not

('clamat')

(MT 72)

arment'

former)

from

resulted

and

admittedly

the composition

If

if

are

'Turmas

the

clearly

were

dies')

not

(though

latter

('0

as other

treated

also

words

In

'Sol

'0

dolor'

(MT 47)

'Heu

and in

syllable,

teneri'

'Heu

(MT 33),

'Heu

(MT 48),

Rachel

planctus

of

quomodo'

(MT 26)

is

value

from

F-0

last

varies

Then,

as if

prosodic

'Heu

(MT 50.

quid

the

reaching

climax,

'Heu

quomodo'"are

given

and musical

respectively,

same as in

the

are

the

of

values

in

each treated (MT 62);

is

value )

established.

its

setting That

in

is

treatment. the

do not

It

composer

accent

normally

verse,

cannot

thus

Its

'heu'.

melodic

three

poetic

prosodic it

occasion

is,

- the

note,

the 'Heu

every

pitch

of.

repetition.

three

opening

utterances (The

treatment.

disyllable,

and

of Notker's 'heu'

in Chapter

out

observed

instance that

has attempted

structure..

therefore is

'heu'

speech

tu Virgo'

the composer

be

given

a representation

to imitate

note

be treated

sequence

cannot

the word

however,

'Quid

Four,

are

repeated

should

the

'heu'

of

and each have the

this

hardly,

utterances

structure

apparent

is

of weeping;

sound,

by giving

quality.

patterns

provide

are

first

pater'

):

opening

has not in

'heu'

conform

the

'Tu

dulces

'0

(MT 33),

as monosyllable

version

syllabic

a declamatory the

three

as pointed

It

(MT 30),

he-u

corrupt

Innocents of

'Heu

interest

a sequential

teneri',

as disyllables,

but

of the

The prosodic

rather

the

to its

according

Play

special

quid'

a slightly

as a monosyllable, of this

he-u,

musically

(The text

d.

He-u,

'Heu ...

the

word 'Heu

(MT 25),

bG

dbcA,

Finally,

of

scheme

These

miseri'

a repeated

with

where treated

usually

teneri'

on each

an emotional

...

word

a mono-

examples,

special

In

misere'

of

(MT 27),

(MT 25).

-but

with

'Heu

-

the

that

quid'

'Heu

with

'Heu

songs.

...

Of

(s. xiii)

201

accordance

strophic

infelices'

'Heu

as a

as a disyllable,

remaining 56 it is

(MT 26),

as a disyllable

in

in

'heu'

(MT 23),

monosyllabic,

musically

which

in

... one begins

consistently

treated

as often

'Heu

and

the

except

fratres'

the

monosyllabic,

dolor'

is

value

musically

In

and

and musically in

or

grief

interest.

special

Although

treated

melisma.

'0

and

with,

(MT 69),

prosodic

.. " quomodo' (MT 28), me misera'

'Heu

of

prosodically

its

is

normally

include

(MT 71),

line

it

as a disyllable,

examples

both

(MT 31)

value, 'is

associated is

'heu'

of

undistinguished.

nobis'

prosodic

filii'

treated

thus

an introductory

not

are

'Scariotis'/'Iure'/'Superne',

some settings

melodically

of

is

with

often its

it

and is

monosyllable,

treatment

(MT 70),

eclypsim'

(MT 29)

the

However,

exclamation.

which

melismatically

to

of

the

a regular

a reliable

texts

of

scheme, basis 296

for

through-composed and,

in

the

determining

planctus

case of texts musical

...

rhythm Not

be

can

seen

examples

all

with

Heu -, ... __'. The quantitative. have

the

melodic

the beginning both

concludes

with

the

of

quomodo'

the

verse: ...

a figure

five

scansion does

gaudebo'

notes

were

not

conform

c

G]G

[A

GAEFGG

initial

both

they

occurs

at

exclamations

the

although the melodic

of

the

adopted, to

in

are

conventionally

However,

-uu/--. sung to the last

quantitative

the

The hexameter

scansion

if

because also

after

prose,

(MT 26)

which

7).

Figure in

some-are

interest

(MT 26)

(see

quomodo'

special

in hexameters.

also

(L103)

monialis'

and Heu

are

'Heu....

'quomodo

phrase

two

GAEFGG,

are

be stable

would

latter

'0

syllabic

(MT 33)

teneri'

the words

of

scansion

in

refrain

of

'heu';

of

however,

are,.

and two

to

reference

this

refrain

scansion

of

pattern:

AEFFG

-uu-----uu-Uu

quo-mo-do Moreover,

lines

poetic

the

share

which

(MT 33) do not

'Heu teneri' accentual

dum mor-tu-a

gau-de-bo

to

conform

GAb

cbA

G

FE.

A, ,,._

Abcb

.

He(-)u (GGA.

there

musician

treated

As in

it

phrases

ment of

'heu'

use of melodic relates

that

in both

they the

were

strongly

through-composed

repetition tha. simple, Although the

syllabic the

musical

types

suggests

speech examples a numerical

examples style

of patterning 29 71

of

impossible

that

short

and that

counters,

and such formulaic

is

were of no significance.

on occasions

such as to imitate

it

texts. -- ------------is planctus

syllabic

as expressive

ar-tus.

planctus

values

is however apparentthat

function

diverse,

these

of

quantitative

'heu'

of types,

either

cer-ni-mus

ju-gu-la-ti.

ra-bi-e.

some- öf -the simple, syllabic the text, than with rather

with

is

in

doubt

was often

composers, of

u-uu--

quos GA CAGEFGG uu-uu--

so-la

them as if

previous

musical

narrative.

G

na-ti

treatment

architectonic.

u,,

la-ce-ros

par-tus cA AG FED

beyond

the

AEFGGu

////

are no elisions

establish

planctus

or

v/

dul-ces

However,

for

quantitative

J/

te-ne-ri

////// He(-)u

melody

a consistent

_, _

,

/"

closely

phrase,

AG

u__-

to

as in

same musical

pattern:

G'-

Since

mem-bra vi-de-bo

the

essentially repeated

the

sounds.

treat-

Thus

may have been working The

pattern.

figures

as the

closely

to music

the

through-composed

employed

recitation

and the

composed

accentual

irregularity In

rhythm. is

rhythm

the

texts

however,

the

of

not

indications

argue. case

problematic, the

of

of

since

duration

of

is

lanctus

is

a small

that

evident normally

number

of

This

organisation. between

ship

Melodic

is

of

the

repetition,

and the use of in

the

lai,

from

to

the

-

two

type

is

are

set

and

accordance structure of

the

temporal

smaller with

of three units

blended

lines, forms

which

with

rhythmic

an aesthetic

main

it

of the

is

allow

are

In

employed,

to

this

for

of

which

provides shape

298

us

to

its

to

a flexible

an

musical

phrase or

formal,

is

a series melodies

fit

literally,

varies

senses:

framework

the

own

normally

two

against This

to

in

which

idiom

term

which

rhythmic

units

and balanced

feature, and

wrong

songs

conform

this

especially notable

the

be repeated

can

song

hemistichs,

extensibility

art

contrasts.

role

most

perhaps

syllabic

variety

musical

the

within of

strophic

are

the

naturally

secondly,

strophic, features.

into

line

rhythmic

proportions.

scale

poetic

they

most

identity:

and is

modifications,

but

as a series

numerical

is

in

the

melodies

-

than

are of most importance;

planctus

genres:

in

poetic

narrative,

poem rather

musical

form:

cadences

rather

rhythm;

of

examples

'Archaic'

measured

of

syllabic

flexibility

melody.

on a particular

melodic

the

rhythmic

not

a lyric

formulaic

of

compositions:

conceived

abstract takes

of

isosyllabic

of

rhythm

is

different

sounds

use

The

composed for

'narrative'

through-composed

repetition,

these

combine

the

and the

contractability apply

and '.closed'

proportions.

phenomenen.

normally

of the

relation-

connected

numerical

of music

on the chosen

of

its

for

are

the

antiphons.

expressive

syllables

that

betray

division

the

of

in

exception

'number'

type

a musical

is

the

on

through

genre,

depends

'open'

in

and

normally

forms

frequent

these

significant; apart

this

of

clear

and music

planctus,

any

Nevertheless,

and through-composed

musical

provide

words

with

depends

abstractly

The planctus

or story.

The emphasis

it

notes

musical

note.

between

precludes

thus

another

special

a narrative lai

is

employed

and that

motets,

and music:

patterning

of

notations

through-composed

and ultimately

influence

the

of

question

isosyllabic

of

Conclusion

normally

words

'physically',

motets,

architectonic,

and the

and responsories,

the

the

the relationship

syllabic

type

a flexible

notes.

6.

It

for

strongly

carried The

sake.

of which

tonal, out

equal are

in

formal to

according

with

which syllabic

often

malleable. is

There in

the

however

process

expressive

of

to

be expressive

defined it

Clearly do not

which

discussion to

to

sung filii'

with

the

relationship

that

the

in

very

short

that

the to

similar

'narrative'

with

the

Five,

the

of is,

documentary

account

doubt

however,

that

the

of the

lai

of

their

accompaniment

on the

may well

constitute

only

also

unacquainted

probable.

liturgy

or

in

and music consideration. to

base

suggest

It

from

has

based

'Clangam

subdivided; in

a style

'number',

on

-

been of

often

been the

the

seems,

both

dramas

planctus

of

the

the

planctus

it

Although

and

they

of

ever

the

forms) d that

arge

remarks

other

in large

the

treatment

number

is

now-sufficient

nature

of

the

planctus

of

the

planctus.

therefore the

of

examples

evidence as

occur

historical is

manner

such

of

they of

to

be

may not

from examples 61 accompanied.

there

299

sequence

that

unlikely were

this

the

at

the

That

cithara.

or

composed

topics

conventional 60 practice. in

58

performance,

of

any

however,

seems,

thus

and

represent

performed

was

lyre

be

could

topic,

discussion

come across

not It

strophic

be exhaustive

because

Nevertheless,

have

by

of

in

planctus

hardly

been

to

in

example,

chiefly

accompanied

(in 59

however,

impossible

for

a planctus.

technicalities

are

may have

on both

the

I

of

texts

a consistent

liturgical

an assessment

issue.

that

has been touched

employed,

Whether

the

or

with

music

quite

It

possible

have

composed

chapter

a rhetorical

and hence

they with

lyre.

practice,

occasionally

planctus

in

personage

reflect

this

was

some allusions

an historical

Moreover,

been

planctus

manuscript

be further

of planctus

performance

lyric

death

someone

is

characteristic can

is

that

it

- may well

are

have

a different

are

to

which

'heu'.

as

such

There

intended

the

this

of

Songs

Cambridge

lais

and in

Mariae,

words

accompanied

allusions

in

of

style

and music

to the gestures

reference

planctus

singing

beyond

was ever

melody

words,

light

the

wordy

as

the performance

of

with

Cividale

of

in

such

music,

the

that

musical

units57

syllabic

with

was imitated

particular

the

the

would

as

traits.

The question Chapter

from

of

employed

chapter.

between

planctus

of

However,

music.

phrases

extant

sound

recover

melodies,

strophic

those

the

to

short

musical

speech

meaning

of

sequences

repeated

and of

and

beginning

survive

written

the

of

impossible

is

of

speculate

those

the

at

were

no indications

are

and occasionally

performance

melodies

sometimes

there

Nevertheless

intended sense

and that

counters,

musically.

repeated

composition

in

that

some evidence

a genre.

words under

on which

in

EXCURSUS TWO

The following and music

In

are

analyses

Responsories

(b)

Strophic

(c)

Sequences

(d)

Through-composed

to

refers

musical

transcription;

the

in

the

in

except

the

consistent line

is

(for

in

of

in

upper

analyses

lais

where

a large

case

numbers letters

and Arabic musical

up to which

numbers

form.

number

or

of

in

prosa

lower

per the

is

noted the

one

case

letters, have

a

or

per

hemistich

form

and

only

do not

which

syllables

(c),

cursus);

is

the

of

depending

melody

there

finally,

numbers;

It

synthesis should of

number 9 and then

denote

notated

form

lais

a double

with

poem is prose

the

of

unless

the

and

of

on the

indicated,

are

next,

in

represent"a

and Four.

denotes

section

row

the

of

melody

letters.

case

Three

Arabic

the

Arabic

Chapters and

the

of

upper

as marked

sequences

planctus

given

examples

scheme;

given

indicated These

scheme

letters

following

in

the

melody

the

the

melody:

is

of

(b), the

example,

number

case

then

(d),

the

of

row

examples

the

of

rhyme

lower

(a)

antiphons

number

songs

rhyme

and

phrase

strophic

versicle

the

songs.

the

complexity

or

stanza;

is

the

Roman numerals

stanza

lais,

responsories

through-composed

on the

words

antiphons,

and

and

of

numbers

In

between

relationship

planctus,

analyses

melody.

formal

as follows:

arranged

(a)

the

the

of

the

supersede

Though confusing

be noted

rhyme upper

rhyme

the

scheme;

is

case

those

in

presented in

that

sounds case

upper this

of

certain

sequences

and melodies

letters and

are

supersede lower

letters

unavoidable.

case

which

employed

the letters

designate

lower

A

(i)

RESPONSORIES AND ANTIPHONS

Responsories

1.

2.

3.

(ii)

'Montes

'Doleo

123

4.

(MT 46)

ABC

D

(L28)

1234

56

78

A BCD

AID

EF

(L128a)

1234

5

67

(MT 61)

ABCD

E.

FG

(L139)

12345

6

(MT65)

ABCDE

D

(L67) (MT 35)

12 AB

(L89)

12345

6789

10 11

(MT45)

ABCDE

FGHI

E'

(L27)

12345

678

(MT 14)

ABCDE

FD'E'

Jon. '

(L142)(MT 68)

12345 ABCDE

autem'

(L128)

1234

(MT 60)

ABC

super'

'Planxit

(syntactic

(L90)

Gelboe'

(MT

gutem'

15)

. (musical

units

phrases)

of

text)

Antiphons

1.

'Rex autem'

2.

'In

3.

'Montes

4.

excelsis'

'Doleo

5.

'Saul

6.

'Planxit

B

1.

Gelboe'

super'

et

B'

STROPHIC PLANCTUS

'Mecum

Timavi'

(L86)

1.

abod

e

2.

57 57 57 57 57 (MT 43a) (MT 43b)

2.

'A solis'

(L1)

AB CD EF GB HF AB CD EF GH IJ

1.

(MT 1) 3.

J

'Hug

dulce'

(L66)

abcd 57 57 57 57

r 7

AB AB CD CD'

R

fgh 57 57 57 AB CD EF

2.

efgh 57 57 57 57

r' 7

EF EF GH IJ

R'

abcd

57 57 57 5 (MT 34) 4.

'Hactenus',

(L46)

AB AB CD E aaa

87 87 87 (MT 22a) (MT 22b)

AB CD AB AB AC DE

301

w

5.

ýAd to namque'

(L9) (MT 6)

6.

(L14)

'Armonicae'

aaaa 8ö

t3 ö

AB

BIC

aaa

87s7ß7

7.

8.

'Flete

viri'

'Omne quod'

(MT 9)

AB CD ED'

(L44)

aabbcc 46 46 46 46 46 46

(MT 21)

AB CD DD ED FG ED''

(L110)

aaaaa 8 8(46)46 35 AAB B'

(MT 53) 9.

10.

'Heu

'Jam

...

michi'

moratur'

(L52)

aaaa 46 46 46 46

(MT 24)

ABCD

(L72)

aabccb 46 46 4

(MT 39) 11.

'Cuncta

sorores'(L22)

46 B"

46 46 4 C'

ABCDE aaaaaaa

8888888

12.

'Lamentemus'

(MT 11)

ABAB

(L79)

aäaa

CD

B

8888

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

'Omnipotens'

'Cum venissem'

'Libram'

'Mentem meam'

'Organa'

(MT 41)

A A'B

(L111)

aaar 46 46 46 9

(MT 54a)

AB AB CD R

(L21)

aabb 46 46 46 46

(MT 10)

AB CD EF GH

(L81)

ab ab ab ab 76 76 76 76

(MT 42)

AB CD 1B'CD'

(L87)

aabb 8888

(MT 44)

ABCD

(L116)

aaaa 76 76 76 76

(MT 56)

AB CD AB CD

C

302

6

18.

(L153)

tristi'

'Voce

aaa a 46 46 46 46

(MT 73)

a2

a2

a2

19.

20.

21.

'Eclipsim

'In

AAB

'Pange melos'

C

abab 6666

ababr 6666646

(MT 19)

ABCD

EB'FG

(L69)

abab 7676

ccddegegghg 77776767676

(MT 36)

ABCB..

DEFG

(L121)

abab 8787

cdcd 8787

(MT57)

ABAB

CDEFG

patitur'(L35)

occasu'

.

HIJK

HIJK.

LMA'

C SEQUENCES AND LAIS

1.

'Quid

tu Virgo'

(L134) (MT 62a)

2.

2b 45

3a 88

a

be

be

ddee

A

B'

BCCDDE

4b 10

4a 10

5a 386

5b 586

6a 869

6b 869

7. 79769

fgh

fgh

ijh'

kkf1il

E

F

ijh'

F

G

'Abrahe' (M)

lb

la

asasaa 55 55 55'55 (MT 4)

_(L4)

(MT 4)

3.

3b

1.2a 4 45

AB CD

AB CD

IJ

2c

2a

R 55 55 66

b bRccR 77 77 66 77 77 66

d dR 77 77 66

AB CD EF

GH GH EF

GH GH EF

3a f eefff 77 77 446 446 446 446 Ii

2b

Ic

KLM KLM NOP NOP

GH GH EF

3b g gaaa a 77 77 446 446 446 446

4.

IJ

PQPQ

IJ

KLM KLM NOP NOP

hh 3343 3343

'Infelices' (L70)

(MT 37) (L4)

(MT 37)

2b

3a

3b

cdcdcdcd 77777777

2a dddd 8888

aaaa 8888

efgfhihi 45454545

cjkjalgl 45454545

ABABCDCD

EEFE

EEFE

GHIJGHIJ

GHIJGHIJ

la

lb

abababab 77777777 ABABCDCD

5b

5c

gmgm 7676

5a dda 777

gga 777

KLKL

NNO

MNO

4a

4b

gmgm 7676 KLIQ,

303

aaa 777

5d ffa 777

5e bba 777

NNO

MNO

MNO

4.

festas

'Ad (L6)

(MT 5) (L6)

choreas' I

2a

aaaaaaaabbcccc 333 333 333 333

333

AAB AAB AAB AAB

CDE FDG FDG FDG

333 333

333

333

(L6)

6a

ggg 335 335

cgcgcg 777777:

335

ALM ALM ALM

KKKK

KKNKNK

(Iib) 7b 11ii 7777

5c

ALM. ALM ALM

KKMINK

6c fffbfb 777777

7c

8b

4d

5d

eeee 7777

mamama 757575

ee 77

ggg 335 335

KKNK

OPOPOP

KK

ALM ALM ALM

335

333

333

333

333

WXY WXY WXY

OJZQRQ1 STU STU VTU

KKNKNK

10b

11a

333

11b 333

333

STU STU VTU

333

333

333

WXT WXY WXY

(III)

12a eee mnhnjn 777 666666

12b ggg eopoqo 777 666666

13.14a kkress qqhh 7777 4444 4444

15a

14b

7777

4444 4444

ZZZ

ZZZ ababab

cccc

ddef

ghgh

ddef

(III)

ababab

ghgh

ddef

ddef

IV

2d

lb 333

333

AAB AAB AAB AAB

(IV)

2e aaaa 333 333 (MT 5)

5a

KK

KK

tjggggggggqqqq 333 333 7777

(L6)

CDE FDG FDG FDG

ALM ALM ALM

OPOPOP

15b

(MT 5)

HIJ

.kkk 335 335 335

KKNK

bbbeeeeeeaaakkk 333 333 666666

(MT 5)

HIJ

kkk 335 335 335

5b

9.10a

(L6)

333

6b fffgfg 7777777

4b jj 77

III

333

333

4c ff 77

8a eieiei 757575

(L6)

333

443

IIb

7a hhhh 7777

KKNK

2b

443

IIa 4a ffff 7777

(IIA)

(MT 5)

(MT 5)

333

CDE FDG FDG FDG

HIJ

HIJ

(L6)

333

2c

ddeeee 443 443

(MT 5)

333

(I) 3b

(L6)

3a

la

333

333

CDE FDG FDG FDG

304

333

1c 333

333

333

CDE FDG FDG FDG

333

333

333

333

AAB AAB AAB AAB

5.

'Abissus (L2)

(MT 2)

vere

multa'

I la

2a

aaaaaa 787777

1b bbbbbb 787777

acac 6666

ABCDEF

ABCDEF

2b dede 6666

3a ccd eed ffd 584 584 584

3b ggb ddb 584 584

GGGH GGGH

IJK

IJK

3a kkl ddl ddl 584 584 584

LJK MJK

3c eeb 584

aah aah 584 584 IJK

LJK MJK

aah 584

LJK MJK

II

6.

(L2)

la aaaaaa 777777

lb aaaaaa 787777

2a ijij 6666

(MT 2)

ABCDEF

ABCDEF

GGGH GGGH IJK'LJK

'Abner

fidelissime'

(L3)

(MT 3)

1.2a aaaa 7777

bbcccc 777777

ABAB

CCABAB

(L3)

(MT 3)

7.

8.

2b idid 6666

2b -ddeeee 777777

IJK

MJK

LJK MJK

IJK

ddg' 444

3b ddg hhg 444 444

3c ddg ccg 444 444

3d ddg ddg 444.444

DEF GHI

-DEF GHI

DEF GHI

DEF GHI

3a ffg 444

CCABAB

3b 3c jjm iim aam nne eee bbe .. 584 584 584 584 584 584

4a

4b

5a

5b

5c

5d

diff

jiff

bkbk

fgbg

alai

alal

4646

4646

7474

7474

7474

7474

JKJK

JKJK

LLANO LMNO

LMNO

LM[JO

LJK MJK

'Dolorum

solatium'

(L30)

la aab 777

lb ccb 777

1c ddb 777

1d eeb 777

2a ffghgh 777474

2b iiahah 777474

2c jjfifi 777474

2d ffeded 777474

3a kkkk 8888

3b dddd 8888

(MT 17a)

AAB

AAB

AAB

AAB

CCDEDE

CCDEDE

CCDEDE

CCDEDE

FFGG

FFGG

(L3)

3c bbbb 8888

3d kkkk 8888

4a bbbb 7777

4b dddd 7777

4c kkkk 7777

4d bbbb 7777

5a ddddllmmkkbb 777777777777

(MT 17a)

FFGG

FFGG

HIJG

HIJG

HIJG

HIJG

KKKKLLJNHHJM

(L30)

5b kkkknnnnoopp 777777777777

5c bbgbiirrggii 777777777777

6a iii 333

6b iii 333

(MT 17a)

KKKKLLJMHHJM

KKKKLLJMHHJM

NOP

NOP

'De profundis' (L24)

(MT 12a)

lb -ccccd

la aaaab

lc eeeebffffd

1d

2a ggbb

3. ccbb

46464646

4

46464646

4

46464646

4

46464646

4

8888

8888

ABAB

C

ABAB

C

ABAB

C

ABAB

C

DEFG

HIJK

(L24)

2b hhee 8888

4a afhf 4646

4b iaeä 4646

4c afaf 4646

4d jklk 4646

5a ccee 8888

5b ggcc 8888

5c mmff 8888

5d ffbb 8888

(MT 12a)

DEM

LK

LK

LK

LK

MMNN

MMNN

NIlv N

NMNN

305

(8.

$De profundist) (L24) 6a cbcb 7777 (MT'12a)

9.

OPQP

'Planctus

(MT 58a)

OPQP

RST

UV UV

WX WX WY

6d

ebeb 7777

cncn 7777

OPQP

OPQP

ccb 776

2a dede 7777

2b fgfg 7777

3a hhijji 335335

3b kklmml 335335

nono 7777

2d lala 7777

AAB

CDEF

CDEF

GHIGHI

GHIGHI

CDEF

CDEF

5b ttto 5555

6a

6b

ggggu 77777

vvvvu 77777

PPQDR

PPQDR

1a

lb

aab 776 AAB

2c

3c

3d

4a

4b

5a

aapqqp 335335

ggprrp 335335

elel 7676

alal 7676

ssso 5555

(MT 58a)

GHIGHI

GHIGHI

JJJK

JJJK

LLANO LMNO

(L123)

7a

7b

8a

wwxxy 77667

zz112 77667

(MT 68a)

LLSST

(L123)

(MT 58a)

(L123)

10.

ch od 86 86

9a 9b 9c cd. fd"dd86 86 86

6c

nescia'

ante

(L123)

8a 8b

cmcm 7777

7. dh 4442

6b

'Samson

dux

(L141)

9a 6c6c 7777

9b

gzgz 7676

8b 4545 7676

LLSST

CLAW

CMUV

CLWX

11a 9999A 77776

11b vvyyA 77776

12 BByy 7777

cdcDR

cdcDR

AAef

(L141)

ezez 7777

efef 7777

CLWX

Yaba

Yaba

fortissime' lb

1a ddd 333 333

aabcbc 777575 (MT 67a)

10a

10a 7878 7777

333

eefefe 777576

2a

2b

7575

7575

EFGH

EFGH

ddddgggg 333 333

333

333

AABCBC DDD

AABCBC DDDD

2c

5a klkl 7474

5b khkh 7474

6.7. 11mm 7777

nnoonnpp 77777777

MNOH

MOH

KKJJ

PPQRQRKR

gg 7575

3.4a hhhh 7777

iiijjj 777777

4b kkkkkk 777777

(MT 67a)

EFGH

JJJJ

AAAJJJ

KKJJDD

(L141)

8a qqu 663

8b ffr 663

8c kkr 663

8d ccr 663

9.10.11. ssssggggg 777777779

aakkttii 77777777

(MT 67a)

KKS

KKS

KKS

KKS

TTUUKRKRV

WW)IXQRKR YZabcd

(L141)

12. uuvvwwxx yys yys klkl 77777777 337 337 7474

(MT 67a)

JJKRVedR

M141)

15.16.17.18. jj 'gqiiii

(MT 67a)

KRKR

UHUH

kkklkl 777474

13a 1111 7777

13b zzdd' -7777

14... 11 23 23 443 434 337 337

JJff

JJff

ggh

bbb

ggh KRK

44j j55

667878

4443

4443

777777

4443

33343334

777777 ..

777272

gggh

gggh

JJ=i

YYYj

kkkhK

JJKRKR

KKR R

306

R

R

(10.

'Samson

dux fortissime')

(L141)

19a 99AA 5555

19b AABB 5555

1111

mmmm KRnnKR

(MT 67a) 11.

'Omnis

in

(MT 55)

2a

aab ccb dd effe 646 646 44 6666

ggf eef hh ijji 646 646 44 6666

kllkccmmnnm 66664777777

ABC ABC DE FGHI

ABC -ABC DE FGHI

JFKBLFMNEFO

2b

3a

3b

4.

noonccppjjp 66664777777

qbbqb rrrb 77777 8887

fppfp sssp 77777 8887

tuu v. tu vt 888 7 88 78

JFKBLFMNEFO

PQRES TUVW PARES TUVW XYZ-a

la

lb dddefffe 88888888

aaabcccb 88888888 (MT 13)

ABCDEFGHI ABCDEFGHI

2b

ghibgh. 'jklk 888888 7676

mnonhn 888888

MENG

JKLENO LPQR

3a qqrrbbiis 777777776

(MT 13)

JSTUV1 CYZ JSTUVWXYZ

bb cZ

LPQR

okpk 7676

3b bbcctthhs 777777776

'Heu paus pastor'

(MT 32a)

15.

2a

(L113)

(L61)

14.

9

providential

(L25)

a3

Vi

lb

(MT 55)

13.

EE 77

la

(L113)

'Divina

CCDDEE 777777

lacrimas'

(L113)

12.

20.21.

'0 felix

3a

3b

4.

5.

6.

bb R bb R

cc R

dd R

dd R

ee R

ff

88 5

89 5 88 5

88 5

88 6

88 5

89 5

88 5

AA R

BB R BB R

CC R

CC, R

DDR

AE R

FG R

1a

lb

2a

as R

as R

88 5 AAR

2b

Bituria' la abababab 77777777

(MT 49)

ABABCDEFG' ABABCDEFGHIJKLNNOP HIJKLNNOP fideles

lb cdcdcdcd 77777777

2a efefefef 76767676

3 ijijkjljmmmn 767676767676

2b ghghghgh 88888888

(L97)

'Flete

QRISTUVZ^DCYZab

anime'

(L42)

la aabba 88666

lb ccddc 88666

2a efefggghhg 6666666666

2b ijijkkkllk 6666666666

(MT 20d)

ABCDE

ABCDE

FGI-EIJHHKE

FGHEIJIHFUCE. LL MN0P

(L42)

(MT 20d)

R

3b t is r rs 88 7887 MN

0P

M'0

3a RR mmnno ppqqo >33.44447'44447

''

4a ubvbw. wwx yyx 66668 643 643

4b z1213 334 554 66668 643 643

RJSTI

RJSTI

JU

307

'dW

JU

VW

M'Q

(15.

fideles 'Flete anime') (L42) 5a 66778998 88776776

' '1NOIEXYZ MNOIEXYZ

(MT 20d)

D

1. "

6b mmEEFFF. G: FG 77HH1II .,T IJ 444434446433 444434446433 6a

5b AABBCDDC 88776776

aabc

filii'

dulces

'0

c" c "d deeffReggR 66 66 66 66 46 46 46 46

aabbc 66 66 66 66,66

AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB '0

CCCC

dolor'

(L94)

as bb bb cc

dd dd ee ff

ee dd cc

339 69 69 59 59 58 58 69 69 510 69 (MT 47) 3.

4.

5.

'Heu

AAB CD EF GH IJ _.

KL MN OR QR ST UV

quid'

...

(L53)

1234567891011

(MT 25)

ABCBDED'FGH

H'

teneri'

'Heu

(L63)

as 79

(MT 33)

ABC ABC DEC DEC FGC'FGC'CA1C'

'Heu

...

bb 69

cc 89

dd 79

ee 78

ff 79

gg 69

quomodo'

(L54)

aabbcc

ddeef

f.

6645 545 655 3345 645 5 55 (MT-26) 6.

'Heu

(MT 30)

8.

'Tu

ABCB DEB BFB GGHB IJB

D'LB

miseri'

(L59a)

7.

de_f

THROUGH-COMPOSED SONGS

(L95)

2.

de faabc

aaaabbb 54 465888 AS B'C DEFG

pater'

(L147)

1 23 45 67 89 10 11 12 8 78 88 78 85 455 59

(MT 71)

A BC DE FG HG III

A'H

'Heu dolor' (L48)

aaa 878787

(MT 23)

AB CD EF

308

4 46 46 46 RC

CCR

4

9.

'Heu

misere'

(L59)

ab ca da 88 88 88 AB CD EF

(MT 29a) 10.

'Heu

nobis'

(L60)

(MT 31c) 11.

'Heu

12 34 56

12

87 87 87

87 87 87

87 87

AB CD CD

EF CD CD

EF CD

me misera'

(L56)

a a a aab aa 33 4 47 48 47 48 51147 4

(MT 28)

AB A'BC

(L56)

f

DE DE DE DE DE A'

g

44 7 44 8 HE''K HE" "H' 12.

'Eclipsim

passus'

(L34)

abab ccbb 8888 8888 CDEF: GHIJ

1 (MT 18)AB 'Rex

447 444 47 HEJ GGG FC'

deed 8888 KHJB'L

monialis'

(L103) (MT 51) 16.

7 449 44 HE" "J HEJ'

ababab bccb 767676 6667 ABCDEF GDHI

(MT 66) '0

A'GC HIJ

obiit'

(L140)

15.

FE'C

ababababa 888888888 ABCDEFGHIJ

(MT 59)

14.

FE'C

47 447 547 44

iiiaj

h 5 55 A' A'A'

cccdef 44 7 44 74

Castella'

'flange (L125)

13.

34

12 34 56

'Quis

ababcc 888888 ABCDEFGH

dabit'

(L136)

12.34.5 10 11 8'7 (MT 63) ABCDE

17.

'Anglia (L11) (MT 8)

5

planctus' /de ab ab be bbc 88 88 888 88 88 AB BI C DE Bt IF B, DB'''

de 88 BE'

309

ff 8'8 BID'

of 88 GB'''

f 8 B''

HIJ

DE''K

7

18.

'Turmas

arment'

(L148)

ababbbbbcccccdcccdcdeeeff gffgffgggggg 6888888488488788878784884 884488488884 ABCDEFGHIJKLNNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abc-defghijk

(MT 72) 19.

'Jerusalem'

(L73)

(MT 40) 20.

21.

'0

(MT 52)

'Sol

jkljmF

nLFopq

cacaaccaac 8888888888 HGIJJKLMNO

adaddaadda 8888888888 PQRSTUVWXY

1.2.3. aabaabccdccd eefeefgghggh 777777777777.777777777777

iifiifjjkjjk 777777777777

ABCDBEFGHIJK

STUVWBXTVYDZ

KBLI

DOLPQMR

eclipsim'

'Regi

1.2. ababcdcd 76768888

ccceeeaaaffgg 8888888888888

ABCDAECF

GHIJKLMNOPQKR

regum'

(L137b)

1.2.3.

(MT 64)

ab ab ab ab 77_77 77 77 A BA' BA "_C_DE-FG-H---I-JK

'Heu

cd cd ed fd 77 77.87 87 LI' MN OP

gg hh 88 77 Q RS TO'

ii jj 88 77 W WS' X

infelices'

aa 10 77 A BA'

(MT 27) 'Infelix

ego'

(L71)

26.

lmlmnn oopffp qqnfnf rcrc 767689 888888 888888 8888

(Alabaustrum'

(L55)

25.

rMIOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdeF'fghIiJ

ababbaabba 8888888888 ABCDEDFAGE

(MT 70)

24.

ABCDEFGHIJa1

1.2.3.

(L145)

a2

hffhhijjikklli 48888888888888

(L104)

(MT 7)

23.

1.2.3.4.5.6. abbcddceeffd 888888888888

mors'

(L10)

22.

ffggggffg 848884448 lmnopgr s

(MT 50)

aa 14 18 AB

'0 fratres

et

(L99)

(MT 50)

sorores'

1.2.3.4.5.6.7. as bb cd ee ffggh 34 69,65 33 44447

iijjh 44447

kkl 887

mm nnm 88 666

00 ppo qrqsqs 88 666 768677

A

I_F'J

FGH

KL MNO

KL MNO FPFPQK

BC BD

EE FGH

310

(26.

'0

fratres

(L99)

(MT 50)

et

sorores') 9.10. xx yyz 11z 88 776 776

bb: 2w 89 89

ffffz 67876

RSTOUVTTWO FG HUO XYZ

FG Ha

UVTWO b cd efgb

_8. tutuvvvwwv 66&6'J 66666

J L99)

13.

11.12.

zz z55 88 898

14.15. zzzzz6d6 76767676

1 336

bcdefg

hihijkjK

llm

S,'s ýbf33 8 11 8888

34s4s 66968 cdefg

771 787

16.17. 8 ftfqw 1 11 68966336

ssqsws 767676

FGF

F

jkjkkk

GHUnXX Z

18.19.20.

a3

27.

'Doleo super p. 179.

a3

28.

'Scariotis'/'Iure p. 177.

own9 ttdt 7676 8677 hVop

UVqr

te'/'Absolon,

quod'/

1 336

aal 887

ApB pw wwz ttz 643 643) 666(67

sst

IFJ

hVo pU V4 " rt

fili

mil/unknown:

'Superre

matris':

310b

through-composed,

through-composed,

see

see

CHAPTER SEVEN:

Initially

I

Bibliography since

working

definition,

are

In

this

discussed the I

in

then

reassess

the

whether

shared is,

that

unity,

in

whether

principles

same controlling

argue

and from

its

status it

established the

in

Chapter the

outline

song,

as as

in

Latin

planctus

characteristics,

the

contributions

its

in three

it

which

in

considered

a genre in

planctus one)

the

that

has

own right, areas

main

in

featured

limitations

and

of

study.

1.

In share

Chapter

a set

siderations on the

were

its

of

treatment

employed, form.

that Each

of

included

words set

the

these

Latin

the I

the

I

of

chapter that

to

the

sequence, with

musical

most

the

three or

con-

judgment

suspended

a particular

according

a composer

consistently

'however,

previous

in

on which

presents

planctus

concluded

melodies defined

strophic,

Planctus

discussion

In

and music to

Latin

Since,

this

unity.

depending

is,

that

in

ultimately

varies

the

of

characteristics.

are

is

Unity

illustrated

generic

music This

genre.

I

not

between with

Generic

literary

question

survive

The

Five

of

relationship

or

class

literary

of

I will

as a taxonomic

its

place

(discussed Finally

past.

this

the

applied

from

Having

chapter.

scholarship

the

Five,

in

a consistently

an underlying

I will

both

unity

the

features

shares

discover

the

in

as a genre.

chapter

Chapter

previous

will

of

be described

generic

to

to

according

concluding

its

derives

be regarded

have

class

organised

therefore

and can

this

to

GENRE

included

material

evidently

according

only

can

A)

My aim was thus of

characteristics planctus

(Appendix

it

the

although

assembled

was

instance.

first

the

proposed

it

common,

that

Planctus

of

PLANCTUS AS A MEDIEVAL

THE LATIN

on the planctus

rhythmic

style

'number'

principle;

main

is

forms

through-composed

the

a different

type

of

challenge.

where

The 'number'

principle

a distinction

is

is

normally

alluded

to in

drawn between

grammatical musica

which

treatises

rhythmica

and

musica the

I

metrica.

abstract

of

classical

to

alludes

Although

is

there

with

as in former

in

which

armonia) conceptual

music;

metrum,

quantitative

that it

is

basis on the

scansion

have

I

been

of

concerned.

in

expounded

to

refers

the

provide

the

the

no treatise

and

corresponding

measure,

is

It

metre.

numerus

which

and its

form

verse

hand,

other

called

proportions

numerical

a syllabic

(also

Rhythmus

detail

such

as to

the procedure of composition such as Marius make explicit - writers 3 2 Dante4 the reader Victorinus, Bede, assume that already and, later, has

some grasp

principle

'the

until "harmony"

The implication the

the

In

itself,

distinguishing

significant musical this

sequences

is

into

taken

is

composed

in

ignored,

one is

for

strophic

the

own sake and music.

treating

to

reject

as

sequences

denied

appreciation

which

is

On aesthetic

to consider

in

evidenced

not

there

their

music

formal songs

melodies

aesthetic

were

are

of

variety

shapes

of

justification

strong

texts,

features

melodic

that

whether

synchronous

is

only

know

by which

the

as literary

simply

recurring

two

the

be argued

such

means

the

of the

grounds

unless

if

same

However,

to

as irrelevant

More I importantly,

a"full

impossible

the

the

of

and therefore

aesthetic

or

significant

in

provide might

of

a means

altogether.

is

for

as a generic

songs

it

it

Middle'Ages.

songs as song,

good reason

of

identify

indicate

other

with

sillabarum).

characteristics

not

music

questions

songs

to

6

as distinct,

song,

normally

To dismiss

consideration.

considerations

its

are

of

and

instance,

For

unhistoric.

strophic

words

to

certainly

does

be dispensed

indifferent

would

refer

those

aim was:

et

be regarded

it

fourth

carminum

thus

it:

the

the

explains,

of

proportions

should

the

type

not

words

that

clear from

genre

does

from

between

considerations is

to

numerical

relationship

ultimately

for

assertion

melodies

Since

approach

As he

rhythmic

exclusive

are

is

least

at

a particular 7 song, and should

planctus

genre.

-

to

this

which

this

it

(numerum

syllables'

that

dance

the

planctus

rhythmic

is

from

feature.

and

as belonging

planctus

example,

time

lines

of

understood 5 of Dante.

was well the

after

area

subject

general

rhythmus

of

century

the

of

and therefore

as generically

significant. A large to the

rhythmic

that

is,

not

true

since

it

considered

they of

of planctus

proportion genre

of music

melodies

composed för

are effectively'hybrids

every

applies

planctus

melody,

to a significant

more closely.

of

are the

number it

312

is

interest

closely

singing

two rhythmic

as indicated

Of particular

also

in

of narrative, This

genres.

Chapter

important in

related

this

Four. that

it

context

is

However, is is

the

of

repetition

characteristic

not

prevalence is

those

especially the

lyric

music

par

a 'narrative'

firstly, whether

these

funeral

lamentation. Few lais

may be a reflection

by monastic

scribes,

rather

Some early

fragments

have

lied

and The Battle

likely lai

represent - which

intoned

to

in

wine

was

formulaic

There is the` Breton by the

also

art

de France's

many of

Marie

in

Marie's

oeuvres

of

England

is

time

he had

happy

enjoyed the

set

-

to words,

the Coast,

this

account

primarly therefore

of the

because

musico-literary elevating

it

European melody,

for

of

This fegrstum

the

of

he commissioned he

entertainment lai

Consisted

nötum)

of

and was not

title,

Its

William

a reminder

kind

locality.

included

not

a lai

have

the

to place which

and etymology confirm

or melody-and-words. songs,

that 11

heroic

the

the

The Lai

of

it

the

signified

As such,

as well

as of 313

it

lai,

a lost

lai

lai

may

a wider than

rather

heroic

and its

age. in

cognates

an instrumental

either could

It

in

be used of

sequences

and lyric

with

result

so scanty.

Breton

of

word

differences

heroic

the

spectre

the is

so-called

to contrast

appears

lai

former

includes

of

lai

a Breton

about

as some metaphysical

and through-composed

-

That

attested

(ca. 1072-84),

a lai,

the

of

composition

context,

languages

one

of

to

instance.

first

information

The history

these

lai.

translations

condensed

of

or 9

is

century

of

served

a Breton

of

tenth

cognate

wunderfatum).

composition

this

known about

be necessary

of

very

to the melody.

referred

-thus Although what is

'cup-bearers

(meg laeim. hinum

in-the

least

while

Brittany

him

write

notes'

at

in

he visited

when

accompaniment,

he wished

spent

to

lyre

one

the

of

Because

recently

beautiful

In

lais

or

includes

which

heroic

Hildesbrands-

-

by the

lais.

story

related.

as a boy

most

the

harpist

a professional

10

the

Anglo-Saxon

composition

established

Lioýabok,

Scandinavian

the

suitable

example,

sealdon/win

of

an account

was well

of

I

(byrelas

with

although

the

by minstrels,

melodies8

vessels'

wondrous

a harp

to

recited

or

secondly:

non-existence.

so-called

leog

or

song,

of

and associated

lai's

for

survived, These

arise:

considered

the

of

of

might

thus

century,

material

also

what

lai;

lyric

eleventh

evidence

however

type

sung

than

of

Finnesburh.

of the

type

the

of

for

specially

the

down before

written

were

the

but

as a 'narrative,

questions

ever

were

antecedents

posited

to

planctus,

dramas,

framework

Two further

This

patterning.

liturgical

the

providing

antecedents

are

melodic

be described

could

art-song.

there

whether

this

'number'

from

or

latter

for

and. through-composed

strophic date

the

Indeed,

excellence,

be called

of

only an early

of

lai.

as a device

used

strophic lais.

other

twelfth

By the

century,

could

be

Marie

de France

lai)

the

word

named

after

subject

confirmed

rather 13

subjects.

the

outside corpus the

form

that

sequence

begin

which

repetition

lyric

short

relatives

lamentation-music,

details of

that

which

which

the music

would

lamentation-music.

permit

is

not

the

the Huns told

eius

funereo),

but

of his tells

unfortunately 314

a

form. is

Secondly, to

related

by a double

The archaic in

than

cursus.

the

early

sequence

that

lyric

lais

names for

early

composed draws

lai.

attention

However, to invoke

owing any

was once a genre

Jordanes18

nothing

lai.

joyful-music,

unable

in

the

of

Maillard17

there

whose

on the

much

of the

Old Irish

melodies

sequences

many of its

suggest

deeds

sequence

Kunstprosa,

of

a number

he is

writer

from

from

church,

planctus,

style.

extant,

The historical

of Attila

cantu

in

drawn

were

sequence

century,

one to assume that

the burial

non-religious

characteristic

classification

and sleep-music

the

to

to

style

would

a

allude

some of

sophisticated

musical

of functional

survival

fact

survives

lack

which refer

rather

a notable

design.

a large

of

to

the

Finally,

complex

had a distinctive

funerals

lai,

twelfth

the

appear

a century.

the

until

titles

'liturgical' 16 depend subjects,

units,

the

to

and

lar'

'secu

to its

evidence

predates

planctus,

although

aspired

Little

to the

to

relate

thus

back the to first dates 'liturgical' the earliest

sequence,

archaic

by

always

are characterised

lyric

Songs

are

those

the

to

specific

they

melodies

several

half

the

melodic

Thus,

sung

lai,

the

outside

sequence.

word

have developed

may not

to the

like

the

allude of

lai.

and thus

'liturgical'

titles

melody

-

not

they

'Rex caeli'15.

by at least

the

from

both

sequences

verse,

with

as

introduced

the

Like

these

including

lais,

ir}cluding

sequences,

authors

the Cambridge

especially

related

closely

century

in

since

also

sequence:

archaic

early

titles

melody,

that

is

song

repertories

the

the

Firstly,

texts,

perhaps,

in

have

does of which 12 Similarly text.

their

The implication

moreover,

like

to

than

ninth

which

an alleluiä

with

archaic

of the

song

sequences,

some lyric

of

One of the

is,

extant

liturgy,

of the

half

the

'secular'

of

title

the

relationship

melodies

of

means melody.

'liturgical'

early

of

word

an originally

) mid. - are normally

(s. xi

which

a melody, of

of

included

sequences

a term

matter

number

for

'secular'

modus,

such

story

lai.

lyric

the

5.35 Gg. GB-Cu -

collection

by

the

types

early

of

common with

a number of

of

the

that

evident

(written

lai

relate

is

lai.

lyric a number

are in

features

to

it

before,

well narrative

and thought

the

and to

not the

to

both

applied

There

if

relates

song (facta

a funeral about

how at

its

style

or

14

However,

performance.

the

association

of

song

funeral

and

is

panegyric

explicit. That

epics

de Roland

derive lais,

earlier ever,

because

it

normally

is

impossible

into

his

of

common with

it

was In

funerals,

or

laments

in

by

former

group

indeed

the

one

them23

of

orations

thus

Moreover, the

is

also

epic

existence

which

clearly

praising

conventional

narrative

Furthermore, laiand

serve

the

Latin

death

is

used

lais to

-

describe

literature. invites this

between

relationship

are

to

Hrothgar's

of

narrator

can

Hrothgar

move on to urges

therefore

lais,

poet's

that the

purpose

the

prefigure

it

planctus,

the

next

his

close

subject

or historical

so

designed

elements

panegyrical

the

be

may not

the

epic

the

as funeral

leo$

planctus

laments

these

While

and

lamentation-music,

the

the

and

may be based on death to

of

although

Aeschere,

two

also

While

Equally,

the

at

Aeschere,

typologically.

be destroyed.

should

laments

by which

are

epideictic word

(if

style

laments

described

the of

suggested,

since

lament

sorrow')

much

be substantiated.

cannot has

has

at.

of

ancestors.?

with

physical

musical

for

in-classical

of

it

purpose,

tradition

a genre

epithets and his

its

more-'properly

lament of

and

2

dead

roots

de Roland

includes

Beowulf

be refashioned

death

the

son Ferdia20

be guessed

only

'song'of

are

a death

of

Chanson

a means

murderer

their

final

After

story.

may have

be expected,

Charlemagne's in

pair

his

by Hrothgar

a posited or

latter

as Zumthor24

as might

lament

(flail

for

performance 21 there by women;

his

to

introduced

the

delivered for

be related

the

an hypothesis

close

one

sorhleot

about

in

normally

survivor

association

speculation

laments

a battle,

might

to

allusions

are

moral

can

This

songs

However,

performance

in

presented

hand',

an underlying

been.

unchanged.

grief

'fine

planctus.

of

may have

lament of

How-

refashioned,

usually

which

his

arm',

lacking

are

lone

term

the

expressions

speech,

the

and

While

exclamatory

there

after

in

19

accepted.

relatively

some are

bö Cuaiinge

Carolingian

direct

other

are

Cuchulainn's

and manner

Beowulf

laments

that

Thin

from

the

sung),

that

'conquering

Apart

in

prototypes

Chanson

episodes

substantially

its

text.

son's

appearance.

the

of

been

and

been

know what

fact

likely

prose

simply

praise

the

the

an otherwise

consists

is

in

case

to

to is

it

speech,

may have

long

the

and

songs

has

songs,

material

owing

may be the

historical

from

bö Cuaiinge,

Thin

digressions,

respective

existing

Nevertheless, direct

their or

the

as Beowulf,

such

part

laments,

of

it

could

likely

device.

were there

the planctus,

a close one would

relationship expect 315

to

between find

the

the

comrade's

matter

and was very

of

posited

some consistency

a

in

the

musical

indicated

in

invoked

in

Chapter

melodic

on account

of musical

examples

share

melodic

in

suggest

that

the

to melodic

the

of

contemporary

from

forgotten

or

superseded in

significance

of

Bartok

-

that

would

survey 27 comment:

into

death

strophic

between has not

to

to

note,

but

because and were

of

confine death

normally

the Latin

mode,

were

improvised.

planctus.

were

be some

tradition

the

be regarded of

lamentation-

of

the

Speaking

which

melodic

line,

particular

of

of

death

or

formulae,

and They

melodies.

a geographical product

pre-

detailed

sirato,

classificatory

to

support

although

The most

melodic,

Of

little

to

Hungarian

use

compass,

laments

quite

customarily

music,

and descending

themselves

are

provide

belonged.

to-devise

be difficult

several

cannot

of

oral

continual

recitation on

singers not

of

justify

to

a genre

laments

may have study

the

of

was sung

traditions

old

was

it

and an insufficient in

it

might

now irrecoverable.

death

type

and that

modes

although

is

1130

mode which

may therefore

there

it

the

found

distinctiveness

the

laments

according

primarily

traditions

their

it

if

of

generic

attention of

melodies

and reciting tion

in

comparison

that

find

D mode,

studies25 the

is

There

lai,

early

in

melodic

to

the

of

and Kodäly's26

draws

dependency

the

survive

cadence

and

extant

of

planctus

Clearly,

insight

and ritual

claim

particular

950

sadness,

purposes

by new ones.

the

about

useful

the

which

choice

with

an argument

the

available,

D mode and of

sung

with

surprising

Ethno-musicological

-

nod

relationship

between

composed

for

significant.

associated

the

of

use

since

be

not

the

as generically

lament,

is

as I can see this

As far

the

However,

would

these

the

are too few examples

songs

it

of

is

a

Carolingian

which

lai

heroic

of

do not

examples

as

be

might

formulae,

feature

only

associated

there

repertories

literate

extant

which employment

musical

was conventionally

theorists

formulae,

give

few

examples

planctus

excluded,

they

the

frequent

heighted

generalisation.

for

of

so-called

relatively

some contemporary

music

use

and the hemistich.

the

formulae

distinct

the

example,

the

However,

planctus.

evidence

necessary

The

the

earliest

before.

While

number

or

notations.

with

the

for

that

fact

unit

been noted

the

Four,

mode,

the

heighted

least

at

a discussion,

such

particular

the

of

style

categories formula,

cadence, classifica-, local

musical

interest

is

............. the planctus Mariae

We have-good reason to suspect that the authors of the Marian laments, in the Middle Ages, were recruited so widespread from among the monks who had not lost touch with ordinary folk, than from among representative rather propagators of the Church. Although this may well be true of Abelard's six planctus and Geoffrey 316

they

'Planctus

St. Victor's

of

style,

both

since to

possible the

Thus, between

they

the

establish

planctus

place

exact

to

of

'A

for-a

study

lament (L1)

ortu'

solis

of

death

it

Brittany,

origin

is

lai

rarely

planctus.

other

the

of

relationship is

traditions 'Mecum

and

in

each

are

which

with

required

and local

melodies

Referring

ties

close

information

essential

available.

had

writers

(L123),

nescia'

ante

not (L85)

Timavi'

28

say:

in farewell the Carolingian era abound of in descriptions heroes, departing to well as as phrases addressed to honour. These in their assume permit us ceremonies of mourning the uninterrupted of traditional of the practice continuity lamentation. texts

The Planctus

Attractive

though

they

when

however There

that

tion.

the

Moreover,

framework

to

conforms as far

the

of

as can

of

number

a general

being

rhythmic

order

principles

organising

The presence of

poet's

plays

'Flete

(I, 21), (with

being

words-and-music two

parody

necem'

an important

of

words

are aspect

been

of

and which,

its

a large

a significant

which or

in

include

laments

that In

of

Mary

surviving

regni

both-contrafacta,

these the

is

prodeunt' indicating

a planctus.

317

of

only

gradually

more

cases

the

of

precisely

the

of

a certain

early

thirteenth-and

medieval fourteenth-

ante

Magdalene,

of

rather

than

(L123)

nescia' such

versions

laments

early

an ¶spect

required.

'Planctus

ornamentation),

suggests

are

number

the

a, large

an awareness

aspect

Even

is

which

aesthetic alike

of

represents

theorists

medieval

and in

the, earliest

'Vexilla

of

melodies

general

style it

that

significance

and music

compositions.

laments

(L120)

appreciate

occasional This

composed.

broader

recognised

musical

evident

of

to

(L42),

fideles'

are retained

claims

and ceremonies

'Cum venissem'.

is

a planctus.

of

the

with

local

to

planctus

accordance

patterned

the

a melody

have

perception

century and

of

seem to

melody

it

style,

as the

In

understood.

the

of

melodies,

recognised

in

no lamenta-

sensitive

within

their

of

style

is

ritual

with

were

customs

changed

origins

planctus

There

use.

style.

musical

the

Whatever

eloquence.

was internationally

which

established,

in

developments

the

liturgy,

monastic

communities

was

planctus

for

associated

ever

own liturgical

an aesthetic be

was

monastic

their canon

literary

to

planctus

although

and developed

mores

of

Latin

The Latin

communities

monastic

aspired

consciously

poets

evidence

in

composed

normally

lamentation,

'ritual

mean

lamentation'.

'traditional

of

speak

and Kodäly

may be Bartök

this

as

their-melodies new melodies

were conceived

as

fourteenth

century

the

(L151)

'Pange

lingua

again

and

that

music

remained

type

is

This

(+ 1049),

is

manuscripts.

In

(L9),

is

namque'

in

its

which

however,

music;

both

and

song

fiere'

been

have

in

as an exercise 29 amplification. drawing

therefore

arguing it

that

matter,

was

common features,

by

differing

has is,

of

a stock

I have

style

is

that

suggested

and in

descended

is

in

panegyrical

as a narrative

patron;

as a school on,; the

a political; There

by

I

am not

or,

for

that

generic

necessarily

a literary 30 do. Over

relatives

change,

and

a small

nucleus

by

shared in

occur

each of

rhetorical it

all;

every

also that

example,

patterning,

elaborate

whose early

genealogy

its

strain

sbng;

from

part from the

the

that

and

rhetoric

though

a

song,

careers:

as a significant

a popular

on the

as a meditation element

of

composers

descendants

related,

deeds of

its

Second Sophistic. monastic

its

the

and that

song composed at the death the

altogether

from

lai",

the

of

closely

not

derives the

of

is

eyes of Carolingian

poem about

exercise;

cross;

musical

or devotional

moral-historical

more exclusively bishops;

do not

of

planctus

an exclamatory

and

the

some relatively

retains

are

which

a number of different,

pursued

Christ

a family

respectability

as a short,

dead

the

for

would

rhetoric:

of

by cultural it

(L93)

represents

as human

other

each

in

'Pergama

sung,

not

are

as a genre

typified

often

of rhythmus

Achieving

setting,

the

lines,

clypeo'

Thus,

purity.

generic

sung,

commemorated

the be

to

intended

and

apparently

as an example

of

style

musical

to

set

a dialogue;

either

sub

latter

the

is

poetic

teaching

the

metre,

'Ad

metre.

The planctus

literary

the

common features

non-quantitative

tradition

that

characteristics

setting,

a musical

clear.

a eulogy

like'genetic

which

style,

is,

that

attributes,

unlikely

with

-

of

equal

'Neustria

(s. xi)

was

very

environments,

social

the

was thus

characterised

are

which

in

death

planctus

resemble

members

many generations, typified

the

found

Odilo's also

by

both

former

syllabically

as a musical

Rather,

whose

fit

was always

typified

such

prerequisites. family

it

that

Cluny

form

the

the

While

not.

abbreviation,

to

of

18304

lat.

takes

which

associated

attention

Odilo

a non-quantitative

de Vinsauf's

are

former

In

is

It

Both

sung.

in

to

(L8),

F-Pn -

these

of

is

Geoffrey

or

fletus'

spoken.

speech.

(L122)

and

'Ad

(L8),

designed

likely

was most

are

for

laments

the

of

been

have

would

planctus

all

two

written

metre,

melody

syllabic

one

fletus'

'Ad

a quantitative

latter

(L9)

namque'

that

suggest

interest

to

'Ad

same two to

not,

Of particular

sung.

to

however,

as a

of kings or

sufferings

religious

and

saintly of

dramas;

as

and as parody.

-are other

types

of poetry

which 318

resemble

individual

members

the

of

family,

planctus

Carolingian

penitential

lamentation,

for

Exclamatory

are

is

the

admonitory

'Aurora

'Cantica

as

is

David,

which

Marian

crucifixion

Eulali in

conqueri'

or

'Stabat

mater

the

cross

speaking

By the

the

the

of

Virgin

a literary

they

at

in

the

of

life

the

of

and in 'Crux

to

speaks

the

such

the

Chancellor's

Virgin

history.

the

cross,

lament

Virgin's

at

in did

German not

languages the

way for

After

twelfth

political

or

Italian die

the

France

Most

in

patrons

executions,

Although

were

gradually

this

by

either

laments

However, its

as

descendants by

superseded

a language

providing

of

were or

monasteries.

out.

the

number

these

of

century

and German-

a small

only

Latin.

to

quite

the creation

deceased

century in

primarily

Northern

their

thirteenth

clerics

paved

life,

of

Jonathan,

the

which

Provence,

English

vernacular

in

its

be composed

it

which

commemorate

composed

least

Philip

to

family in

written

of

to late

continued

responses

example,

for

seems to have remained

courts

began

areas

David

of

as

saint's

the influence Moreover, 35 dei', vates a poem about

throughout

secular

the

such

of. meditation.

composers

vernacular. planctus

subject

poem, to

in

planctus,

34

(C 19416),

planctus

the

of

(C 4014), dolorosa'

the

The Latin

poets

for

lament,

The Carolingian

or

to the 32 or

which

lover's

p. 138),

II,

31 the

of

a loss,

historical

The

(C 21044).

characteristic at

it.

of

containing

iubes'

jilted

the

lament

a short poetry,

de volo

monastic

ae'.

'David

contains

is

(Poetae,.

mane'

to

the 33

to

affinities

are

grief

in

refrains

quid

which

articulate

example,

close

evident

'Ut

part

not

includes

complaint.

virginis

planctus

of

for

cum primo

recognisably

frequently

emotion,

to

political has

particular,

of

used

death,

are

Gottschalk's

example,

often

like

which

song

expressions

planctus, poet

but

the

elegy,

of

lamenta-

tion.

2.

In planctus tion

of

and the

Chapter

the

it

death

have

a city

development

and interrelation that

previous

of

of

scholars

religious

European normally

it

main

drama; verse

areas

origins

in

scholarship or of

the

about the

Passion

funeral

verse;

and the

and musical

forms.

Owing

concentrated

a continuous

constitutes

of

personage, the

namely,

to construct whether

three

an important

featured:

of

was impossible

By considering

described.

One I

about

and Scholarship

The Planctus

on aspects

history

a genre, 319

.

of

of

which

destrucplay

history to

these

the Latin

my aim has been to

the

fact

areas

planctus. see it

definition

My working

as a whole.

as follows:

be revised

might

the creation in Latin is a lament, of primarily planctus death the at grief utterance of composers, containing an monastic biblical from deceased personage or a personage, a recently of is It destruction history, the a city. of or about or classical in by syllabic usually eulogy, written characterised normally in the dramatic in sequence form, and delivered often verse, it is usually the melodies first of which set to music, person; have for their depend on 'number' and often organisation, 'narrative' characteristics.

The

is

It

to

now time of

verse

form

between

The

issues

The main in

planctus drama;

relation

to

Mariae;

the

the

and

the

Latin

form

that

which

was designed

and

initially

in

twelfth

in

in

Austria

the

burg,

it

where

Marienklagen

this,

in

'Heu

play.

Thus

in

latter

the

The

the

by

was composed Its

whether lament

is

example

Geoffrey

of

is

other

the was

scriptural idea the

of product

Latin

Passion the

from

Latin

Passion

in

plays

instance

did

an Easter

of

by Mary

Regens-

German

of

one

focus

a

play,

and

the

same

in

Magdalene

special

late

Good Friday

of

a number

towards in

received

she

of

a poem consisting of

the

lai

Geoffrey's

for her

style, planctus

its

sorrows entirely imagination,

320

end

text at of

is the

however,

remain,

(L123),

nescia'

ante

the

self-contained

inspiration

account

'Planctus

extant,

unequivocally

the

Mariae

planctus

St. Victor

contemporary

However no

on the

fifteenth-century

part

the

given

the

of

earliest

music

personages. There

origins

The

of

was not

My

as an independent

liturgy

the

Only

sung

also

development. arose

in

and in

an integral

religious

and nunneries

and in

item;

in

instances.

uncertain.

a number

was

Virgin

precise

century.

(L48),

its

the

of

origins

meditation

in

century. as

to

was included

century;

fifteenth

planctus

Mariae

and Padua

originate

dolor$

planctus

on religious

the

of

monasteries

an optional

the

style

stimulate

it

Friuli

was

Mariae

planctus

French

thirteenth

fourteenth-century

and the

style,

scholarship

concerned

planctus

to

Subsequently

century.

from

the

the

composition used

previous

planctus

of

indicate

by

and musical

contribution

investigations

environment,

literary

and

the

drama

raised

were

which

social

planctus'

matter

in

scholarship

of

and music.

words

and religious

planctus

areas

Latin

the

subject

music,

and metre,

relationship

drama

into

my investigations

light

(a)

each

reconsider

these

of

of

twelfth

the

as is of

that

of

biblical

unknown. and

crucifixion,

her

first

or

whether

person it

was

based

on"a

lost,

is

literary

impossible

A number likely.

to factors

St. Victor

was

it

much of

verse,

of

they

did

on the

Virgin's

Laments

three

sepulchri

ceremonies

inclusion

of

one

of

-

Here

that

suggests

the

imaginations earliest

on the

There

is

the

provided

germ

Marienklagen these

derived

is

Apart features their

therefore

from

plays

nevertheless

blend

with

these,

made in

of

nature

the

musical

untenable:

normally

architectonic.

apparently emotion

imitated.

This

in

the the is

both

in

Mariae

planctus

either

of

or

both

to

relationship

the

past

in

the

the

harmonises

of

There

in

is

a few

however

the

chants

of

of the

are

and music

are

attempt

they

type

dramas

words

speech

proportion

to the

large 321

number of

is

stand

expressive

religious

instances no

alike

chants,

apparently

between

plays

as another

with

in

planctus

relationship Only

liturgical

the

important

may therefore

same way

concerning

style

they

most

is sounds

made to

represent

extant

liturgical

musically.

Although

not

original

a number

from

next

(L123).

the

that

clear

and non-Easter

made up of

sequence,

the

moreover

Virgin.

were

the

Although

style. otherwise

the

Easter

from

are

Suggestions

ante

(L42),

that

characteristics,

which

song,

Innocents,

necessary.

musical

'narrative'

the

present

they

their

of

study

common literary

'narrative'

the

nescia'

material

and musical

by planctus

shared

in

textual.

is

it

century.

Moreover,

unlikely

play,

A musico-literary

planctus.

Marienklage

Passion

Meditation

'Planctus

of

ante that

suppose

seems highly

it the

of

to

reason

every

Although

compositions.

as

although

Holy

fideles'

'Planctus

the

visitatio

the

of

religious. 'Flete

was

unprecedented.

already

were

Virgin

Hence,

predates

-

Mariae,

matter

plays

36

St. Victor.

twelfth

38

most

Marian

the

in

as a type

Virgin

planctus

same subject

therefore

xii)

mystical

Since

the

was not

in

found

twelfth-century

early

of

century.

treated

the

of

self-contained

based

out

the

of

is

to

included

drama

(s. xi-s.

Rachel

sorrows

been

of

sorrows, 37 lament.

new to

twelfth

are

6264

Clm

words

not

an Easter

Rachel

devotion

on her

her

the

Adam of

meditated

already

early

in of

D-Mbs

(L123).

nescia'

the

of

laments

which

had

Marys

lamentation

Furthermore,

now

is

devotional

of

activity.

therefore

was

own type

religious

of

imagine

as to

sorrows

the

of

is

which

former

composer

where

scholars

go as far

not

its

output

sequence

aspect

biblical

Augustine

time

the

an environment

important

an increasingly

origin,

the

for

renowned and a large

by

in

that

suggest

a centre

written

lived

Geoffrey

strongly

devotion,

affective

Greek

of

conceivably

establish.

of

theology,

Thus

source,

Mass.

of

dramas a wide

there

are

range

of

in

the the

liturgical

the

(b)

The planctus

The picture

the

to in

themes suggested

also

purpose

was

evident

that

Its

was in

it

composition

are

in

the

(L115),

sung

served

a range

in

Vespers of

differing

planctus

were

and were

pursued

vernacular planctus

at

office

the

of

proportion

honour

of

Since

in

latter

survive

with

not

case

of

music,

history, occa-

its

examples

the

planctus

and

'Orbata' it

rather,

that

the

fact

they

are

clearly

Latin

the

of

of

the

of

studies

knowledge

is

substantiated

of

ignorance

virtual

is

previous

its

is

in

few

very

the

on an incomplete

based

it

Lancaster 39 a Becket;

Thomas

purposes.

its

employed

item in

scholars

It

throughout

and, rhetorical,

St. Thomas

of

of

discussed.

rarely

moreover

of

and that

a refrain,

and metres are

number

A number

tone.

public

possibly

except

so-called

a limited

was a liturgical

it

have a refrain. which by the evidence, manuscript included

is

and there

That

as a

treatment

The forms

varied,

also

seen

was

varied

style

tone.

in

personal

sionally

given

literary

its

was normally

with

style

musical

fact

comparing

in

song

verse

when

of

impersonal a strophic

was

liturgical.

though

and that

it

It

funeral

of

selected

scholars

consisting

verse

of

as a type

planctus which

and essentially that

and complicated.

varied

languages.

vernacular

conventional

literary

Latin

examples

type

thus

and

verse

the

of

is

verse

of

composed,

were

that

fact

accretions

plays

which

drama

funeral

and

presented

to"planctus

highly

only

religious

of

according

varied

way in

later

the

to

represent

approach

which

attention

with

they

planctus, a number

draws

This on a trope

based the

history

that

including

complexity.

play

include

which

types,

differing

was not

and prose

it

relatively

formal

lai

few

a large in

need

of

review.

(c)

The

and European

planctus

The emphasis

which

and lai

planctus

might

therefore

clear

that

are in There or

lai

is

be a genre

forms

self-contained

in

interrelation

scholars

gave the

in

the

defined

are in

such as the

nevertheless

forms

on the

are written

the majority

fixed

and musical

was placed

by previous

number of planctus

poetic

planctus

between impression lai

sequence, that

to form.

of

and thirteenth

planctus

personages 322

it

that

is (None

forms. or carol.

composed in

centuries,

it

However,

ballade

virelai,

a great

and that

form,

or through-composed

rondeau,

of biblical

or

according

strophic

a concentration twelfth

sequence

forms

is,

composed after

)

sequence all

the

ca. 1130.

Their

this

that

chance in

is

significance

consistently

is

there or

his

of

the

of

planctus

However,

the

the

point

become

the

the

of

place

of

the

been

notion

the

exaggerated.

the

various may be

evidence lai.

and

At debate

sequence-lai

to

may

which

an initial

in

individuality

either

However,

literary

conventions.

However,

throughout

examples

bear-witness for

new ways

Five,

planctus

were

literary

models

teacher

or

is

true

history to

the

often

to

which

succeeded personal spiritual

they in

leader.

this

it

conveying of

loss

On the

of

the

is

apparent

at

school.

movingly

their

the

death

at

other

323

hand,

little notion

said of

of deceased to

of

some.

often

striking

planctus to

as

Chapter

rather

that

a

experiment in

competent

in

scope

slavishly

As illustrated

limits

studied

limited

the

opporturiity as an

creations

had

be

the

of

survivors

a recently

number

commonplace.

creative

in

adhered

might

use

of

the

about

emotion,

the

of

was very

or

poets

a poet's

poet:

sense

emotion

that

of

My contribution

number and

composed

or

the

their

of

because

the

expression

there

that

a significant

talented

themselves

their

It

varying

of

extended

indeed,

not

expression,

exceptionally

often

is

either

large

is

planctus

this

its

personal

with

expression the

as regards

personage.

the

the

with

Ages.

revealed

survey

in

characteristics

generic

My suggestion

thesis.

the

Middle

unexpectedly

bibliographical

a doctoral

development

the

of

planctus

own right,

in

the

in

the

of

its

in

developments

a study

because

planctus

vehicle

into

the

of whether

a genre

individuality

of

confined

Latin

others

in

association

of

more

group

personages

been

style

sequence

this

Epilogue

is

languages

insight

providing

and in

of

for

therefore

out,

carried

be

might

The

musical

began as an investigation

and European

Latin

of

it

Testament

has

be

cannot

clearer.

My study

has

the

planctus

3.

aim

lai

between

relationship

they

influential.

and

been

have

Old

of

found

not

inspiration

the

be

may simply are

although

were

of

studies

they

environment

Moreover,

sequence

sequence

about

social

was widely

style

extensive

early

adduced

lai

with

when

of

this

the

it

define: Since

treatment

his

that

no evidence

of

planctus

six

to

extant.

group.

Abelard's

use

types

same type

as a cohesive that

thought

is

concentration the

established

impossible

however

than

some authors

imitations

their

of

Nevertheless, community's, of

or,

a much-loved

a number

of

poets

were

clearly the

more

interests

to

To conclude,

was only

the

of

typified

the

was

music

didactic. to

able if

it

be

Hence

their

is

music

the

emotional

not

intended

the

of

planctus

index

a musical the

of

be

would

a clear

effects as

emotion

deceased

history

precluded

aesthetic

is

purposes.

a recently

expressiveness

its

it

personal

its

of

Christian:

a good

suited

throughout

in

aspects

express

about

rhetorical

This

period.

but

planctus

reflected

by word-painting:

metaphysical;

style

music

an expression

the

of

were the

of

emotion

a text.

of

The planctus a poet

with

devotion

in

violent

or

control.

of

it

might

since

it

provides

40

spheres.

There

still

become clearer

only

study

for

A detailed aspect

the

discussion manuscripts Geoffrey

in

rhetoric

these

which Chaucer.

the

of

whether

musical

sequence

should

in

patterned

The

schools; were

social from

unanswered.

twelfth-century sermons

style

'Neustria

sub

the

(including

the

it

role

will

known

in

century

those

of in of

the

particular,

of of

for

a

A study

of

(L122) more

extent

St. Victor,

of to

influenced

they

of

question

intellectual its

and

teaching

the

collections

and

century.

a significant

the

document

a further

musical

324

to

short is

Geoffrey

in

provide

eleventh

volo'

and whether

the

twelfth

St. Victor,

help

will

may reveal

planctus

England, of

A study

(L93)

the

of

out,

melodies.

which

A comparative

context

flere

the

planctus

are

a further

clypeo'

environment

the

'Pergama

as

also

carry

formulae

planctus

of

such

to

the

of

of

research.

after

create

laments

about

pieces

written

remains

composed

containing

information

further

of

Latin

de Vinsauf's

precise

verse

the

of

light

a measure of

aspect

Latin

often

effect.

music

the

of

I propose

laments

early

aspects

are

guarantees

mystical

which

investigation

of

the

laments,

of vernacular

a perspective

in

cross

as an additional to the

access

a number of

remain

rhythmus

subject

the

a distancing

creates

be regarded

the

at

of

affective

although

Virgin

provided

type

inspiring

of

through

and music

Indeed,

meditation,

the style

musical

philology

this

of

Nevertheless,

example,

the

passionate,

The marriage

for

hand,

other

emotions

purposes

reader.

or by,

expressed

the

for

listener

the

which

primarily

the

on the

personage,

through

a persona

sentiments

will

a biblical

of

be explored,

could

and

the

the

That

exceptionally

aesthetic

well

conventionally

inaccurate.

grossly

how to

tradition

that

treated

was

were

praiseworthy

about

personal,

received

with

therefore,

personage

of

poets

medieval

experiment

not

the

tale

a moral

thus

were

that

evident

transforming

with into

life

deceased's

their

or

concerned

devotional as yet

Marian which activities verse unedited),

may increase important

our

religious

establishements

an important practices

emphasis

the

their

classification

of

my investigation

of

melody.

be

seen

often

of

medieval

the

genres

the

future

may be that

made to

verse they

which

style

examination

such

include

as the

planctus

verse

discussions

this

of

study.

offer

a scheme basis

On the I

would

some consideration therefore

might as they

as fragmentary,

than

and the

planctus

should

its

of

frequently 41 discuss. the

the

of

primarily

melodies

of

too

all

literary

to

according

when classified

appear

feature

new contributions

a scheme

rather

as continuous

the Latin

songs

of

the

planctus

of

musical

such

Histories

are

the

devotional

environments

sources,

of

of

in

that

suggest

it

works

generic

social

are

aesthetic

and

of

its

of

manuscript

histories

of

Since

by

and English

continental

and analyses

editions

style

Authors

its

to

reference

forms,

spirituality

influenced their

many of

as

and St. Anselm.

strongly

as an important

on music

investigation

the

planctus,

centre,

be discovered.

will

The

of

between

connection

St. Bernard

were

copies

religious twelfth-century

of

of

monasteries

and inherited

Victorines

another

of

development

the

English

of

a number

of

in

perhaps

as the

with

understanding

criteria

alone. The value to

the

planctus

do not

suggest

of in

However,

hitherto

treated

a genre

literary eight

centuries.

about

a recently

roles

to

deceased

of

persuasion

the

manner

to

devotional

to in

been

have

not

medieval

Latin

certainly

elegiac Duchess,

and complaint The Nun's

might

have

the

is

not,

for

some credit in

Tale,

such and

the

works

planctus

of

social

dead.

The

phenomenon, language

is

difficult

imagine

to

developed

had

the

place. a genre

medieval providing

of

major

romance.

While

a rhetoric

for

as Chaucer's

The Franklin's

325

diversity

almost

exclamatory

however,

to

example,

passages

first

the

its

of

the

range

a literary

it

in

over

verse

of

as

the

vitality

Indeed,

devotion

for

claim

Priest's

planctus

matters.

planctus

it

commemoration

not

conventional

a remarkable

application

been written

as compared,

most

the

its

medieval

recognise

occasional

had

the

religious

which

importance, can

in

to

to

laments

of

as a highly

ephemeral

the

from

apart

alone

a range

retained

personage

achievement

Mariae

The

of

let

possible

regarded

how it

As a type

detail

attached

considerations

non-musical

planctus,

been

been

explain

Its

in

has

importance

much on the

the

to

it

often

and to

seems

planctus

has

perform,

however,

Ages.

together

important

most

Middle

by documenting

which type

the

a new approach

poetry.

of

study

depends

this

Tale,

Book

of

the

and Pearl,

its

early

manifestations

A study cular

the

of

being

initially

century style devotion Passion

found

of

it

the

was

more minor

developments

It in

share

in

duties

soon

of

the

early

of

some measure.

the

the

It

closely history

to

of

a central

by

with

the drama.

of the

twelfth

of

musical

affective

and finally

most

are

monastic

its

both

source

dramas

song

otherwise

aspects

as regards

European

326

While

a parti-

formal

medieval

poet,

religious

linked

early 42

quality. of

occasional

gloomier

competent

became

recognition

by

and revitalised,

transferred

was thus

the

types

one of

technique.

and was play.

other

about

to

literary

mediocre

represented

which

transformed

literary

and

to

of

leads

aesthetic,

tells

one

infrequently

however,

an aesthetic

gradually

life,

not

planctus,

musico-literary,

brilliance,

it

are

significant

to

the